alex reviewer 2010

735
PREPARED BY: ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES 1/735 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER 1 2 3 Greek architecture was essentially. 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Amphitheaters are used for ___. 13 14 The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City. 15 16 17 Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament. 18 19 The characteristic of Greek ornament. 20 The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college. 21 The architecture of the curved line is known as ___. 22 The open court in an Italian palazzo. 23 24 "cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture. 25 The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the founder of the 19th dynasty. The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of which Greece and her domains had ample supply of was. Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected by the architect Mnesicles is the. The building in the acropolis generally considered as being the most nearly perfect building ever erected is the. With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native natural cement, the Romans achieved huge interiors with the. Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders used by the Greeks. From the 5th century to the present, the character of Byzantine architecture is the practice of using. Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that of the rest of Europe by the use of what material for facing walls. The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient buildings in Rome. The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in Greek temple. An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used in public places. An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing the foot of a row of convex tiles that cover the joints of the flat tiles. Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to support an ornament, more usually, the ornament itself. In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but especially for storing wine. The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a Gothic window. How many stained glass are there in the Chartres Cathedral?

Upload: jul-parale

Post on 07-Feb-2016

336 views

Category:

Documents


3 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

1/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1

2

3 Greek architecture was essentially.

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12 Amphitheaters are used for ___.

13

14 The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City.

15

16

17Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament.

18

19 The characteristic of Greek ornament.

20The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college.

21The architecture of the curved line is known as ___.

22 The open court in an Italian palazzo.

23

24"cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture.

25

The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and thefounder of the 19th dynasty.

The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture ofwhich Greece and her domains had ample supply of was.

Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erectedby the architect Mnesicles is the.

The building in the acropolis generally considered as beingthe most nearly perfect building ever erected is the.

With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a nativenatural cement, the Romans achieved huge interiors with the.

Which of the order was added by the Romans to the ordersused by the Greeks.

From the 5th century to the present, the character ofByzantine architecture is the practice of using.

Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from thatof the rest of Europe by the use of what material for facingwalls.The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancientbuildings in Rome.The space between the colonnade and the naos wall inGreek temple.

An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter usedin public places.

An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealingthe foot of a row of convex tiles that cover the joints of the flattiles.

Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof tosupport an ornament, more usually, the ornament itself.

In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, butespecially for storing wine.

The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper partof a Gothic window.

How many stained glass are there in the ChartresCathedral?

Page 2: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

2/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

26

27 Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.

28 Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda.

29Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda.

30 Triangular piece of wall above the entablature.

31

32 A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church.

33

34 The uppermost step in the crepidoma.

35 The lowest step in the crepidoma.

36 Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters.

37 Intercolumniation of 4 diameters.

38 Intercolumniation of 2 diameters.

39 Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters?

40 Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters.

41

42 Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place.

43What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra?

44A foot race course in the cities.

45 Architects of the Parthenon.

46

47

48

49

50Japanese tea house

51 A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for Prostration

Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom.i. Cornice ii. Frieze iii.Architrave

A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circularplan of a dome to the poly-gonal plan of its supportingstructure.

The principal or central part of a church, extending fromthe narthex to the choir orchancel and usually flanked by aisles.

Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome ofthe Greek.

The tower atop the torogan where the princess and herladies in waiting hide during occasions.Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is wherethe carriages and floats are kept.The emergency hideout found directly behind the headboardof the Sultan's bed.

In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of whichis the river stone, shoe-shaped stove or kalan is known as ___.

Page 3: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

3/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

52Domical mound containing a relic.

53Ifugao house (southern strain).

54

55

56

57

58 Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture

59 Architect of the Einstein Tower.

60 Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art.

61

62 The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y.

63

64

65 Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis.

66 The world's first large-scale monument in stone.

67The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh

68Female statues with baskets serving as columns.

69 A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle.

70 A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture.

71A concave molding approximately quarter round.

72 Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo.

73

74 Architect of Robinson's Galleria

75 King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty.

76 "A house is like a flower pot"

The style of the order with massive and tapering columnsresting on a base of 3 steps.

Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stonesforming chambers for consecutive burials for several to ahundred persons.

A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church,terminating in axis and intended to house an altar.

Temples in Greece that have a double line of columnssurrounding the naos.

What architectural term is termed to be free from anyhistorical style?

Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of abattlement.

In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, whoconsolidate the administrative system, made a survey of thecountry, set boundaries to the provinces, and other helpfulworks.

A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure mustbe well oriented'.

Page 4: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

4/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

77

78Architect of TWA airport.

79"Modern architecture need not be western".

80Not among the three pyramids in Gizeh

81

82 Finest example of French-Gothic architecture

83 Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.

84

85

86

87

88

89 A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items.

90

91 Architect of the famous Propylaea, Acropolis.

92 A Greek building that contains painted pictures.

93 A kindred type to the theater.

94

95

96

97A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect

98

99

100"Form follows function".

Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germanyit is known as ___.

A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cymareversa strap.

A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display aflower arrangement or art.The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture andnotable of its large dome.An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanentlyplace over the altar in a church.

A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housinga statue.

A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of achurch.

A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, andMuslim 12th-16th century architecture.

The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greektheaters.

A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses ofbrickworks.A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stonelaid in a loose pattern roughly resembling polygonal work.

A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with orwithout mortar joints.

Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults anddomes.

Page 5: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

5/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

101

102 Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan.

103

104 The architect of the Pantheon.

105 Architect of the World Trade Center.

106 He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica.

107

108 Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines.

109

110 Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria.

111

112 Conceptualized the Corinthian capital.

113 Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum

114 Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia.

115

116 Architect of the Erechtheion.

117 Master sculptor of the Parthenon.

118 Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel.

119 "A house is a machine to live in".

120 Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower.

121 "Architecture is Organic".

122 Invented reinforced concrete in France.

123 First elected U.A.P. president.

124First president and founder of PAS.

125 Architect of the National Library, Philippines.

126 Designer of the Bonifacio Monument.

127 Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument.

He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine forliving".

Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shellconstruction.

Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia,Constantinople)

Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall atKarnak?

The dominating personality who became an ardent discipleof the Italian renaissance style.

Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus,Olympius.

Page 6: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

6/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

128Designer of the Taj Mahal.

129 Expressionist Architect.

130Founders of the "Art Noveau".

131 Architect of the Batasang Pambansa.

132 Architect of the Philippine Heart Center.

133 Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium.

134 The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration.

135 Architect of SM Megamall.

136 Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila.

137 G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard.

138

139

140

141 In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___.

142

143 Corresponds to the Greek naos.

144

145

146

147

148

149 Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___.

150 Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___.

151 Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___.

152Orientation of the Medieval Church

Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, thischurch in Rizal whose design depicts the heavy influence ofSpanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.

This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. MiguelMurguia, has an unusually large bell which was made fromapproximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.

A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christianchurches.

From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes ofcolumns at the front and rear.

The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica byBramante.

The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by CarloMaderna.

On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of theepistle and the gospel are

In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part ofthe sanctuary which later developed into the transept, this is the___.

In early Christian churches, the bishop took the centralplace at the end of the church called ___.

Page 7: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

7/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

153

154 Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period)

155

156 Type of plan of the Byzantine churches.

157First school which offered architecture in the Philippines

158

159 The council house in Greece.

160 The senate house of the Greeks.

161 The oldest circus in Rome.

162 The oldest and most important forum in Rome.

163 The warm room in the Thermae

164 The Hot room of the Thermae

165 The dry or sweating room in the Thermae.

166 The dressing room of the Thermae.

167 The room for oils and unguents in the thermae.

168

169

170 Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'?

171The private house of the Romans.

172The sleeping room of the 'megaron'.

173 Roman apartment blocks

174 Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site

175 A roman house with a central patio.

176 A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces.

177

178

The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a lowscreen wall from the body of the church called ___.

One of the few churches of its type to have survivedhaving a square nave and without cross-arms, roofed by adome which spans to the outer walls of the building.

The best example of a German Romanesque church withapses at both east and west ends.

The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavianamphitheater" was commenced by whom and completed bywhom?

The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb ofAgamemnon'.

A megalithic structure consisting of several large stones set on end with a large covering slab

Monumental gateway to an Egyptian temple consisting with slanting walls flanking the entrance portal

Page 8: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

8/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

179

180 Principal room of Anatolian House

181

182 The steps forming the base of a columned Greek temple

183 The principal chamber in a Greek temple containing the statue of deity.

184 Dry sweating room with apodyteila or dressing room and unctuaria or for oils.

185

186 Roman apartment block that rose four or more storey high

187 A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb.

188 A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church.

189 That part of a Greek house or Byzantine Church reserved for women

190 Truncated wedge-blocks forming an arc

191 A monument erected in memory of one not interned in or under it

192 A rose or wheel window of the Romanesque Church was of ten placed over the

193

194 Projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether vaulted or flat.

195

196

197 Designer of the Crystal Palace, London

198 Architect of the Sagrada Familia, Barcelona

199 Architect of the White House, D.C.

200 Second Filipino registered architect after the well-known Tomas Mapua

201 A mosque principal place of worship, or use of the bldg. for Friday prayers

202 Man who leads the congregation at a prayer

203 Architectural style characterized by Friezes and Crestings

204 Sacred enclosure found at walls of Damascus great mosque

A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping triangular sides meeting at the apex; used mainly in ancient Egypt.

It consists of the upright column or support including the capital, base, if any, and the horizontal entablature or part supported.

A great awning drawn over roman theatres and amphitheatres to protect spectators against the sun

A period in Gothic Architecture in France characterized by circular windows with wheel tracery

A slight convex curvature built into truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated deflection so that it will have no sag when under load.

A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally employed in Renaissance building.

Page 9: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

9/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

205

206

207 General characteristic of the Romanesque empire was

208 Vaulting compartment into six parts known as

209

210 Is a circular tower 16 m ( 52 ft. ) in diameter rising in 8 stories of encircling arcades.

211

212 A secluded place

213 Secular architecture

214

215

216

217

218Finest or Romanesque castles in Spain is at ____

219 Sited and designed to secure the routes from coastal ports to Jerusalem

220A civil settlement under the protection of a castle.

221

222

223

224

Erected to the memory of his favorite wife Mumtaz Mahal, it was the culminating work in the life of the emperor.

In Romanesque arch’re a period where an order founded by St. Bruno in 1806 is notably severe and adorned

A rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its breath from wall

Roughly carved of men and beasts used as support columns of projecting porches and of bishops throne.

The first Frankish king who became roman emperor, was crowned in 800 at Rome by the pope, and ruled over the franks, which included central Germany and northern France

Type of roof in which 4 faces rest diagonally between the gables and converge at the top

The most important of the distinctive characteristics of mature Spanish Romanesque architecture

Is well endowed with medieval military achre and grand castles are particularly numerous in castle

A projecting wall or parapet allowing floor openings, through w/c molten lead, pitch, stones were dropped only on an enemy below.

A parapet having a series of indentions or embrasures, between which are raised portions known as merlons

The upstanding part of an embattled parapet, between two crenels/ embrasure openings.

A squared timber used in bldg. construction or a low ridge of earth that marks a boundary line

Page 10: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

10/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

225 A Scandinavian wooden church with vertical planks forming the walls

226

227

228

229

230

231Leafed ornament.

232 Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of lights.

233

234 Single and most important building in Britain.

235 A room, where food is stored in a manor house.

236 The screen/ ornamental work rising behind the altar.

237 Term applied to a tower crowned by a spire.

238 A ledge or shelf behind an altar for holding vases or candles.

239 Originally the minaret of the mosque.

240 The largest medieval cathedral and is somewhat German in character in north Italy.

241

242

243 In renaissance archre, which is logically staid and serene architectural style?

244

245

Architecture was marked by copy roofs which frequently had more storey than the walls, and were provided with dormer windows to make through current of air for their use as a drying ground for the large monthly wash

A projection block or spur of stone carried with foliage to decorate the raking lines formed by angles of spires and canopies.

An arch starting from a detached pier and abutting against a wall to take the thrust of the vaulting.

A circular or polygonal apse when surrounded by an ambulatory of which are chapels.

An architectural style which in its period is the English equivalent of the high gothic of northern France first pointed.

The actual sanctuary of a church beyond the choir and occupied only by the officiating clergy.

A space entirely or partly under a building in churches generally beneath the chancel and used for burial in early times.

A movement which begun in Italy in the 15th century created a break in the continuous revolution of European times.

The phase in western European renaissance archre 1750-1830, when renewed inspiration was sought from ancient Greek and roman architecture

A term coined to describe the characteristics of the output of Italian renaissance architects of the period 1530-1600. Characterized by unconventional use of classical elements

Page 11: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

11/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

246

247 A light portable receptacle for sacred relics

248 Famous architect in Florence renaissance archre.

249

250 Known architect in early renaissance.

251 Vertical members dividing windows into different numbers of lights.

252 Horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows.

253

254

255

256 France generally describe rococo as

257

258

259

260 Space between the columns.

261

262 A stone gallery over the entrance to the choir of a cathedral or church.

263

264

265

266

267

268 The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the God.

269 Also known as Siam (before 1993) and was named, meaning “land of the free”

A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally employed in renaissance buildings

The principal floor of an Italian palace, raised one floor above ground level and containing the principal social apartments.

A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits, leaves often used in decoration.An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a terminal.A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with nymphs) and intended for relaxation.

One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of god or act as guardian spirits, or chubby, rosy- faced child with wings.Central shaft of a circular staircase also applied to the post in which the handrail is framed.A type of relief ornament or cresting resembling studded leather straps, arranged in geometrical and sometimes interlaced patterns; much used in the early renaissance archre in England.

An ornament in classic or renaissance archre consisting of an assembly of straight lines intersecting at right angles of various patterns. Also called key pattern

A term originally applied to the art of decorative painting in many colors, extended to the coloring of sculpture to enhance naturalism, also described to the application of variegated materials to achieve brilliant or striking effects

The selection of elements from diverse styles for architectural decorative designs,particularly during the 2nd half of the 19th century in Europe and USA.

A long dormer on the slope of a roof, it has no sides, the roofing being carried in a nave line.

The central rounded of a pattern or ornament, an oculus, one at the summit of a dome.

A vertical steel support cast iron was used until relatively cheap steel became available.

Page 12: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

12/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

270 A stupa in a form of a corn cob.

271

272 Burma’s term for monasteries.

273 Chinese monumental gateway.

274

275

276 Arch of the famous Twin Tower World Trade Center.

277

278

279

280

281

282

283

284

285

286

287

288

289

290

291 Architect who leads the development of the ‘Quezon Memorial Circle” in Quezon City.

292 Eiffel tower I Paris stands.

Reflects Burma’s cultural connections with China and India, built over older foundations (16th-17th century) at Rangoon.

Is the most famous for the eye catching tower he constructed in Paris for the exposition universally of 1889 work of Eiffel tower.

One of the pioneers of the modern movement in American architecture. Work auditorium building, U.S.

Scottish architect and designer who was prominent in the arts and crafts movement in Great Britain.Received the “Patnubay ng Sining at Kalinanagan “award for the city of manila, who is the architect?

In 1989 he received the prtzker prize commonly referred to as “The Noble of Architecture” the loftiest recognition. It is a lifetime achievement award granted to living architect whose body of work represents a superlative contribution to the field.

His first designs were drawings of fantastic architectural visions in steel and glass as well as costume and poster design.

Much of his works has been described as post modern, since he rejected the excessive abstractionism of architects such as Le Corbusier and strove instead to incorporate the valid elements of older style.

Spanish architects, one of the most creative practitioners of his art in modern times.His style is often described as a blend of neo-gothic and art nouveau, but is also has surrealist and cubist elements.

One of the world’s 1st futurist and global thinkers. His 1927 decision to work always and only for all humanity led him to address the largest global problems of poverty,disease and homelessness.In his practice he explores the use of indigenous materials infused with current technological trends to bring a new dimension in designs.Afterwards became deeply involved in the design and building of French railways and bridges. He worked on structures such as bridge across the Garonne River, train stations at Toulouse and again in France.

He has actively promoted the use of native architectural forms and indigenous nationals such as bamboo and thatch, in the creation of a distinctively Filipino architecture.

French-born, Brazilian architect and urban planner. This famous axiom “Each one sees whatever he wishes to see” belongs to,He was the architect in his time that receives his license as award at his 60’s or at the age of 60 yrs. old.An important Scottish architect who was particularly known for his interiors based on classical decoration.He was called “Masters master” where his students are architects like Gropius, Breuer and Van de Rohe

Page 13: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

13/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

293 Starting with holes” belongs to architect

294 A house is a machine to live in” philosophy belongs to

295

296

297 His contributions where the advocacy of the idea of planning rooms by volume.

298

299 Father of modern architectural movement in Brazil.

300 A city is subjected to growth, delay and rebuilt”

301

302

303

304

305

306

He paid great attention to the detailing of the structure, which he attributed to his father’s teachings about craftsmanship.One of his stylish choice which are circles and squares were used in his design solutions.

His solutions to building problem were always direct, transmitting to the ground by the shortest path the stresses developed within the structures.

For Egyptian Architecture design, due to excessivesunshine, there was no need for windows, themassive unbroken walls provided the surface for________________.

In Greek Architecture, It is the largest building atopthe Athenian Acropolis, It is a temple dedicated toAthena (The warrior of maiden) It is a Doric building,and made entirely of white pentelic marble andsurrounded by freestanding column.

In Greek Architecture, The __________ theaterdesigned (c.350 BC) by Polyclitus. It is among thelargest and best preserved ancient theaters inGreece. The circular construction and the pitch ofthe seats, where held close to 14,000 spectators,permit nearly perfect acoustics.

In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 72-82 inRome Italy, It is the largest Roman Amphitheater, Afour storey, elliptical structure that seated about50,000 spectators. The exterior façade wasembellished with superimposed Doric, ionic andCorinthian columns.

In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 112, It wasdesigned by Apollodorous of Damascus for EmperorTrajan, it is often considered the most magnificentand architecturally most pleasing.

In Roman Architecture, The Pantheon (AD C118-28),A monument of imperial Rome, revived the use ofbrick and concrete in temple architecture. It issymmetry is enchanced by its hemispherical dome,Who is the architect of this historical monument?(he is the son in law of Augustus.)

Page 14: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

14/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

307

308

309

310

311

312

313

314

315

316

The Washington D.C. monument. The tapering shaftcontained in a Greek style temple, the obelisk is theonly remnant of the original blueprint that remains.It was designed in the year 1812 by the AmericanArchitect, What is the name of this Architect?

What is the name of the Cathedral in France that was designedby Jean d’ Orbais.(

In France, It is the official residence of President ofFrance, It was built in 1718 by Claude Mollet forHenry de la Tour d’ Auvergne

In Philippine Architecture, It is considered the homeof the Sultans. Carved on the wooden posts in theniyaga, a stylized mytical snake design can be found.It is the traditional residence of the reigning Sultanof Maranaw people and his family.

In Philippine Architecture, Being Isolated and windfrequented area. The Batanes Islands, exhibit themost different of all traditional Architecture in thePhil. The house is built solidly on all sides, made of ameter thick rubble work, covered by thick thatchroofing to withstand gales which frequent the area.What is the name of this unique house?

The ___________________ is an art deco buildingdesigned by the Filipino Architect Juan M. deGuzman Arellano, and built in 1935. During theliberation of Manila by the Americans in 1945, thetheatre was totally destroyed. After reconstructionby the Americans it gradually fell into disuse in the1960’s. In the following decade it was meticulouslyrestored but again fell into decay. Recently a busstation has been constructed at the back of thetheatre. The City of Manila is planning a renovationof this once magnificent building.

The Golden Empire Tower-( 1322 Roxas Boulevard)is the tallest building along the boulevard and one ofthe highest residential condominium in the world.The one with the golden glass facing Manila Bay andUnited States Embassy compound in Manila. Who isthe Filipino Architect of this famous residentialcondominium?

For the Creation of Space ____________a ChinesePhilosopher, said, “The reality of the building doesnot consist in the roof and walls, but in the spacewithin to be lived in.”

The base or platform upon which a column, pedestal, statue, monument, or structure rests.

(Greek Architecture) is a sculpted female figure serving as an architectural support taking the place of a column or apillar supporting an entablature on her head.

Page 15: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

15/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

317

318 The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior.

319 The later male counterpart of the caryatid and the name refers to the legend of Atlas,

320

321

322

323

324 A monumental, four-sided stone shaft, usually monolithic and tapering to a pyramidal tip.

325 A caulking material made from old hemp rope fibers that have been treated with tar.

326

327

328

329

330 The father of modern picture books of Architecture

331

332

333

334

Is an architectural device, typically carved in stone and employed to decoratively emphasize the apex of a gable, orany of various distinctive ornaments at the top, end, or corner of a building or structure.

Is an architectural term related to ancient Greek buildings, is the platform of, usually, three levels upon which thesuperstructure of the building is erected. The levels typically decrease in size incrementally, forming a series of stepsalong all or some sides of the building.

The Filipino Architect Who Designed the 66Meters(217 ft') height Pylons Quezon Memorial Circle.

Is an ornamental molding or band following the curve of the underside of an arch, It is composed of bands ofornamental moldings (or other architectural elements) surrounding an arched opening,

is a term used for Ancient Greek Plays in order to describe any of two passageways leading into the orchestra,between theatron and skenê (also known as the parodos).

A waterspout projecting from the roof gutter of a building, often carved grotesquely(Sculpture).Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important event. They are frequently usedto improve the appearance of a city or location.The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for thedemocratically-elected council is called:

The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built byupon one complete plan but owes its size, disposition andmagnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the 12th Dynastyto the Ptolemaic period.

The man of learning… can fearlessly look down upon thetroublesome accidents of fortune. But he who thinks himselfentrenched in defense not of learning but of luck, moves one slipperypath, struggling though life unsteadily and insecurely.”

Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb isalso known as:The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order andmade entirely f marble is;

It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870’s andthe 1880’s in England and the USA and actually based on countryhouse and cottage Elizabeth architecture which was characterized bya blending of Tudor Gothic, English Renaissance and colonialelements in the USA:

Page 16: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

16/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

335

336

337

338

339

340

341

342

343

344

345

346

347

348

349

350 Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is also known as

351 The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and made entirely if marble is

352

An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter‘s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network of Avenues connectingthe main features of London.

The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city iscalled:

The architect who claimed that: “The ultimate goal of the newarchitecture was the composite but inseparable work of an art, inwhich the old diving line between monumental and decorativeelements will have disappeared forever.”

The architect who said that the exterior of the building is theresult of the interior

The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitariesof the city and as a palace where distinguished visitors and citizensmight be entertained.

It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was asingle room dwelling elevated at 1.50 meters from the ground; thefloor were made of hard wood like narra which rested on 3 floor joistwhich in turn were supported by transverse girders.

It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture whereelaborated ornamental vaulting, and refinement of stonecuttingtechniques.

Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground incircular form.

A style in the architecture Italy I the second half of the 16thcentury and to a lesser extent elsewhere in Europe. It uses classicalelements in an unconventional manner.

The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for the democratically-elected council is called

The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by upon one complete plan but owes its size, disposition and magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the 12th Dynasty to the Ptolemaic period

A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically from lowest portion of the wall which adjoins two living units up to a minimum height of 0.30 meters above the highest portion of the roof and extends horizontally 0.30 meters beyond the outermost edge of the abutting living units?

The father of modern picture books of Architecture“The man of learning… can fearlessly look down upon the troublesome accidents of fortune. But he who thinks himself entrenched in defense not of learning but of luck, moves one slippery path, struggling though life unsteadily and insecurely.”

It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921 where the maestros de obra or the master builders are required to register as architects?

Early type of settlement in America taken after the “baug” (military town) and “fauborg” (citizen’s town) of the medieval ages

Page 17: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

17/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

353

354

355

356

357

358

359

360

361 ??? on natural rocks in a Greek theater is called

362

363Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground in circular form

364

365

366

367

368 CHARACTERIZED BY RADIATING LINES OF TRACERY

369 CHARATERIZED BYFLOWING A FLAME-LIKE TRACERY.

370

371

It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870’s and the 1880’s in England and the USA and actually based on country house and cottage Elizabeth architecture which was characterized by a blending of Tudor Gothic, English Renaissance and colonial elements in the USA

Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a “super building” that contained 337 dwellings in only acres of land. What is the structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles?An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter ‘s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network of Avenues connecting the main features of London.

The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is called:

The architect who claimed that: “The ultimate goal of the new architecture was the composite but inseparable work of an art, in which the old diving line between monumental and decorative elements will have disappeared forever.”

The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior.

The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries of the city and as a palace where distinguished visitors and citizens might be entertained

It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a single room dwelling elevated at 1.50 meters from the ground; the floor were made of hard wood like narra which rested on 3 floor joist which in turn were supported by transverse girders

It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture where elaborated ornamental vaulting, and refinement of stonecutting techniques

A revival style based on the buildings and publications of the 6th century architect marked by ancient Roman Architectural forms

TS MOST OUTSTANDING ACHIEVEMENTS ARE ITS MASSIVE FUNERARY MONUMENTS & TEMPLES BUILT OF STONE FOR PERMANENCE, FEATURING ONLY POST-AND-LINTEL CONSTRUCTION & CORBEL VAULTS W/ OUT ARCHES & VAULTING

CHARACTERIZED BY CLEAR PLANS, MASSIVEARTICULATED WALL STRUCTURES, ROUND ARCHES, & POWERFUL VAULTSCHARACTERIZED BY POINTED ARCH, THE GRADUAL REDUCTION OF THE WALLS TO A SYSTEM OF RICHLY DECORATED FENESTRATION

CHARACTERIZED BY THE USE OF THE CLASSICAL ORDERS, ROUND ARCHES, and SYMMETRICAL COMPOSITION.MODE OF BLDG FOLLOWING THE STRICT ROMAN FORMS, A SET FORTH IN THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ITALIAN REN. ARCH’T.ANDREA PALLADIO (1508-1580). STYLE BASED ON A CLOSED STUDY OF ANTIQUITY.

Page 18: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

18/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

372

373

374

375

376

377

378

379

380

381

382

383

384

385 Inward inclination or slope of an outward wall

TRANSITIONAL STYLE IN ARCH’RE & THE ARTS IN THE LATE 16th. CENT, CHARATERIZED IN ARCH’RE BY UNCOVENTIONAL USE OF CLASSICAL ELEMENTS.IS CHARACTERIZED BY INTERPRETATION OF OVAL SPACES, CURVED SURFACES, & CONSPICUOUS USE DECORATION, ACULPTURE & COLOR. ITS LAST PHASE IS CALLED “ROCOCO BOLD, OPULENT & IMPRESSIVE TYPE OF ARCH’RE. THE PHASE IN WESTERN EUROPIAN RENASSAINCE ARCH’RE 1750-1830, WHEN RENED INSPIRATION WAS SOUGHT FROM ANCIENT GREEK & ROMAN ARCH’RE ( NEO CLASSICAL)

( FR. ROCALLE – ROCKWORK) A TERM APPLIED TO TYPE OF RENAISSANCE ORNAMENT IN W/C ROCK-LIKE FORMS, FANTASTIC SCROLLS, & CRIMPED SHELLS ARE WORK UP TOGETHER IN A PRO-FUSION & COMFUSION OF DETAIL OFTEN W/ OUT ORGANIC COHERENCE BUT PRESENTING A LAVISH DISPLAY OF DECORATION.

SIVERSMITH-LIKE”; THE RICHLY DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE SPANISH RENAISSANCE.

THE TRANSITIONAL STYLE BETWEEN GOTHIC & RENAISSANCE IN ENGLAND, NAMED AFTER ELIZABETH I; MAINLY COUNTRY HOUSES, CHARATERIZED BY LARGED MILLIONED WINDOWS & STRAPWORK ORNAMENTATION

ENGLISH ARCH’L & DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE EARLY 17th CENT. , ADAPTING THE ELIZABETHAN STYLE TO CONTINENATL RENAISSANCE INLUENCES; NAMED AFTER JAMES I

THE PREVAILING STYLE OF THE 18th CENT. IN GREAT BRITAIN & THE NORTH AMERICAN COLONIES, SO NAMED AFTER GEORGE I, II, III, BUT NOT INCLUDE GEORGE IV. DERIVED FROM CLASSICAL, RENAISSANCE, & BAROQUE FORMS.

TERM IN A SPECIALIZED SENSE TO DESCRIBE ONE OF THE ATTITUDES OF TASTE TOWARDDS ARCH’RE & LANDSCAPE GARDENING IN THE LATE 18th & EARLY 19th CENT. BLDG’S & LANDSCAPE WERE TO HAVE THE CONTROLLED INFORMALITY OF A PICTURE.

Mythical monsters each with the body of a lion and a head of a man, hawk, ram or woman possessed

An ancient Egyptian rectangular, flat-topped funerary mound with battered (sloping) sides covering a burial chamber blow ground

Huge monoliths, square on plan and tapering to an electrum-capped (alloy of silver & gold) “pyra-midion” at the summit, which was the sacred part. The four sides are cut with hieroglyphics

A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping triangular sides meeting at the apex

Page 19: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

19/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

386

387

388 Pictorial representation of religious ritual, historic events and daily pursuits

389

390

391

392 The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the god

393

394

395

396 a large fortified (armed) place; a fort often including a town; any place of security.

397

398

399

Consists of a complex of “sarsen” (any of the many large sedimentary rocks that have been broken into blocks by frost action and are found scattered across the chalk downs of southern England )stones and smaller blue stones set in a circle and connected by lintels

Artificial Mountains made up of tiered (layered), rectangular stages which rose in number from one to seven

An ancient structure usually regarded as a tomb, consisting of two or more large upright stones set with a space between and capped by a horizontal stone

Any of the pieces, in the shape of a truncated wedge, which form an arch or a vault. A wedge-shaped stone: a wedge-shaped brick or stone used to form the curved parts of an arch or vault

In ancient Greece/ Rome, a room or covered area or open on one side used as a meeting place; architecture history conversation room: a room for relaxation or conversation, especially a semicircular recess in a larger hall with a continuous bench along the wall; furniture long curved outdoor bench: a long curved or semicircular outdoor bench, usually with a high back; architecture recess: any kind of recess or niche (technical)

Domical mounds which grouped with their rails, gateways, professional paths and crowning umbrella came to be known as symbols of the universe; a Buddhist shrine, temple, or pagoda that houses a relic or marks the location of an auspicious event.

An adjective used to describe an artist who selects forms and ideas from different periods or countries and combines them to produce a harmonious whole.

The exposed undersurface of any overhead component of a building such as an arch, balcony, beam, cornice, lintel or vault. bottom surface: the underside of a structural component of a building, for example the underside of a roof overhang or the inner curve of an arch

the term applied to the triangular curved overhanging surface by means of which a circular dome is supported over a square or polygonal compartment. a sloping triangular piece of vaulting between the arches that support a dome and its rim

Pre-Columbian edifice dedicated to the service or worship of their god which is made of stones entered by a single door to a very steep single flight of steps, above it rises a high stone roof

Term in a specialized sense to describe one of the attitudes of taste towards architecture and landscape gardening in the late 18th and early 19th century; very attractive: visually pleasing enough to be the subject of a painting or photograph

Page 20: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

20/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

400

401

402

403 A slab forming the crowning member of a column

404

405

406 Sculptures female figures used as columns or supports

407

408The sharp edge formed by the meeting of two surface usually in DORIC columns

409

410

411 The lowest square member of the base of a column

412

413

414

A term originally applied painting on a wall while the plaster is wet and is not in oil colors. painting done on fresh plaster: a painting on a wall or ceiling made by brushing watercolors onto fresh damp plaster, or onto partly dry plaster

A long colonnaded building, served many purposes, used around public places and as shelter at religious shrines; an ancient covered walkway: in ancient Greece, a covered walkway, usually with a row of columns on one side and a wall on the other

Carved male figures serving as pillars also called TELAMONES; architecture figure of man used as support: a figure of a man, either standing or kneeling, used as a support for the upper part of a classical building

A swelling or curving outwards along the outline of a column shaft, designed to counteract the optical illusion which gives a shaft bounded by straight lines the appearance of curving inwards; a bulge in architectural column: a slight bulge in the shaft of a column, designed to counter the visual impression of concavity that a perfectly straight column would give

The vertical channeling on the shaft of a column; architecture: groove in column: a groove running down an architectural column

the portion of a pedestal between its base and cornice. A term also applied to the lower portions of walls when decorated separately.

a small flat band between mouldings to separate them from each other. architecture flat narrow moulding: a raised or sunken ornamental surface set between larger surfaces

A triangular piece of wall above the entablature enclosed by raking cornices; architecture gable on colonnade: a broad triangular or segmental gable surmounting a colonnade as the major part of a facade

Town square, was the center of social and business life, around which were stoas, or colonnaded porticoes, temples, markets, public buildings, monuments, shrines.

These are arches erected to emperors and generals commemorating victorious campaigns; has one or three openings. Such arches were adorned with appropriate bas-reliefs (flat sculpture; slightly projecting) and usually carried grit-bronze statuary (statues considered collectively) on an attic storey and having a dedicatory inscription in its face

Palatial public baths of Imperial Rome raised on a high platform; hot springs: hot springs or baths, especially the public baths of ancient Rome

Page 21: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

21/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

415

416

417

418

419

420

421 Line of intersection of cross-vaults

422

423 A mass of masonry built against a wall to resist the pressure of an arch & vault.

424

425 A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church

426 A building or a part of a church in which baptism is administered

427 a basin usually of stone which holds the water for baptism.

428

429 A raised stage in a Basilican church reserved for the clergy

430 A range of arches supported on piers or columns attached to or detached from the wall.

431

432 Decorative surfaces formed by small cubes of stones, glass & marble

Elliptical Amphitheatres are characteristically Roman buildings found in every important settlement, used to display of mortal combats (gladiatorial)

A roman structure where immense quantities of water were required for the great thermae and for public fountains, and for domestic supply for the large population; a channel for water: a pipe or channel for moving water to a lower level, often across a great distance

Corresponds (links) to the Agora in a Greek city was a central open space, used a public meeting space, market or rendezvous for political demonstrations.

A turret (small rounded tower) or part of a building elevated above the main building. architecture pointed ornament: a pointed ornament on top of a buttress or parapet

Taken from a tomb chamber, or the ornamental treatment given to a stone coffin hewn out of one block of marble and with sculptures, figures and festoons (garland) of a late period, surmounted by lids like roofs terminating in scrolls. stone coffin: an ancient stone or marble coffin, often decorated with sculpture and inscriptions

A term applied to monumental tombs. They consisted of large cylindrical blocks, often on a quadrangular podium, topped with a conical crown of earth or stone.

Sunk panels, caissons or lacunaria formed in ceilings, vaults or domes; sunken panel in a ceiling: a decorative sunken panel in a ceiling

an arch covering in stone or brick over any building; architecture arched ceiling: an arched structure of stone, brick, wood, or plaster that forms a ceiling or roof; a room with arched ceiling: a room, especially an underground room, with an arched ceiling

A vault having a circular plan, and usually in the form of a sphere portion, so constructed as to exert an equal thrust in all directions

A raised pulpit on either side of a Basilican church from which the epistle of a gospel were read

Page 22: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

22/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

433

434

435

436

437 A small pavilion, usually open – built in gardens & parks.

438

439

440

441 A diagonal cutting of an arris formed by two surfaces at an angle

442 An approach or an open forecourt surrounded by arcades in a Basilican church.

443

444 Women’s or private quarters of a house or place in Islamic architecture.

445 An empty tomb. A monument erected in memory of one not interred in or under it.

446

447 The central stone of a semi-circular arch, sometimes sculptured.

448

449

450A public open space in Byzantine architecture, surrounded by buildings

A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb. Also known as “CIBORIUM”.A longitudinal division of an interior area, as in a church, separated from the main area by arcades or the like.

The principal or central longitudinal area of a church, extending from the main entrance or narthex to the CHANCEL (area of church near altar: an area of a church near the altar for the use of clergy and choir, often separated from the nave by a screen or steps) usually flanked by aisles of less height

The circular or multi-angular termination of a church sanctuary. A rounded projection of a building

An inward-looking building whose prime purpose is for contemplation & prayer. A space without object of adoration. (Muslim)

A block of stone, often elaborately carved or moulded, projected from a wall, supporting the beams of a roof, floor or vault.

a tall tower in, or continuous to a mosque arch stairs leading up to one or more balconies from which the faithful are called to prayer

A small arch or bracket built across each angle of a square or polygonal structure to form an octagon or other appropriate base for a dome or a spire. An interior supporting part of a tower: an arch, corbelling, or lintel built across the upper inside corner of a square tower to support the weight of a spire or other structure above

A double curve, resembling the letter “S”, formed by the union of a curve and a convex line

a screen in a Greek orthodox church on which icons or (sacred images), pictures, are placed separating the chancel from the space, open to the laity. An altar screen decorated with icons: a screen on which icons are mounted, used in Eastern Orthodox churches to separate the area around the altar from the main part of the church

A covered porch (porch-roofed exterior of a room) or balcony (balcony- a platform projecting from an interior or exterior wall of a building) extending along the outside of a building, planned for summer leisure.

Page 23: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

23/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

451Geometrical ornaments due to absence of human and animal statues; an ornate design

452

453small towers, often containing stairs, and forming special features in medieval buildings.

454

455

456

457 a (shell) or a recess in a wall, hallowed like a shell for a statue or ornament.

458

459

460 An umbrella shaped copula.

461 – The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a gothic window.

462

463

464

465Special term for a lantern or raised structure above a roof admitting light into the interior

466 A room where food is stored; a pantry ( a walk-in cupboard); a cupboard

467 The tapering termination of a tower in Gothic churches

468 The term applied to a tower crowned by a spire

469 – A room for storage of garments

The triangular space enclosed by the curve of an arch, a vertical line from its springing, a horizontal line through its apex. A space between one arch or another. Space between two arches and a cornice

Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of light. A vertical window divider: a vertical piece of stone, metal, or wood that divides the panes of a window or the panels of a screen

A castle in a French-speaking country or a stately residence. A French castle: a castle or large house in France, often one that has a vineyard attached and gives its name to wine produced there

A slender wooden spire rising from a roof. A slender church spire: a slender spire, especially one that emerges from the roof of a church at the point where the ridges intersect.

(Lump or knob) or projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether vaulted or flat.

Is a rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its breadth (distance from side to side) from the wall.

The high platform on which temples were generally placed (in general, any elevate platform). A foundation wall: a low wall forming a foundation or base, for example for a colonnade

The part of a cruciform church, projecting at right angles to the main building. Wings of church: the part of a cross-shaped church that runs at right angles to the long central part (nave)

Vaulting in Romanesque in which a framework of ribs supported thin stone panels. The new method consisted in designing the profile of the transverse (crosswise or at right angle with something), longitudinal and diagonal ribs to which the form of the panels was adopted

Page 24: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

24/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

470

471

472A serving room between kitchen and dining room, or a room for storage of food supplies

473 A vault in which the ribs compose a “star-shaped” pattern

474

475

476 The dining hall of a monastery, convent or college

477

478 An Italian impressive building or private building

479

480

481

482

483

484

485

486

487

A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for an anticipated deflection so that it will gave no sag when under load.

Covered passages around an open space or “Garth”, connecting the church to the chapter house; a small courtyard or enclosed space

A building complex of a certain English order or a self-contained community used by monksA bay window especially cantilevered or corbelled out from the face of the wall by means of projecting stones.

An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a terminal, like the volutes of the ionic capital.

One of a number of short vertical members often circular in section used to support a stair handrail or a coping (wall’s capping surface).

a term applied to a type of Renaissance ornament in which rock-like forms fantastic scrolls, and ‘crimped’ folded or pressed together) shells (are worked up together in a profusion and confusion of detail often without organic coherence but presenting a lavish display of decoration; Any excessively ornate or fancy style; A style of architecture and the decorative arts characterized by intricate ornamentation that was popular throughout Europe in the early 18th century.

In France, anything extravagantly ornamented, so ornate as to be in bad taste, a style of art and architecture in Italy in the 17th to 18th century.

A tower not connected with “Bell”. A term applied to the upper room in a tower in which the bells are hung.

The entire construction of a classical temple or the like, between the columns and the eaves usually composed of an architrave, frieze, and a cornice.

(BRITISH) The hall built or used by medieval association as of merchants and tradesmen, organized to maintain standards that constituted a governing body. (Doge = Italian renaissance chief magistrate)

(little house for pleasure & recreation). A prominent structure, generally distinctive in character.

The space about the altar of a church, usually separated by a screen for the clergy and other officials, usually referred to as the “choir

An eternal solid angle of a wall or the like. One of the stones forming it, corner stone (Renaissance) A block forming a corner: a stone block used to form a quoin, especially when it is different, for example in size or material, from the other blocks or bricks in the wall

Page 25: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

25/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

488

489

490

491The chief magistrate’s buildings, in the former republic of Venice & Genoa.

492

493

494

495

496

497

498

499

500

501

A “BRACKET”: is a projecting member to support a weight generally formed with scrolls or volute when carrying the upper member of the cornice

A space entirely or partly under a building; in churches, generally beneath the chancel and used for burial in earlier times. An underground chamber: an underground room or vault, often below a church, used as a burial chamber or chapel, or for storing religious artifacts

The central shaft of a circular staircase. Also applied to the post in which the handrail is framed.

A spherical roof, (a dome-shaped roof) placed like an inverted cup over a circular square or multi-angular apartment. A dome on roof: a small dome on a roof, sometimes made of glass and providing natural light inside

An ante-room to a larger apartment of a building; An entrance hall: a small room or hall between an outer door and the main part of a building

A construction such as a tower, at the crossing of a church rising above the neighboring roofs and glazed at the sides

A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits leaves, often used in decoration; A circular arrangement of flowers: a circular arrangement of flowers and greenery placed as a memorial on a grave, hung up as a decoration, or put on somebody’s head as a sign of honor; a representation of wreath: a representation of a circular arrangement of flowers, vines, or other things, for example in a carving or on a coat of arms; [headdress; garland; laurel]

In Renaissance, a room used primarily for exhibition of art objects, or a drawing room;[grand sitting room; social gathering of intellectuals; art exhibition or gallery]

A roof having a double slope on four sides; the lower slope being much steeper and the flatter upper portion. Also known as the gambrel roof.

A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with beautiful Maiden living in Rivers, trees) and intended for relaxation. [nymph: a spirit or a minor goddess of nature; or a beautiful young woman]

An ornate iron grille, or screen, a characteristic feature of Spanish Church interiors; An architectural decoration: a carved decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or arched structure

A support for a column statue or a vase, it usually consists of a base. “Die” or Dado, and a cornice or cap mould

A window in a sloping roof usually that of a sleeping apartment. A window projecting from roof: a window for a room within the roof space that is built out at right angles to the main roof and has its own gable

Page 26: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

26/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

502

503 Vertical members dividing windows into different number of lights

504

505

506The horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows.

507 A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue or an icon.

508

509

510

511

512Bulbous termination to the top of a tower, found principally in Central & Eastern Europe

513

514

515 The space between two columns

516

517

518

A bust (sculpture of head & shoulders) on a square pedestal instead of a human body, used in classic times to mark boundaries on highways, and used decoratively in Renaissance times.

A Spanish arcaded or colonnaded yard; a paved area outside a house: a paved area adjoining a house, used for outdoor dining, growing plants in containers, and recreation. A roofless courtyard: a roofless inner courtyard typical of a Spanish-style house

Also called ‘brackets” or “consoles” or “ancones”. It is a projecting member to support a weight. generally formed with scrolls or volutes which carry the upper member of a cornice (a projecting moulding at the top of a wall or at where the wall & ceiling meets); also a bracket in Corinthian order: a small curved ornamental bracket under the corona of a Corinthian or Composite column

(to walk) the cloister (covered walkway around a courtyard) or covered passage around the east end of the church, behind the altar.

Also called “key pattern” the upper portion of the pinnacle [pinnacle: pointed ornament: a pointed ornament on top of a buttress or parapet]; an architectural decoration: a carved decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or arched structure

a raised platform reserved for the seating of speakers and dignitaries; a raised platform: a raised platform at the end of a hall or large room. [podium, platform, pulpit, stage]

The window of a protruded bay or the windowed bay itself. A protruding window: a rounded or three-sided window that sticks out from an outside wall and forms a recess on the inside

A communicating passage or wide corridor for pictures and statues. An upper storey for seats in a church

A type of relief ornament or cresting [cresting: a decorative roof ridge: an ornamental ridge on a roof ] resembling the studded leather straps arranged in geometrical and sometimes interlaced patterns much used in the early renaissance architecture of England.

One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of God or act as guardian spirits, or Chubby, a rosy-faced child with wings

Earth-baked (unglazed) or burnt in moulds. For use in construction, harder in quality than brick. [brownish red color]

A coat of arms; connected with heraldry or heralds: belonging or relating to heraldry or heralds

Page 27: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

27/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

519

520 An elevated enclosed stand in a CHURCH in which the preacher stands

521

522

523

524

525

526

527 a large convex moulding used principally in the bases of columns.

528

529

530

531

532

533

Phase of the early period of Spanish architecture of the later 15th and early 16th century, an intricate style named after its likeness to silverwork; elaborately decorated: relating to a heavily decorated architectural style fashionable in 16th-century Spain, reminiscent of elaborate silverware

A roofed but open-sided structure affording an extensive view, usually located at the rooftop of a dwelling but sometimes an independent building or an eminence (a hill) on a formal garden; a building with fine view: a building or part of a building positioned to offer a fine view of the surrounding area

An expression of Spanish baroque architecture and sculpture, a recurrent feature was the richly garlanded spiral columns. [flamboyant-showy; brightly colored; highly decorated ornamentation]

A movable candle lamp-stand with central shaft, and often branches or decorative representation thereof; a branching light fitting: a large decorative candle holder with several arms or branches, or a similarly shaped electric light fitting

(grating: metal grille) an ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an assembly of straight lines intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.

Outstanding architectural creation in Sri Lanka which is a circular relic house built in stone and brick.

Picturesque composition built in America since 1980. Hall timbering and massive medieval chimney. Identified by prominent gables and large expansive windows with small panes.

Most typical Chinese building, usually octagonal in plan, odd number o stories usually 9 or 13 storeys and repeated roofs, highly colored and with upturned eaves, slopes to each storey.

One storey with low-overhanging roof and broad front porch. Unpretentious style often rambling spread out floor plan, more expensive to build; lightweight tropical house: a simply-built one-storey house with a veranda and a wide, gently sloping roof in Southeast Asia and the South Pacific

A glazed earth ware originally made in Italy; pottery with colored glaze: earthenware decorated with colored opaque metallic glazes (often used before a noun)

Monumental pillars standing free without any structural function, with circular or octagonal shafts with inscriptions carved in it. The capital was bell-shaped and crowned with animal supported bearing the Buddhist will of Law.

Most famous of ancient Chinese building undertakings. It snakes, loops, and doubles back on itself. Meandering across valleys, plains, scaling mountains, plunging into deep gorges and leaping raging rivers of 3,700 miles.

An art free from any historical style characterized by forms of nature for ornamentation in the façade aptly called for the floral design.

Page 28: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

28/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

534

535 The arrangement and design of windows in a building

536 Relating or conforming to technical architectural principles.

537 Rock-cut temples in India

538

539

540 A Chinese ceremonial gateway erected in memory of an eminent person

541 A dwarf tree which is a perfect reflection of Japanese culture

542

543 An open-roofed gallery in an upper storey built for giving a view of the scenery.

544

545

546

547

548

549

550

a school founded by Gropius in 1919, developing a form of training intended to relate art and architecture to technology and the practical needs of human life.

A structural system consisting of trusses in two directions rigidly connected at their intersections. A rectangular shape is formed where the top and bottom chords of the trusses are directly above & below one another.

a type of timber framing in America about 1820s wherein it owes its strength to the walls, roof acting as diaphragms, and not on the post. It is an extension of the roof.

An elegant two storey, rectangular town house with a massive stone first floor, and a light and airy second floor, mother-of-pearl or “capiz” windows and picturesque wide tile roof. Entrance is of Heavy plank door with wrought iron or brass nails, sturdy balustrades of wood or iron grilles below windows to let in cool air.

In Japan, a structure where the appreciation of the arts and flower arrangement, with drinking ceremony is done

Intercolumniation is regulated by this standard of Japanese measurement, which is divided into 20 parts called minutes and each minute being again divided into 20 parts or seconds of space.

Cordillera one room house on four wooden posts with an animal or insect barrier and a pyramidal roof Cogon grass built without nails

A house with a prow-like (front of ship) majestic roof, the polychrome, extravagant wooden carvings derived from the Malay Mythical bird the “Sari Manok” The silken Muslim canopies in the Interiors. The protruding ends of floor beams are decorated with intricate carvings

Lowlands area house with pithed roof, made of bamboo poles, thatch roof with woven slit canes for walls and split bamboo slats flooring

Made of 0.75 m. thick stone of lime wall with thick thatched roof made of several layers of cogon and held together by seasoned sticks or reeds and rattan to withstand fiercest typhoons in the north

An arcade of roofed gallery built into or projecting from the side of a building particularly one overlooking an open court. A covered balcony and walkway: a covered open-sided walkway, often with arches, along one side of a building

Page 29: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

29/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

551

552

553

554

555

556 These are garden rooms.

557

558

559

560 Boss (vaulted or flat); groin (vaulted only)

561 Quoins (just a corner stone) vs. squinch (structural arch to support a dome)

562 statue chamber

563 bldg that hold sculpture

564 bldg that holds painting

565 acropolis, sacred enclosure

566 coffer, ceiling

567 space bet naos wall and column

568 tholos passageway

569 sleeping room, megaron

Japanese dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite curvature, and are supported upon a succession of simple or compound brackets. The upper part of the roof is terminated by a gable placed vertically above the end walls, while the lower part of the main roof is carried round the ends of the building in a hipped form.

Shinto temples (Shinto-Japanese religion) are characterized by this gateway formed by upright posts supporting two or more horizontal beams

“Fool the eye” – are paintings adorning everything from cabinets to cupboards, fire screen to dishwashers. This creates an illusion of space. A make-believe doorway for example extends a hall. A glass cabinet or door is painted with cows and chicken and make-believe or create an outdoor scene.

A house composed of natural materials. It is an eclectic and organic look that grows and changes with antiques and a clutter of different collections, made of rough plaster, old beams, wood framed windows and slate or brick floors. A house in the country: a large house in the country, often with a large area of land attached

1930s modernist’s style of art inspired by mechanical forms and chiefly distinguished by geometrical shapes, bold color schemes and symmetrical designs, suitable for mass production

patio (Spanish outdoor living or dining);VERANDAH (a porch or balcony for summer leisure); LOGGIA

Turret(medieval) ; minaret (Islamic);steeple (church tower & spire)(term use for spire crowned towers)

Pinnacle(highest point); fleche (a church spire); spire (tapering termination of a gothic church tower); finial (a design at the top of a spire)

Page 30: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

30/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

570(greatest example of Egyptian temple)

571Great Sphinx at Gizeh

572

573 gateway to greek temple

574

575

576oldest & most important bldg in Rome

577 largest circus in Rome

578 largest forum in Rome

579 1. Temporary shelter from perishable materials

580 2. Caves

581 3. Rocks on top of each other

582 4. Hard-packed snow blocks

583 5. animal skins

584 1. Battered or sloping outside walls

585

586

587

588 1. Abundance of clay-provided bricks

Senusurets- built the earliest known obelisk at HeliopolisAmenemhat I- founded the great temple at KarnakThothmes I- began the additions to the temple of Amnon KarnakAmenophis III- built the famous Colossi of MemnonRameses I- began the hypostyle hall at KarnakSeti I- built the temple at Abu- SimberPtolemy II- built the pharos of Light HousePtolemy III- founded the Great Seradeum at Alexandria

largest - geatest example of greek architecture - archt. Ictinus - master sculptor- Callicrates - Doric temple - naos- made of gold and ivory - holds the statue of Athena

prototype Greek Thetre - largest for 30,000 people

2. Columns & Capitals from vegetable origins

3. Papyrus Buds, Lotus Flower walls of mud brick, thick & 9M high

4. Unbroken massive walls adorned with hieroglyphics

Page 31: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

31/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

589 2. Roofs flat outside

5903. Architecture was arcuated winged deity and winged human headed lion used as décor

591 4. Houses of one room, entered by a single door & without windows

592 1. Temple pyramids are approached by a single steep flight of steps.

593

594 1. Columnar & trabeated (have horizontal beams rather than archs)

595 2. Wooden roofs were untrussed

596 3. Ceilings sometimes omitted

597 4. optical illusions were corrected, in Greek Temples

598 5. Doric, Ionic, Corinthian [orders of columns]

599

600 2. Two orders of architecture added [Tuscan & Composite]

6013. Concrete is now used [composition of lime, sand, pozzolana & broken bricks or small stones.

602

6032. Basilican Churches have 3 to 5 aisles, covered by a simple timber roof

604

605 4. separate buildings used for baptism or baptisteries

606

607

608

609 1. Bulbous or onion dome

610 2. Minarets

611 3. stalactite moulding

612

613 5. painted arch

614 1. Ribbed & panel, cross vaults;

2. Stone [finely dressed, carved, or laid as roughly dressed rubble] was employed for all important buildings

1. The arch & the vault was developed

1. Widely Spaced Columns carrying semi-circular arches

3. Mosaic decoration added internally

1. Novel development of the Dome to cover polygonal and square plans of churches

2. Tomb & baptisteries by means of “pendentives”

3. ‘Fresco” decoration using marble & mosaic

4. cresting: decorative roof ridge: an ornamental ridge on a roof

Page 32: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

32/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

615 2. plaster strips, arcades, rose windows,

616 3. Sober (serious/ not fanciful)& dignified style

6174. Formal massing depends on the grouping of towers and the projection of transepts & choir.

618 1. Pointed arch

619 2. buttress, flying buttress

620 3. gargoyles, decorated vaulting

621 4. rose & lancet windows ploughshare twist

622

623 1. Rusticated masonry, (rough masonry)

624 2. Quoins, Balusters

625 3. domes or raised drums

626 4. pediments one within the other

627 5. rococo

628 6. baroque style

629 7. mansard roof

630 8. salon

631 1. Picturesque values

632

633 3. palazzo style was a triumph of national ecclesiasticism

634 4. New functions & techniques produced new forms

635

636

637

638

639

640 2. Baloon frame was introduced

641 3. The skyscraper was contributed related to metal frame construction

5. variety of open roofs (trussed, tie-beam, collar)

2. Reflected in the predilection (liking) for highly textured, colorful materials, asymmetry & informality.

5. Taller buildings were designed due to concrete & cast iron frames.

6. New materials were used due to the effect of canals

7. Railroad systems, central heating & elevator or lift

1. Repetition of standard bays, both plan & elevation, an affinity (similarity) with bay system, programmatically adopted with the introduction of iron construction

1. Neo-classic & Greek revival was followed

Page 33: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

33/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

642 4. The non-load-bearing curtain wall & the elevator

643

644 2. Art Noveau and Bauhaus was developed

6453. Enormous Spans unobstructed were at length achieved with concrete.

646 4. Steel is used in space-frame

647

648

649

650

651

652

653

654

655

656

657

658

659

660

661

662

1. Free-standing glass sheath suspended on a framework across the face of the building or curtain wall.

1. Hindu worship is an individual act

2. Buddhist religious buildings or shrines took the form of STUPAS (Buddhist shrine or pagoda), and are designed for congregational use.

3. Mouldings have BULBOUS character

4. The TORUS moulding is used

5. Various BAS reliefs depicting scenes of daily life and story of Buddha

6. The female form in its voluptuous (sensual) form is often used

1. Rock Temples, with square or octagonal pillars

2. A circular relic house (wata-dage) built in stone & brick is an outstanding architectural creation.

3. Architecture of wood, with high pitched roofs, with wide eaves, slightly curved, finished with small flat shingles and terra cotta tiles.

4. Windows with lacquered wood bars, carved timber doorways, ornamental metalwork door furniture, painted walls.

1. Cupola Roofs (dome shaped roof or dome on roof), spanning with arched squinches, the square chamber angles, lantern roof and coffered dome, an elaborate system of hexagon, each containing the statue of Buddha

2. The “SIKHARA” & “PAGODA” temples survive.

3. A monumental pillar generally supporting a metal superstructure adorned with mystic symbols, groups of divinities and portraits statuary of royalties.

4. Windows have intricate lattice screens and roof have red curved tiles, metal gutters and projecting cornice and fancifully decorated with carving, embossing, tinkling bells and hanging lamps.

5. The monastery is fortress-like sited on hill tops.

6. Pillars and beams are painted “yellow or red” and “painted silks” hang from the roof.

Page 34: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

34/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

663

664

665

666

667

668

669

670

671 2. Roofs one on top of the other using S-shape enameled tiles.

672

673

674 5. Column brackets are decorated with birds, flowers and dragons.

675

676

677

678

679 5. Love of nature: using stone, lantern & bonsai.

680

681

682 3. Capiz shell windows, barandillas, balconies,

683 4. Coconut shell & wood design.

684

685 1. Beehives,

1.    Stepped Temple Pyramid, terraced on a hill

2.    Using stone without mortar fitted perfectly and numerous colossal towers

3.    Religious buildings overlaid with ornamentation of Chinese characters, surfaces often finished with porcelain tile

4.    Walls are white stucco, (wall plaster)

5.    multi-leveled overlapping timber roofs

6.    Gables and bargeboard decorated with Hindu iconography.

7.    Doors and window shutters are of carved wood, lacquered in black and gold.

1. Roof ridges are laden with elaborate ornamental cresting and the up-tilted angles are adorned with fantastic dragons and grotesque ornament.(distorted bizarre)

3. Roof framing in “rectangle” and not triangle.

4. Use of bright colors

1. Light and delicate timber construction is refined by a minute carving & decoration

2. Dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite (beautiful/superb) curvature, supported by a succession of brackets

3. Upper part of the roof is terminated by a gable placed vertically above the end walls

4. Rooms are regulated by a “KEN” Tatami mats.

1. Use of indigenous (natural) materials for houses like bamboo, palm leaves, sturdy wooden posts, carved wooden sidings, cogon grass roof.

2. Spanish-style high-pitched roofs,

5. Much use of galvanized iron sheet for roofing

Page 35: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

35/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

686 2. huts,

687 3. caves,

688 4. tents,

689 5. Stonehenge, England

690 6. igloos

691 1. Sphinx,

692

693 3. Obelisks,

694 4. Mastaba Tombs,

695 5. Great Temple,

696

697

6987. Temple of Khons,

699 1. Ziggurat of Ur,

700 2. persepolis,

701 3. hall of the hundred columns

702 1. Temple Pyramid of the Sun,

703 2. Citadel Teotihuacan,

704 3. Temple of the Giant Jaguar,

705 4. Great Plaza of Tenochtitlan Machu Picchu, Peru

706 1. Acropolis,

2. Pyramids, Pyramid of King ZoserArchitect: Imhotep earliest pyramidal structure of the ancient world, the Step Pyramid (c.2630 BC) of King Zoser at Saqqara, Egypt consist of six terraces of receding sizes with a one staba The Great Pyramid the Pyramid of Khufu is the largest in the world, measuring 230m (756 ft)

6. Abu-Simbel, dedicated chieftly to Re-Harakhti, God of the rising sun built during the reign of Ramses II (1304 – 1237 BC)

7. Temple of Luxor - or Southern Sanctuary at Luxor, Egypt, 18th dynasty king dedicated to Amon-Re, king of the Gods built of sandstone for the quarries of Gebel Silsila

Page 36: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

36/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

707

708

709 3. Agora,

710

711 4. ODEION theatre,

712

7136. Mausoleum Sarcophagus,

714 7. open hillside theatres

715

2. Parthenon-temple, Architect: Itchinus and Callicrates with PhidiasLocation: Athens, GreeceStyle: Ancient Greek Doric on the historic Acropolis. Doric exemplar

Erectheum _ Architect: MnesiclesLocation: Athens, GreeceStyle: Ancient Greek, Ionic has Caryatid Porch with figural columns. On the Acropolis, uses grade change.

Epidaurus TheaterArchitect: PolykleitosLocation: Epidauros, or Epidhavros, GreeceStyle: Ancient Greek and the quality of its acoustics make the Epidaurus theatre one of the great architectural achievements of the fourth century. the largest and best preserved ancient theaters in Greece. can accommodate 14,000 spectators.

5. stoa, - ancient covered walkway, usually with a wall on one side and a row of columns at the other

1. The Pantheon118 - 126Architect: AcrippaLocation: Rome, ItalyStyle: Ancient Roman great domed hall with oculusoculus – a single circular opening one of the great spiritual buildings of the world it was built as a Roman temple and later consecrated as a Catholic Church revived the use of brick and concrete in temple Architecture

Page 37: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

37/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

716

7173. Basilicas

718 4. Thermae,

719 5. Amphitheatres,

720

721 7. Triumphal arch,

722 8. gateways,

723 9. aqueducts

724 1. Basilican Churches,

725 2. Baptisteries

726 1. St. Sophia, Constantinople

727 2. St. Mark, Venice

728 1. The great mosques,

729 2. Damascus & Cordoba,

730 3. Kiosk @ Istanbul

731 4. Taj mahal mausoleum @ Agra

732 5. Tomb of Humayun, Delhi

2. Forums,Trajan’s Forum100 – 112Architect: Apollodorus of DamascusLocation: Rome, ItalyStyle: Roman composed of an arc of arched arcade most magnificent and architecturally most pleasing largest known forums

6. Colosseum Coemeteria, Colosseum70 – 82Architect: Vespacian and DomitianLocation: Rome, ItalyStyle: Ancient Roman three-quarter columns and entablatures, Doric in the first story, Ionic in the second, and Corinthian in the third, face the three tiers of arcades largest Roman Amphitheater designed to hold 50,000 spectators had approximately eighty entrances so crowds could arrive and leave easily and quickly

Page 38: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

38/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

733 1. St, Zeno,

734 2. Maggiore Monastery,

735 3. Leaning Tower,

736 4. Cathedral & Baptistery of Pisa,

737 5. Castles, fortifications,

738 6. chateus, Manor houses

739 1. Notre Dame Cathedral,

740 2. Paris Canterbury Cathedral,

741 3. King’s College,

742 4. Canterbury Town Halls,

743 5. Skippers house @ Ghent

744 1. Palazzo Ricardi @ Florence,

745 2. St. Peter’s PIAZZA,

746 3. Cathedral Vatican,

747 4. Palais du louvre,

748 5. Paris Chateu Maisons,

749 6. St Paul’s Cathedral, London,

750 7. Guild Houses @ Brussels

751 1. Westminster New Palace (House of Parliament), London

752 2. Crystal Palace, London [???]

753 3. University Museum, Oxford

754 4. Red House, Kent

755 5. Cathedral @ Guildford

756 1. Eiffel tower, [???]

757 2. New louvre,

758 3. Paris Opera House,

759 4. Paris & cologne.

Page 39: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

39/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

760

761

762

763

764

1. the White HouseArchitect: James HobanLocation: Washington, D.C.Date: 1793 to 1801, burned 1814, porticos 1824 to1829Style: Georgian Neoclassical official residence of the president of the United States of America, for the last 200 years

2. Capitol of the United StatesArchitects: Thornton-Latrobe-BulfinchLocation: Washington, D.C.Date: 1793 to 1830Style: Neoclassical meeting place of the U.S. Congress, the national assembly of the United States of America, consisting of the House of Representatives and the Senate

National Gallery of ArtArchitect: John Russel Pope houses one of the finest collections of painting, sculptures, and graphic arts in the world

Washington MonumentArchitect: Robert MillsLocation: Washington, D.C.Style: Neo-Egyptian the obelisk is the only remnant of the original blue print that remains with George Marsh, competition 1836. standard Egyptian proportion of 10:1 height to base

Golden Gate Bridge1933 to 1937Architect: Joseph StraussLocation: San Francisco, CaliforniaBuilding type: suspension bridgeConstruction system: steel frame, steel cablesStyles: Structural Modern with some Art Deco details one of the longest bridge in the world a powerful and elegant human structure in an equally beautiful natural location overall bridge length of 9266 feet, or 2824 meters bridge main span length of 4200 feet, or 1280 meters

Page 40: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

40/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

765

7663. Boston Empire State Building,

767 4. English Country Houses

768 5. Bungalows

769

770

771

772

Saint Patrick’s CathedralArchitect: James RenwickLocation: New York shaped like a Latin cross the largest Roman Catholic Cathedral in the United States designed in a Gothic Revival materials at English and French Gothic Style

The Louvre1546 to 1878Architect: Pierre LescotLocation: Paris, FranceBuilding type: palace, art museumConstruction system: cut stone bearing masonryStyle: French Renaissance also designed by Catherine de Medici, J.A. du Cerceau II, Claude Perrault, etc. I.M. Pei: design the glass pyramid, which serves as the main public entrance

Palais Royal commissioned by Cardinal Richeliev original name is Palais Cardinal 17th century Daniel Buren: stripped columns

Arc de Triomphe Napoleon, the French emperor decided to build a very big arch of triumph, which stands at the top of the Champs Elysees

Pompidou Centre1972 to 1976Architect: Richard Rogers and Renzo PianoLocation: Paris, FranceBuilding Type: modern art museumConstruction system: high-tech steel and glassStyle: High-tech modern a cost of $100,000,000, with an average attendance of approximately seven million people a year massive structural expressionist cast exoskeleton, "exterior" escalators enclosed in transparent tube

Page 41: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

41/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

773

774

775

776

777

Notre Dame de Paris1163 to 1250Architect: Maurice de SullyLocation: Paris, FranceBuilding Type: church, cathedralConstruction system: bearing masonry, cut stoneStyle: Early Gothic one of the most celebrated Gothic cathedrals in France twin towers marking the entrance probably the most famous image in French Gothic art

Paris Opera House1857 to 1874Architect: Charles GarnierLocation: Paris, FranceBuilding type: theater, opera houseConstruction system: masonry, cut stoneStyle: Neo-Baroque polychrome façade, opulent staircase commission by competition masterpiece of 19th century architecture one of the largest and most opulent theaters in the world false ceiling painted by Marc Chagall

Elysee Palace1718Architect: Claude Mollet official residence of the president of France

Hotel de Invalides Napoleons tomb is within the structure founded by Louis XIV for disabled soldiers late 17th century

La MadeleineArchitect: Napoleon I church of Ste. Marie Madeleine constructed as a church in 1842 surrounded by 52 Corinthian columns

Page 42: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

42/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

778

779

780

781

782

Chartres Cathedral1194 to 1260Location: Chartres, FranceBuilding type: cathedralConstruction system: bearing masonryStyle: Gothic exemplar the elevation was in three tiers as it had no gallery and the vaulting was quadripartite, which eliminated the need for alternating supports supreme monument of High Gothic art and architecture

Rheims Cathedral one of the greatest monument of Gothic art and architecture construction commerced by Jean d’Orbais and was completed by Robert de Coucy a work of remarkable unity and harmony

Eiffel Tower1887 to 1889Architect: Gustave EiffelLocation: Paris, FranceBuilding Type: exposition observation towerConstruction system: exposed ironStyle: Victorian Structural Expressionist dominates the sky line of Paris one of the most famous landmarks in the world built for the Paris Exposition of 1889

Sorbonne most famous building at the University of Paris

British Museum1823 to 1847Architect: Sir Robert SmirkeLocation: London, EnglandBuilding type: art and historical museum, libraryConstruction system: masonry, cut stoneStyle: Victorian Ionic façade, Classical Revival Includes one of the world's great library rooms. Glazed roof over restored courtyard by Norman Foster

Page 43: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

43/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

783

784

785

786

Salisbury Cathedral1220 to 1258Location: Salisbury, EnglandBuilding type: Cathedral (church, temple)Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stoneStyle: English Gothic Cathedral of Saint Mary an outstanding example of the Early English architectural style tallest in England 404ft (123m) use of Purbeck marble to create a strongly coloured

Queen’s House1616 to 1635Architect: Inigo Jones – the greatest of English Classical architect Location: Greenwich, EnglandBuilding type: large houseConstruction system: bearing masonryStyle: Palladian, Late English Renaissance was built by Jones for Anne of Denmark, wife of James I

Somerset House1776 to 1786Architect: William ChambersLocation: London, EnglandBuilding type: government offices and art schoolConstruction system: cut stone masonryStyle: Neoclassical Home of Royal Academy of the Arts. Corinthian orders above arched courtyard apertures, rusticated base

Saint Paul’s Cathedral1675 to 1710Architect: Sir Christopher WrenLocation: London, EnglandBuilding type: churchConstruction system: masonry, brick, timber and cut stoneStyle: Late renaissance to Baroque the dome peaks at 366 feet above pavement a masterpiece of Baroque architecture largest cathedral in England

Page 44: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

44/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

787

788

789

790

791

792 1. Salginatobel Bridge,

793 2. Einstein Tower, Eirch Mendelsohn

794 3. Chapel of Notre Dame, Le Corbusier

795 4. Johnson Wax Building, Frank Lloyd Wright

Chiswick House1729Architect: Lord BurlingtonLocation: Chiswick, EnglandBuilding type: large houseConstruction system: bearing masonryStyle: Palladian also known as “Burlington House”

Westminster Palace1836 to 1868Architect: Sir Charles BarryLocation: LondonBuilding type: seat of government, government centerConstruction system: cut stone bearing masonryStyle: English Gothic Revival Big Ben: the clock tower best known is a great symbol of London originally seat of kings as a royal residence

Durham Cathedral1093 to 1280Location: Durham, EnglandBuilding type: church, cathedralConstruction system: bearing masonry, cut stoneStyle: Romanesque one of the most impressive Norman Romanesque style in Europe had a reciprocal influence on the architecture of Normady the rib vault covering of Durham Cathedral is the oldest example that has survived

Glasgow School of Art1897 to 1909Architect: Charles Rennie MackintoshLocation: Glasgow, EnglandBuilding type: collegeConstruction system: bearing masonryStyle: art and crafts, art nouveau

Buckingham PalaceArchitect: sir George Goring built during the reign of king James I

Page 45: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

45/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

796 5. Falling Water, Frank Lloyd Wright

797 6. Dulles International Airport, Eero saarinen

798 7. Guggenheim Museum, Frank Lloyd wright

799 8. Sydney opera House, Jorn Utzon

800 9. Geodesic dome, Buckminster Fuller

801

802

803

804

Temple of HeavenLocation: China 700 acre enclosure built by the Ming Dynasty emperor Yongle (Yung-Io) means “Perpetual Help”

Hagia Sofia532 to 537Architect: Isidoros and AnthemiosLocation: Istanbul, TurkeyBuilding type: churchConstruction system: bearing masonryStyle: Byzantine a tremendous domed space built as the new Cathedral of Constantinople by the Emperor Justinian a masterpiece of Byzantine architecture additional minarets when the church became a mosque

Cathedral of SienaLocation: Southern Italy incorporated Gothic elements in a strongly Mediterranean design

Pisa Cathedral103 to 1350Location: Pisa, ItalyBuilding type: church complexConstruction system: bearing masonry, cut stone, white marbleStyle: Romanesque "Pisa Cathedral with Baptistery, Campanile and Campo Santo, together form one of the most famous building groups in the world the cathedral complex includes the famous Leaning Tower, La Torre Pendente white marble with colonnaded facades

Page 46: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

46/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

805

806

807

808

Florence Cathedral1296 to 1462Architect: Arnolfo di CambioLocation: Florence, ItalyBuilding type: domed church, cathedralConstruction system: bearing masonryStyle: Italian Romanesque 1296: Cathedral begun on design by Arnolfo di Cambio 1357: Project continued on a modified plan by Francesco Talenti 1366-7: Talenti's definitive design emerged calling for an enormous octagonal dome 1418: competition for construction of dome. 1420: technical solution for vaulting proposed by Brunelleschi approved and construction begun The Duomo – dome added by Brunelleschi 1436— church consecrated

Krak des Chevaliers1150 to 1250Location: SyriaBuilding type: fortStyle: Medieval crusader castle the best preserved and most wholly admirable castle in the world

Alhambra1338 to 1390Location: Granada, SpainBuilding type: palaceConstruction system: bearing masonryStyle: Moorish (Islamic) palace of Nasrid Dynasty the most beautiful remaining example of Western Islamic Architecture built as a cathedral in the mid-1200’s “hall of justice”: noted from its elaborate stalactite (maqarnas) decoration

Casa Batllo1905 to 1907Architect: Antonio GaudiLocation: Barcelona, SpainBuilding type: apartment buildingConstruction system: concreteStyle: Expressionist or Art Nouveau uses animal styles al through-out the structure

Page 47: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

47/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

809

810

811

812

813

814

815

816

817

818

819

Casa Mila1905 to 1910Architect: Antonio GaudiLocation: Barcelona, SpainBuilding type: multifamily housingConstruction system: masonry and concreteStyle: Art Nouveau expressionistic, fantastic, organic forms in undulating facade and roof line light court it could be compared with the steep cliff walls in which African tribes build their cave-like dwellings

Sagrada Familia1882 to 1926Architect: Antonio GaudiLocation: Barcelona, SpainBuilding type: churchConstruction system: masonryStyle: Expressionist Church of the Holy Family uncompleted during Gaudi’s lifetime crowned by four spires

Taj Mahal1630 to 1653Architect: Emperor Shah JahanLocation: Agra, IndiaBuilding type: Islamic tombConstruction system: bearing masonry, inlaid marbleStyle: Islamic onion-shape domes, flanking towers, built for wife Mumatz Mahal located on the Jumna River museum for Mogul emperor’s consort

“shrine of freedom”, designed by Father Antonio Cedeno, with Diego Jordan as engineerfamous walled city within a city; seven gates; completed 1872; made of bricks and hard adobe from the Pasig River quarries; wall are 45 ft thick and rise 25 ft above the moat; structures inside the city include:

1. roofs at 45 degrees gradient or less2. use of bricks, limestone, hardwood, capiz shells (G.I. sheets and clay tiles or “tisa” were imported)3. elaborate lace-like grillwork (1870’s)4. transoms with floral and foliate scroll work (1890’s)5. 1890’s Art Nouveau brought swirling vines and flowers for staircase balustrades, etched or colored glass panels replaced capiz6. emergence of Filipino and foreign architects working in the Philippinesa. FELIX ROXAS – first Filipino architect; served as architect to the Manila government; studied in England and Spainb. JUAN HERVAS – a Catalan who was one of the Spanish architects invited to reconstruct Manila after the earthquake of 1863 and 18807. churchesa. Sto. Domingo Church, Intramurosb. San Ignacio, Intramuros – first church designed by a Filipino architectc. San Sebastian Church, Manila – only Gothic church in the Philippines8. bridesa. Fuente de Espana – first bridge to span the Pasig River linking Intramuros and Binondob. Colgante Bridge – suspension bridge; only for pedestrians; framework of iron imported from England

1. a “regime” of reinforced concrete and galvanized iron2. Neo-Classical styles3. DANIEL BURNHAM – commissioned by Gov. General W.H. Taft to draft the Master Plan for Manila and government buildings (Agri-Finance Building, Senate Building, among others)4. MASTER BUILDERS (“maestro de obras”) acquired title either from practical experience or completed academic training of Master Builder’s course5. LICEO DE MANILA – first school to open three year course in architecture6. TOMAS MAPUA – first licensed architect; established the second school (followed by UST and Adamson)7. MASONIC TEMPLE, Escolta – first multi-storey reinforced concrete building in the Philippines8. CHALET – suburban house; simple design with verandah in front or around the house; middle-class9. 1930’s – continued urban development; emergence of multi-storey, multi-family dwellings and commercial structures; distinct simplification of lines, emphasis on verticality; other architects contradicted the trend by putting horizontal strips of glass window

- mediocre design, uncontrolled and hasty rebuilding only resurrected old designs - commercial building drew inspiration from contemporary architecture in the West - development of community planning- BUNGALOW – introduced in 1948; one-storey house with wide picture windows, a lanai and a carport for up to three cars - modern architecture with a renewed interest in Filipino motifsa. use of pointed roofs, lattices, screens, wood carvingsb. architecture of LEANDRO LOCSIN and FRANCISCO MANOSA

Movement in 20th Century, art that represented the revolutionary effort of young Italian Concrete, steel and glassAdvocators: Jim Slade and Robert Colley.an architects.The architecture of reinforced concrete iron and glass.Calculation of audacity and simplicityCapable of expressing “tangible miracles.”Inspired by Filippo Tommaso Marinetti.

Cubist style developed in Germany and Austria (1900s).CHARACTERISTICS:Devoid of ornamentationSymmetrical/Assymetrical plansOverlapping & intersecting 2-dimensional planes that enclose 3-dimensional space.Pure color like white & grey of exterior walls.Distribution of wall to window space is approximately equal.

Sought for solutions for alternative cheap forms of construction in timber, brick & metal.Initiated by British (pre-fab. Architecture)A design of something Auspicious.Other definitions:Refers to low-cost housingPre-Fabricated unit

Page 48: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

48/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

820

821

822

823

824 architecture OF THE borrowing and OF free selection

825

826 In Egyptian architecture, the tomb of the pharaohs is the.

827 The great pyramid at Gizeh was built during the 4th dynasty by.

828 The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the founder of the 19th dynasty.

829

830 Greek architecture was essentially.

831 Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected by the architect Mnesicles

832

833

834 Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders used by the Greeks.

835

836 The finest and remaining example of Byzantine architecture.

837 The architectural character of the Romanesque architecture is.

838

839 The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient buildings in Rome.

840 The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in Greek temple.

841 Amphitheaters are used for ___.

842 An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used in public places.

843 The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City.

844

845

846 Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament.

847 In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but especially for storing wine.

848 The characteristic of Greek ornament.

Non-representational style of art w/c uses modern industrial materials: plastic & glass.Ideal abstract art movement arose in Europe & Russia (1913-1920)Based on the idea: Art is an absolute entity, whose origin lie in the mind & whose forms are unrelated to objects of visible world.Concept of art: includes painting & sculpture.

Out view in w/c the major activities or environmental factor was employed in the structure in a non-intellectual manner.CHARACTERISTICS:Continuity of forms rather than proportionality and geometric terms/means.Tendency to avoid rectangular forms.Tends to individual sensibility., first built in the 13th century and reconstructed in 1906–1909, is the largest clay building in the world.developed the first safe passenger elevator. In addition to this, was the development of techniques for manufacturing rolled steel

movement for aesthetic and moral crusade- escape FROM THE Industrial World- John Ruskin(1819-1900) and William Morris(1834-1896) were THE key figures

The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of which Greece and her domains had ample supply of was.

The building in the acropolis generally considered as being the most nearly perfect building ever erected is the.With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native natural cement, the Romans achieved huge interiors with the.

From the 5th century to the present, the character of Byzantine architecture is the practice of using.

Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that of the rest of Europe by the use of what material for facing walls.

An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing the foot of a row of convex tiles that cover the joints of the flat tiles.Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to support an ornament, more usually, the ornament itself.

Page 49: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

49/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

849

850 The outstanding group of Romanesque is found in ___.

851 The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college.

852 The architecture of the curved line is known as ___.

853 The open court in an Italian palazzo.

854 The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a Gothic window.

855 Japanese tea house.

856 A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for prostration.

857 Domical mound containing a relic.

858 Ifugao house (southern strain).

859 In Mesopotamian architecture, religion called for temples made of sun-dried bricks.

860 The style of the order with massive and tapering columns resting on a base of 3 steps.

861 Tomb of the pharaohs.

862

863

864 Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns surrounding the naos.

865 Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture

866 Architect of the Einstein Tower.

867 Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art.

868 What architectural term is termed to be free from any historical style?

869 From what architecture is the Angkor Vat?

870 The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y.

871 Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a battlement.

872 Taj Mahal temple is located in ___.

873

874 Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis.

875 Jubilee festivals of the pharaohs.

876 The world's first large-scale monument in stone.

877 The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh

The use of ___ for facing walls distinguishes Romanesque architecture in Italy from that of the rest of Europe.

Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stones forming chambers for consecutive burials for several to a hundred persons.A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church, terminating in axis and intended to house an altar.

In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, who consolidate the administrative system, made a survey of the country, set boundaries to the provinces, and other helpful works.

Page 50: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

50/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

878 A vault created when two barrel vaults intersect at the right angles.

879 Sarimanok is a décor reflecting the culture of the ___.

880 Caryatid porch is from what architecture?

881 Female statues with baskets serving as columns.

882 A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle.

883 A hall built in Roman Empire for the administration of justice.

884 The Parthenon is from what architecture.

885 A roof in which 4 faces rests diagonally between the gables and converge at the roof.

886 A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture.

887 A concave molding approximately quarter round.

888 Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo.

889 A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must be well oriented'.

890 What is not required as a feature in modern Muslim mosque.

891 Architect of Robinson's Galleria

892 Major contribution of the Renaissance Architecture.

893 "A house is like a flower pot"

894 Richly carved coffins of Greece and Mesopotamia.

895 King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty.

896 The council house in Greece.

897 Elizabethan Architecture is from what architecture.

898 Art Noveau style first appeared in what structure.

899 A faced without columns or pilaster in renaissance architecture.

900 Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany it is known as ___.

901 Less is more.

902 First school which offered architecture in the Philippines.

903 Embrasures.

904 Formal architecture, one of the principles of composition.

905 Different historical styles combined.

906 Architect of TWA airport.

Page 51: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

51/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

907 The falling water by Frank Lloyd Wright is also known as ___.

908 First president and founder of PAS.

909 "Modern architecture need not be western".

910 Architect of the national library, Philippines.

911

912 Taj Mahal is a building example of what architecture.

913

914 Pantiles used for Chinese roofings.

915 Greek equivalent of the Roman forum, a place of open air assembly or market.

916 A slight vertical curvature in the shaft of a column.

917 The very ornate style of architecture developed in the later renaissance period.

918

919 "cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture.

920 From the Greek forms of temple, the three where it lies is known as ___.

921 From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of columns at the front and rear.

922 Memorial monuments of persons buried elsewhere in Roman architecture.

923 The three pyramids in Gizeh

924 The cistern storage of collected rainwater underneath the azotea of the bahay na bato.

925 A shallow cistern or drain area in the center of a house.

926 In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___.

927 The tomb beneath a church.

928 A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christian churches.

929 A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma reversa strap.

930 Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site.

931 A roman house with a central patio.

932 Revival of classical Roman style

933

934 Architect and furniture designer.

935 First registered architect in the Philippines.

The xerxes hall of hundred columns was introduced during the Mesopotamian architecture, which palace was it used.

The convex projecting molding of eccentric curve supporting the abacus of a Doric capital.

A multi-storied shrine like towers, originally a Buddhist monument of diminishing size with corbelled cornice and moldings.

The style emerging in western Europe in the early 11th century, based on Roman and Byzantine elements, and powerful vaults, and lasting until the advent of Gothic architecture.characterized by massive articulated wall structures, round arches,

Page 52: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

52/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

936 The public square of imperial Rome.

937 Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel.

938 Finest example of French-Gothic architecture

939 How many stained glass are there in the Chartres Cathedral?

940 Agora is from what architecture?

941 Sacred artificial mountains of Babylon and Assyria.

942 A plant whose leaves form the lower portions of the Corinthian capital.

943 Structure of wedge-shaped blocks over an opening.

944

945

946 A standard, usually of length, by which the proportions of a building are determined.

947 The triangular or segmental space enclosed by a pediment or arch.

948 A line of counterthrusting arches on columns or piers.

949

950 In classical architecture, the elaborated beam member carried by the columns.

951 Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom.

952 Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.

953 Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda.

954 A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a flower arrangement or art.

955 Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda.

956 The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture and notable of its large dome.

957 Triangular piece of wall above the entablature.

958

959 A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church.

960

961 The covered walk of an atrium.

962 A basin for ritual cleansing with water in the atrium of an early Christian basilica.

963 A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a church.

964 An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanently place over the altar in a church.

The space between the sloping roof over the aisle and the aisle vaulting, so also called a blind story.A windowed wall that rises above the roof of adjacent walls that admit light into the interior.

In the classical order, the lowest part or member of the entablature; the beam that spans from column to column.

A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular plan of a dome to the polygonal plan of its supporting structure.

The principal or central part of a church, extending from the narthex to the choir or chancel and usually flanked by aisles.

Page 53: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

53/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

965 A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue.

966 A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items.

967 A tower in the Muslim Mosque used to call people to prayer.

968 Coffers, sunken panels in the ceiling.

969

970 A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and Muslim 12th-16th century

971 architecture.

972 Projecting blocks of stone carved with foliage, typical in Gothic architecture.

973 A slab forming the crowning member of the capital.

974 The crowning member of a column.

975 A rectangular or square slab supporting the column at the base.

976 A low screen wall enclosing the choir in early Christian church.

977 The cold section of a Roman Bath.

978 This church in the Philippines is the seat of the Malolos Congress.

979 The palace proper in Assyrian palaces.

980 Holy mountains.

981 Architect of the famous propylaea, Acropolis.

982 Private family apartments in Assyrian palaces.

983 The most stupendous and impressive of the rock-cut-temples.

984 The four-seated colossal statues of Rameses II is carved in the pylon of the ___.

985 Favorite motifs of design of the Egyptians.

986 Two main classes of temples in Egyptian Architecture.

987 Egyptian temples for ministrations to deified pharaohs.

988 Structure whose corners are made to face the four cardinal points.

989 Structure whose sides are made to face the four cardinal points.

990 Egyptian temples for the popular worship of the ancient and the mysterious gods.

991 The use of monsters in doorways is prevalent in what architecture?

992 The Greek male statues used as columns.

993 A recessed or alcove with raised seats where disputes took place.

The Buddhist temple in ancient Cambodia which feature four faces of the compassionate Buddha.

Page 54: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

54/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

994 A single line of columns surrounding the Naos.

995 The uppermost step in the crepidoma.

996 The lowest step in the crepidoma.

997 A building in Greek and Roman for exercises or physical activities.

998 The three chamber of a Greek temple.

999 A Greek building that contains painted pictures.

1000 Temple with a portico of columns arranged in front.

1001 The clear space in between columns.

1002 Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters.

1003 Intercolumniation of 4 diameters.

1004 Intercolumniation of 2 diameters.

1005 Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters?

1006 Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters.

1007 A kindred type to the theater.

1008 Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of the Greek.

1009 Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place.

1010 What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra?

1011 A foot race course in the cities.

1012 A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front.

1013 A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front and rear.

1014 In Greek, it is the Roman prototype of the Thermae.

1015 Greek order that has no base.

1016 The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek theaters.

1017 What orders did the Etruscans and the Romans add making 5 in all?

1018

1019 The finest of all illustrations of Roman construction.

1020 The oldest and most important forum in Rome.

1021 Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'?

1022 Who completed the 'hall of hundred columns'?

What allowed the Romans to build vaults of a magnitude never equaled till the birth of steel for buildings.

Page 55: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

55/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1023 Architects of the Parthenon.

1024 Master sculptor of the Parthenon.

1025 In Roman fountains, the large basin of water.

1026 Spouting jets in Roman fountain.

1027 The oldest circus in Rome.

1028

1029 Architect of the Erechtheion.

1030 A water clock or an instrument for measuring time by the use of water.

1031 The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb of Agamemnon'.

1032 Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum

1033 Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia.

1034 Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus, Olympius.

1035 Both the regula and the mutule has guttae numbering a total of ___.

1036 A quadrigas is a ___.

1037 The water-leaf and tongue is a usual ornament found in the ___.

1038 The Corona is usually painted with the ___.

1039 Greek sculptures may be classified as "architectural sculpture, free standing statuary,

1040 One of the best examples of a surviving megaron type of Greek domestic building.

1041 The molding that is often found in the Doric Order.

1042 The wall or colonnade enclosing the Temenos

1043 The private house of the Romans.

1044 Roman rectangular temples stood on a ___.

1045 Roman large square tiles.

1046 A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses of brickworks.

1047

1048 A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect.

1049 A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or without mortar joints.

1050 A Roman structure used as hall of justice and commercial exchanges.

1051 A type of monument erected to support a tripod, as a prize for athletic exercises or

The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavian amphitheater" was commenced by whom and completed by whom?

A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stone laid in a loose pattern roughly resembling polygonal work.

Page 56: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

56/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1052 musical competitions in Greek festivals.

1053

1054

1055 Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults and domes.

1056 Conceptualized the Corinthian capital.

1057 The sleeping room of the 'megaron'.

1058 The origin of the door architrave.

1059 The atrium type of house originated with the ___.

1060 Roman apartment blocks.

1061

1062 !5th to 18th century architecture.

1063 "Form follows function".

1064 The dominating personality who became an ardent disciple of the Italian renaissance

1065 A pillared hall in which the roofs rests on the column in Egyptian temples.

1066 Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall at Karnak?

1067 Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria.

1068 He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for living".

1069 Tombs built for the Egyptian nobility rather than the royalty.

1070 Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines.

1071 The warm room in the Thermae.

1072 The Hot room of the Thermae.

1073 The cold or unheated pool in the Thermae.

1074 The dry or sweating room in the Thermae.

1075 The dressing room of the Thermae.

1076 The room for oils and unguents in the thermae.

1077 Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___.

1078 Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___.

1079 Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___.

1080 Orientation of the Medieval Church.

A type of ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an assemblage of straight lines intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.Figures of which the upper parts alone are carved, the rest running into a parallelopiped or diminishing pedestal.

A building in classic architecture decorated with flowers and plants with water for the purpose of relaxation.

Page 57: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

57/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1081

1082 On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of the epistle and the gospel are

1083

1084 In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central place at the end of the church

1085 The iconoclastic movement during the Byzantine period forbade the use of ___.

1086 Type of plan of the Byzantine churches.

1087 Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia, Constantinople)

1088 The supreme monument of Byzantine architecture.

1089 Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period)

1090 One of the few churches of its type to have survived having a square nave and without

1091 cross-arms, roofed by a dome which spans to the outer walls of the building.

1092 A tower raised above a roof pierced to admit light.

1093

1094 house, refectory and other parts of the monastery.

1095 The prominent feature of the facades in Romanesque Central Italy.

1096 The best example of a German Romanesque church with apses at both east and west

1097

1098 The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Bramante.

1099 The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Carlo Maderna.

1100 He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica.

1101 Used as food storage in the Bahay na Bato.

1102 The granary in traditional Bontoc House.

1103 Architect of the World Trade Center.

1104 The Erechtheion of Mnesicles is from what architecture?

1105 The part of the Corinthian capital without flower.

1106 The Pantheon is from what architecture.

1107 The architect of the Pantheon.

1108 The senate house of the Greeks.

1109 Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan.

The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low screen wall from the body of the church called ___.

In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of the sanctuary which later developed into the transept, this is the ___.

the covered passage around an open space or garth, connecting the church to the chapter

The term applied to the Episcopal church of the diocese and also the important structure of the Gothic period.

Page 58: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

58/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1110 Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shell construction.

1111 In the Doric Order, the shaft terminates in the ___.

1112 In what Order is the Parthenon.

1113 In what Order is the temple of Nike Apteros, Athens.

1114 This temple is dedicated to 'Wingless Victory'.

1115

1116 In the Cyma Reversa molding of the Romans, what ornaments are usually found?

1117 From what architecture is the Stoa?

1118 The Egyptian Ornament symbolizing fertility.

1119 Egyptian Temple for popular worship of the ancient and mysterious gods.

1120 A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces.

1121 Corresponds to the Greek naos.

1122 The large element in the frieze.

1123 "A is a machine to live in".

1124 Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower.

1125 "Architecture is Organic".

1126 Invented reinforced concrete in France.

1127 First elected U.A.P. president.

1128 Designer of the Bonifacio Monument.

1129 Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument.

1130 Designer of the Taj Mahal.

1131 Male counterpart of the Caryatids.

1132 Like Caryatids and Atlantes, this is a three-quarter length figures.

1133 This is a pedestal with human, animal, or mythological creatures at the top.

1134 A small payer house in Egyptian architecture.

1135 Where "Constructivism" originated?

1136 Expressionist Architect.

1137 Founders of the "Art Noveau".

1138 Combination of the new art and the graphing of the old art.

This structure in Greece was erected by Andronikos Cyrrhestes for measuring time by means of a clepsydra internally and sun dial externally.

Page 59: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

59/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1139 Return in the use of Roman Orders in modern age.

1140 Scheme or solution of a problem in architecture.

1141 Architect of the Batasang Pambansa.

1142 Architect of the Philippine Heart Center.

1143 Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium.

1144 The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration.

1145

1146

1147 Architect of SM Megamall.

1148 Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila.

1149 G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard.

1150

1151

1152 The emergency hideout found directly behind the neadboard of the Sultan's bed.

1153

1154

1155 “Form follows function”

1156 “Form does not necessarily follow function”

1157 “Art and Architecture, the new unity”

1158

1159 “Cube within a cube”

1160 “A bridge is like a house”

1161 “Less is more”

1162 Ornament is a crime

1163 Less is more only when more is too much

1164 FUNCTION INFLUENCE BUT DOES NOT DICTATE FORM

1165 MODERN ARCHITECTURE NEED NOT BE WESTERN

1166 RCHITECTURE MUST MEET 3 REQUIREMENTS: STENGTH, BEAUTY, UNITY

1167 Formulated “Cubism and Futurism

Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this church in Rizal whose design depicts the heavy influence of Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel Murguia, has an unusually large bell which was made from approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.

The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her ladies in waiting hide during occasions.Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where the carriages and floats are kept.

The flat, open terrace open to the toilet, bath, and kitchen areas and also used as a laundry and drying space and service area for the servants.In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which is the river stone, shoe-shaped stove or kalan is known as ___.

“A house is a house”

Page 60: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

60/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1168 Less is Bore / “Complexity and Contradiction in Architecture”

1169

1170

1171 CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY

1172 GEODESIC DOME

1173 SYDNEY OPERA HOUSE

1174 SOLOMON GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM

1175 PARLIAMENT BUILDINGS, BRAZIL

1176 BAUHAUS BLDG, GERMANY

1177 EINSTEIN TOWER

1178 CHAPEL OF NOTRE DAME

1179 CULTURAL CENTER OF THE PHILIPPINES

1180 TAHANANG FILIPINO/ COCONUT PALACE

1181 ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK OF THE PHILIPPINES

1182 SAN MIGUEL CORP. BUILDING

1183 BANK OF CHINA, HK

1184 TWA KENNEDY AIRPORT, NY

1185 AT&T BLDG, NY

1186 Casa Batllo, Barcelona Spain

1187 Crystal Palace, England

1188 Glass House, New Caanan, Connecticut

1189

1190 Sagrada Familia, Spain

1191 John Hancock Center, Chicago Illinois

1192 Woolworth Building, NY

1193 Price Tower, Oklahoma

1194 St.Basil Cathedral, Russia

1195 Notre Dame du Haut or Ronchamp, France

The reality of the building does not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space within to be lived in

LEVER HOUSE - was one of the earliest steel and glass office towers and the first such tower in New York City.

Notre Dame Cathedral, Paris France - OLDEST CATHEDRAL IN FRANCE-EARLY GOTHIC

Page 61: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

61/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1196

1197

1198

1199

1200

Italian architectMember of BauhausPopularized the Tubular steel cantilever chair

German-American architect, the leading and most influential exponent of the glass and steel architecture of the 20th-century International Style.Skin and bone construction.

American architect, born in Cleveland, Ohio, and educated at Harvard University in the classics and later in architectureThe architect who equated with an exhibition of modern architecture (1932)Invented the ‘International Style’Father figure of ‘Post Modernism.’INTERNATIONAL STYLE Volume rather than mass.Regularity rather than axial symmetryPrescribing arbitrarily applied decorations.WORKS:Glass hose, ConnecticutSeagram Building, N.Y. (w/Mies Van Der Rohe)Theatre of the Dance, Lincoln CenterWilliams Proctor Museum, N.Y.Art Gallery for the University of NebraskaAmmon Corter Museum, TexasAT&T Building N.Y.

professional name of Charles Édouard Jeanneret (1887-1965), Swiss-French architect, painter, and writer, who had a major effect on the development of modern architecture. PHILOSOPHY:“ The house is a machine to live in.”WORKS:Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva (1927-1928)The Swiss Building at the Cité Universitaire, Paris (1931-1932);Unité d'Habitation (1946-1952)an apartment house in Marseille, France;Notre Dame du Haut (1950-1955)a pilgrimage church in Ronchamp, FranceHigh Court Buildings (1952-1956) Chandìgarh, India

Kahn, Louis I(sadore) (1901-1974),American architect and teacher, whose original, powerful designs in brick and concrete won him a prominent place in 20th-century architecture.Highly ordered sequence of space & noble structural systems.

PHILOSOPHY:

“ Searching for a materials want to be.”

WORKS:Yale Art Gallery w/ Douglas OrrAlfred Newton Richard’s Medical Center

Page 62: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

62/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1201

1202

1203

1204

French architect, one of the most important pioneers of the modern French style.Advocator of reinforced concrete architecture.THEORIES:“ The truth is indispensable in architecture & every architecture lie courrupts.”“ Any project is bad if it is more difficult or more complicated to construct the necessary.”WORKS:The Temple Tower 1889, Exposition Universale in ParisThe Apartment Building Rue FranklinFrench Legation, IstanbulTheatre Des Champs, Lysees - redesigning, original by Van del VeldeNotre Dame Church, ParisPalace of the League of Nations, GenevaEiffel Monument, ParisPalace of the Soviets, Moscow

American architect, who was a pioneer of the modern style. He is considered one of the greatest figures in 20th-century architecture.

Finnish-American architect and designer, son of Eliel Saarinen and one of the leading architects of the mid-20th century.PHILOSOPHIES:“ Function influences but does not dictate form.”“Spiritual function is inseparable from practical function.”“Architecture is not just to fulfill man’s belief in the nobility of his exsistence on earth.”WORKS:Saint Louis Jefferson National Expansion MemorialThe General Motors Technical Center, Warren Michigan:1948-1956Air Force AcadaemyU.S. Embassy in LondonThe Chapel & Kresge Auditorium, Massachussetts Institute of TechnologyT.W.A. Terminal, Kennedy Terminal, N.Y. - In a for m of bird about to fly.T.J. Watson Research Center, York Town, N.Y.The Chapel of Concordia Senior College.Gateway Arch, St. Louis

Finnish-American architect, who strongly influenced modern architecture.Popular w/ railway station designs especially in Europe.2nd place in the Chicago Tribune Tower

PHILOSOPHY:“ Beauty grows from the necessity not from repetition of formulas.”

WORKS:Cranbook School, MichiganChrist Church, MinneapolisHelsinki Railroad Station, FinlandNational Museum Finland

Page 63: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

63/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1205

1206

1207

1208

1209

1210

1211

1212

1213

1214

Italian architect and engineer, whose technical innovations, particularly in the use of reinforced concrete, made possible aesthetically pleasing solutions to difficult structural problems.Discovered “ferro-cemento” - consist of layers of fine steel mesh sprayed w/ cement mortar & it could be used either for shell construction or for heavier units w/ reinforcing rods inserted between the layers of mortar & mesh.WORKS:Municipal Stadium FlorenceFiat Factory, TurinItalian Embassy, BraziliaPapal Audience Hall, Vatican CityAustralian Embassy, Paris

American architect and teacher, one of the most influential architectural theorists of the late 20th century.PHILOSOPHIES:“ We promote an architecture responsive to the complexities and contradictions of the modern experience. The particularities of context, the varieties of the user’s taste; Culture & the symbolic & decorative dictates of the program.”“ Less is Bore”“More is More”“ Modern movement was almost right”WORKS:Walker & Dunlop Office BuildingTransportation Square, WashingtonMaster Plan & Uraban Design of California CityConvention Center, Conversion plan CanadaWest Mount Airy Clustered Housing PlanPhiladelphia

Japanese architect, the most prominent modern architect of the country. In his designs for public buildings, has reconciled 20th-century Western styles and materials with traditional Japanese forms.Furyu Anti realist attitude, anti action element in the Japanese life.PHILOSOPHIES:“ Modern Architecture need not be Western.”“ The city must be subjected to growth, decay and renewal.”

House of Michealerplatz, Vienna

Sanatorio di Paimo, Finland

Notre Dame du Raincy, France

Sagrada de Familia

US Capitol, Washington DC

Glasgow School of Art

Petronas Towers, Kuala Lumpur

Page 64: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

64/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1215

1216

1217

1218

1219

1220

1221

1222

1223

1224

1225

1226

1227

1228

1229

1230

1231

1232

1233

1234

1235

1236

1237

1238

1239

1240

1241

1242

1243

Flatiron Building, NY

Jewish Museum, Berlin

TWA Terminal

Helsinki Railway Station

Los Manantiales, Mexico

Jay Pritzker Pavilion, USA

Taliesin West, Arizona

Munich Olympic Stadium

Tokyo, Japan

Eiffel Tower, Paris

Bank of China, Hong Kong

Sydney Opera House

Chrystal Palace

Fuji TV Headquarters

Auditorium Building, Chicago

Salk Institute, California

Unite d’ Habitacion, France

Catedral de Brasilia

Seagram Building

Portland Building, Oregon

Habitat 67, Montreal

London City Hall

At & T Building, NY

Lippo Building , Hong Kong

Red House, England

Max Reinhardt House, Germany

Turin Exhibition Hall

Tjibao Cultural Center, New Caledonia

Jubilee Church, Rome

Page 65: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

65/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1244

1245

1246

1247

1248 CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY

1249 UN Building

1250

1251

1252

1253 DULLES AIRPORT VIRGINIA, USA

1254 THE ESPLANADE Singapore

1255 DUBAI BURJ-AL-ARAB

1256 HSBC Hongkong

1257

1258 WORLD TRADE CENTER New York

1259 TAIPEI 101 TAIPEI,TAIWAN

1260 GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM Bilbao,Spain

1261 GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM New York

1262 John Hancock Center Chicago

1263

1264 THE LOUVRE

1265 CITIC PLAZA Guangzhou, China

1266 EMPIRE STATE BUILDING New York

1267 CENTRAL PLAZA Hong Kong

1268 SEARS TOWER Chicago

1269 Two International Finance Centre Hong Kong

1270 Rock and Roll Hall of Fame Cleveland, Ohio

1271 SHUN HING SQUARE Shenzhen, China

1272 East Building, National Gallery of Art 1978 Washington, D.C.

CCTV China

Saginatobel Bridge

El Auditorio de Tenerife

Church of the Light, Osaka

Allianz Arena

Lloyds Building, London

Torre Agbar

JIN MAO TOWER Shanghai - Number of floors: 88Height: 420.60 meters design most refer to the number 8, an auspicious number for Chinese

PETRONAS TWIN TOWER KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA - Number of floors: 88Height: 452 meters

Page 66: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

66/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1273

1274 ST. PAUL’S CATHEDRAL, LONDON (1675-1710

1275

1276

1277

1278 1st Suspension Bridge

1279 1st Multi-Structure & Concrete Building

1280 1st Mall in the Country

1281 1st Prefabricate Structure

1282 1st School in the American Period

1283 1st Skyscrapper in the Philippines

1284 1st Skyscrapper in Manila

1285 1st Hotel in Asia w/ an Elevator

1286 1st Registered Architect

1287 1st Filipino Architect of the American Period

1288 1st Building to use an Elevator

1289 Metropolitan Theatre

1290 U.S.T. Main Building

1291 F.E.U. Main Building

1292 Alejandro Legardo

1293 Antonio Toledo

1294 Carlos Barretto

1295 Juan Arellano

1296 Tomas Mapua

1297 Mapua Institute of Technology

1298 University of Santo Tomas

1299 Adamson University

1300 Adrian Wilson

1301 Andres Luna de San Pedro

EGLIS STE. GENEVIEVE (THE PANTHEON (1755-1792) PARIS FRANCE

ROYAL CRESCENT, BATH ENGLAND (1767-1775)

ROYAL CHAPEL, THE PALACE OF VERSAILLES (1707-1710) FRANCESEARS TOWER, CHICAGO (1947-1976) 110 STOREY Number of floors: 110Height: 443 meters still the tallest building if the antennas are included has the highest occupied floors

Page 67: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

67/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1302 Andres Luna de San Pedro

1303 Andres Luna de San Pedro

1304 Andres Luna de San Pedro

1305 Antonio Sindiong

1306 Antonio Sindiong

1307 Antonio Toledo

1308 Antonio Toledo

1309 Antonio Toledo

1310 Antonio Toledo

1311 Antonio Toledo

1312 Carlos Arguelles

1313 Carlos Arguelles

1314 Carlos Santos-Viola

1315 Carlos Santos-Viola

1316 Carlos Santos-Viola

1317 Cesar Concio

1318 Cesar Concio

1319 Cesar Concio

1320 Cesar Concio

1321 Cesar Concio

1322 Chika Go, Desu Go

1323 Cresencio C. Castro

1324 Cresencio C. Castro

1325 Felipe Mendoza

1326 Felipe Mendoza

1327 Felipe Mendoza

1328 Felipe Mendoza

1329 Fernando Ocampo

1330 Fernando Ocampo

Page 68: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

68/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1331 Fernando Ocampo

1332 Francisco Manosa

1333 Francisco Manosa

1334 Francisco Manosa

1335 Francisco Manosa

1336 Francisco Manosa

1337 Gabino de Leon

1338 Gabriel Formoso

1339 Gabriel Formoso & Partners

1340 Gabriel Formoso & Partners

1341 Gabriel Formoso & Partners

1342 Gabriel Formoso & Partners

1343 Gabriel Formoso & Partners

1344 Gabriel Formoso & Partners

1345 Guillermo Tolentino

1346 Jorge Ramos

1347 Jorge Ramos

1348 Jose Ma. Zaragosa

1349 Jose Ma. Zaragosa

1350 Jose Ma. Zaragosa

1351 Jose Ma. Zaragosa

1352 Jose Ma. Zaragosa

1353 Jose Ma. Zaragosa

1354 Jose Ma. Zaragosa

1355 Jose Ma. Zaragosa

1356 Juan Arellano

1357 Juan Arellano

1358 Juan Arellano

1359 Juan Arellano

Page 69: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

69/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1360 Juan Arellano

1361 Juan Arellano

1362 Juan Arellano

1363 Juan Arellano

1364 Juan Arellano

1365 Juan Nakpil

1366 Juan Nakpil

1367 Juan Nakpil

1368 Juan Nakpil

1369 Juan Nakpil

1370 Juan Nakpil

1371 Juan Nakpil

1372 Juan Nakpil

1373 Juan Nakpil

1374 Juan Nakpil

1375 Juan Nakpil

1376 Juan Nakpil

1377 Juan Nakpil

1378 Juan Nakpil

1379 Juan Nakpil

1380 Leandro V. Locsin

1381 Leandro V. Locsin

1382 Leandro V. Locsin

1383 Leandro V. Locsin

1384 Leandro V. Locsin

1385 Leandro V. Locsin

1386 Leandro V. Locsin

1387 Leandro V. Locsin

1388 Leandro V. Locsin

Page 70: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

70/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1389 Leandro V. Locsin

1390 Leandro V. Locsin

1391 Leandro V. Locsin

1392 Leandro V. Locsin

1393 Luis Ma. Zaragosa Araneta

1394 Mañosa Brothers

1395 Manuel Go

1396 Otilio Arellano

1397 Otilio Arellano

1398 Otilio Arellano

1399 Pablo Antonio

1400 Pablo Antonio

1401 Pablo Antonio

1402 Pablo Antonio

1403 Pablo Antonio

1404 Pablo Antonio

1405 Pablo Antonio

1406 Pablo Antonio

1407 Palafox & Associates

1408 Palafox & Associates

1409 Palafox & Associates

1410 Palafox & Associates

1411 Palafox & Associates

1412 Richard Kissling

1413 Rogelio Villarosa

1414 Tomas B. Mapua

1415 Tomas B. Mapua

1416 Tomas B. Mapua

1417 Tomas B. Mapua

Page 71: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

71/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1418 Walter Gropius

1419 William Coscolluela

1420 William Coscolluela

1421 William Coscolluela

1422 William Coscolluela

1423 William Coscolluela

1424 William Coscolluela

1425 William Coscolluela

1426 William Coscolluela

1427 William Coscolluela

1428 William Coscolluela

1429 William Coscolluela

1430 William Parson

1431 William Parson

1432 William Parson

1433 William Parson

1434 William Parson

1435 William Parson

1436 Leandro Locsin

1437 Recio Casas/ KPF

1438 Gabriel Formoso

1439 Gabriel Formoso

1440 William Coscolluela/ SOM

1441 Antonio Sindiong

1442 Antonio Sindiong

1443 Adrian Wilson

1444 Juan Nakpil

1445 GF and Partners

1446 Franciso Mañosa

Page 72: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

72/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1447 William Coscolluela

1448 GF and Partners

1449 Recio Casas

1450 Leandro Locsin

1451 GF and Partners / SOM

1452 William Coscolluela/ SOM

1453 Gabriel Formoso

1454 Anonio Sindiong

1455 Gabriel Formoso

1456 Vicente C. Rodriguez/ Medi A. Nasrabadi

1457 Gabriel Formoso

1458 Engracio Mariano

1459 Gabriel Formoso

1460 Rogelio Villarosa

1461 Rogelio Villarosa

1462 Angel Nakpil

1463 Recio Casas

1464 Otilio Arellano/ Felipe Mendoza

1465 Antonio Sindiong

1466 Gabriel P. Formoso

1467 RMJM

1468 Carlos Arguelles

1469 Antonio Sindiong

1470 Leandro Locsin

1471 Palafox/ SOM

1472 Gabriel Formoso

1473 Jose Ma. Zaragoza

1474 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1475 Mañosa Brothers

Page 73: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

73/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1476 William Coscolluela

1477 Leandro Locsin/ Dominic Galicia

1478 GF and Partners

1479 Fernando Ocampo

1480 Leandro V. Locsin

1481 Leandro V. Locsin

1482 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1483 Antonio Toledo

1484 Cresencio De Castro

1485 Gabriel Formoso

1486 Francisco Mañosa

1487 Leandro V. Locsin

1488 Leandro V. Locsin

1489 Froilan Hong

1490 Leandro V. Locsin

1491 Jorge Ramos

1492 Leandro Locsin

1493 Leandro Locsin

1494 Carlos Arguelles/ Gabriel Formoso

1495 Gabriel Formoso (preservation)

1496 Carlos Santos-Viola

1497 Alfredo Luz

1498 Gabriel Formoso

1499 Rogelio Villarosa

1500 Carlos Arguelles

1501 Leandro V. Locsin

1502 William Parsons

1503 William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin

1504 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

Page 74: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

74/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1505 Arcenas, Payumo & Andrews

1506 Cesar Concio

1507 Leandro Locsin

1508 Jose Ma. Zaragoza

1509 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1510 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1511 Angel Nakpil

1512 Juan Nakpil

1513 Juan Nakpil

1514 Carlos Arguelles

1515 Juan Nakpil

1516 Jose Ma. Zaragoza

1517 Galvan

1518 Fernando Ocampo

1519 Fernando Ocampo

1520 Fernando Ocampo

1521 William Parsons

1522 Juan Hervas

1523 Juan Nakpil

1524 Juan Nakpil

1525 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1526 Antonio Toleda

1527 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1528 Federico Ilustre

1529 Andres Luna de San Pedro

1530 Angel Nakpil

1531 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1532 Juan Nakpil

1533 Antonio Sindiong

Page 75: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

75/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1534 Gabriel Formoso

1535 Juan Arellano

1536 Otilio Arellano

1537 William Parsons

1538 Antonio Toledo

1539 Jose Ma. Zaragoza

1540 Juan Arellano

1541 Federico Ilustre

1542 Juan Arellano/ Toledo/Duane

1543 Andres Luna de San Pedro

1544 Andres Luna de San Pedro

1545 William Parsons and Antonio Toledo

1546 Tomas B. Mapua

1547 Tomas B. Mapua

1548 William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin

1549 Otilio Arellano

1550 Cesar Canchela

1551 Antonio Toledo

1552 Luis Araneta

1553 Carlos Arguelles

1554 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1555 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1556 Felipe Mendoza

1557 Gabriel Formoso

1558 Arcadio Arellano/ Juan Arellano

1559 Alfredo Luz

1560 Fernando Ocampo

1561 Juan Hervas

1562 Otilio Arellano

Page 76: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

76/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1563 Angel Nakpil

1564 Luciano Oliver/ Manuel Mañosa (restoration)

1565 Victorio C. Edades

1566 Rogelio Villarosa

1567 Juan Hervas

1568 Antonio Sindiong/ Fernando Ocampo

1569 Dominador Lugtu

1570 Felipe Mendoza

1571 Felipe Mendoza

1572 Cesar Concio

1573 Antonio Toledo

1574 Juan Nakpil

1575 Cesar Concio

1576 Guillermo Tolentino

1577 Gabriel Formoso

1578 Jorge Ramos

1579 Cesar Concio

1580 Carlos Arguelles

1581 Carlos Santos-Viola

1582 William Coscolluela

1583 Juan Nakpil

1584 Federico Ilustre

1585 William Coscolluela/ R. Villarosa

1586 Engracio Mariano / SOM

1587 Philip Recto

1588 Art Alcantara

1589 William Coscolluela

1590 Leandro V. Locsin

1591 Pedro Pimentel/ Medi Nasrabadi

Page 77: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

77/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1592 Vicente Rodriguez/ Medi Nasrabadi

1593 Felipe Mendoza

1594 Philip Recto

1595 Mañosa Brothers

1596 RR Payumo

1597 Carlos Santos-Viola

1598 Rogelio Villarosa

1599 Francisco Mañosa

1600 Antonio Sindiong

1601 Rogelio Villarosa

1602 Francisco Mañosa

1603 GF and Partners/ KPF

1604 William Coscolluela

1605 Francisco Mañosa

1606 Jose Ma. Zaragoza

1607 Nick Feliciano

1608 Francisco Mañosa

1609 Felipe Mendoza

1610 Gabriel Formoso/ Nestor Mangio

1611 William V. Coscolluela

1612 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1613 Recio Casas

1614 William Coscolluela/ IM Pei

1615 GF and Partners

1616 Gabriel Formoso

1617 William Coscolluela

1618 G and W

1619 Francisco Mañosa

1620 Francisco Mañosa

Page 78: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

78/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1621 Felipe Mendoza

1622 Francisco Mañosa

1623 Leandro V. Locsin

1624 Mañosa Brothers

1625 Francisco Mañosa

1626 Juan Arellano

1627 Gabriel Formoso

1628 Temple of Luxor

1629 Abu Simbel

1630 Pyramid of King Zoser

1631 The Great Pyramid

1632 Partheon

1633 Erechtheum

1634 Epidaurus Theater

1635 The Pantheon

1636 Trajan's Forum

1637 Colosseum

1638 White House

1639 Capitol of the United States

1640 National Gallery Of Art

1641 Washington Monument

1642 University of Virginia

1643 Massachusetts State House

1644 Saint Patrick's Cathedral

1645 Connecticut State Capitol

1646 Monticallo

1647 New York City Hall

1648 Fallingwater

1649 Guggenheim Museum

Page 79: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

79/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1650 Coonley House

1651 Ennis House

1652 Johnson Wax Building

1653 Larkin Building

1654 Wingspread

1655 Golden Gate Bridge

1656 The Louvre

1657 Tuileries

1658 Palais Royal

1659 Sacre-coeur

1660 Hotel de Ville

1661 Arc de Triomphe

1662 Pompidou Centre

1663 Notre Dame de Paris

1664 ParisOpera House

1665 Elysee Palace

1666 Hotel de Invalides

1667 La Madelaine

1668 Sorbonne

1669 Charles Cathedral

1670 Amien's Cathedral

1671 Rheims Cathedral

1672 Eiffel Tower

1673 Notre Dame du Haut

1674 Villa Savoye

1675 Burgtheater

1676 Berlin Opera House

1677 Wurzburg Residenz

1678 Einstein Tower

Page 80: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

80/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1679 British Moseum

1680 Salisbury Cathedral

1681 Queen's House

1682 Somerset House

1683 St. Paul's Cathedral

1684 Chiswick House

1685 Westminster Palace

1686 Glasgow School of Art

1687 Durham cathedral

1688 Buckingham Palace

1689 Temple of Heaven

1690 Hagia Sofia

1691 Cathedral of Siena

1692 Pisa Cathedral

1693 Florence Cathedral

1694 Krak des Chevaliers

1695 Alhambra

1696 Casa Batllo

1697 Casa Mila

1698 Sagrada Familia

1699 Taj Mahal

1700 Paoay Church

1701 Vigan Church

1702 Santa Maria Church

1703 Tumauini Church

1704 Angat Church

1705 Barasoain Church

1706 San Sebastian Church

1707 San Augustine Church

Page 81: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

81/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1708 Taal Church

1709 Daraga Church

1710 Miagao Church

1711 Santo Nino de Cebu Basilica

1712 PBCom Tower

1713 Petron Mega Plaza

1714 G.T. International Tower

1715 Robinson's Equitable Tower

1716 ICEC (LKG) Tower

1717 Pacific Plaza Tower 1& 2

1718 Roxas Triangle 1 & 2

1719 Petronas Tower

1720 Sears Tower

1721 Jin Mao Building

1722 Plaza Rakyat

1723 Empire State Building

1724 Central Plaza

1725 Bank of China

1726 Emirates Tower I

1727 The Center

1728 T & C Tower

1729 AON Center

1730 John Hancock Center

1731 Shun Hing Square

1732 Citic Plaza (Sky Center Plaza)

1733 Burj Al-Arab Hotel

1734 Baiyoke Tower 2

1735 Chrysler Building

1736 Bank of American Palza

Page 82: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

82/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1737 Library Tower

1738 Malaysia Telecom HQ

1739 AT & T Corporate Center

1740 Chase Tower

1741 Ryugyong Hotel

1742

1743

1744

1745

1746

the first architect to be conferred the National Artist award in 1973 for “… his outstanding talents and services in creating edifices, both private and public, that are conceptually well designed and conscientiously executed ” 1. Geronimo Reyes Building2. Capitol Theatre3. Rizal theatre4. Manila Jockey Club5. Quezon Institue6. UP administration building (Quezon Hall)7. Library Building (Gonzales Hall)8. SSS (use of folded concrete plates as aesthetic features)

o 2nd National Artist of Architecture o Buildings:1. Bel-Air Alhambra Apartments2. Syquia Apartments3. Sea Tower apartments4. Far Eastern University Building5. Ideal Theatre6. Lyric Theatre7. May building (brise soleil)

o Most prolific artist-designero Buildings:1. Legislative building, major work2. Post Office building3. Metropolitan Theatre4. Rizal Memorial Stadium5. Benitez Hall (UP)6. Malcolm Hall (UP)

o Master of Neoclassicist styleo Among the first architect-educators o Assistant to William Parsonso Buildings:1. Cebu Custom House2. National Museum Building3. City Hall of Manila

Page 83: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

83/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1747

1748

1749

1750

1751

1752 Implementation of D. Burnham’s plans

1753

1754

1755 1976 Most beautiful Hotel in the world

1756 1987 Likha Awardee (UAP Highest)

1757 1990 - 3rd National Artist for Architecture

1758 he produced 71 residences, 81 buildings and sultanate palace

1759

1760

o Buildings:1. Church of the Risen Lord (UP)2. Melchor Hall (UP- Eng& Arch building))3. Palma Hall (UP-CAS building))4. Insular Life Building (1st brise soleil)5. Children’s Hospital (NORTH General Hospital/Jose Reyes Hospital Pablo Cruz

Prepared development plan forManila & Baguio (summer capital) Reliance Building, Chicago Monadnock Building, Chicago Paid a 6 week visit to Philippines Prepared site for1. Manila Hotel2. Army & Navy Club3. Philippine General Hospital4. Post Office

o Appointed by C.G. Taft as consulting architect for the Americanso Insular Ice Plant & Storage, first large building erected by Americans o Pioneered the setting up of an Architectural & Surveying office in the Philippines

the son of the great Filipino painter Juan Luna o Popularized the “El Nido” styleo Buildings:1. Legarda Elemntary School2. Regina Building3. Crystal Arcade4. Natividad Building5. Perez-Samanillo Building6. Insular Life ???

the first registered architect in the Philippines and worked with the Bureau of Public Workshis most enduring contribution is the Mapua institute of Technology, which is the oldest architectural school in the country

Page 84: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

84/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1761 the first and only Art Noveau high-rise in the Philippines

1762 o Public administrator; advocated “Building Code of Manila”

1763

1764

1765 Quiapo Church

1766 The Ever Theater – the first to use glass as prominent architectural material

1767 Mabini Shrine Batangas

1768 Rizal Home Restoration

1769 Bonifacio Monument

1770 SSS Bldg

1771 Sn Miguel Church

1772 UP admin Bldg & Conservatory of Music

1773 Phil. National bank

1774 Manila Railroad Company

1775 FEU

1776 Manila City Hall ( w/ Toledo)

1777

1778 Rizal Memorial

1779 Post Office Building at Liwasang Bonifacio

1780 Agriculture Bldg (w/ Antonio Toledo)

1781 Legislative Bldg (now the National Museum) on Agrifina Circle – neoclassicism

1782 Supreme Court

1783 Quezon Memorial Circle

1784 OLD MIA

1785 GSIS

1786 Veterans Memorial Bldg

1787 Asian Institute of Tech. Bangkok

1788 Manila City Hall ( w/ Arellano)

1789 Legislative Bldg ( w/ Arellano)

o First Filipino architect with academic degree abroad (Pennsylvania)o Pioneering Staff of “Division of Architecture”

Q. I. Hospital - superimposed a native touch on the art deco façade through the high-pitch roof in the central building

Metropolitan Theatre - colorist art deco, considered as the zenith of Art Deco aesthetics in the Philippines, exterior and interior exhibit locally mediated approaches such as detailing : tropical fruits and flora motifs, bamboo banister railings, carved banana and mango ceiling relief, and Batik mosaic patterns

Page 85: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

85/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1790 Agriculture Bldg ( w/ Arellano)

1791 Finance Bldg

1792 Baclaran Church

1793 US Protestant Church

1794 Perpetual Help Church

1795 UP Eng'g & liberal Arts Bldg.

1796 Childrens Hospital

1797 ABS CBN QC

1798 DBP - Makati

1799 Manila Hilton

1800 UPLB Masterplan

1801 UP Social Science & Humanities Center

1802 Malacanang

1803 Manila Hotel

1804 PGH (Tomas Mapua)

1805 Phil. Normal college

1806 Manila Cathedral Rehabilitation

1807 UST Chapel

1808 Antipolo Church

1809

1810 Baguio

1811 Luneta Park

1812 Old Congress Bldg. (Legislative Bldg)

1813

1814

1815 Manila POLO Club

1816 FEU Main Bldg

1817 Lyric Ideal Theather

1818 Jai Alai

1. Manila Hotel2. Army & Navy Club3. Philippine General Hospital4. Philippine Normal School5. Women’s Dormitory of the Normal School6. University Hall of the University of the Philippipnes (Padre Faura)7. YMCA building8. Elk’s Club9. Manila Club10. “Gabaldon” schoolhouse, most visible, 5 prototypes

Page 86: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

86/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1819 Central bank of the Philippines

1820 Asian Inst. Of Managemnt - Makati

1821 San Agustin Church

1822 UST Main Bldg

1823 Araneta Coliseum

1824 Sto. Domingo Church

1825 Quiapo Church (1985 Restoration)

1826 Iglesia ni Kristo

1827 New Era

1828 Rustans QC

1829 Sulo Hotel reconstruction

1830 Vista De Loro

1831 San Beda Chapel

1832 1. Legarda Elementary School – French renaissance

1833

1834 3. Perez-Samanillo Building – art deco and modern style

1835

1836

1837 Malacanang residence

1838 UP Catholic Chapel

1839 St. Andres Church - Makati

1840 Mandarin hotel

1841

1842 National Arts Center

1843 NAIA

1844 Manila Hotel , New

1845 CCP, PICC, FAT, Philcite,etc

1846 Edsa Shrine

1847

2. Rafael Fernandez House – French renaissance and official residence of Corazon Aquino during her presidency

4. Crystal Arcade – art deco and modern style, precursor of the modern-day shopping mall5. Perkin’s House – also known as “El Nido” (The Nest), awarded first prize in Manila’s 1925 House Beautiful Contest

Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious Light) – the palace of the Sultan of Brunei, which reinterprets traditional Islamic Southeast Asian motifs based on a modernist idiom

Coconut Palace a luxurious guesthouse at the CCP Complex. It showcased a double roof reminiscent of the salakot (a wide brimmed hat) and swing-out (naka-tukod) window borrowed from the bahay kubo

Page 87: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

87/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1848 Las Pinas Church Restoration

1849 San Miguel Office bldg. - Ortigas

1850 Antonio Pacific

1851 Pacific Plaza

1852 Ali Mall

1853 SM

1854 China Bank - Paseo de Roxas

1855 Tektite Tower

1856 National Bookstores

1857 Shangrila Edsa Plaza

1858 Shangrila Makati

1859 Kings Court 1 & 2

1860 Silahis Hotel

1861 Stella Maris College

1862 Manila Doctors Hospital

1863 Times Theater

1864 Makati Med. Center

1865 Quezon City Hall

1866 De La salle University

1867 Nurses Home

1868 • UY-CHACO building

1869

1870

1871

1872 Robinson's Galeria

1873 Quiapo Mosque

1874 Phil. Heart center

1875 Meralco Building

1876

o Magsaysay Center o WHO building o Ermita Center

o Feati University Building o Ambassador Hotel (1st skyscraper 4flrs) o UST seminary building

Page 88: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

88/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1877

1878 • AYALA TOWER 1, Ayala Avenue, Makati City (consultant: S.O.M.)

1879

1880

1881

1882

1883 • ONE SAN MIGUEL, ortigas

1884 • ESSENSA TOWERS (Pablo Antonio jr)

1885 Clasiao Church, Pangasinan

1886 Laoag Church, Ilocos Norte

1887 Las Pinas Church

1888 Loboc Church Bohol

1889 Manila Cathedral

1890 Miagao Church, iloilo

1891 Morong Church, Rizal

1892 Panay Church, Rizal

1893 Quiapo Church

1894 San Agustin Church

1895 World Trade Center –

1896 Jose Ma. Zaragosa

1897 Carlos Arguelles

1898 Edmundo Lucero

1899 Francisco Fajardo

1900 Gavino de Leon

1901 Cezar de dios

1902 Antonio Turalba - Architecture

1903 Cesar Concio - Environmental Planner

1904

1905

• PLDT TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City• 6790, Ayala avenue, Makati City• CITIBANK TOWER, Paseo de Roxas, Makati City• AYALA LIFE FGU, Ayala avenue, Makati City• EQUITABLE BANK TOWERS, • RENNAISANCE 2000• RENNAISANCE TOWERS• PACIFIC PLAZA TOWERS, Fort Bonifacio (arquitectonica)• ICEC TOWER, manila (Kohn Petersen Fox Associates)• KINGSWOOD, Vito Cruz, Makati City• MANANSALA TOWER, Rockwell center, Makati City• GT INTERNATIONAL TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City• OAKWOOD PREMIER RESIDENCE• PBCOM TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City• PETRON, MEGAPLAZA• JIN MAO TOWER• ROCKWELL (S.O.M.)• FORBES TOWER, manila (RMJM London unlimited)

Page 89: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

89/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1906

1907

1908

1909

1910

1911

1912

1913

1914

1915

1916

1917

1918

1919

1920

1921

1922

1923

1924

1925

1926

1927

1928

1929

1930

1931

1932

1933

1934

Page 90: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

90/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1935

1936

1937

1938

1939

1940

1941

1942

1943

1944

1945

1946

1947

1948

1949

1950

1951

1952

1953

1954

1955

1956

1957

1958

1959

1960

1961

1962

1963

Page 91: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

91/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1964

1965

1966

1967

1968

1969

1970

1971

Page 92: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

92/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Rameses I

Marble

Columnar trabeated

Propylaea

Parthenon

Arch and vault

Composite

Domical roof construction

Marble

Pantheon

Pteroma

Gladiatorial Contests

Stoa

Acropolis

Antefix

Acroterion

Anthemion

Apotheca

Anthemion

Refectory

Baroque

Cortel

Tracery

Roman

176

Page 93: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

93/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

a. i, ii, iii

Octagonal

13..

Square

Pediment

Pendentive

Narthex

Nave

Stylobate

Stereobate

Eustyle

Areostyle

Systyle

1.5 Diameters

3 Diameters

Circus

Colosseum

Wrestling

Stadium

Callicrates and Ictinus

Lamin

Zaguan

Bilik

Dapogan

Cha-sit-su

Masjid

Page 94: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

94/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Stupa

Bale

Doric

Tumuli

Apse

Dipteral

Prytaneion

Erich Mendelsohn

Walter Gropius

Art Noveau

Van Alen

Embrasures

Amenemhat I

Senusret I

Pyramid of Zoser

Pyramid of Khufu

Canephora

Bartizan

Masu-gumi

Cavetto

Carlos Santos Viola

Caesar Homer Concio

William Cosculluela

Imhotep

Richard Josef Neutra

Page 95: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

95/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Jugendstijl

Eero Saarinen

Kenzo Tange

Khufu

Console

Chartres Cathedral

Octagonal

Tokonama

Hagia Sophia

Baldachino

Tabernacle

Exedra

Niche

Mudejar

Mnesicles

Pinacotheca

Odeion

Epidauros

Opus Mixtum

Opus Incertum

Opus Recticulatum

Opus Quadratum

Opus Tesselatum

Louis Sullivan

Page 96: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

96/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Buckminster Fuller

Marcel Lajos Breuer

Felix Outerino Candela

Agrippa

Minoru Yamasaki

Bernini

Anthemius and Isidorus

George Ramos

Thothmes I

Ptolemy III

Iñigo Jones

Callimachus

Theron

Libon

Cossutius

Mnesicles

Phidias

Welton Becket

Le Corbusier

Eliel Saarinen

Frank Lloyd Wright

Hennevique

Jose Herrera

Juan Nakpil

Felipe Mendoza

Juan Nakpil

Guillermo Tolentino

Page 97: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

97/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Shah Jahan

Erich Mendelsohn

John Ruskin and William Moris

Felipe Mendoza

Juan Nakpil

Juan Nakpil

Juan Nakpil

Antonio Sin Diong

Gabriel Formoso

George Ramos

Morong Church

Panay Cathedral in Capiz

Bema

Naos

Amphi-Prostyle

Cella

Greek Cross

Latin Cross

Ambo

Bema

Apse

Forum

East

South

West

Page 98: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

98/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Cancelli

Little Metropole Cathedral, Athens

Nea Moni

Centralized

Liceo de Manila

Worms Cathedral

Bouleuterion

Prytaneion

Circus Maximus

Forum Romanum

Tepidarium

Calidarium

Sudatorium

Apodyteria

Unctuaria

Vespasian / Domitian

Treasury of Atreus

Xerxes

Domus

Thalamus

Insulae

Villa

Atrium House

Balneum

Menhir

Page 99: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

99/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Royal pyramids

Megaron

Order

Crepidoma

Naos

Thermae

Velarium

Insula

Baldachino

Narthex

Gymnaceum

Voussoirs

Cenotaph

West door

Rayonnant

Plough

Camber

Rustication

Sir Joseph Paxton

Antonio Gaudi

James Hoban

Carlos Baretto

Masjid

Muenzzin

Islamic

Kibla

Page 100: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

100/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Shah-Jehan

Cluniac

sober & dignified

sixtite

pilaster strips

campanile

ambrogio

Altars

Castle

Alexander

Helm Roof

Church bldgs.

Portugal

Alocabaca, Portugal

Fortress

fortification

machicolations

battlement

merlons

bailey

Page 101: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

101/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Steve church

domestic

crocket

buttress

transept

tudor

mouldings

tracery

presbytery

West minister abbey

pantry

cimborio

finial

retablo

kibla

Florence Cathedral

crypt

Renaissance

Palladian

antiquarian

mannerists

Page 102: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

102/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Rustication

Reliquary

Brunelleschi

Piano Noble

Donato Bramante

Mullion

transom

wreath

scroll

nymphaneum

rocaile

cherubin

newel

strapwork

intercolumnation

fretwork

pulpitum

polychromy

expressionism

eyebrow

skylight

reja

cella

Burma

Page 103: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

103/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

viharas

shwe dagon pagoda

pitakat-taik

pailou

Alexandre Gustav Eiffel

Louis Henry Sullivan

Yamasaki and Roth

Charles Mackintosh

Tomas Mapua

Frank Gehry

Erich Mendelsohn

Kahn, Louis

Antonio Gaudi

Buckminster Fuller

Francisco Manosa

Gustave Eiffel

Francisco Manosa

Lucio Costa

Buckminster Fuller

Robert Adam

Peter Behrens

Francisco Manosa

984 ft.

Page 104: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

104/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Buckminster Fuller

Le Corbusier

Mies van de Rohe

Richard Meier

Oscar Niemeyer

Nervi, Pier Luigi

Lucio Costa

Kenzo Tange

hierogyphics

Parthenon

Epidaurus Theater

Colosseum

Trajans forum

Agrippa

Page 105: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

105/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Robert Mills

Reims Cathedral

Elysee Palace

Torogan House

Ivatan’s Rakuh

Manila Metropolitan Theatre

G.F.& Partners

Lao Tze

Plinth

Caryatid

Page 106: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

106/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Finial

le Corbusier

Telamon

Crepidoma

Federico Ilustre

Archivolt

Eisodos

Obelisk

Aokum

Gargoyle

Monument

Bouleuterion

Great Temple of Ammon, Karnak

Andrea Palladio

Tomb of Agamemnon

Trajan’s Column

Queen Anne style

Ten books of Architecture by Marcus Vitruvius

Page 107: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

107/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Sir Christopher Wren

Temenos

Walter Gropius

Le Corbusier

Prytaneion

Kankanay

Decorated style

Cromlech

Mannerism

Bouleuterion

Great Temple of Ammon, Karnak

Firewall; Fireblock

Andrea Palladio

10 books of architecture by Vitruvius

Engr's & Archt. Law Act 2986

Tomb of Agamemnon

Trajans Column

Medieval Organic City

Page 108: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

108/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Queen anne Style

Unite d Habitation

Sir Christopher Wren

Temenos

Walter Gropius

Le Corbusier

prytaneion

Kankanay

Cavaea

Decorated Style

Chromlech

Palladianism

Egyptian Architecture

Romanesque Architecture

Gothic Architecture

Rayonant

Flamboyant

Renaissance Architecture

Palladianism

Page 109: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

109/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Mannerism

Baroque

Antiquarian

Rococco

Plateresque Architecture

Elizabethan Architecture

Jacobean Architecture

Gregorian Architecture

Picturesque Architecture

Sphinx

Mastaba

Obelisk

Pyramid

Batter

Page 110: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

110/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Stonehenge

Ziggurat

Hieroglyphics

Dolmen

Voussoirs

Exedra

Cella

Stupa

Eclectic

Soffit

Fortress

Pendentive

Mayan Temple Pyramid

Picturesqueness

Page 111: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

111/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Fresco

Stoa

Atlantes

Abacus

Entasis

Flutes

Caryatids

Daado

Arris

Fillets

Pediment

Plinth

Agora

Triumphal Arch

Thermae

Page 112: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

112/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Colosseum

Aquaducts

Forum

Pinaccle

Sarcophagus

Mausolleum

Groins

Coffers

Butress

Vault

Narthex

baptisteries

Font

Dome

Bema

Arcade

Ambo

Mosaic

Page 113: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

113/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Baldachino

Aisle

Nave

Apse

Kiosk

Mosque

Corbel

Minaret

Chamfer

Atrium

Squinch

Harem

Cenotaph

Ogee

Keystone

Iconostasis

Verandah

Piazza

Page 114: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

114/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Arabesque

Spandrel

Turret

Mullions

Chateau

Fleche

Niche

Boss

Pilaster Strip

Chatris

Tracery

Podium

Transept

Rib & Panel

Cimborio

Larder

Spire

Steeple

Wardrobe

Page 115: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

115/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Camber

Coisters

Pantry

Stellar Vault

Monastery

Oriel Window

Refectory

Scroll

Palazzo

Baluster

Rococo

baroque

Belfry

Entablature

Doge's Hall

Pavillion

Chancel

Quoins

Page 116: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

116/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Console

Crypt

Newel

Doge's Palace

Cupola

Vestibule

Lantern

Wreath

Salon

Mansard

Nymphaeum

Finial

Pedestal

Dormer

Page 117: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

117/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Hermes

Mullions

Patio

Modilions

Transom

Tabernacle

Ambulatory

Finial

Dais

Bay Window

Helm Roof

Gallery

Strapwork

Intercolumnation

Cherubs

Terracotta

Heraldic

Page 118: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

118/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Plateresque Architecture

Pulpit

Belvedere

Churrigueresque

Candelabra

Fretwork

Wata Dage

Tudor Revival

Torus

Pagoda

Bungallow

Faience

Stambas / Laths

Great Wall

Art Noveau

Page 119: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

119/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

bauhaus

Fenestration

Architectonic

Rarhs

Space Frame

Baloon Framing

Pai Lou

Bonsai

Antillan House

Belvedere

Tea House

Ken

Ifugao/ Bontoc House

Nipa House

maranao House

Ivatan House

Loggia

Page 120: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

120/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Irrimoya Gable

Torii

Trompel o Eil

Country House

Art Deco

Gazebo

Stoa

Pinacle

Boss/ Groin

Quoins / Squinch

Serdab

Glypthoteca

Pinacotheca

Themenos

Lacunaria

Peroma

Dromos

Thalamus

Page 121: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

121/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

The Great Temple of Arnak

God Horus

Egyptian Architects

Propylaea

Partenon

Theatre of Dionysus

Forum Romanum

Circus Maximus

Forum of Trajan

Prehistoric Period

Egyptian Architecture

Mesopotamian Architecture

Page 122: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

122/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Mesopotamian Architecture

Pre columbian Architecure

Greek Architecture

Roman Architecture

Early christian Architecture

Byzantine Architecture

Islamic Architecture

Romanesque Architecture

Page 123: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

123/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Romanesque Architecture

Gothic Architecture

Renaissance Architecture

Britain Architecture

Continental Europe

American Architecture

Page 124: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

124/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWERAmerican Architecture

Modern International

India / pakistan

Sri Lanka

Afghanistan, Nepal, Tibet

Page 125: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

125/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Burma, Cambodia, Thailand, Indonesia

China

Japan

Philippines

Pre Historic Period - Structures

Page 126: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

126/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Pre Historic Period - Structures

Egyptian Buildings

Greek Buildings

Ancient near East (mesopotamia) Buildings

Pre Columbian Bldgs (Maya, Aztec, Peru, Mexico)

Page 127: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

127/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Greek Buildings

Roman Buildings

Page 128: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

128/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Roman Buildings

Early Christian Structures

Byzantine Structures

Islamic Buildings

Page 129: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

129/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Romanesque Buildings

Gothic Buildings

Rennaissance Buildings

Britain Buildings

Continental Europe Buildings

Page 130: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

130/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

American Structures

Page 131: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

131/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

American Structures

French Architecture

Page 132: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

132/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

French Architecture

Page 133: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

133/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

French Architecture

English architecture

Page 134: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

134/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

English architecture

Page 135: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

135/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

English architecture

Modern International

Page 136: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

136/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Modern International

Asian & Spain Architecture

Page 137: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

137/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Asian & Spain Architecture

Page 138: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

138/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Asian & Spain Architecture

Real Fuerza de Santiago (Fort Santiago)

Intramuros

Late Spanish Period

American Period

Post War Architecture

Futurism

Functionalism

Utilitarianism

Page 139: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

139/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Constructivism

Neo-expressionism

The Great Mosque of Djenné in Mali,

Elisha Graves Otis

Ecclectism

The Arts & Crafts Movement

Pyramid

Cheops

Rameses 1

Marble

Columnar trabeated

Propylaea

Parthenon

Arch and vault

Composite

Domical roof construction

St. Sophia, Constantinople

Sober and dignified

Marble

Pantheon

Pteroma

Gladiatorial Contests

Stoa

Acropolis

Antefix (Antefixae)

Acroterion / Acroterium

Anthemion

Apotheca

Anthemion

Page 140: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

140/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Marble

Pisa

Refectory

Baroque

Cortel

Tracery

Cha-sit-su

Masjid

Stupa

Bale

Ziggurat

Doric

Pyramid

Tumuli

Apse

Dipteral

Prytaneion

Erich Mendelsohn

Walter Gropius

Art Noveau

Cambodian

Van Alen

Embrasures

Agra

Amenemhat I

Senusret I

Heb-sed

Pyramid of Zoser

Pyramid of Khufu

Page 141: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

141/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Groin Vault

Visayan

Greek

Canephora

Bartizan

Basilica

Greek

Helm Roof

Masu-gumi

Cavetto

Carlos Santos Viola

Caesar Homer Concio

Pinnacle

William Cosculluela

Baroque for of Ornamentation

Richard Josef Neutra

Sarcophagus

Imhotep

Bouleuterion

U.S. / English Renaissance

Tussel House

Astylar

Jugendstijl

Ludwig Mies Van Der Rohe

Liceo de Manila

Crenel

Balance

Eclecticism

Eero Saarinen

Page 142: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

142/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Kaufman House

Juan Nakpil

Kenzo Tange

Felipe Mendoza

Palace of Persepolis

Saracenic Architecture

Echinus

S-tiles

Agora

Entasis

Baroque

Pagoda

Roman

Crepidoma

Amphi-Prostyle

Cenotaphs

Cheops / Chefren/ Mykerinos

Aljibe

Impluvium

Naos

Crypt

Bema

Console

Villa

Atrium House

Romanesque

Romanesque

Alvar Aalto

Tomas Mapua

Page 143: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

143/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Forum

Welton Becket

Chartres Cathedral

176

Greek

Ziggurat

Acanthus

Arch

Triforium

Clerestory

Module

Tympanum

Arcade

Architrave

Entablature

Cornice, Frieze, Architrave

Octagonal

13

Tokonama

Square

Hagia Sophia

Pediment

Pendentive

Narthex

Nave

Ambulatory

Cantharus

Exedra

Baldachino

Page 144: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

144/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Tabernacle

Niche

Minaret

Lacunaria

Bayon

Mudejar

Crocket

Abacus

Capital

Plinth

Chancel

Frigidarium

Barasoain Church

Seraglio

Ziggurat

Mnesicles

Harem

Great Temple, Abu Simbel

Great Temple, Abu Simbel

Palm, Lotus, and Papyrus

Mortuary and Cult Temples

Mortuary Temple

Ziggurat

Pyramid

Cult Temple

Persian

Atlantes

Exedra

Page 145: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

145/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Peripteral

Stylobate

Stereobate

Gymnasium

Pronaos, Naos, and Epinaos

Pinacotheca

Prostyle

Intercolumniation

Eustyle

Areostyle

Systyle

1.5 Diameters

3 Diameters

Odeion

Circus

Colosseum

Wrestling

stadium

In Antis

Amphi-Antis

Gymnasium

Doric

Epidauros

Tuscan and Composite

Use of Concrete

Pantheon

Forum Romanum

Xerxes

Artaxerxes

Page 146: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

146/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Callicrates and Ictinus

Phidias

Lacus

Salientes

Circus Maximus

Vespasian / Domitian

Mnesicles

Clepsydra

Treasury of Atreus

Theron

Libon

Cossutius

18

4-horse Chariot

Cyma Reversa

Key Pattern

Sculptured Reliefs

House #33

Bird's Beak

Peribolus

Domus

Podium

Bepidales

Opus Mixtum

Opus Incertum

Opus Recticulatum

Opus Quadratum

Basilica

Choragic Monument

Page 147: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

147/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWERChoragic Monument

Fret

Termini

Opus Tesselatum

Callimachus

Thalamus

Timber-enframed Portal

Etruscans

Insula

Nymphaeum

Renaissance

Louis Sullivan

Iñigo Jones

Hypostyle Hall

Thothmes I

Ptolemy III

Buckminster Fuller

Rock-Hewn Tombs

George Ramos

Tepidarium

Calidarium

Frigidarium

Sudatorium

Apodyteria

Unctuaria

Forum

East

South

West

Page 148: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

148/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Cancelli

Ambo

Bema

Apse

Statues

Centralized

Anthemius and Isidorus

St. Sophia, Constantinople

Little Metropole Cath., Athens

Nea Moni

Lantern

Cloisters

Ornamental Arcades

Worms Cathedral

Cathedral

Greek Cross

Latin Cross

Bernini

Dispensa

Falig

Minoru Yamasaki

Greek

Balteus

Roman

Agrippa

Prytaneion

Marcel Lajos Breuer

Page 149: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

149/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Felix Outerino Candela

Hypotrachelion

Doric

Ionic

Temple of Nike Apteros, Athens

Tower of the Winds, Athens

Acanthus and Dolphin

Greek

Papyrus

Cult Temple

Balneum

Cella

Triglyph

Le Corbusier

Eliel Saarinen

Frank Lloyd Wright

Hennevique

Jose Herrera

Juan Nakpil

Guillermo Tolentino

Shah Jahan

Telamones or Atlantes

Herms

Terms

Madrassah

Moscow

Erich Mendelsohn

John Ruskin and William Moris

Eclecticism

Page 150: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

150/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Neo-Classism

Parti

Felipe Mendoza

George Ramos

Juan Nakpil

Juan Nakpil

Morong Church

Panay Capiz

Antonio Sin Diong

Gabriel Formoso

George Ramos

Lamin

Zaguan

Bilik

Azotea

Dapogan

Louis Sullivan

Antonio Gaudi

Walter Gropius

Louis Khan

Le corbusier

Robert Mailart

Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe

Adolf Loos

Frank Loyd Wright

EERo Saarinen

Kenzo tange

Marcus Vitruvius

Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe

Page 151: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

151/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Robert Venturi

Lao Tse

SOM

Willian Van Allen

Buckminster Fuller

Jorn Utzon

Frank Loyd Wright

Lucio Costa & Oscar Niemeyer

Walter Gropius

Erich Mendelson

Le corbusuier

Leandro Locsin

Francisco Bobby Manosa

CC. de cstro

Manuel manosa

IM pei

Eero Saarinen

Philip Jhonson

Antonio Gaudi

Joseph Paxton

Philip Jhonson

Maurice de Sully

Antonio Gaudi

Bruce Graham & SOM

Cass Gilbert

Frank Loyd Wright

Barma & Posnik

Le corbusuier

Page 152: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

152/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Marcel Brever

Mies van de Rohe

Philip Jhonson

Le corbusuier

Louis Khan

Page 153: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

153/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Perret Auguste

Frank Loyd Wright

Eero Saarinen

Eliel Saarinen

Page 154: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

154/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Pier Luigi Nervi

Robert Charles Venturi

Kenzo Tange

Adolf Loos

Alvar Aalto

Auguste Perret

Antonio Gaudi

Benjamin Latrobe

Charles Rennie Macintiosh

Cesar Pelli

Page 155: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

155/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Daniel Burnham

Daniel Libeskind

Eero Saarinen

Eliel Saarinen

Felix Candela

Frank Gehry

Frank Loyd Wright

Frei Otto

Fumihiko Maki

Gustave Eiffel

Jorn Utzon

Joseph Paxton

Kenzo tange

Louis Sullivan

Louis Khan

Le corbusuier

Oscar Niemeyer

Mies van de Rohe

Michael graves

Moshe Safdie

Norman Foster

Philip Jhonson

Paul Rudolph

Philip Webb

Peter Eissenman

Pier Luigi Nervi

Renzo Piano

Richard Meier

Ieoh Ming Pei

Page 156: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

156/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Reem Koolhaas

Robert Mailaart

Santiago Calatrava

Tadao Ando

Willian Van Allen

Wallace Harrison

Richard Rogers

Jean Nouvel

Eero Saarinen

DP Archts & Micheal Wilford

W.S. Atkins & partners

Lord Norman Robert Foster

SOM

Minoru Yamasaki

C.Y. lee & partners

Frank Gehry

Frank Loyd Wright

SOM

Cesar Pelli

IM pei

Dennis Lau & NG Chun Man

SHREVE, HARMON & LAMB

Dennis Lau & NG Chun Man

Bruce Graham

CESAR ANTONIO PELLI

IM pei

Shreve , Lamb & Harmon

IM pei

Jacques Herzog and Pierre de Meuron

Page 157: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

157/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Jacques Germain Souflot

Sir Christopher Wren

John Wood

Robert de Cotte

Bruce Graham / SOM

Puente Colgante

Masonic Temple, Escolta

Crystal Arcade, Escolta

San Sebastian Church

Philippine Normal School

Ambassador Hotel (4-Storey)

PSB Building (Picache Building)

Manila Hotel

Tomas Mapua

Carlos Barretto

Burke Building, Escolta (1910's)

Juan Arelleno

Roque Ruano

Pablo Antonio

Daniel Doane

Daniel Burnham

S. Rowland

Harold Keys

William Birt

1925

1930

1941

Rufino Tower

Chaco Building (Philtrust)

Page 158: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

158/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Crystal Arcade (demolish)

Department of Health

Evangelista House

SM Megamall

VIP Building

Department of Finance

Department of Tourism

Leyte Capitol

Lyric Theatre (demolish)

Manila City Hall

Manila Hilton

Trader's Hotel (Holiday Inn)

Iglesia ni Cristo

Nuestra Señora de Guia

Our Lady of Lourdes Church

Insular Life Building

Union Church

UP Melchor Hall

UP Palama Hall

World Trade Exchange

Department of Foreign Affairs (ADB)

SM Makati

Ateneo de Manila University

Ateneo de Manila University

FEU Hospital

Mormon Temple

Ambassador Hotel

Manila Cathedral

Baclaran Church (Mother of Perpetual Help)

Page 159: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

159/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Philippine Women's University

Coconut Palace (Tahanang Pilipino)

Corregidor Island Landscaping

EDSA Shrine

Metrorail Stations (LRT)

Moonwalk Church

UE Chapel (Recto)

Metropolitan Museum

Glorietta

Greenbelt-3

Heritage Hotel

Manila Peninsula

Oakwood Towers

Prudential Bank Building

Bonifacio Monument

Manila Golden Mosque

Philippine Heart Center

Batasan Pambansa

Don Bosco Chapel

Meralco Building

Philippine Airlines Building

Sta. Catalina College

Sto. Domingo Church

Union Church (demolish)

Virra Mall

Court of Appeals

Metropolitan Theatre

National Museum / Legilative Building

Post Office Building

Page 160: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

160/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Sariaya Municipal Hall

SMS Building

Supreme Court

Tayabas Capitol

UP Villamor Hall

Capitan Pepe Building

Elena Apartments

Ever Theatre

Manila Jockey Club

Philippine Trust Building

Quezon City Hall

Quezon Institute

Quiapo Church

Rizal Theatre (demolish)

Rufino Building

San Carlos Seminary

San Lazaro …..

State Theatre

UP Administration Bldg

UP Library

Ayala Triangle Tower-1

CCP Theatre

Citibank Building

Cultural Center of the Philippines

Folk Art's Theatre

Hyatt Regency Hotel

Makati Stock Exhchange

Malacañang Palace

Mandarin Oriental Manila

Page 161: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

161/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Manila International Airport

Philippine Stock Exchange

UP Chapel

Valle Verde Country Club

Makati Medical Center

San Miguel Corporation Center

La Fayette 1 & 2

Mehan Garden

National Bureau of Investigation

San Juan Municipal Hall

Bel-Air Apartment

Conception Theatre (demolish)

FEU Main Building

Forum Theatre

Galaxy Theatre

Ideal Theatre (demolish)

Manila Bulletin Building

Manila Polo Club

Forbes Tower

Rockwell Center

SM Centerpoint

SM Fairview

SM Southmall

Rizal Monument

College of St. Benilde

CEU Main Building

De La Salle University

Mapua Residence

PGH Nurse's Home

Page 162: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

162/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

JAKA Tower

Robinson Tower /Building

Robinson's Galleria

Robinson's PCI Tower

Robinson's Place

SM Cebu

SM City EDSA

Tutuban Mall

Twin Towers

The World Center

World Trade Center

Army Navy Club

Manila Hotel

Normal School

PGH (Philippine General Hospital)

UP Manila

YMCA Arroceros

(PLDT) Ramon Cojuangco Building

LKG Tower

Manila Peninsula

Prudential Bank Ayala

RCBC Plaza (Yuchengco)

Ritz Towers

Pacific Plaza

Rufino Tower

Rufino Building

Shangrila Hotel Ayala

Ateneo Professional Schools Building

U.S.T. Engineering Building (Sun Breaker)

Page 163: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

163/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Atrium

Greenbelt

Greenbelt 2

Greenbelt Chapel

Oakwood Hotel (now Ascott)

Philamlife Tower

BA Lepanto

China Bank Building

Asian Institute of Management

Citibank Tower

Doña Narcisa De Leon Building

New World Hotel (Renaissance)

Hotel Nikko Manila Garden (Dusit Hotel)

King's Court II

Makati Sports Club

PLDT Dela Rosa

Shangrila Grand Tower

RCBC Buendia

Metrobank Buendia

Pacific Star

The Columns Buendia

Development Bank of the Philippines

Le Metropole

St. Andrews Church

Amorsolo Square (Amorsolo East West)

Coco Bank Makati

Don Bosco Chapel

Manila Polo Club

Colegio de San Agustin

Page 164: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

164/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Galleria De Magallanes

Magallanes Church

1322 Roxas

Admiral Apartments

Cultural Center of the Philippines

CCP Theater

Department of Finance

Department of Foreign Affairs ADB

Metropolitan Museum

Coconut Palace

PICC

Philippine Plaza (Sofitel)

GSIS Building CCP

National Arts Center

PHILCITE

Manila Hilton

Fort San Antonio De Abad

Nuestra Señora de Guia

Magsaysay Center

Central Bank of the Philippines

Grand Boulevard Hotel (Silahis Int'l)

Holiday Inn (Trader's Hotel)

Hyatt Regency Hotel

Museo Pambata (Elks Club Building)

Manila Hotel

Monterey Apartment

Boulevard-Alhambra Building now Bel-Air Apartments

Manila Film Center/ Film Center of the Philippines

Folk Arts Theater / Tanghalang Francisco Balagtas

Page 165: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

165/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Manila Midtown Hotel

Manila International Airport (NAIA 1)

Philippine Airlines Bldg

Galaxy Theater

Ideal Theater

Picache Building

Philippine Trust Building (Plaza Goiti)

Quiapo Church

PNB Escolta

Avenue Theater

Casino Español

Instituto Cervantes

Ambassador Hotel

Arguelles Building

Paterno Building Sta. Cruz

Army Navy Club

Assumption Convent

Capitol Theater

Ever Theater

Galaxy Theater

Lyric Theater

Ideal Theater

GSIS Building

Perez- Samanillo Building

Petrona Apartments

Captain Luis Gonzaga Building

Captain Pepe Building

Cebe Plaza Building

Baclaran Church (Mother of Perpetual Help Church)

Page 166: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

166/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Metropolitan Museum

Metropolitan Theater

Mehan Garden

Museo ng Maynila

Manila City Hall

National Library

Post Office Building

Planetarium

Crystal Arcade

Regina Building

De La Salle University

Nurses Home (PGH)

PGH

National Burieau of Investigation

Manila Astral Tower

Manila Doctors Hospital

Philam Life UN Ave.

Ramon Roces Publications Building

FEU Building

FEU Hospital

PLDT España

Gota De Leche

Far East Bank Intramuros

Manila Cathedral

Manila Highschool

Palacio del Gobernador

National Museum (Old Legislative Building)

Philippine Normal School/ Philippine Normal University

Department of Tourism (agriculture and commerce)

Page 167: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

167/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

National Press Club

San Agustin Church

Phoenix Building

Philippine Columbian Clubhouse

Manila Railroad Station Tutuban

Ali Mall

Araneta Coliseum

Ateneo De Manila University

Batasan Pambansa

Benitez Hall ( College of Education)

Quezon Hall (UP Admin)

Palma Hall (UP Arts and Science)

Bonifacio Monument

Central Bank of the Philippines

Philippine Heart Center

Philam Homes QC

Iglesia ni Kristo Commonwealth

Quezon City Sports Club

Quezon Institute

Quezon Memorial

Alexandra Condominium

Asian Development Bank

One Corporate Center

Tiendesita's

Robinson's Galleria

Benguet Center

Renaissance 1000

Melchor Hall (College of Engineering and Architecture)

Children's Memorial Hospital / Lungsod ng Kabataan Hospital

Page 168: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

168/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Renaissance 2000

One San Miguel

San Miguel Building

Discovery Suites

Our Lady of Lourdes Church

Tektite Towers

JMT Tower

SM Megamall

EDSA Plaza Hotel

EDSA Shrine

GT Tower

Wack-Wack Twin Towers

Medical City Hospital

Meralco Building

Loyola Memorial Chapel

Metro Rail Transit Stations (MRT)

Mormon Temple

Club Filipino

One Beverly Place

Bellagio 1 and 2

Essensa Tower

Serendra

Alabang Golf and Country Club

Alabang 400

Insular Life Alabang

Las Piñas Church Restoration

Mary Immculate Parish Church

Development Academy of the Philippnes

White Cross Orphanage also White Cross Preventarium

Page 169: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

169/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Assumption College Antipolo

Corregidor Island

Maya-Maya Resort

Pearl Farm

Negros Occidental Provincial Capitol

Valley Golf Club

Imhotep

Itchinus, Callicarates , with Phidias

Mnesicles

Polykleitos

Acrippa

Apollodorus of Damascus

Vespacian and Domitian

James Hoban

Thorton, Latrobe, Bulfinch

John Russel Pope

Robert Mills

Thomas Jefferson

Charles Bulfinch

James Renwick

Richard Upjohn

Thomas Jefferson

Pierre L'enfant

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious Light)

Page 170: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

170/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

Joseph Strauss

Peirre Lescot

Paul Abadie, Lucien Magne

Domencio de Cortona

Richrad Rogers, Renzo Piano

Maurice de Sully

Charles Garnier

Claude Mollet

Napoleon I

Gustave Eiffel

Le Corbusier

Le Corbusier

Georg Wenzeslaus Von Knobelsdorf

Balthazar Neumann

Erich Mendelsohn

Gottfried Semper with Karl Von Hasenaver

Page 171: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

171/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Sir Robert Smirke

Inigo Jones

William Chambers

Sir Christopher Wren

Lord Burlington

Sir Charles Barry

Charles Rennie Mackintosh

Sir George Goring

Isidoros and Anthemios

Arnolfo di Cambio

Antonio Gaudi

Antonio Gaudi

Antonio Gaudi

Emperor Shah Jahan

Antonio Estavillo

Benigno Fernandez

Genaro Palacios

Juan Macias

Page 172: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

172/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Fray Marcos Anton

Fray Juan de Albarran

Skidmore, Owings, Merill

Skidmore, Owings, Merill

Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas

HOK

Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas

Arquitectonica

Skidmore, Owings, Merill

Cesar Pelli & Associates

Skidmore, Owings and Merill

Skidmore, Owings and Merill

Skidmore, Owings and Merill

Shreve Lamb & Harmon

I.M. Pei & Partners

NORR Group Consultants

Hellmuth, Obata & Kassabuam/Cy Lee

Edward D. Stone &

Skidmore, Owings and Merill

K.Y. Cheung Design

Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man

Tom Wright of WS Atkins

Plan Architect Co.

William Van Allen

Johnson/Burgee Architects

Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man and Associates

Page 173: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

173/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Pei Cobb Freed and Partners

Hijjas Kasturi Associates

Peter Ellis, SOM

Pei Cobb Freed and Partners

Baikdoosan Architects &Engineers

Juan Nakpil

Pablo Antonio

Juan Arellano

Federico Ilustre

Antonio Toledo

Page 174: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

174/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Cesar Concio

Carlos Arguelles

William Parson

Fernando Ocampo

Daniel Burnham

William Parson

Arcadio Arellano

Andres Luna de san Pedro

Leandro Locsin

Tomas Mapua

Page 175: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

175/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Tomas Arguelles

Carlos Baretto

Juan Nakpil

Pablo Antonio

Juan Arellano

Federico Ilustre

Antonio Toledo

Page 176: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

176/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWERAntonio Toledo

Cesar Concio

Carlos Arguelles

William Parson

Fernando Ocampo

Daniel Burnham

William Parson

Arcadio Arellano

Pablo Antonio

Page 177: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

177/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Gabriel Formoso (GF)

Antonio Herrera

Fr. Roque Roano

Rufino Antonio

Jose Ma. Zaragosa

Carlos Santos Viola

Andres Luna de san Pedro

Leandro Locsin

Francisco Manosa

Renato Punzalan ( 1995 UAP design Awardee for Architecture)

Page 178: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

178/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWERFrancisco Manosa

Antonio Sidiong

Rogelio Villarosa

Luis Araneta

Ruperto Gaite

Tomas Mapua

Tomas Arguelles

Carlos Baretto

Alfredo Luz

William Coscolluela

Jorge Ramos

Jose Zaragosa

Fernando Ocampo

Page 179: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

179/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

LOCSIN & PARTNERS

RECIO + CASAS

GABRIEL FORMOSO & PARTNERS

SOM

Palafox

Recto

PEI COBB FREED & PARTNERS

ROMAN Dalinao

Joseph Ruiz

Fr. Diego cera

Salazar

Comporedando & Gonzales

dela Madre

restored by Nakpil & zaragosa

Macias

Minoro Yamasaki

Hezagon Architects

PRC Awardee 1996

(PRS) PIMENTEL, RODRIGUEZ, SIMBULAN & PATNERS

Page 180: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

180/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Page 181: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

181/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Page 182: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

182/469

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

Page 183: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

183/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

1 Bearing wall system

2 Rigid component

3 Flexible component

4 200 mm

5

2 years

6 6 db

7 8 db

8 25mm

91.50 db

10450 mm

114

12 36 mm

1340 db

14 75 mm

15 20 mm

16 0.90'

17 0.85'

18 L / 20

19 L / 24

20 L / 28

21 The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2) L / 10

22 0.40'

23 0.75'

24 d/2

It is a structural system without complete vertical local carryingspace frame. (NSCP 208.20)Is a component including its attachments having fundamentalperiod less than or equal to 0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20)Is a component including its attachments having fundamentalperiod greater than 0.60 sec. (NSCP 208.20)Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominaloutside diameter of not less than (NSCP 307.7.3)

A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall beavailable for inspection during the progress of work and _______years after completion of the project and shall be preserved by theinspecting engineer or architect for that purpose, (NSCP 403.20)

The minimum bend diameter for 10mm Ø through 25mm Ø bars(NSCP 407.30)The minimum bend diameter for 28mm Ø through 36mm Ø bars(NSCP 407.30)The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in a layer mustbe db but not less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)

In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members,clear distance between longitudinal bars shall not be less than?(NSCP 407.7.3)

In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primaryflexural reinforcement shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 timeswall or slab thickness nor farther than? (NSCP 407.7.5)

Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act asone unit shall be united to ___ pieces in one bundle. (NSCP407.7.6.1)

Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams:(NSCP 407.7.6.3)

Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span offlexural members shall terminate at different points with at least____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)

Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposedto earth: (NSCP 407.8.1)The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab:(NSCP 407.8.1)In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø forflexure without axial loads: (NSCP 409.2.1)In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø forshear and torsion: (NSCP 409.4.2.3)The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supportedat the ends only is: (NSCP 409.6.2)The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuousslab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuousslab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)

Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clearspan ratio greater than: (NSCP 410.8.10)Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clearspan ratio greater than: (NSCP 307.4.2)Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis ofnon-prestressed member shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1)

Page 184: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

184/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

25 300 mm

26 Braced Frame

27 Diaphragm

28 Moment resisting frame

29 25%

30 50%

31

10 days

32 50%

33 0.60m

34 6.00 m

35

200 mm

3615 mpa

37150 mm

3850 kpa

3912 mm

4016 mm

41

10%

42 1.50m

43 3,0 m

44 30 times

45 17.50 mpa

Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be lessthan: (NSCP 412.3.1)Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric oreccentric type that is provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmitlateral forces to the vertical resisting elements:Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by flexure:In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of________% of floor live load shall be applicable for storage andwarehouse occupancies. (NSCP 208.5.1.1)The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______%slope. (NSCP 302.2.2)

Before commencing the excavation work, the person making theexcavation shall notify in writing the owner of the adjoining buildingnot less than _____days before such excavation is to be made. (NSCP302.2.4)

Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than____% slope (NSCP 302.3.1)The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the siteboundary line: (NSCP 302.4.3)The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the siteboundary: (NSCP 302.4.3)

In using sand backfill in the annular space around column notembedded in poured footings, the sand shall be thoroughlycompacted by tamping in layers not more than _____mm in depth?(NSCP 305.7.3)

In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around columnnot embedded in poured footings, the concrete shall have ultimatestrength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)

When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used onsoils, they shall be completely embedded in concrete. Concrete covershall be at least _____mm on the bottom. (NSCP 305.8)

Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported uponwood sills or steel plates placed directly upon the ground surface,provided soil pressure does not exceed ____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood platesor sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 2 seismic area in thePhilippines. (NSCP 305.60)

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood platesor sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in thePhilippines. (NSCP 305.60)

Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected toseismic forces shall be interconnected by ties. Such ties shall becapable of resisting in tension or compression a minimum horizontalforce equal to _____% of the largest column vertical load. (NSCP306.20)

Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterallysupported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterallysupported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be_____times the average diameter of the pile. (NSCP 307.2.1)Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressivestrength Fc of not less than ______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1)

Page 185: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

185/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

46 20 mpa

47 75 mm

48 35 mpa

49 250 mm

50 Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy? Essential facilities

51

52 Special occupancy

53 Hazardous facility

54 L / 360

55 L / 240

56 2 times

57 1. 5 times

58

25%

59

20%

6010%

61P-delta effect

62 Weak Storey

63Essential Facilities

64Diaphragm

65 Braced Frame

66

Plasticizer

67 2 years

Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strengthFc of not less than _____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1)The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-castconcrete pile center to center. (NSCP 307.5.1)Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specifiedcompressive strength Fc of not less than ____Mpa.The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be?(NSCP 307.6.3)

Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall towhat type of occupancy?

Miscellaneous occupancy

Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students fall to what type of occupancy?Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic orexplosive chemicals or substances fall to what type of category?The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded withlive load only. (NSCP 107.2.2)The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded withdead load and live load only.Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least_______times the lateral force. (NSCP 206.6)Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least______times the overturning moment. (NSCP 206.6)

As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for craneload, if powered monorail cranes are considered, the max. wheelload of the crane shall be increased by what percent to determinethe induced vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)

The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electricallypowered trolleys shall be calculated as ______% of the sum of therated capacity of the crane and the weight of the hoist and trolley.(NSCP 206.9.4)

The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridgecranes with hand geared bridges shall be calculated as _____% of themax. wheel load of the crane. (NSCP 206.9.5)

This is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments offrame members induced by vertical loads acting on laterallydisplaced building frame.A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of thestorey above is considered as __________.

Hospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which arenecessary for emergency post-earthquake operations, are classifiedas ___________.

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateralforces to the vertical resisting system including the horizontal bracingsystem.

This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateralforces of a building.

Constructing a high- rise building requires concrete that can easilybe pumped. What type of admixture in concrete the contractor willprovide which can reduce the requirement of mixing water andproduce a flowing concrete that does not segregate and needs verylittle vibration

The records of test material and of concrete must be preservedafter the completion of the project for at least _________.

Page 186: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

186/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

68 What is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel? 7850 Kg

69Shotcrete

70Limit state

71Metal Fatigue

72 Buckling load

73Hinge

74 Semi-continuous beam

751000 pa

76 Uplift pressure

77

Eyebar

78Riprap

79Thin shell

80Overturning moment

81 Sway brace

82Grillage foundation

83Soil Stabilization

84Sump pit

85 Gerber beam

86 Seismometer

87Liquefaction

88 Lintel beam

A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture withaggregate larger than 10mm originally sprayed under high airpressure of lining tunnels.If a structure is judged under the condition either to be nolonger useful for its intended function or to unsafe, it has reached its__________.A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in suddenand brittle fracture of a ductile material due to reversals of stressesapplied to a body repeatedly or a great number of times.The load at which a perfectly straight member under compressionassumes a deflected position.It is a point within the structure at which a member(beam/column) can rotate slightly to eliminate all bending momentin the member at that point.

It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and theother end is projecting beyond a fixed support.

15. Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partitionlocations are subject to change shall be designed to support inaddition to all other loads, a uniformly distributed load equal to

The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor ofa structure or road slab caused by the presence of water.The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniformthickness with forged loop or head of greater width than the body,with is proportioned to provide approximately equal strength both inthe head and the body.

A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placedcompactly to protect the banks or bed of a river from the erodingeffects of the flowing water.

A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded plateshose thicknesses are small compared totheir other dimensions.

It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind orother horizontal forces on a building.

It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind orother horizontal forces on a building.

This is designed as special foundation for intense column loadson a platform consisting usually of two layers of rolled steel joists,one on top of other, at right angles.

Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil toreduce its shrinkage and ensure that it will not move. Commonmethods are mixing the soil with cement or compactionA pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made tocollect water into which a pump is placed the liquid to the sewerpipe.It is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hingesin alternate spans, functions essentially as a cantilever beam.An instrument which measures the actual displacement of theground with respect to a stationary point during an earthquake.The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carryimposed loads when subjected to vibration such as earthquakeparticularly when water table saturates this layer.It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door orwindow to carry the wall over opening.

Page 187: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

187/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

89Angle of repose

90 80%

91 18 m

92 1.15

93 1,15

94 1

95 0.87

96Exposure A

97 Exposure C

98Exposure D

99Exposure B

100 Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 250

101 Zone 2 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 200

102 Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 125

1033.50 mpa

10450 times

105

0.30

106200

107 300

108 0.45 fy

109 0.60 fy

1102/3.

For any given granular material, the steepest angle withhorizontal, a heaped soil surface will make in normal condition thatwill not slide.

An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____%open. (NSCP 207)Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with meanroof height less than or equal to? (NSCP 207.20)The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities isequal to? (NSCP 207.50)The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equalto?The wind load importance factor for standard occupancystructures is equal to?The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures isequal to?

Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M. falls on what exposure category for windloading? (NSCP 207.5.3)

Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than9M. Falls on what exposure category for wind loading?Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open waterfor a distance of at least 2 km falls on what exposure category forwind loading?

Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain withnumerous closely spaced obstructions having the size of single familydwelling or larger falls on what exposure category for wind loading?

In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individualstrength test (average of 2 cylinders) falls below fc’ by more than_______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3)

Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed_______times the least width b of compression flange or face.(NSCP 410.5.10)

For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, itshall be permitted to take the radius of gyration equal to_______times the overall dimension of the direction of stability isbeing considered. (NSCP 410.12.20)

For members whose design is based on compressive force, theslenderness ratio kL/r preferably should not exceed ________?(NSCP 502.8.1)

For members whose design is based on tensile force, theslenderness ratio L/r preferably should not exceed _________.For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net areaof the pinhole for pin connected members is _________.Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stressshall not exceed _______ on the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1)For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond thepinhole parallel to the axis of the member shall not be less than_______of the net area across the pinhole. (NSCP 504.4.2.1)

Page 188: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

188/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

111

0.80mm

112600 mm.

113 140 mm

114 200 mm

115.66 fy

116.60 fy

117 300 mm

118

75%

119 25 mm

1206 d of connector

1218 d of connector

12226.70 kn

123

50%

124900 mm

1258mm

126 3mm

127 6mm

For pin connected members in which the pin is expected toprovide for relative movement between connected parts while underfull load, the diameter of the pinhole shall not be more than______mm greater than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP 504.4.2.3)

The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittentwelds correctly two rolled shapes in contact for a built up sectionshall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.4)

The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall notexceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.80)The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall notexceed ________.

For members bent about their strong or weak axes, memberswith compact sections where the flanges continuously connected toweb the allowable bending stress is _________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)

For box type and tabular textural members that meet the noncompact section requirements of section 502.6, the allowablebending stress is ________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall bespaced not more than ______mm on centers. (NSCP 507.5.3)

Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of thetransformed composite section shall be used in calculating theconcrete flexural compressed stress and for construction withouttemporary shores, this stress shall be based upon loading appliedafter the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength.

Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateralconcrete covering. (NSCP 509.5.8)

The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors alongthe longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.

The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors alongthe longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.

Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sagbars and girts, shall be designed to support not less than ________Knof force. (NSCP 510.10.61)

The connections at ends of tension or compression members intrusses shall develop the force due to the design load, but no lessthan _______% at the effective strength of the member unless asmaller percentage is justified by engineering analysis that considersother factors including handling, shipping and erection.(NSCP 510.2.5.1)

When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, thespacing of stud shear connector along the length of the supportingbeam or girder shall not exceed _______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greaterthan 20mm is ________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over12mm to 20mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

Page 189: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

189/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

128

ductility

129

one way slab

130

transverse shear

131

bifurcation

132

20mm

133stain gauge

134 24 ksi

135

haunch

136

What is the meaning of PERT-CPM?

137structure

138rainwater leader

139

coffer dam

140 net structure

A property of a material that enables it to undergoplastic deformation after being stressed beyond theelastic limit and before rupturing._____________is adesirable property of structural material since plasticmaterial since plastic behavior is an indicator ofreserve strength and can serve as a visual warning ofimpending failure.

In structural design ________________is consideredas wide shallow rectangular beam. The reinforcingsteel is usually spaced uniformly over its width. Theflexural reinforcement of a one way slab extends inone direction only.

It is an external shear force at a cross section of abeam or other member subject to bending. Equal tothe algebraic sum of transverse forces on one side ofthe section.

The structural term which critical point at which acolumn carrying its critical buckling load, may eitherbuckle or remain undeflected. The column istherefore in the state of neutral equilibrium.

In concrete protection for reinforcement___________mm is the standard minimum thicknessfor concrete covering not exposed to weather or incontact with ground, such as slabs walls and joists.

An instrument for measuring minute deformation ina test specimen caused by tension, compression,bending or twisting. It is also called EXTENSOMETER.

For structural properties of A36 steel the maximumallowable stress (Fb) for bending is.

It is a part of a beam that is thickened or deepenedto develop greater moment resistance.The efficiency of a beam can be increased by shapingits length in response to the moment and shearvalues which typically vary along its longitudinal axis.

Program Evaluation Review Technique-

CriticalPath Method

They maybe categorized as building or non building.It is an assembleage designed to support gravityloads and resist lateral forces.

It is a vertical pipe, often sheet metal, used toconduct water from a roof drain or gutter to theground. It is another term for down spout,

The area where water is pumped from within topermit free access to the area. A temporarywatertight enclosure around an area of water orwater bearing soil, in which construction is to takeplace, bearing on a stable statum at or above thefoundation level of new construction.

A membrane structure that is placed in tension andstabilized by the pressure of compresses air.

Page 190: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

190/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

141

castellated beam

142suspension structure

143 stiffener

144web

145 tension control bolt

146Vibration

147 Girt

148 A brace fitted into a frame work to resist force in the direction of its length. Struts

149

Mullion

150Area

151Yield strength

152Bending

153Monument

154Dead Load

155

156 75mm

157 Braced frame

A steel beam fabricated by the dividing the web of awide flange section with a lengthwise section zigzagcut, then welding both halves together at the peaks,thus increasing its depth without increasing itsweight.

A structure of cables suspended and pre-stressedbetween compression members to directly supportapplied loads.

One pair of vertical angles fastened to each side ofweb plate to solidify it against buckling.

Integral part of a beam that forms a flat, rigidconnection between two broader, parallel parts, asthe flanges of the structural shape.

A high tension bolt having splined and twists offwhen required torque has been reached.

The oscillating, reciprocating or other periodicmotion of an elastic body or medium when forcedfrom a position or state of equilibrium.Is a horizontal structural member in a timber-framed wall. resist lateral loads from wind and support wall claddingmaterials.

Is a structural element which divides adjacent window units, may also vertically divide double doors, acts as astructural member, and it carries the dead load of the weight above the opening and the wind load acting on thewindow unit back to the building structure. The term is also properly applied to very large and deep structuralmembers in many curtain wall systems.

Is a quantity expressing the two-dimensional size of a defined part of a surface, typically a region bounded by aclosed curve.

The stress at which material strain changes from elastic deformation to plastic deformation, causing it to deformpermanently.

In engineering mechanics, (also known as flexure) characterizes the behavior of a structural element subjected to anexternal load applied perpendicular to the axis of the element.

Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important event. They are frequently usedto improve the appearance of a city or location.

A loads are weights of material, equipment or components that are relatively constant throughout the structure'slife.

Are analytical tools used in conjunction with structural analysis to help perform structural design by determining the value of shear force and bending moment at a given point of an element.

Shear and bending moment diagram

Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1)Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)

Page 191: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

191/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

158 A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall Shear

15915 mpa

160 Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns is ( Class "A"

161

Buckling

162 Shear

163 periodic reversal of stresses fatigue

164 elongation of material subject to axial force strain

165 deformation that accompanies bending of a beam deflection

166 A column that is subjected to both direct axial stress and bending stress is known as? eccentrically loaded

167 long column

168 projected beyond it supports cantilevered169 state of a body in which the forces acting on it are equally balanced equillibrium

170neutral axis

171 Unit stress in a bar just before it breaks is called? ultimate strength172 bending magnitude wherever the shear passes through zero maximum moment

173 the product of the force and lever arms which tends to twist the body Torque

174 yield point

175 vertical shear

176 working stress

177 It is the tendency of a force to cause rotation about a given point or axis. moment

178 state of rest or motion inertia –

179 stiffness

180lift slab

181 – concrete floor system which has no beam flatslab

1 Bearing wall system

In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured footings, the concrete shallhave ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)

In engineering, buckling -is a failure mode characterized by a sudden failure of a structural member subjected to highcompressive stresses, where the actual compressive stress at the point of failure is less than the ultimatecompressive stresses that the material is capable of withstanding. This mode of failure is also described as failure dueto elastic instability.

What is known as the deformation in which parallel planes slide relative to each other so as to remain parallel?

concrete column whose load capacity must be reduced, accordingto code requirements, because of its slenderness

What is known as an imaginary line in a beam, shaft, or other bending, where there is no tension nor compression and where no deformation takes place?

– unit stress at which deformation increases without any increase inthe loadtendency of one part of a beam to move vertically with respect toan adjacent partin the design of structures, the maximum unit stress permittedunder working loads by codes and specifications

ratio of the force applied to a structure to the correspondingdisplacement

It is a method of concrete building construction in which floor (and roof) slabs are cast usually at ground level and then raised into position by jacking.

It is a structural system without complete vertical local carrying space frame. (NSCP 208.20)

Page 192: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

192/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

2 Rigid component

3 Flexible Component

4 200 mm

5 2 years

6 The minimum bend diameter for 10mm Ø through 25mm Ø bars (NSCP 407.30) 6 db

7 The minimum bend diameter for 28mm Ø through 36mm Ø bars (NSCP 407.30) 8 db

8 1.50 db

9 450 mm

10 4 pcs

11 Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams: (NSCP 407.7.6.3) 36mm

12 40 db

13 75 mm

14 The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab: (NSCP 407.8.1) 20 mm

15 0.9

16 0.85

17 L / 20

18 L / 24

19 L / 28

20 The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2) L / 10

21 0.4

Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period less than or equal to 0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20)

Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period greater than 0.60 sec. (NSCP 208.20)

Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominal outside diameter of not less than (NSCP 307.7.3)

A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall be available for inspection during the progress of work and _______ years after completion of the project and shall be preserved by the inspecting engineer or architect for that purpose, (NSCP 403.20)

In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between longitudinal bars shall not be less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)

In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary flexural reinforcement shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 times wall or slab thickness nor farther than? (NSCP 407.7.5)

Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as one unit shall be united to ___ pieces in one bundle. (NSCP 407.7.6.1)

Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall terminate at different points with at least ____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)

Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1)

In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for flexure without axial loads: (NSCP 409.2.1)

In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for shear and torsion: (NSCP 409.4.2.3)The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supported at the ends only is: (NSCP 409.6.2)The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuous slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)

The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)

Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than: (NSCP 410.8.10)

Page 193: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

193/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

22 0.75

23 d/2

24 300 mm

25 Braced Frame

26 Diaphragm

27

28 25%

29 The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______% slope. (NSCP 302.2.2) 50%

30 10 days

31 50%

32 .60 m

33 The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3) 6 m.

34 200 mm

35 15 mpa

36 150 mm

37 50 kpa

38 12 mm

39 16 mm

40 10%

41 1.50 m.

Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than: (NSCP 307.4.2)

Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of non-prestressed member shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1)

Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be less than: (NSCP 412.3.1)

Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)

Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements:

Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by flexure:

Moment Resisting Frame

In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of ________% of floor live load shall be applicable for storage and warehouse occupancies. (NSCP 208.5.1.1)

Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the excavation shall notify in writing the owner of the adjoining building not less than _____days before such excavation is to be made. (NSCP 302.2.4)

Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than ____% slope (NSCP 302.3.1)The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary line: (NSCP 302.4.3)

In using sand backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured footings, the sand shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping in layers not more than _____mm in depth? (NSCP 305.7.3)In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured footings, the concrete shall have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)

When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on soils, they shall be completely embedded in concrete. Concrete cover shall be at least _____mm on the bottom. (NSCP 305.8)

Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported upon wood sills or steel plates placed directly upon the ground surface, provided soil pressure does not exceed ____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 2 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)

Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected to seismic forces shall be interconnected by ties. Such ties shall be capable of resisting in tension or compression a minimum horizontal force equal to _____% of the largest column vertical load. (NSCP 306.20)

Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)

Page 194: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

194/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

42 3.0 m

43 30 times

44 17.50 mpa

45 20 mpa

46 75 mm

47 35 mpa

48 The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be? (NSCP 307.6.3) 250 mm

49 Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy? Essential facilities

50 Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall to what type of occupancy? Misc. Occupancy

51 Special Occupancy

52 Hazardous Facility

53 L / 360

54 L / 240

55 2 times

56 1.5 times

57 25%

58 20%

59 10%

60 An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____% open. (NSCP 207) 80%

61 18 m

62 The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities is equal to? (NSCP 207.50) 1.15

63 The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equal to? 1.15

64 The wind load importance factor for standard occupancy structures is equal to? 1

65 The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures is equal to? 0.87

Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)

The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be _____times the average diameter of the pile. (NSCP 307.2.1

Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than ______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1)

Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than _____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1)

The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast concrete pile center to center. (NSCP 307.5.1)

Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specified compressive strength Fc of not less than ____Mpa. (NSCP 307.5.1)

Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students fall to what type of occupancy?Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic or explosive chemicals or substances fall to what type of category?The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with live load only. (NSCP 107.2.2)The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with dead load and live load only. (NSCP 104.2.2)Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least _______times the lateral force. (NSCP 206.6)Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least ______times the overturning moment. (NSCP 206.6)

As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for crane load, if powered monorail cranes are considered, the max. wheel load of the crane shall be increased by what percent to determine the induced vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)

The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electrically powered trolleys shall be calculated as ______% of the sum of the rated capacity of the crane and the weight of the hoist and trolley. (NSCP 206.9.4)

The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridge cranes with hand geared bridges shall be calculated as _____% of the max. wheel load of the crane. (NSCP 206.9.5

Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with mean roof height less than or equal to? (NSCP 207.20)

Page 195: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

195/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

66 Exposure A

67 Exposure C

68 Exposure D

69 Exposure B

70 Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 250 kph

71 Zone 2 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 200 kph

72 Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 125 kph

73 3.50 mpa

74 50 times

75 0.3

76 200

77 300

78 .45 fy

79 0.60 fy

80 2/3

81 0.80mm

82 600 mm

83 140 mm

84 The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall not exceed ________. 200 mm

Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M. falls on what exposure category for wind loading? (NSCP 207.5.3)

Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than 9M. Falls on what exposure category for wind loading?

Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water for a distance of at least 2 km falls on what exposure category for wind loading?

Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with numerous closely spaced obstructions having the size of single family dwelling or larger falls on what exposure category for wind loading?

In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individual strength test (average of 2 cylinders) falls below fc’ by more than _______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3)

Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed _______times the least width b of compression flange or face. (NSCP 410.5.10)

For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, it shall be permitted to take the radius of gyration equal to _______times the overall dimension of the direction of stability is being considered. (NSCP 410.12.20

For members whose design is based on compressive force, the slenderness ratio kL/r preferably should not exceed ________?

For members whose design is based on tensile force, the slenderness ratio L/r preferably should not exceed _________.

For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net area of the pinhole for pin connected members is _________. (NSCP 504.4.1.1)

Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stress shall not exceed _______ on the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1)

For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond the pinhole parallel to the axis of the member shall not be less than _______of the net area across the pinhole. (NSCP 504.4.2.1)

For pin connected members in which the pin is expected to provide for relative movement between connected parts while under full load, the diameter of the pinhole shall not be more than ______mm greater than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP 504.4.2.3)

The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittent welds correctly two rolled shapes in contact for a built up section shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.4)

The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.80)

Page 196: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

196/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

85 .66 fy

86 .60 fy

87 300 mm

88 75%

89 25 mm

90 6 dia. Of connector

91 8 dia. Of connector

92 26.7

93 50

94 900

95 8 mm

96 3 mm

97 6 mm

98 P- Delta Effect

99 Weak Storey

100 Essential facilities

For members bent about their strong or weak axes, members with compact sections where the flanges continuously connected to web the allowable bending stress is _________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)

For box type and tabular textural members that meet the non compact section requirements of section 502.6, the allowable bending stress is ________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)

Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall be spaced not more than ______mm on centers. (NSCP 507.5.3)

Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of the transformed composite section shall be used in calculating the concrete flexural compressed stress and for construction without temporary shores, this stress shall be based upon loading applied after the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength

Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateral concrete covering. (NSCP 509.5.8)

The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.

The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________. (NSCP 509.5.8)

Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sag bars and girts, shall be designed to support not less than ________Kn of force. (NSCP 510.10.61)

The connections at ends of tension or compression members in trusses shall develop the force due to the design load, but no less than _______% at the effective strength of the member unless a smaller percentage is justified by engineering analysis that considers other factors including handling, shipping and erection. (NSCP 510.2.5.1)

When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, the spacing of stud shear connector along the length of the supporting beam or girder shall not exceed _______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greater than 20mm is ________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over 12mm to 20mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

This is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments of frame members �induced by vertical loads acting on laterally displaced building frame.

A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of the storey above is considered as __________.

Hospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which are necessary for emergency �post-earthquake operations, are classified as ___________.

Page 197: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

197/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

101 Diaphragm

102 This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateral forces of a building. Braced Frame

103 Plasticizer

104 2 years

105 What is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel?� 7850 kg.

106 Shotcrete

107 Limit State

108 Metal Fatigue

109 Couple

110 Buckling Load

111 Hinge

112 Semi-Continous Beam

113 1000 pa

114 Uplift Pressure

115 Eyebar

116 Riparap

117 Thin Shell

118 Overturning Moment

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical �resisting system including the horizontal bracing system.

Constructing a high- rise building requires concrete that can easily be pumped. What �type of admixture in concrete the contractor will provide which can reduce the requirement of mixing water and produce a flowing concrete that does not segregate and needs very little vibration

The records of test material and of concrete must be preserved after the completion of the project for at least

A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture with aggregate larger than 10mm originally sprayed under high air pressure of lining tunnels

If a structure is judged under the condition either to be no longer useful for its intended function or to unsafe, it has reached its __________.

A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in sudden and brittle fracture of a ductile material due to reversals of stresses applied to a body repeatedly or a great number of times.

??? act parallel to each other (offset to each other, a distance “d” apart), of the same magnitude but ???

The load at which a perfectly straight member under compression assumes a deflected position.

It is a point within the structure at which a member (beam/column) can rotate slightly to eliminate all bending moment in the member at that point.

It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and the other end is projecting beyond a fixed support.

Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partition locations are subject to change shall be designed to support in addition to all other loads, a uniformly distributed load equal to The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor of a structure or road slab caused by the presence of water.

The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniform thickness with forged loop or head of greater width than the body, with is proportioned to provide approximately equal strength both in the head and the body.

A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placed compactly to protect the banks or bed of a river from the eroding effects of the flowing water.

A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded plateshose thicknesses are small compared to their other dimensions.

It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on a building.

Page 198: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

198/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

119 Sway Brace

120 Grillage Foundation

121 Soil Stabilization

122 Sump Pit

123 Seismometer

124 Liquefaction

125 Lintel Beam

126 Angle of Repose

127 Gerber Beam

128 Structural member

129 Bay

130 One way

131 Structural failure

132 Bearing

133 A structural member essential to the stability of a structural whole. Primary Member

134 The load on a structural element or member collected from its tributary area. Tributary Load

135 Anchorage

136 Pin

137 Roller Support

138 A wall of treated timber, masonry or concrete for holding in place a mass of earth. Retaining Wall

139 A wall supporting no load other than its own weight. Non bearing Wall

140 Coping

141 A foundation wall that encloses a usable area under the building. Basement Wall

It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on a buildingThis is designed as special foundation for intense column loads on a platform consisting usually of two layers of rolled steel joists, one on top of other, at right angles.

Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil to reduce its shrinkage and ensure that it will not move. Common methods are mixing the soil with cement or compaction

A pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made to collect water into which a pump is placed the liquid to the sewer pipe.

An instrument which measures the actual displacement of the ground with respect to a stationary point during an earthquake

The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carry imposed loads when subjected to vibration such as earthquake particularly when water table saturates this layer.

It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door or window to carry the wall over opening.

For any given granular material, the steepest angle with horizontal, a heaped soil surface will make in normal condition that will not slideIt is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hinges in alternate spans, functions essentially as a cantilever beam.

1. One of the constituent parts into which a structure may be resolved by analysis, having a unitary character and exhibiting a unique behavior under an applied load.

A major spatial division, usually one of a series, marked or partitioned off by the principal vertical supports of a structure. Of a pertaining to a structure or structural member having a load-carrying mechanism that acts in one direction only.

Any condition, as fracturing, buckling, or plastic deformation, that renders a structural assembly, element, or joint incapable of sustaining the load-carrying function for which it was designed.

A point, surface, or mass that supports weight, esp. the area of contact between a bearing member, as a beam or truss, and a column, wall, or other underlying support.

A means for binding a structural member to another or to its foundation, often to resist uplifting and horizontal forces.A slender rod driven through holes in adjacent parts to keep the parts together or to permit them to move in one plane relative to each other.

A structural support that allows rotation but resist translation in a direction perpendicular into or away from its face.

A finish or protective cap or course to an exterior wall, usually sloped or curved to shed water.

Page 199: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

199/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

142 Any wall within a building, entirely surrounded by exterior wall. Interior Wall

143 A beam supporting the weight above a door or window opening. Lintel

144 Cantilever wall

145 Gabion

146 Yard lumber 5” or more in the least dimension. Timbers

147 Yard Lumber

148 A check that extends completely through a board or wood veneer. Split

149 The presence of bark or absence of wood at a corner or along an edge of a piece. Wane

150 Built up Beam

151 Fiber board

152 Scissors Truss

153 Yard lumber less than 2” thick and 2” or more wide. Boards

154 A plate for uniting structural members meeting in a single plane. Gusset

155 Truss

156 Seismic Joint

157 Stability

158 Cable Support

159 Yard lumber from 2” – 4” thick and 2” or more wide. Dimension Lumber

160 Punching Shear

161 A butt splice made by arc-welding the butted ends of two reinforcing bars. Welded Splice

162 Stirrup

163 The integral system of members connecting the upper and lower chords of a truss. Web

A retaining wall of reinforce concrete or reinforce concrete masonry, cantilevered from and securely tied to a spread footing that is shaped to resist overturning and sliding.

A galvanize wire basket filled with stones and used in constructing an abutment or retaining structure.

Softwood lumber intended for general building purpose, including boards, dimension lumber, and timber.

A vertical laminated wood beam made by fastening together 2 or more smaller members with bolts, lag screws, or spikes, equal in strength to the sum of the strengths of the individual pieces if none of the laminations are spliced.

A building material made of wood or other plant fibers compressed with a binder into rigid sheets.

A pitched truss having tension members extending from the foot of each top chord to an intermediate point of the opposite top chord.

A structural frame based on the geometric rigidity of the triangle and composed of linear members subject only to axial tension or compression.

A joint that physically separates two adjacent building masses so that free vibratory movement in each can occur independently of the other.

The ability of a structure, when disturbed from a condition of equilibrium by an applied load, to developed internal forces or moments that restore the original condition.

A cable anchorage that allows rotation but resists translation only in the direction of the cable.

The potential high-shearing stress developed by the reactive force of a column on a reinforce slab.

Any of the U-shaped or closed-loop bars placed perpendicular to the longitudinal reinforcement of a concrete beam to resist the vertical component of diagonal tension.

Page 200: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

200/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

164 Neutral axis

165 Deflection

166 The extent of space between two supports of a structure. Span

167 A projecting beam supported at only one fixed end. Cantilever Beam

168 Lateral Buckling

169 Moment Diagram

170 Simple Beam

171 Inflection Point

172 Camber

173 The center-to-center distance between the supports of a span. Effective Span

174 Beam

175 Pillar

176 Foundation

177 Pile

178 Footing

179 Stepped Footing

180 Shear Diagram

181 Mat

182 Soil Pressure

183 Consolidation

An imaginary line passing through the centroid of the cross section of a beam or other member subject to bending, along which no bending stress occur.

The perpendicular distance a spanning member deviated from true course under transverse loading, increasing with load and span, and decreasing with an increasing in the moment of inertia of the section or the modulus of elasticity of the material.

The buckling of a structural member induced by compressive stresses acting on a slender portion insufficiently rigid in the lateral direction.

A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the bending moments present in a structure for given set of transverse loads and support conditions.

A beam resting on a simple supports at both ends, which are free to rotate and have no moment resistance.

A point at which a structure changes curvature from convex to concave or vice versa as it deflects under a transverse load: theoretically an internal hinge and therefore a point of zero moment.

A slight convex curvature intentionally built into a beam, girder, or truss to compensate for an anticipated deflection.

A rigid structural member designed to carry and transfer transverse loads across space supporting elements.An upright, relatively slender shaft or structure, usually of brick or stone, used as a building support or standing alone as a monument.

The lowest division of a building or other construction, partly or wholly below the surface of the ground, designed to support and anchor the superstructure and transmit its load directly to the earth.

A long slender column of wood, steel, or reinforced concrete, driven or hammered vertically into the earth to form part of a foundation system.

The part of foundation bearing directly upon the supporting soil, set below the frostline and enlarged to distribute its load over a greater area.

A continuous or strip footing that changes levels in stages to accommodate a sloping site or bearing stratum.

A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the external shears present in a structure for a given set of transverse load and support conditions

A thick, slablike footing or reinforced concrete supporting a number of columns or an entire building.

The actual pressure developed between a footing and the supporting soil mass, equal to the quotient of the magnitude of the forces transmitted and the area of contact.

The gradual reduction in the volume of a soil mass resulting from the application of a sustained load and an increase in compressive stress.

Page 201: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

201/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

184 Tie Beam

185 Deep Foundation

186 Stilt

187 A load extending over the length or area of the supporting structural element. Distributed Load

188 The forces exerted on a structure by an earthquake. Earthquake Load

189 Concentrated Load

190 Pile Cap

191 The moment of a force system that causes or tends to cause rotation. Torque

192 Static Load

193 Foundation Wall

194 An applied force producing or tending to produce shear in a body. Shear Force

195 Torsion

196 Ultimate Strength

197 Length required for 180 deg Hook. 4d

198 Curing temperature for concrete. 22.8 deg. C

199 Who decides if Footing on Piles is needed for a building? Soil Mechanics

200 Minimum effective depth of pile cap? 300 mm

201 Minimum controudment of pile on pile cap? 100 mm

202 The following are how to determine the spacing of a tie bar of a column?

203 Minimum concrete cover of a column exposed in air / atmosphere. 40 mm

204 Minimum concrete cover of column pedestal exposed in underground soil. 70 mm

205 Length required for 90 deg hook. 12 d

206 ACI code: Minimum column dimension. 200 mm

207 Induce cracking at preselected location. Control Joints

208 Yield Point

209 Expansion Joint

A reinforced concrete beam distributing the horizontal forces from an eccentrically load pile cap or spread footing to other pile caps or footings.

A foundation system that extends down through unsuitable soil to transfer building loads to a more appropriate bearing stratum well below the superstructure.

One of several piles or post for supporting a structure above the surface of land and water.

A load acting on a very small area or particular point of a supporting structural element.

A reinforced concrete slab or mat joining the heads of a cluster of piles to distribute the load from a column or grade beam equally among piles.

A load applied slowly to a structure until it reaches its peak value without fluctuating rapidly in magnitude or position.

A wall occurring below the floor nearest grade designed to support and anchors the superstructure.

The twisting of an elastic body about its longitudinal axis caused by two equal and opposite torques, producing shearing stresses in the body.

The maximum tensile, compressive, or shearing stress a material can be expected to bear without rupturing or fracturing.

16d (rebar) , 48d (tiebar), least dim. Of a column

The stress beyond which a marked increase in strain occurs in a material without a concurrent increase in stress.A joint between 2 parts of a building or structure permitting thermal or moisture expansion to occur without damage to either part.

Page 202: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

202/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

210 Fracture

211 Compression

212 Length required for 135 deg hook 6 d

213 The deformation of a body under the action of an applied force. Strain

214 Isolation Joints

215 Tensile Strength

216 Compressive Stress

217 Weatherability

218 Construction Joint

219 The elongation of a unit length of material produced by a tensile stress. Tensile Strain

220 Shearing Force

221 A high-strength steel strand or bar for prestressing concrete. Tendons

222 Composite Column

223 Top Bar

224 Effective Depth

225

226 14

227 Maintenance and service of accelorographs shall be provided by the Owner

228

229 Load Duration

230 14 sq.m.

231 1.50m

232 1/240 wall span

233 1/120 wall span

The breaking of a material resulting from the rupturing of its atomic bonds when stressed beyond its ultimate strength.The act of shortening or state of being pushed together, resulting in a reduction in size or volume of an elastic body.

Allow movement between slab and fixed parts of the building such as columns, walls, and machinery bases.

The resistance of a material to longitudinal stress, measure by the minimum amount of longitudinal stress required to rupture the material.

The axial stress that develops at the cross section of an elastic body to resist the collinear compressive forces tending to shorten it.

The property of a material that enables it to retain its appearance and integrity when exposed to the effects of sun, wind, moisture, and changes in temperature.

A joint between two successive placement of concrete, often keyed or doweled to provide lateral stability across the joint.

An internal force tangential to the surface on which it acts, developed by a body in response to a shear force.

A structural steel column thoroughly encased in concrete reinforced with both vertical and spiral reinforcement.

Any of the longitudinal bars serving as tension reinforcement in the section of a concrete beam or slab subjected to a negative movement.

The depth of a concrete section measured from the compression face to the centroid of the tension reinforcement.

A concrete section in which the tension reinforcement reaches its specified yield strength before the concrete in compression reaches its assumed ultimate strain.

Under reinforced Section

Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved recording accelerographs

Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and shall be liable for any failure on the structure due to overloading

Occupant of the Building

The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of intermittent application of the same load

Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be reduced

Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they are subjected

Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied. Perpendicular to said wall

Maximum deflection of flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied perpendicular to said wall

Page 203: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

203/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

234 Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit 60 m2

235 Base

236 Collector

237 Diaphragm

238 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure Base Shear

239 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm Boundary Element

240 Brace Frame

241 A essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads Building Frame System

242 Dual System

243 Eccentric Brace Frame

244 The entire assemblage at the Intersection of the members Joints

245 Girder

246 Diaphragm Strut

247 Diaphragm Chord

248 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post earthquake operations Essential facilities

249 That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces

250

251 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below Story Drift

252 Strength

253 The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system Platform

254 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm

255 Structure

256 Bearing wall system

The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the structure of the level at which the structure as a dynamic vibrator is supported

A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure to vertical elements of the lateral force resisting system

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements it includes horizontal bracing system

An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or accentric type which is provided to resist lateral forces

A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear Walls or Braced Frame

The form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a point away from the column girder joint

The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam-the major horizontal supporting member of the floor system

An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load, which collects and transfers diaphragm shear to vertical resisting elements of distributes loads within the diaphragm. Such members may take axial tension or compression

The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial stresses analogous to the flanges of a beam

Lateral Force Resisting system

Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile behavior

Ord. Moment Resisting Space Frame

The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation limits prescribed in this document

Horizontal Bracing System

An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral forces

A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system provides support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames

Page 204: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

204/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

257 Building Frame System

258

259 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that the story above Weak Storey

260 Time History analysis

261 Orthogonal Effect

262 p-Delta effect

263 Admixture

264 Concrete that doesn’t not conform to definition of reinforced concrete plain concrete

265 Pedestal

266 Modulus of Elasticity

267 Jacking Force

268 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section Embedment Length

269 Effective Prestress

270 Development Length

271 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile Curvature Friction

272 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate

273 Prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting Bonded Tendon

274 ASTM A36 Structural Steel

275 True or False, bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams 1

A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames

A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Moments resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load primarily by flexural action of members.

Moment resisting Frame system

An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure is subjected to a ground motion time history. The structures time dependant dynamic response to these motion is obtained through numerical integration of its equations of motions.

The effect on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than parallel to the direction of resistance under consideration

The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the vertical loads acting on the laterally displaced building frame

Material other than water aggregate or hydraulic cement used as an ingredient of concrete and added to concrete before or during its mixing to modify its properties

Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least lateral dimension of less than three (3 m)

Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses below proportional limit of material-in the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for ___

In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into prestressing tendons

Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding effects of dead load and superimposed loads

Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of reinforcement at a critical section

Structural Lightweight concrete

Page 205: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

205/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

276 40 mm

277 Poisson Ratio

278 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration Slenderness Ratio

279 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line Torsion

280 A type of concrete floor which has no beam Flat Slab

281 Shear

282 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force Deformation

283 Yielding Stress

284 Stress

285 Allowable Stress

286 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement Stirrup / Tie

287 The measure of stiffness of a material Stiffness Ratio

288 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes hole through it Punching Shear

289 The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it Deflection

290 Nominal thickness of a timber 6 inches

291 Equillibrium

292 2 years

293 Wood board should have a thickness specification not less than 1"x4"

294 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight Run

295 Portable Hand Router

296 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake and ___ Knots

297 Dressed lumber is referred to ___

298 Live Load

299 The other kind of handsaw other than rip cut saw Cross cut Saw

300 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks Effective Length

Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for primary reinforcement

In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio transverse strain to the corresponding longitudinal strain

The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part

The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material sustain without failureIt means that by which a body develops internal resistance to stress-Intensity of force per unit area

The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent deformation remaining upon the complete release of stress

The sum of forces in the orthogonal directions and the sum of all moments about any points are zero

The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of construction and after completion of the project for a period of not less than ___

A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid wood

Smooth & Planed Lumber

It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all

Page 206: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

206/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

301 Contraction Joint

302 The total of all tread widths in a stair Total Run

303 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces Bond Stress

304 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter Purlin

305 Shear Connector

306 The force per unit area of cross section which tend to produce shear Shear Stress

307 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strain Hooks Law

308 4 x dia. Of bolt

309 4 x dia. Of bolt

310 2.5 times

311 12 mm

312 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___ 50

313 11 dia.

314 1/6 depth of member

315 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the middle third span

316 Notches in the top and bottom of joist shall not exceed 1/4 depth

317 Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area

318 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area

319 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area 0.45 fy

320 0.40 fy

321 100%

322 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___ 200

323 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___ 240

324 40 mm

325 20 mm

An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements between them

A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists horizontal shear between elements

Minimum spacing of bolts in timber connection measured from center of bolts parallel for parallel to grain loading is equal to ___

According to the provision of the NSCP on timber connection and fastening the loaded edge distance for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least

NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___ times bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2

Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in accordance with NSCP specifications

Nails and spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP specifications shall have a required penetration of not less than __

Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications shall not exceed

.60 of specified yield strength

.50 of specified min. tensile strength

Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in resisting shearFor structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be increased sufficiently to provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall be

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete exposed to earth or weather

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete not exposed to earth or weather

Page 207: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

207/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

326 7 days

327 7 dyas

328 3 days

329 25mm

330 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean

331 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller

332 Standard hooks for stirrups and thie hooks 20-25 mm bar

333 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depth greater than 200 mm .-12mm

334 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement .+/- 50mm

335 40db

336 3db

337 4db

338 75 mm

339 Grade Beam

340 Abrasion

341 Batten

342 Blistering

343 Block out

344 Cast iron

345 Kerf

346 Pantile

347 Marble

348 Extrusion

349 Static Equilibrium

Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and in moist condition for at least the first ___ days after placement

If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___ days before test and shall be tested dry.

Cutting for high early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10 C and in moist condition for at least the ___days after placement

The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar) but not less than ___

180 deg. Bend +4db extension but not less than 65 mm at the

end of bar90 deg. Bend + 6db

extension at free end90 deg. Bend + 12db extension

at free end

Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall terminate at different points with a stagger of at least

Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less than ___ for strands

Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each of member shall to be less than ___ for wire

Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against permanently exposed earth or weather using bars larger than 36 mm

Commonly designed as a beam which bears directly on the column footing

a surface discontinuity caused by roughening or scratching

a narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in the same planebulges in plaster finish coat resulting from applying finish coat over to damp a base coat

concrete structures under construction, a space where concrete is not to be placed.

an iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength but low tensile strength.

in a suspended acoustical ceiling, a groove cut into the edges of an acoustical tile to receive splines or supporting members of the ceiling suspension system

a roofing tile which is the shape of an s when laid on its side

a metaphoric rock made up of mostly calcite or dolomite

the process of producing metal shapes of a constant cross section by forcing the hot metal through an orifice in a die by means of a pressure ram

a body acted upon by a balanced force system is in equilibrium

Page 208: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

208/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

350 Force

351 Resultant

352

353 Force System

354 Free body diagram

355 Load

356 Stress

357 Stress due to tension

358

359 Truss

360 Beam & Girders

361 Detrminate structure

362 Western Framing

363 Hydrostatic Pressure

364 Anchor Bolt

365 Ledger Strip

366 Batt insulation

367 Balloon Framing

368 Beam Blocking

369 100 mm

370 Foundation Wall

371 Control Joints

372 Forging

is the action of one body upon another

is a single force, a couple, or a force and a couple which acting alone produces the same effect as the force system

states that the external effect of a force on a body acted upon is independent of the point of application of the force but the same for all points along its line of action Priniples of

Transmissibility

is an arrangement of any two or more forces that act on a body or on a group of related bodiesa sketch of a body showing the forces exerted by other bodies on the one being considered

is acting parallel to member axis

in uniform for homogenous sections

tends to elongate the body

tends to shorten the body Stress due to compression

is an articulated structure composed of lines or bars assumed to be connected by frictionless pin at the joints and arranged so that an area enclosed within the boundaries of the structure is subdivided by the bars into geometric figures which are usually triangles.

are usually horizontal or nearly horizontal elements carrying a stress primarily due to shear and flexure, they usually carry load directly from the floor.

is a structure in which the reaction components and internal stress cannot be solved completely using the equation of static equilibrium

a system of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each step

a pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the presence of water in the soil.

a steel bolt usually fixed in building structures with its thread portion projecting

a narrow piece of lumber nailed to the side of a beam along its bottom edge which carries joist flush with the upper edge of the beam

a flexible blanket type thermal insulation commonly used between studs or joists in frame construction

a system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to the roof supporting the second floor joists

the boxing in or covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam

allowable sag (NSCP)

that part of a building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade

joints employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls

a process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or dimension

Page 209: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

209/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

373 Wrought Iron

374 Purlin

375 Rafter

376 Lintel

377 Joist

378 similar to a joist, it carries the flooring of a bridge Stringer

379 Girder

380 Spandrel

381 Shaft

382 Adobe

383 Concrete

384 Reinforced Concrete

385

386 long or slender column

387 Short column

388 Bearing wall system

389 Building Frame System

390 Bridging

391 Checking

392 Post tensioning

393 Slump Test

394 Creep

395 Chord

396 alloy

397 Backset

398 Lap seam

399 Shear

400 Deformation

a commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility

carries the roof load between trusses or rafters

usually a sloping beam carrying the reactions of purlins

carries the masonry across the opening made by a door or window

a closely spaced beam supporting the floor of a building

large sized beams usually carrying the floor beams

spans between columns and supports the floor and curtain walls

circular beam that transmits power to the machineryit also carries torsion in addition to shear and flexure

large roughly molded sun-dried bricks of varying sizes

is a mixture of sand and gravel held together in a rock-like mass with a paste of cement and water.

is a combination of concrete and steel wherein the steel reinforcement provides the tensile strength lacking in concrete

height is less than three times the least dimension Pedestal or short compression blocks

strength of column is significantly reduced due to slenderness

failure is initiated by material failure

a structural system without a complete vertical load-carrying space frame

a structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing supports for gravity loads

the method of stiffening floor construction by fitting solid blocks between joists

a shallow crack at closely spaced by irregular intervals on the surface of mortar or concrete

the stressing of un-bonded tendons after the concrete has cured

a ready means of determining the consistency of freshly mixed concrete

the permanent reformation of a material under a sustained load

a principal member of a truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bendinga composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired propertythe horizontal distance from the face of a lock latch to the center of the knob or lock cylindera joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by riveting, soldering and brizing.the tendency for one part of the beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part

any material change in shape when subjected to the action of a force

Page 210: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

210/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

401 Working Stress

402 Marquee

403 Addition

404

405 Alteration

406 Building

407 Existing Building

408

409

410 Structure

411 Structural Engineer

412

413 Bedrock

414 Bench

415 Borrow

416 Compaction

417 Earth Material

418 Erosion

419 Excavation

420 Fill

421 is the vertical location of the ground surface Grade

422 Existing grade

the maximum value of tension, compression or shear respectively which the material can sustain without failurea permanent roofed structure attached to and supported by the building and projecting over public property

is an extension or increase on floor area or height of a building structureis a method of proportioning structural elements such that computed stresses produced in the elements by the allowable stress load combinations do not exceed specified allowable stress (also called working stress design)

Allowable Stress Design

is any change, addition to or modification in construction or occupancy

is any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy

a building erected prior to the adoption of NSCP, or one for which a legal building permit has been issued

is a method of proportioning structural elements using load and resistance factors such that no applicable limit state is reached when the structure is subjected to all appropriate load combinationsthe term used in the design of steel and wood structures

LFRD (Load & Resistance Factor

Design)

is a method of proportioning structural elements such that the computed forces produced in the elements by the factored load combinations do not exceed the factored element strengththe term is used in the design of concrete and masonry structures

Ultimate Strength Design

is that which is built or constructed, an edifice or a building of any kind, or any piece of work, artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner

is a resigned civil engineer with a special qualification in the practice of structural engineering as recognized by the board of civil engineering of the professional regulation commission

is a structural unit, the integral parts of which have been built up or assembled prior to incorporating in the building Prefab / precast

assembly

in-place solid rock

is a relatively level step excavated into earth material on which fill is to be placed

is earth material acquired from an off-site location for use in grading on-site

is the densification of fill by mechanical means

is any rock, natural soil or fill or any combination thereof

is the wearing away of the ground surface as a result of the movement of wind, water or ice

is the mechanical removal of earth material

is a deposit of earth material placed by artificial means

is the grade prior to gradingthe elevation of the original ground surface before excavation or grading beginsalso called natural grade

Page 211: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

211/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

423 Finish Grade

424 Rough Grade

425 Grading

426 Slope

427 Key

428 Soil

429 Terrace

430 Access floor system

431 Assembly Building

432 Awning

433 Exterior Balcony

434 Dead Loads

435 Deck

436 Essential facilities

437 Garage

438 Private Garage

439 Limit state

440 Serviceaility Limit State

441 Strength Limit State

442 Live Load

final grade of the site that conforms to the approved planthe elevation of drives, walks, lawns, or other improved surfaces after completion of construction or grading operations

the stage at which the grade approximately conforms to the approved plan

is any excavating or filling or combination thereof

is an inclined ground surface the inclination of which is expressed as a ration of vertical distance to horizontal distance

is a designed compacted fill placed in a trench excavated in earth material beneath the toes of a proposed fill slope

is naturally occurring deposits overlying bedrock

is a relatively level step constructed in the face of a graded slope for drainage and maintenance purposes

is an assembly consisting of panels mounted on pedestals to provide an under-floor space for the installation of mechanical, electrical, communications or similar systems or to serve as an air supply or return air plenum

is a building or portion of a building for the gathering together of fifty or more persons for such purposes as deliberation, education, instruction, worship, entertainment, amusement, drinking or dining or awaiting transportation

is a shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of the building

is an exterior floor system projecting from a structure and supported by that structure with no additional independent supports

consist of the weight of all materials and fixed equipment incorporated into the building or other structure

is an exterior floor system supported on at least two opposing sides by an adjoining structure and/or posts, piers, or other independent supports

are buildings and other structures that are intended to remain operational in the event of extreme environmental loading from wind or earthquakes

is a building or portion thereof in which motor vehicle containing flammable or combustible liquids or gas in its tank is stored, repaired or kept

is a building or portion of a building, not more than 90sq.m in area, in which only motor vehicles used by the tenants of the building or building on the premises are kept and storedis a condition in which a structure or component is judged either to be no longer useful for its intended function or to be unsafea condition in which a structure or component is judged to be no longer useful for its intended function

is a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be unsafe

loads produced by the use and occupancy of the building or other structure and do not include dead load, construction load, or environmental load such as wind load, snow load, rain load, earthquake load or flood load

Page 212: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

212/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

443 Loads

444 Bridge Cap

445 Joist

446 Liveloads

447 Girder

448 Bending moment

449 Aggregates

450 Admixture

451 Accelerator

452 Retarder

forces or other actions that result from the weight of all building materials, occupants and their possessions, environmental effects, differential movements, and restrained dimensional changes

is the highest part of a bridge pier, on which the bridge bearings or rollers are seated. It may be ofstone, brick or plain or reinforced concrete, usually the last for heavy loads.

a wood, steel, or pre-cast concrete beam directly supporting a floor. Usually wooden joist.

load which may be removed or replaced on a structure, not necessarily a dynamic load excludingwind and earthquake loads. Live loads are moving loads or movable loads.

a large beam, originally of wood or iron, now usually of steel or concrete, though light alloys haveoccasionally been used. Apart from the bowstring girder its chords are parallel.

total bending effect at any section of a beam is called the bending moment. It is equal to thealgebraic sum of all the moments to the right of the section (or to the left of the section, whichamounts to the same thing) and is called M for short. Every bending moment can be expressed as aforce times a distance called the arm. units are pound-inches, ton-inches, kg-m, N-m, tonne-m, etc.

gravel, sand, slag, crushed rock or similar inert materials which form a large part of concretes,asphalts or roads including macadam.

in concrete or mortar, a substance other than aggregate, cement or water added in small quantity,normally less than 5% of the weight of the cement, to alter the properties of the mix or the hardenedsolid. Some 80% of the concrete made in North America, Australia, Japan and most of Europecontains an admixture, and more than half contains air-entraining agent. Other admixtures areaccelerators, bonding admixtures, super plasticizers, water reducers, retarders, anti-freeze,corrosion inhibitors, pore fillers and thickening agents. Shrinkage preventers, coloring (pigments),damp-proofing, expanding, fungicidal, gas-forming, grouting and flocculating agents also exist. Forconcretes with high cement needed to such an extent that the admixture pays for itself without harmto the physical properties. But this saving probably never occurs with very lean concretes.

an admixture which hastens the hardening rate and/or initial setting time of concrete. Calciumchloride (CaCI2) was widely used, but because it can corrode embedded steel it is now banned inthe UK except in unreinforced concrete. Chloride-free accelerators that are safe with steel are based on inorganic chemicals including formats, nitrates and thiocyanates. Sodium carbonate (washing soda) can be used to make a flash set for quick repairs but It weakens the concrete.

an admixture which slows up the setting rate of concrete, sometimes applied to formwork so thatwhen it is stripped the cement paste which has been in contact with it can be removed by light brushing.

Page 213: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

213/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

453 making a hole in rock blasting, using a rotative or percussive drill. Boring

454 Gusset Plate

455 Punching Shear

456 Modulus of Elasticity

457 Yield Point

458 Elastic Limit

459 Plastic Limit

460 Deflection

461 Shear

462 Stress

463 Strain

464 a core wall. Shear Wall

465 Slump Test

466 Beam

467 a post carrying compressive force. Column

piece of steel plate, usually roughly rectangular or triangular, w/c connects the members of a truss.

When a heavily loaded column punches a hole through a base, the base is said to fail by punching shear. Punching shear is prevented by thickening the base or enlarging the foot of the column so that the shear stress (assumed uniform) round the perimeter of the column does not exceed twice the allowable shear stress in concrete.

for any material the ratio of the stress (force per unit area) to the strain (deformation per unit length).

the stress at which noticeable, suddenly increased deformation occurs under slowly increasing load

the stress beyond which further load causes permanent set. In most materials the elastic limit is alsothe limit of proportionality.

the water content at the lower limit of the plastic state of a clay. It is the minimum water content at which a soil can be rolled into a thread of 3 mm diameter without crumbling.

the elastic movement of loaded parts of a structure. The word often refers to the sinking of the midspan of a beam which in British housing generally is not allowed to exceed 1/325 of the span.

the load acting across a bean near its support. For a uniformly distributed load or for any other symmetrical load, the maximum shear is equal to half the total load on a simply supported beam, or to the total load on a cantilever beam.

the force on a member divided by the area which carries the force, formerly expressed in psi, now in N/mm2, MPa, etc.

a change in length caused usually by a force applied to a piece, the change being expressed as a ratio, the increase or decrease divided by the original length.

test for the stiffness of wet concrete. A conical mold is filled with concrete, well rammed, and then carefully inverted and emptied over a flat plate. The amount by which the concrete cone drops below the top of the mold is measured and is called the slump. This test is valuable only when the aggregates are used all the time and in the same proportions. It then gives a rough idea if the water content of the mix. This otherwise most useful test cannot be applied to stiff concretes with slump of less than about 20 mm.

a structural member designed to resist loads which bend it. The bending effect at any point in a beam is found by calculating the bending moment. Beams are usually of wood, steel, light alloy, or reinforced or pre-stressed concrete.

Page 214: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

214/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

468 Fixed End Moment

469 Contraction Joint

470 a pre-stressing bar, cable, rope, strand or wire. Tendon

471 the US term for ground beam Grade Beam

472 Pre-tensioning

473 Pre cast Concrete

474 Seismometer

475 Slag

476 ACI term for grip length. Embedment Length

477 the weight of a structure and any permanent loads fixed on it. Dead Loads

478 Creep

479 the effective height of a column divided by its radius of gyration, Slenderness Ratio

480 Resillience

481 Ductility

482 the ratio of the shear stress to the shear strain in a material. Modulus of Rigidity

the bending moment at the support of a beam required to fix it in such a way that it cannot rotate, so that it has a fixed end.

in concrete work, a break in a structure made to allow for the drying and temperature shrinkages (of concrete or masonry) thus to prevent cracks forming at undesirable places. Since all materials containing cement' shrink appreciably on drying, contraction joints are needed in every long structure.

concrete members are pre-cast, in a works, with the tensioned wires embedded in them. The wires are anchored either against the molds or against permanent abutments in the ground. After hardening, the concrete is released from the mold and the wires are cut at the anchorage. This method may give a larger loss of pre-stress than with post-tensioning but is usually economical for small members and may produce better concrete since it is always factory controlled. In long-line pre-stressing, used for the pre-casting of pre-tensioned floor slabs or beams, the casting bed may be as much as 180 m long; enabling units may be 1.2 m, and their thickness 15, 20 or 25 em. They usually have tubular voids running down the length and occupying about 30% of the cross-section.

concrete beams, columns, lintels, piles, and parts of walls and floors which are cast and partlymatured on the site or in a factory before being lifted into their position in a structure. Where many of the same unit are required, pre-casting may be more economical than casting in place, may give a better surface finish, reduce shrinkage of the concrete on the site, and make stronger concrete.

either a geophone, used in seismic prospecting, or a device for detecting earthquake shocks. An early seismometer made in Japan about AD 136 consisted of balls dropping from a dragon's mouth into a frog's to show the direction of the shock.

the waste glass-like product from a metallurgical furnace. which flows off above the metal.

gradually increasing permanent deformation of a material under stress, well known in metals as hightemperature creep.

the strain energy stored in an elastic material per unit of volume.Steel can store 0.027 kg-m/cm3, rubber about 0.54 kg-m/cm3.

the ability of a metal to undergo cold plastic deformation without breaking, particularly by pulling in cold drawing.

Page 215: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

215/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

483 Modulus of rupture

484 A link around the main steel in a concrete column, beam or pile. Tie

485 a pile (usually driven not bored) at an angle to the vertical. Batter Pile

486 Footing

487 the vertical plate joining the flanges of any beam or rail, of whatever material. Web

488 a weld of roughly triangular cross-section between two pieces at right angles. Fillet Weld

489 a relatively fixed point whose level is known and used as a datum for leveling. Bench Mark

490 a flat roof or a quay, jetty or bridge floor, generally a floor with no roof over. Deck

491 a long column, usually of wood or metal, not necessarily vertical. Strut

492 Poisson Ratio

493

494 14

495 Maintenance and service of accelerographs shall be provided by the___. Owner

496

497 Load duration

498 14 sqm.

499 1.50 mts.

500 1/240 of wall span

501 1/120 of wall span

502 Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit. 60 sqm.

503 Base

the breaking stress of a cast-iron, wooden or mass concrete rectangular beam, calculated onthe assumptions that the tensile strains in the beam are equal distances from the neutral axis.

a widening of any structure at the foot to improve its stability, in breakwaters, earth or other dams, orsimple walls.

for elastic materials strained by a force in one direction, there will be a corresponding strain in alldirections perpendicular to this, equal to p times the strain in the direction of the force.

The procedures and limitations for the design of structures shall be determined by the following factors.

Zoning, site characteristics Occupancy,

configuringstructural system, and height

Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved recording accelerographs.

Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and shall be liable for any failure on the structure due to overloading.

Occupant of the building

The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of intermittent application of the same load.

Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be reduced.

Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they are subjected.

Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied perpendicular to said wall.

Maximum deflection of a flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied perpendicular to said wall.

The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the structure or the level at which the structure, as a dynamic vibrator, is supported.

Page 216: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

216/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

504 Collector

505 Diaphragm

506 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure.

507 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm. Boundary Element

508 Braced Frame

509 An essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads. Building Frame System

510 Dual System

511

512 The entire assemblage at the intersection of the members. Joint

513 The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam. Girder

514 Diaphragm Strut

515 Diaphragm Chord

516 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations. Essential facilities

517 That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces.

518 Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile

519 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below. Story Drift

520 Strength

521 The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system. Platform

A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure to vertical elements of the lateral force resisting system.

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements, it includes horizontal bracing system.

Base Shear, V

An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type which is provided to resist lateral forces.

A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear Walls or Braced Frames.

That form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a point away from the column girder joint.

Eccentric Braced Frame (EBF)

An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load which collects and transfers diaphragm shear to vertical resisting elements or distributes loads within the diaphragm. Such members may take axial tension or compression.

The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial stresses analogous to the flanges of a beam

Lateral Force Resisting System

Ordinary Moment Resisting

The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation limits prescribed in this document.

Page 217: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

217/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

522 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm.

523 Structure

524 Bearing Wall System

525 Building Frame System

526

527 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that of the story above. Weak Story

528 Time History Analysis

529 Orthogonal Effect

530 P-delta Effect

531 Admixture

532 Concrete that does not conform to definition of reinforced concrete. Plain Concrete

533 Pedestal

534 Modulus of Elasticity

535 Jacking Force

536 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section. Embedment Length

537 Effective Prestress

538 Development Length

539 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile. Curvature Friction

Horizontal Bracing System

An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral forces.

A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system provide support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames.

A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames.

A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Moment resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load primarily by flexural action of members.

Moment Resisting Frame System

An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure is subjected to a ground motion time history. The structure's time-dependant dynamic response to these motion is obtained through numerical integration of its equations of motions.

The effects on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than parallel to the direction of resistance under consideration.

The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the vertical loads acting on the laterally displaced building frame.

Material other than water, aggregate, or hydraulic cement, used as an ingredient of concrete and added to concrete before or during its mixing to modify its properties.

Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least lateral dimension of less than three.

Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses below proportional limit of material.

In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into prestressing tendons.

Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding effects of dead load and superimposed loads.

Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of reinforcement at a critical section.

Page 218: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

218/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

540 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate.

541 prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting. Bonded Tendon

542 ASTM A36 Structural Steel

543 High-Yield Strength Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding. ASTM A514

544 True or False, Bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams. 1

545 40 mm

546 Poisson's Ratio

547 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration. Slenderness Ratio

548 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line. Torsion

549 A type of concrete floor which has no beam. Flat Slab

550 Shear

551 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force. Deformation

552 Yielding Stress

553 It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to 'stress'. Stress

554 Allowable Stress

555 Intensity of force per unit area. Stress

556 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement. Tie / Stirrup

557 The measure of stiffness of a material. Stiffness Ratio

Structural Lightweight Concrete

Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for primary reinforcements.

In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio of transverse strain to the corresponding longitudinal strain.

The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part.

The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material sustain without failure.

The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent deformation remaining upon the complete release of stress.

Page 219: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

219/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

558 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes a hole through it. Punching Shear

559 The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it. Deflection

560 Nominal thickness of of a timber. 6 inches

561 Equilibrium

562 2 years

563 Wood board should have a thickness specification of. not less than 1"X4"

564 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight. Run

565 Portable Hand router

566 The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system. Girder

567 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake, and___. Knots

568 Dressed lumber is referred to ___.

569 The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw. Cross-cut saw

570 Live load

571 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks. Effective length

572 The amount of space measured in cubic units. Volume

573 In the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for___. Modulus of Elasticity

574 Contraction joint

575 the total of all tread widths in a stair. Total run

The sum of forces in the othorgonal directions and the sum of all moments about any points are zero.

The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of completion of the project for a period of not less than. construction and after

A high-speed rotary shaping had power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid wood.

Smoothed or planed lumber

It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all.

An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements between them.

Page 220: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

220/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

576 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces. Bond Stress

577 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter. Purlin

578 Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss.

579 Shear Connector

580 The force per unit area of cross section which tends to produce shear.

581 Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss.

582 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strains Hook's Law

583 4 X diameter of bolt

584 4 X diameter of bolt

585 2.5

586 12 mm

587 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___. 50

588 11 diameters

589 1/6 depth of member

590 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the ___. Middle Third Span

591 Notches in the top and bottom of joists shall not exceed ___. 1/4 the depth

592 Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area.

593 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area.

Size of Dead Load Defelection

A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists horizontal shear between elements.

Shear Stress / Shearing Stress

Size of Dead Load Defelection

Minimum spacing of Bolts in timber connectionn measured from center of bolts parallel for parallel to grain loading is equal to ___.

According to the provisions of the NSCP on timber connections and fastenings, the lodaed edge distance for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___.

NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___ times bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2.

Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in accordance with NSCP specifications.

Nails or spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP specifications shall have a required penetration of not less than ___.

Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications shall not exceed.

0.60 of specified min. yield stress

0.50 of specified minimum tensile

strength

Page 221: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

221/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

594 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area. 0.45 Fy

595 0.40 Fy

596 100%

597 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___. 200

598 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___. 240

599 40 mm

600 20 mm

601 7

602 7

603 3

604 25 mm

605 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean.

606 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller.

607 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 20-25mmbar.

608 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depths greater than 200mm –12 mm

609 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement. ± 50 mm

610 40db

611 3db

Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in resisting shear.

For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be increased sufficiently to provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall be.

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete exposed to earth or weather.

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete not exposed to earth or weather.

Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10°C and in moist condition for at least the first ___ days after placement.

If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___ days before test and shall be tested dry.

Curing for high-early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10°C and in moist condition for at least the ___ days after palcement.

The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar) but not less than ___.

180° bend + 4db extension but not less than 65mm at free end

of bar90° bend + 6db

extension at free end

90° bend + 12db extension at free end

Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall teminate at different points with a stagger of at least ___.

Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less than ___ for strands.

Page 222: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

222/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

612 4db

613 75 mm

614

615

616

617

618

619

620

621

622

623

624

625

626

627

628

629

630

631

632

633

634

635

636

637

638

639

Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less than ___ for wire.

Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against permanently exposed to earth or weather using bars larger than 36mm.

Page 223: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SANANDRES

223/469STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

640

641

642

643

644

645

646

647

648

649

650

651

652

653

654

655

656

657

Page 224: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

224/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1 Cross Tee

2 Roofing tile which has the shape of an “S” laid on its side Pantile

3 Mission Tile

4 Groove cut into a board or panel intended to receive the edge of a connecting board Dado

5 Foundation Wall

6 Grade Beam

7 Black, tar like waterproofing material applied to the exterior of a foundation wall Dampproofing8 System of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to Balloon Framing

roof supporting second floor joints Balloon Framing

9 Western Framing

10 Dead Bolt

11 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine Tryolean Finish

12 Chord

13 Composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property Alloy

14 Horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder Backset

15 Vertical members in a railing used between a top rail and bottom rail or the stair treads Baluster

16 Cast Iron

17 Nickel Steel

18 Commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility Wrought Iron19 Window or door in which two panes of glass are used with a sealed air space between Double Glass20 The wall of Intramuros Fortification21 Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance 15mm22 Special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles and multiple web Hybrid Girder23 Beam that projects beyond one or both its support Cantilever Beam24 Wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall Shear Wall25 Modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring Gluing/ Pasting26 Standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors 0.90 m

27 24" x 48" x 1/2"

28 Horizontal exterior roof overhang Eaves29 Structural method used for longer span/ interval of columns Post-tensioning

30 Humidification and condensation in exterior walls are minimized by providing:

31 Area Wells

32 Type of slab when the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is less than 0.50 One-Way Slab33 Tar paper. Installed under the roof shingles Felt34 Longitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferably at the joints of the truss Purlins35 The section of which the moment changes from positive to negative Inflection Point

36 Batten

37 A wood or plywood piece used to fasten the ends of two members together at a

38 butt joint with nails or bolts39 The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured Post-tensioning

40 The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam Beam Blocking

Short metal "T" beam used in suspended ceiling systems to bridge the spaces between the main beams

Clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shape laid in courses with units having their convex side alternately up and down

Part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade Part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column footing

System of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey

An exterior security lock installed on exterior entry doors that can be activated only with a key or thumb-turn

Principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending

An iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength but low tensile strength Ferrous metal that offers great resistance to abrassion and finds important use in the cutting edges of heavy digging tools

Dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped-ceiling in offices

Building paper sheathing and space filled

Corrugated metal or concrete barrier walls installed around a basement window to hold back the earth

Narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in the same plane

Fish Plate or Gusset Plate

Page 225: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

225/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

41 Atmospheric Pressure

42 Bay Window

43 Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls Control Joints44 Joint used for adjoining existing building to new building Expansion Joint

45 Cold Joint

46 Construction Joint

47 Control Joint

48 Lap Seam

49 Interior paint that contains a high proportion of pigment and dries to a flat/ lusterless finish Flat Paint

50 Filipino term for horizontal stud Trabe-Anzo51 Filipino term for floor joist Soleras52 Filipino term for rabbet Vaciada53 Filipino term for plastered course Kusturada54 Filipino term for bottom chord Tirante55 Filipino term for purlin Reostra56 Filipino term for eave Alero57 Filipino term for top chord Tahilan58 Filipino term for temper (metal work) Poleva59 Filipino term for plumb line Hulog60 Filipino term for projection Bolada61 Filipino term for rafter Kilo62 Filipino term for baseboard Rodapis63 Filipino term for alignment Asintada64 Filipino term for bath tub Baniera65 Filipino term for brace Pie De Gallo

66 Filipino term for cast iron Pundido (parang manny)

67 Filipino term for contractor Kontratista (yeah!)68 Filipino term for downspout Tubo de Banada69 Filipino term for pattern Plantilya70 Filipino term for mortar Paupo71 A steel plate attached to both sides at each joint of a truss Gang Nail Plate

72 Climatic factor that is considered in the structural and architectural design of tall buildings Lightning

73 Dry walls are customarily finished Lath and Plaster

74 One method of leveling batterboards without the transit is the use of

75 Manual method of squaring the corners of a building lines in building layout

76 The direction, size, arrangement, appearance, or quality of the fibers in wood Grain77 The most common materials used for roofing of urban residential houses G.I. Sheets

78 Block or panel type insulating material used in flat roof of commercial or industrial building Corkboard

79 Standard size overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing 1 1/2 corr80 A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts, etc. Chase81 Building stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz, hornblende and mica Serpentine82 Form of brick bond which is composed of alternating courses of headers and stretchers English Bond83 Form of brick bond which is composed entirely of stretchers Running Bond

84

85 Flemish Bond

Pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the presence of water in the soil Window which projects outside the main line of a building and the compartment in which it is located extends to the floor

Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed against it Joint used when vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete where concreting was stopped and continued later Joint that is a straight groove which is used on concrete floors to "control" where the concrete should crackJoint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing

1/4 Ø plastic hose filled w/ water

3-4-5 multiples with the use of steel tape measure

Form of brick bond which is a variation of a running bond with a full course of headers at regular intervals

Common Bond / American Bond

Form of brick bond in which each course is alternately composed of entirely of headers or of stretchers

Page 226: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

226/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

87 Heel Cut

88 Soil Bearing Pressure

89 Materials excellent as vapor barrier in the roofing system of residential buildings Aluminum Foil Sheets

90 The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings

91

92 The finished frame surrounding a door Door Jamb

93 Knob Bolt

94 Dutch Door

95 A twisting force Torsion

95 Honey Combs

97 A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soil to stabilize foundation Sheet Piling98 Refers to the term stone-cut Wood Siding99 Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns AA100 Chord splice connectors for trusses Split-Ring101 A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered joints together Clamp Nail102 Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall Weathered103 Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to the ridge Hip Rafter

104 Batter Boards

105 Composite Column

106 Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line check Spirit Level

107 Space Frame

108 The metal latch plate in a door frame into which a doorknob plunger latches Keeper109 The appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces Zinc Chromate

110 Coating of commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, ga. 26, having standard corrugation Aluminum Coating

111 Wood flooring finishing material 7 & 6 Wood Planks

112 A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surface inward occurs Chalking

113 Time required for the removal of a form works of a concrete footing 24 hours114 Wall partition wooden framing Studs115 The appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing Acrylic Latex Paint116 The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofing sheet Acrylic Paint117 Hardware used to fasten corrugated asbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlin L Hook Bolt118 Hardware used to fasten an asphalt strip roof shingle on wooden sheets/planks Staple Wire119 A type of concrete floor which has no beam Flat Slab120 Tool used for guiding and testing the work to a vertical and horizontal position Level Tool121 Tool for testing and for framing work Steel Square121 Vertical surface on face of a stair step Riser

123 2 years

124 Nominal 1" - 2" thk members connecting opposite roof rafters to stiffen the roof structure Collar Beam125 Thickness of a wood plank 2" to 5"126 Distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight Run

127 Portable Hand Router

128 A mixture of sand and stone and a major component of concrete Aggregate129 The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system Girder

A notch cut in the end of a rafter to permit it to fit flat on a wall and on the top, doubled, exterior wall plateA geological or ground condition considered in determining the size and type of foundation of the building

Reinforced Concrete and High Grade Steel

Material that holds less moisture, is very light, less water absorptive capacity and is very good in sidings of dwelling units

Asbestos-Cement Shingles

A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or both knobs and dead bolt controlled by a key Door consisting of two separate leaves, one above the other, this leaves may operate independently or together

The appearance concrete makes when rocks in the concrete are visible and where there are void areas in the foundation wall, especially around concrete foundation windows

The horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and excavation lines Columns in which a concrete core is reinforced with a steel or cast-iron core designed to support a part of load

A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function as a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal diaphragms or floor-bracing system

The complete records of test conduction (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of construction and after completion of the projects for a period of not less than

A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid wood

Page 227: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

227/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

130 A wall supporting no load other than its own weight Nonbearing Wall131 A wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight Load Bearing Wall132 A wall that holds back on earth embankment Retaining Wall

133 Bearing Wall

134 A non-bearing wall built on a concrete floor Floating Wall135 It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the wall Shear Wall136 The occupancy load which either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all Live Load137 Distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks Effective Length138 The most important component to determine the strength of a concrete mix Cement139 The total of all the tread widths in a stair Total Run

140 Sump Pit

141 The pre-construction of components as a part of a whole Prefabrication142 An opening in the roof for admitting light Skylight143 Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves Softwood144 A kind of brick used for high temperature Firebrick

145 Plaster Ground

146 Distance between two structural supports Span147 Scientific name for wood Xylem148 A small member which divides the glass or openings of sash or doors Muntin149 Roof that has four sloping sides Hip Roof150 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion Rip-rap151 A tough used for carrying off water Moat152 The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete Stripping153 A structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supporting rafters Purlin

154 Anchor Bolt

155 Lintel

156 The placing of glass in windows or doors Glazing157 Another word for handmill on a stair construction Banister158 A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials Lap Joint

159 Butt Hinge

160 Lumber that still contains moisture or sap Green Lumber161 The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof Valley162 A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters Facia163 A large heavy nail Spike164 Underwater watertight chamber to allow construction work to be done Caisson165 Lumber specification S4S Smooth on four sides167 The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss Chord168 Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2” laid over a concrete slab floor Wood Saddle169 Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanent blade set 45170 A beveled metal tongue operated by a spring-loaded knob or lever Latch171 A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as party wall Common Wall172 The hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and lockset keyhole Escutcheon

173 Flashing

174 A short wood bracket or cantilever that supports an overhang portion of a roof Lookout175 The term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of the building Formworks176 Wedge-shaped stone of an arch Keystone177 Fireproof door with metal covering Kalomein Door178 The triangular, decorative and supporting member that holds a mantel or horizontal shelf Corbel179 Lumber that is not squared or finished Milled Lumber

180 Foundation Bolt

A wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weight without the benefit of a complete vertical load carrying space frame

A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which a pump is placed to pump the liquid to the sewer pipe

A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around openings and near the base of the wall

A threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction for securing wood or metal plates to concrete construction A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the walls above the opening

The most common type of hinge where one leaf attaches to the door's edge, the other to its jamb

The material used for the process of making watertight the roof intersection and other exposed areas on the exterior of a building

A round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonry use to hold down machinery, steel columns or beams, casting, shoes, beams plates and engine heads

Page 228: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

228/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

181 Velvet

182 Scratch Coat

183

184 A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally Scarf

185 Standard Terazzo

186 An extension of a rafter beyond the wall line Outrigger

187 Pivoted Window

188 Used to fill a joint with mastic or asphalt plastic cement to prevent leaks Caulking189 Type of joint is used to install a glass into a lite of a French window Rabbet190 Water-mixed productwith a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry surface Masonry Neutralizer191 A crosswise groove at the end of a board Notch

192 Shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light only Figured Wired Glass

193 Grading

194 Adjustable metal column used to support a beam or bearing point Monopost

195

196 Vigan Tiles

197 Tendon

198 The upper member of a column, pilaster, door cornice, molding, or fireplace Cap199 A trim board that is installed beneath a window sill Apron200 A unit of measure for lumber equal to 1 inch thick by 12 inches wide by 12 inches long Boardfoot201 Frames of wood or metal enclosing part (or all) of a window sash Casement

202 Backfill

203 Backing

204 Window with hinges on one of the vertical sides and swings open like a normal door Casement Window205 Horizontal beam rafter that supports shorter rafters Barge206 Window space projecting outward from the walls of a building Bay Window207 Bonding together two or more layers of materials Laminating

208 Mudsill

209 Small-diameter, pre-drilled hole that guides a nail or screw Pilot Hole210 A joist that runs around the perimeter of the floor joists and home Rim Joist

211 Cripple stud

212 Carpentry joint by 2 uneven timbers,each of which is notched at the place where they cross Cogged joint

213 Bull-nosed step

214 A massive concrete wall that resists overturning by virtue of its own weight Gravity wall215 n masonry, a hard stone or brick used to reinforce an external corner of a wall Quoin216 A type of half lapped joint used to resist tension Scarf joint

217 One of a number of short vertical member often circular in section to support a stair handrail Baluster

218 The arrangement and design of window in a building Fenestration219 What concrete block that is used in making a corner of an anchor wall Fig. A-1220 Lateral ties used for 36mm main bars for column is 12mm221 Portion of a beam where bending moment changes from positive to negative Inflection point

Simplest type of fiber carpet weaving where pile forms as the wrap yarns loop over removable “wires” inserted consecutively across the loomA pretreatment of poured concrete such as walls beams and columns where a thin layer of lean cement grout mixed with flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon to the surface to give a “tooth” for excellent plaster adhesion A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used to finish and topcoat wood flooring

Polyurethane Floor Coating

A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while the cement matrix is depressed

A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the header and sill or about the side jamb

The act of excavating or filling of earth or any sound material or combination thereof, in preparation for a finishing surface such as paving

One of a series of parallel framing members used to support ceiling loads and supported in turn by larger beams, girders or bearing walls

Ceiling Joist or Roof Joist

A floor finish commercially size 1” x 12” x 12” utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner making interesting and attractive rustic clay shade patternsSteel element such as wire, cable, bar, rod or strand, or a bundle of such elements, used to impart prestress to concrete

The replacement of excavated earth into a trench around or against a basement or crawl space foundationwallFrame lumber installed between the wall studs to give additional support for drywall or an interior trim related item, such as handrail brackets, cabinets, and towel bars

Bottom horizontal member of an exterior wall frame which rests on top a foundation, sometimes called sill plate

In a building frame, a structural element that is shorter than usual, as a stud above a door opening or below a window sill

A step usually lowest in a flight, having one or both ends rounded to a semi-cricle and projecting beyond the face of the stair string/s

Page 229: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

229/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

222 A brick laid on its edge so that its end is visible Rowlock

223 Scab

224 Diagonal bracing in pairs between adjacent floor joist to prevent the joist fro twisting Cross bridging225 A bar used to hold the reinforcement on a beam Web226 A small finishing nail is called Brad227 A roof wherein the four sides are sloping towards the center terminating at a point Pyramid roof228 A metal sheet used to connect girder and floor joist at the same level Stirrup

229 A slender structural unit introduced onto the ground to transmit load to underground strata Pile

230 Brick set on end with the narrow side showing is called Soldier

231 Finely divided solid particles added to the vehicle to contribute color and durability to paint Pigment

232 End lapping of corrugated G.I. roofing sheets 30cm233 Inclined structural member that supports the steps of a stair Carriage234 Structural steel shape having unsymmetrical balance Channel235 Hooked end of a 12mm stirrups 6cm236 Which among the concrete block is the header block Fig B-2237 A device used as a guide of the hand saw in cutting object to form a milter joint Miter box238 The best and accurate tool for guiding the work in establishing a horizontal level Plastic hose w/ water239 Minimum thickness of suspended R.C. slab 100mm240 Total board foot of 10 pcs. 2"x2"x12' 40 bd.ft.241 Which among the brick work is a common flemish bond Fig. C-3242 Xyladecor is a product of Boysen243 Wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight Load bearing wall244 The distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks Effective length245 The amount of space measured in cubic units. Volume246 A bended rod to resist shear and diagonal stresses in a concrete Stirrups247 The most important component to determine the strength of concrete Cement248 Another term for plaster board Gypsum board249 The face or front of a building Façade250 An opening in the roof for admitting light Skylight251 Wood coming from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves Soft wood252 A kind of brick used for high temperature Fire brick

253 Plaster ground

254 The distance between two structural supports Span255 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion Rip-rap256 Hammer is a Striking tool257 Which among the finger joint is the hidden dove tail Fig. D-2258 The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete Stripping259 A structural member spanning fron truss to truss or supporting rafters Purlins

260 Steel bent inserted in masonry construction for scouring wood or plates to concrete const Anchor bolts

261 Lintel

262 The placing of glass in windows and doors Glazing263 A rejected building material because of its below standard grade Cull264 A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials Lap joint265 Lumber that still contains moisture or sap Green lumber266 The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof Valley267 A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is part of the cornice Fascia268 A large heavy nail is referred to as Spike269 What is the scientific name of wood Xylem270 A wall that holds back on earth embankment Retaining wall270 The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss Chord272 Strips of hardwood usually 2"x2" laid over a concrete slab floor Sleeper273 A vertical structural member which acts as a supporting element in a wall or partition Stud274 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine Tyrolean finish275 Curing of concrete or mortar without the gain or loss of heat during the curing period Adiabatic curing

A short flat piece of lumber which is bolted, nailed or screwed to butting pieces in order splice them together

A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around opening and near the base of the wall

A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the walls above the opening

Page 230: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

230/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

276 A floor tile composed principally of polyvinyl chloride Vinyl tile277 The permanent deformation of a materials under a sustained load Creep278 The vertical face of a stair Riser279 Groove extended along the edge or face of the wood member being cut parallel to grain Plough280 The stressing of unbonded tendons after concrete has cured Post-tensioning281 A brick whose face has been hacked to resemble roughly hacked stone Ashlar brick282 A type of tape used in finishing joints between gypsum board Perforated tape283 Employed to reduce restraint by accomodating movement of masonry walls Control joint284 A window sash which opens inward and is hinged at the bottom Hopper285 Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric pattern Parquet286 Anchor bolts and strap are molded out of Wrought iron287 Common hardware fastener for truss braces Lag screw288 Sealer type of washer for G.I. roofing sheets Lead289 Trade name for anti-termite surface application on wood Solignum290 Retarders or accelerators concrete setting Admixture291 Coated with zinc Galvanized292 Technical term for earthquake Seismic293 Vertical frame of paneled door Stile294 Fascia between floor and wall Baseboard295 Cement, sand, and water Mortar296 Filipino term for framework Balangkas297 Filipino term for bottom chord Barakilan298 Filipino term for collar Sinturon299 Filipino term for plastered course Kusturada300 Filipino term for purlins Reostra301 Filipino term for wainscoating tiles Asolehos302 Filipino term for wrought iron strap Platsuela303 Filipino term for ceiling joist Kostilyahe304 Filipino term for door fillet Batidora305 Filipino term for girder Guililan306 Filipino term for masonry fill Lastilyas307 Filipino term for downspout Tubo de banada308 Filipino term for cabinet hinge Espolon309 Filipino term for brace Pie de gallo310 Filipino term for bathtub Baniera311 Filipino term for temper (metal work) SUBAN

312 Horizonatal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder BACKSET

313 A principal member of a truss CHORD

314 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operatingn machine TYROLEAN FINISH

315 A roofing tile which has the shape of "S" laid on its side PANTILE316 A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility WROUGHT IRON317 Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed COLD JOINT318 Has high compressive strength but low tensile strength CAST IRON319 Horizontal surfaces on which the stone units lie on course BED

320 FOUNDATION WALL

321 The boxing in or covering a joist beam or girder to give appearance of a larger beam BEAM BLOCKING

322 WESTERN FRAMING

323 Pressure equivalent to that exerted on a surface by a column of a water at a given height

324 Fashion tone ceiling tiles manufacturer ACI INSULATION325 Pre painted longspan roofing manufacturer JACINTO COLOR STEEL326 Combination of aluminum foil, installed beneath the ceiling under G.I. Roofing THERMAL INSULATION327 Anodizing gives aluminum oxide coating by means of this ELECTROLYTIC ACTION

328 Use of aluminum sheets is not allow in this material

That part of the foundation for a building which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade

A system of framing building in which floor joist of each storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey

HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE

HIGH TENSILE STRENGTH

Page 231: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

231/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

329 A brand name of asbestos roofing PLACA ROMANA330 Anchor bolts and column straps are made of this STEEL331 Tradename for plastic materials FORMICA332 First group of wood used as shoring TANGUILE333 Minimum thickness of footing according to NBC 250mm334 A passageway of a chimney FLUE335 A defects in softwood consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resin PITCH POCKET336 Lumber defects caused by broken twigs KNOTS

337 PRIMER SEALER

338 Concrete mixed ideal for road pavement and waterproof structure AA339 Lumber defects due to the effects of fungi MOLDS AND STAINS340 To coat steel or iron by immersing in a bath of zinc GALVANIZING341 A boring bit having a conical shaped cutter to accommodate the head of the screw COUNTERSINK342 A metal plate attached to the face of a door, around the shaft for the door knob ROSE343 The process of marking wood, metal bricks using pointed material SCRIBE344 A brand of liquid solution of pigment in suitable vehicle of oil, organic solvent or water DAVIES

345 GLASS

346 A low wall around a chalet type house ZOCALO347 Common hardware fastener for truss braces LAG SCREW348 A material which provides a seal as a result of pressure between he faces of a joint COMPRESSION SEAL349 The cross bar of a panic exit device; serves as a push bar to actuate the panic hardware CRASH BAR350 Rock volume to collect water in retaining wall BLEEDER MASS351 A horizontal timber which serves as a base for the stud in a stud partition SOLEPLATE

352 STILE

353 A tradename for for anti-termite surface application on wood SOLIGNUM354 A roofing material having a galvanized steel as base with acrylic overglazedd COLOROOF355 Concrete with low cement content LEAN

356 Pre-casted custom designed architectural panel with specially designed waterproof joints FLOOR PANEL

357 SHEET PILE

358 A fireproof door with metal covering KALAMEIN

359 HARDWOOD

360 The evergreens and are used for general construction relatively soft and easy to cut and work SOFTWOOD

361 Used for posts, girder, jambs attached to concrete and also for wooden decks YACAL362 Finest wood for furniture TINDALO363 Used for paneling and plywood veneer DAO364 Tanguile like for framing chests, jewel boxes, stair frames KAMAGONG365 Philippine mahogany for framing chests, stair, frame WHITE LAUAN366 Used for framing joist, truss APITONG367 Most expensive used for furniture and paneling, flooring, door pnels, stairs NARRA368 The most common lumber in the market; used generally for framing, joists, nailer, studs TANGUILE369 Used for paneling ALMACIGA370 The hard cross grained mass of wood formed in a trunk at the place where a branch KNOTS

371 SHAKES

372 A defects in softwoods; consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resins PITCHPOCKETS373 A cracks that extends completely throug a piece of wood or veneer SPLIT

374 CHECK

375 Distortion in shape of parallel plane surface WARP

376 WANE

They are used for unpainted surfaces or those to be repainted after most of the original paint has been removed

A building material made of fused silica with alkaline bases, drawn up with a metal bar from a tank

One of the outer structural member of a frame; as at the outer edge of a door or a window sash

A barrier or diaphragms formed to prevent the movement of the soil, to stabilize the foundations

Comes from decidous or broadleaf trees and are typically used for flooring, stairs, paneling, furniture and interior form

A crack due to natural causes occuring in timber; includes ring shakes, cup shakes heart shakes, star shakes and wind shakes

A small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings, usually caused by shinkage during drying

A round edge or bark along an edge at a corner of a piece of lumber; usually caused by sawing too near the surface of the lag

Page 232: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

232/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

377 DRY ROT

378 1 inch x 12 inches x 1 foot of length 1 BOARD FOOT379 Thickness x Width x Length / 12 BOARD FOOT FORMULA380 1" TO 1 1/2" thk and wider BOARDS381 2" to 4" thk DIMENSION LUMBER382 5" x 5" and larger TIMBERS

383 PLYBOARD

384 Hip roof support JACK RAFTER385 Another term for plaster board GYPSUM BOARD

386 TRIMMING GUARD

387 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion RIPRAP388 Strips or hardwods usually 2" x 2" laid over a concrete slab floor SLEEPERS389 Steel window section for muntins Z BAR

390 POLYMER

391 A type of handless lockset key operatd to give double security DEAD BOLT LOCK392 Admixture that impart color on concrete TRUSCON

393 Tension is placed on the reinforcing prior to the placing of the concrete

394 Subjecting reinforcement bars, tendons to tension on a stress bed prior to concrete pouring PRE STRESSING

395 The soil or rock directly beneath the footing FOUNDATION BED396 Minimum time required for removing the form for sides of beams and girders 3 DAYS397 To improve the water repellant qualities of cement in concrete mixing SAHARA398 A paint defects causes by applying a finish coat over too damp a base coat BLISTERING398 A type of concrete floor which has no beam FLAT SLAB399 A 2" to 5" thick piece of lumber WOOD PLANK400 A flat glass sheet possesing high quality polished, smooth surface FLOAT GLASS401 A protein; the chief nitrogenous ingredient of milk CASEIN

402 ASPHALTIC

403 TEFLON

403 The chemical reaction between cement and water which produces hardened cement HYDRATION405 The process of striking the concrete in order to bring the surface to the required grade SCREEDING

406 FALSEWORK

408 An excavation whose length greatly exceeds its width TRENCH

409 WEATHERING STEEL

410 FLEMISH BOND

411 HEAVYWEIGHT

412 PUTLOG SCAFFOLD

413 A portland cement specification ASTM C 150

414 ALCLAD

415 A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surfaces inward occurs CHALKING

416 Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric patterns PARQUET

417

The decay of seasoned wood caused by fungi of a type capable of carrying water into the wood they infest

A bi-product of wood where waste wood boards are compressed finishes on both sides with a thin layer of wood, glued together with industrial glues

A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as a guide and support for finish trims around openings and near the base of the wall

A hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill-up the gap of marble slabs during installatiuon of floor or wall finishes

PRE-TENSIONED CONCRETE

A type of roofing materials made from semi solid mixture of complex hydrocarbons derived from coal of petroleum and before installation dissolved in solvent, emulsified, heated to liquid

The tradename for flouroplastic which is transparent to opaque in character and is used primarily for electrical fixture and pipe sealing

Temporary structure used to support a permanent structure during its erection and until its become self supporting

A type of steel that develops a protective oxide coat on its surface upon exposure to the elements so that the painting is not required for protectionA pattern bond with alternate strechers and headers in each with headers centered over stretchers in the course belowSuch as barite, magnitite and steel punching and is used primarily for nuclear radiation shieldingA type of scaffold which has one line of standard to support the outside of the scaffold deck, while the inside edge is supported from the wall being built

A clad aluminium sheet used for standrad corrugated, ribbed or V-beam section and various embossed pattrens for industrial roofing and curtain wall sheets

A special coating system with high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used to finish topcoat and wood flooring

POLYURETHANE FLOOR COATING

Page 233: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

233/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

418 PVC

419 The paint materials used for sealing, filling, correcting surface defects on wood surfaces GLAZING PUTTY

420

421 BATCHING

422 Minimum slump recommended for mass concrete 2 to 5 INCHES423 The placing of concrete using pneumatic pressure of dry mix concrete or mortars SHOTCRETE

424 A standing position of brick construction having length and height as the exposed surface SOLDIERS

425 VACUUM DEWATERING

426 ANODIZING

427 VEHICLES

428 A more substantial framework progressively built up as tall building rises up STAGING429 No. 5 designation of a bar 16mm

430 CAISSON

431 CHECKS

432 Bolts w/c incorporate torque control groove so that the stem breaks under a specified torque TENSION SET BOLTS

433 A soil condition where the soil material is in the natural state before the disturbamnce BANK

434 COMPACTION

435 BULB PILE

436 A beam usually distributed horizontal forces to footings TIE BEAM

437 TEMPERED GLASS

438 DUCO

439 A horizontal layer of mortar on which bricks are laid BED JOINT

440 CAVITY WALL

441 FLYING FORM

442 Class AA concrete mixture ratio 1: 1 1/2 : 3443 A column usually reinforced concrete, constructed below the ground surface PIER

444 WANE

445 SOLVENTS

446 A plate usually wood used to anchor a stair to concrete KICKER PLATE447 A type of settlement that cause the grade slab to bend upward due to wet soil expansion448 A special type of paint made with varnish as the vehicle, applied in wood and metal ENAMEL

449 EFFLORESCENCE

450 The most widely used type of building brick which is made of natural sand and clay or shale KILN BURNED BRICKS

451 A vertical joints between brick wythes COLLAR JOINT

452 CHECKING

453 It is not a vehicle of paint EMULSIFIERS

A type of plastic rigid to flexible, translucent to opaque and is used in insulation, siding, wood imitation, flooring and piping

A type of cement that provides 190% of type I strength after one day curing and also produces about 150% of the heat of hydration of normal cement during first seven days

TYPE III HIGH EARLY STRENGTH

The process of proportioning cement, water, aggregates and additives prior to concrete mixing

A process employed to reduce the amount of free water present in plastic concrete after the concrete has been placed and screenAn electrolytic process in which the aluminum is emmersed in a specific acid solution through which a direct current is passed between the aluminum and the solutionThe substance in the paint which gives continuity and provides adhesion to the surface or subtrite

A water tight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundation or structures below water levelA wood defect that is a small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings, usually caused by shrinkage during drying

The process of increasing the density of a soil by mechanically forcing the soil particles closer together, thereby expelling the air from the void spacesA special form of cast in place concrete pile in which an enlarged based is formed during driving

A type of glass produced by heating annealed glass almost to the melting point and then chilling it rapidly which is 3 to 5 times stronger than ordinary glassA type of paint that produces a very smooth and glossy surface and sometimes referred to as pigmented lacquer

Walls made up of two masonry wythes separated by an air space 2" (50mm) or more in width and tied together by metal tiesA type of soft formwork with no shoring along its span and is supported instead of trusses frames along its span and shoring on both ends

A defect in lumber which is round edge or bank along an edge at a corner of a piece of lumber, usually caused by sawing too near the surfaceA liquid component of a paint to increase its fluidity, they volatize or evaporated during drying and not became part of the film

EXPANSIVE SOIL HEAVING

Whitish powder that forms on the surface of bricks or stone walls due to evaporation of moisture or containing salts

A paint defect coat by soft undercoat, forming shallow cracks at closely spaced but irregular interval

Page 234: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

234/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

454 A double unit glass INSULATING GLASS

455 COMMON BOND

456 DISPERSAL AGENT

457 LAMINATED COATING

458 ANODIZING

459 WEATHERING STEEL

460 TWO HINGED FRAME

461 BEARING PLATE

462 TARRED FELTS

463 GRAVEL SURFACING

464 Unitary roofing materials which are similar to shingles except that they are split out SHAKESPAINT DEFECTS

465 ALLIGATORING

466 BLEEDING

467 BLISTERING

468 Progressive powdering from the surface inward CHALKING469 Loss of luster, due to insufficient or defective undercoat, improper filling of wood DEADENING470 Clouding of the laquer film through precipitation of moisture in the film MOISTURE BLUSH471 Constant temperature and constant low humidity in the finishing will help

472 Rough appearance resembles very closely the peel of the orange, improper surface cleaning ORANGE PEEL

473 Indicate imperfect attachment to the surface; due to dampness, greasy surface and moisture PEELING

474 PINHOLING

475 Irregularities of surface due to uneven flow of varnish or paint, too much varnish, inc brushing RUNS AND SAGS

476 TACKINESS

477 Due to applications of few heavy coats for more thin ones, due to cold weather WRINKLING478 The loss of color of a paint film through exposure to sunlight and weather FADING

STANDARD WEIGHT OF PLAIN OR DEFORMED ROUND STEEL BARS 479 What is the standard weight of 8mm hot weld deformed bar 0.396 KILO480 What is the standard weight of 10mm hot weld deformed bar 0.616 KILO481 What is the standard weight of 12mm hot weld deformed bar 0.888 KILO482 What is the standard weight of 16mm hot weld deformed bar 1.580 KILOS483 What is the standard weight of 20mm hot weld deformed bar 2.466 KILOS484 What is the standard weight of 25mm hot weld deformed bar 3.854 KILOS485 What is the standard weight of 28mm hot weld deformed bar 4.834 KILOS486 What is the standard weight of 32mm hot weld deformed bar 6.314 KILOS487 What is the standard weight of 36mm hot weld deformed bar 7.992 KIOS488 What is the standard weight of 40mm hot weld deformed bar 9.866 KILOS

5 TYPES OF PORTLAND CEMENT 489 Is used for general concrete construction where the special properties are specified TYPE I

A pattern consisting of stretcher or running bond six or seven courses with a course of headers laid perpendicular to the stretcher courseAdditive used to ensure that all particles of cement and water are mixed thoroughly in a concrete settingFlouropolymers, powder coatings, siliconized acrylics and polyesters are these types of coatings for aluminiumA process of coating steel products by immersing them in a bath of motten zinc after cleaning themAnother term used for ASTM A572 high strength low alloy. It is a structural steel which uses a natural form of oxidation for protective coatingA rigid frame which is done by welding together its two spanning members, both are connected homogenously to the vertical column members fastened conventionally to the concrete pedestalSteel plate under the end of a beam used to distribute the end reaction where the beam rests on a masonry or concrete supportUsed as a dry sheet to protect wood sheating from dripping asphalt, usually composed of combination of felted papers, shredded wood fibers and asphalt saturatedA type of surfacing in built-up roof where a flood coat of bitumens is applied over the top ply and a layer of aggregate is applied while the flood coat is hot

An incomplete form of peeling where the paint cracks into the large segments, the edges of which breakaway from the surface while the center remains attached.Usually due to repeated application of new coats over old coatsDiscoloration of coating caused by solube color in the underlying surface,may be prevented by applying an impermeable undercoatingFormation of blisters or pustules in coating, may be due to underlying spots of grease,the sun during the process of drying

As it called, changes in atmospheric conditions during application over sweating or incompletely dried undercoats, spots of grease or soap

Adhesive property of incompletely dried coating, it is caused especially in the refinishing of old work, over unclean or greasy surface

Page 235: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

235/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

490 TYPE II

491 is used where high early strength is required TYPE III492 is used where low heat of hydration is required TYPE IV493 is for use when high sulfate resistance is required TYPE V

TYPES OF DOORS

494 PROJECTED

495 SECURITY

496 Operating sash for ease of operation DOUBLE HUNG

497 SLIDING

498 A larger amount of light than ventilation is desired COMBINATION499 Vertically proportioned sash that swing outward, somewhat like a door CASEMENT

500 AWNING

501 JALOUSIE

502 Popular in multi-storey, AC commercial building. They usually rotate90deg up to 180deg PIVOTEDTYPES OF HINGES

503 A movable joint used to attached, support and turn a door about a pivot HINGE504 Two rectangular metal plate which are joined with a pin BUTT HINGE

505 SPRING HINGE

506 The axle or pin about which a window or door rotates PIVOT HINGETYPES OF HINGES ACCORDING TO APPLICATIONS

507 A hinge designed for attachment on the surface of the door and jamb without mortising FULL SURFACE

508 FULL MORTISE

509 HALF MORTISE

510 A hinge which is applied to the surface of a door leaf and to a mortise jamb leaf HALF SURFACETYPES OF FOUNDATIONS

511 Structural elements that carry or support the superstructure of the building FOUNDATIONS512 Foundaion w/c transfers load to the earth at the base of column or wall of substructure SHALLOW FOUNDATION513 Transfer the load at a point far below the substructure DEEP FOUNDATIONS

TYPES OF COLUMN FOOTING 514 A combined footing of prismatic shape, which supports two or more columns in a row CONTINUOUS515 Large footing extending a wide area MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION

516 PILE FOUNDATION

517 GRILLAGE FOOTING

518 A footing which supports more than one column load COMBINED FOOTINGTYPES OF FOUNDATIONS

519 A footing which is especially wide, usually of reinforced concrete SPREAD FOOTING

520 BENCH FOUNDATION

521 INVERTED ARCH

522

523 A continuous foundation under a full extent of the structure MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION

524 CANTILIVER FOOTING

525 A series of steel beam bolted together and placed over a footing used to distribute GRILLAGE FOOTING

Is for use in general concrete construction exposed to moderate surlfate action or where moderate heat of hydration is required

This is workhose of metal windows available in many combination of fixed and operating sash. Usually, the lowest light will project in and the upper ends projects out for maximum comfortAnother version of the projected sash, this window provides an integral grill permitting ventilations but restricting the size of an object that can pass through the window

It provide flush interior and exterior wall surfaces without the need for counter- balancing hardware intrinsic in the double hung window

It offers 100% ventilation combined with a degree of rain protection not attainable with casement sashAn awning window which is reduced in to an operating louver, with a profound effect on appearance and ability to provide weatherstripping

A hinge containing one or more spring, when the door is open the hinge returns it to the open position automatically

Having one leaf mortised into the dge of the door and the other surface mounted on the door frameA hinge, one plate of which is mortised in the door leaf, the other being surface mounted on the jamb leaf

Intended to transmit structural loads through the upper zone of poor soil to a depth where the earth is capable of providing the desired supportUses wide flange or I beam; A series of steel beams, bolted together and placed over a footing used to distribute a concentrated column over the top of footing

A foundation cut in series of steps in a sloping bearing stratum to prevent sliding when subject to the bearing loadAn arch in which intrados below the springing line use to distribute concentrated loads in foundationsA watertight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundations or structures below water level

CAISSON'S FOUNDATION

A footing having a tie beam to another footing to balance a structural load not symmetrically located with respect to the footing

Page 236: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

236/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

526 PILE FOUNDATION

MIXING OF CONCRETE 527 About 10% of the mixing water is placed in the drum before drying materials are added DRUM MIXING

READY MIXED CONCRETE528 Concrete is mixed completely in the truck mixer 1 1/2-3 minutes mixing TRANSIT MIXED529 Concrete is mixed in a stationary mixer and delivered in the truck agitator CENTRAL MIXED

530 Concrete is mixed partially in a stationary mixer and mixing is completely in the truck mixer SHRINK MIXED

PLACING OF CONCRETE

531 30 to 60 MINUTES

MIXING OF CONCRETE 532 It shall be continued for at least WHAT minutes, after all the materials are in the drum 1 1/2 MINUTES

CURING OF CONCRETE

533 FIRST 7

534 least the WHAT days FIRST 3HANDLING OF CONCRETE

535 General purpose concrete 16 to 20 L of water536 Load bearing 4" CHB 28 to 32 L of water537 Non load bearing 4" CHB 36 to 40 L of water538 Cement mortar 16 to 20L of water

539 4 FEET

REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS 540 Minimum bar size of footing NO. 5 or 16mm

541 Spacing of rebars is WHAT of times the size of aggregate or 25mm

REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS 542 Minimum size of column rebar NO. 5 or 16mm543 Minimum number of column rebar for square/rectangular coulumns 4 PIECES544 Sizes of column ties NO. 2 or NO. 4

BENDING AND BENDING POINTS OF REBAR 545 Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for END span L/7546 Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for INTERIOR span L/5547 Angle of inclination of bent bars from the horizontal 45degrees

548 Column rebars to be embedded to footing should have an anchorage is

549 Distance of column rebars should be continued uninterrupted above the floor line L/4

550 102mm,152mm,254mm

SPLICING OF REBARS

551 IT SHOULD BE AVOIDED

SIZES OF LAP SPLICES 552 24 times bar diameter 276MPa553 30 times bar diameter 345MPa554 36 times bar diameter BUT NOT LESS THAN 305mm 414MPa555 Both ENDS of BOTTOM bars should be BENT UPWARDS at this ANGLE 15 degrees556 Aluminum-Concrete reactions

557 STRAIGHT EDGE

558 HAND TAMPER

A system of piles, pile caps and straps that transfers the structural load to the bearing stratum into which the piles are driven

Concrete must be placed in position properly compacted within WHAT minutes after adding water, then cement setting will start

Concrete (other than high early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and in a moist condition for at least the WHAT days after placement High early strength shall be maintained above 10 C and in a moist condition for at

Stacking of cement bags Maintain a clearance of WHAT feet (minimum) beteween G.I. Roofing and cement bag stack

1 1/3 times the size of aggreagates or 25mm

12TIMES BAR DIAMETER or 305mm

If rebars are to be spliced by welding, it should be cut at these distances from each point of cut

Splices at point of maximum tensile stress (bottom, center bars, at midspan) Or it should be lapped or welded

ELECTROLYTIC REACTION

THEY SHALL NOT BE LARGER in outside diameter than 1/3 THE OVERALL THICKNESS OF SLAB, WALL OR BEAM which they are EMBEDDED TOOLS FOR PLACING CONCRETE Or "STRIKE OFF" It is the first finishing tool after the concrete is placed and is used to strike off the concrete surface to proper gradeJITTER BUG after the concrete has been struck off, it can be used to compact concrete in flatwork construction

Page 237: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

237/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

559 DARBY

560 A tool or machine used to smooth uniformed surfaces of freshly placed concrete BULL FLOAT

561 A finishing tool used on the edges of fresh concrete or plaster to provide a rounded corner EDGER

562 A metal tool used to cut a joint partly through fresh concrete JOINTER OR GROOVERTHREE COAT PLASTER

563 First coat SCRATCH COAT564 Second coat BROWN COAT565 Third coat FINISH COAT

566 MORTAR

567 POST

568 COLUMN

COLUMN CLASSIFICATION TO TYPES OF REINFORCEMENT

569 Minimum of 6pcs. of 16mm diam. Reinforcing bar

570 Spiral column combined with WF steel column

571 A steel column used as a support for girders and beams LALLY COLUMNTYPES OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

572 Such an expansion joint, between two adjacent structures which are not in physical contact ISOLATION JOINT

573

574 T&G CONTROL JOINT

575 Used for floor of 5" thick and greater

576 Used of heat to prevent contractions THERMAL EXPANSIONPRE STRESSING OF CONCRETE

577 Process using hydraulic jacks on fixed abutments

578 Done by tying jacks based together with wires located at end of a beam

579 Strands are stretch between massive elements BOND FRICTION580 Steel is heated by means of electric power; cooling THERMAL PRESSING

581 Used of expanding cement restrained by steel strands

SITE CASTS

582

583 FLYING FORMWORK

584 SLIP FORMING

585 TILT-UP CONSTRUCTION

586 SHOTCRETE

587 The concrete is formed in thin sections as thin as 2 1/2" or a large shell THIN SHELLS

588 Concrete or mortar which is pumped through a hose and projected at high velocity on surface SHOTCRETE

589 PRE-FABRICATED

A long flat rectangular piece of wood or aluminum from 3" to 4" wide with handle on top, used to float the surface of concrete slab immediately

A proportioned mixture of silaceous material and cement which after being prepared in plastic state with water hardens into a stone-like massRefers to a piece of timber of either cylindrical or either geometrical cross section vertically placed to support a buildingA vertical structure used to support a building made of stone, concrete, steel or combination of the above materials

SQUARED TIED SPIRAL COLUMN

COMPOSITE COLUMN COMBINED COLUMN

A grooved which is formed in a masonry structure to regulate the location and amount of cracking

CONTROL JOINT W/ DOWEL

A joint formed by the insertion of the tounge of one member into the corresponding groove of another

BUTT-TYPE CONSTRUCTION

PRE-COMPRESSING METHOD

SELF CONTAINED METHOD

VOLUMETRIC EXPANSION

Is used chiefly with two way flat plate structures, almost eliminates formwork by casting the slabs of the building in a stack on the ground, then using hydraulic jacks to lift the slabs up the columns to their finl position

LIFT SLAB CONSTRUCTION

Is fabricated in large sections supported on deep metal trusses; the sections are moved from one floor to the next by crane, eliminating much of the laborUseful for tall wall structures such as elevator shafts; stairwells and storage soils. A ring of formwork is oulled steadly upward by jacks supported on a vertical reinforcing bars, while workers add concrete and reinforcing in a continuous processIs a floor slab cast on the ground and reinforced concrete wall panels are poured over it in a horizontal position, then tilted into positions and grouted together(Pneumatically placed concrete) is sprayed into placed from a hose by a stream of compressed air and can be deposited without formwork ven on vertical surfaces

A construction method relying primarily on the used of standardized manufactured components

Page 238: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

238/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

590 LIFT SLAB

CLASIFICATION OF PILES 591 A pile which carries a vertical load BEARING PILE592 A pile that transfer its loads to the soil through friction with the earth surrounding it FRICTION PILE593 A pile driven at an inclination to the vertical to provide resistance to horizontal forces BATTER PILE

594 SHEET PILE

595 GUIDE PILE

FLOOR SYSTEMS 596 A horizontal beam supporting a floor joist GIRDER597 A wood member placed on top of the foundation wall in wood frame construction SILL598 Any joist which carries a floor FLOOR JOIST

599 A short beam, joist or rafter supported by a wall at one end and by the header at the other TAILPIECE

600 A wood strip nailed to the lower side of a girder to provide a bearing surface for joist LEDGER STRIP

601 DRAFTSTOP/ FIRESTOP

602 A short transverse joist that supports the end of the cut-off joist at stairwell holes HEDGER

603 TRIMMER

STANDARD HOOKS 604 180-deg bend plus WHAT db extension but not less than 65mm at free end of bar 4db605 90-deg bend plus WHAT db extension, at free end of bar 12db

FOR STIRRUPS AND TIE HOOKS 606 16mm bar and smaller, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar 6db607 20mm and 25mm bar, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar 12db608 25mm bar and smaller, 135-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar 6db

MINIMUM BEND DIAMETERS

609 4db

For bar larger than 16mm are the following: 610 10mm to 25mm 6db611 28mm to 32mm 8db612 36mm 10db

SPACING LIMITS FOR REINFORCEMENT 613 Between parallel bars in a layer shall be WHAT db but not less than WHAT distance db; 25mm614 Parallel layers two or more reinforcement, distance is not less than WHAT distance 25mm

615 1.5db nor 40mm

616 3x or 450mm

MINIMUM SIZE OF FILLET AND PARTIAL PENETRATION WELDS 617 To 6 inclusive 3618 Over 6 to 12 4.5619 Over 12 to 20 6620 Over 20 7.5621 Over 40 to 60 9622 Over 60 to 150 12623 Over 150 16

624 MINUS 1.5mm

625 Minimum effective length of a fillet weld; not less than WHAT times the nominal size, 4x626 or not exceed WHAT of its effective length ONE FOURTH or 1/4

627 200mm

628 The minimum amount of lap joint shall be WHAT times the thickness of the thinner 5x;25mm

A method of concrete building construction in which floor and roof slabs are cast at ground level and then raised into sa position by jacking

One of a number of piles, interlocked with similar units, to form a barrier to retain soil or to keep water out of foundationA heavy square timber which is driven vertically downward to guide steel sheet piling; used for the construction of coffer dams, caissons

In concealed construction, a material or member which fills or seals the open construction to prevent or retard the spread of fire

A beam joist or rafter supporting one end of a header at the edge of the opening in the floor or roof frame

Inside diameter of bend for stirrups and ties shall be less than WHAT for 16mm bar and smaller

In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between longitudinal bars shall be not less than WHAT db nor WHAT SIZEIn walls and slabs other than joist, primary flexural reinforcement shall space not more than WHAT TIMES the wall or slab thickness OF WHAT distance

Along edges of the material 6mm thick, not greater than the thickness of the material 6mm thick or more; not greater than the thickness of the material minus WHAT LENGTH OF FILLET WELDS

The transverse spacing of longitudinal fillet welds used in end connections shallnot exceed WHAT

Page 239: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

239/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

629 part, but not less than WHAT 25mm630 The effective length shall not be less than WHAT the weld size, with minimum of WHAT 4x;40mm

631 2x

632 Roof insulation under purlins

633 Roof insulation over purlins

634 Damp Proofing / Moisture Barrier ASPHALT

635 Acoustical Installation

1999 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION

636

637

638 WRINKLING

639 3.853 KILOS

640 A recommended method of joint by steel deck manufacturers SEAM LOCK641 It does not comprise in the tie rod system of a steel deck scaffold SWIVEL PIPE CLAMP642 A paint defect by discoloration of coat caused by soluble color in the underlying surface BLEEDING

643 Glass block reinforcement in a spaced of 7/16" gap to accept it and the binder

644 System of measurement when utilising modular systems of construction and technology

645 A wood ceiling joist substitute for drop ceiling usually made of aluminium or pre-

646 painted GI used to hang lightweight boards such as fiber glass boards

647

648 1.578 KILOS

649 What is not a brand of ceramic tiles PIEDRA TILES

650 A ceramic tile is installed into a masonry wall over rough plaster by a uniform

651 Floor system by Jackbuilt

652 In lockset, this is the safest door lock recommended for main entry doors MORTISE LOCKSET653 Wood end joint requiring tensile strength SCARF654 Natural coating which brings the natural beauty of wood OIL WOOD STAIN

655 Coarse aggregates standard sizes

656 BLIND AND STUB

657 An accessory of tie rod scaffold system FORM CLAMP

658 Installation of Piedra tiles over mortar bed

659 A door type used between a dining and kitchen to allow a server to see through VISION DOOR

660 BENCHMARK

661 Method of fastening jamb to concrete or masonry

662 Not a wood parquet geometric design HEPTAGON

Size of fillet welds terminating at ends or sides; be returned continuously around the corners for a distance of not less than WHAT times the nominal size of the weld

ALUMINIZED BACKING & TAPE G.I. STRAP LINER

G.I. TIE WARALUMINIZED

BACKINGRUBBER CEMENT (RUGBY)

NON FLAMMABLE ALUMINUM

An alternative fastening material that can be used for metal on ceiling joist other than metal screws

3/16' x 1/2" ALUMINUM BLIND RIVETS

A masonry finish using pure cement mixed wit flexible synthetic latex based additive like Plexibond to a tacky consistency then applied by an applicator roller to give a remarkable finish

CEMENT TEXTURED FINISH

A paint defect that occurs on inferior brands where the paints contains soluble pigments thus softens and dissolves by water or by chemical after sufficient dryingWhat is the standard weight of a 25mm diameter hot rolled weldable deformed or plain steel bar per meter length

#16 EXPANDED METAL LATH

MODULAR COORDINATION

MAIN/CROSS TEE AND WALL

ANGLE SUSPENSION SYSTEM

Used to install brick plaqueta on to a scratch coat of a masonry wall in an evenly distributed manner

3/4" THK CEMENT GROUT

What is the standard weight of a 16mm diameter hot rolled weldable deformed or plain steel bar per meter length

3/4" LAYER OF CEMENT MORTAR

PRESTRESS CONCRETE T-BEAM FLOOR SYSTEM

1/5 SIDE FORMS, 1/3 DEPTH SLABS, 3/4 CLEAR SPACING

Mortise and tenon wood construction joint where tounge and grooves meet halfway making the connection clean of joint traces

UNIFORM 10mm THKCEMENT PLASTER

Vertical location of a ground surface often used as a reference point with respect to the vertical height

SCREW WITH EXPANSION PLUG

Page 240: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

240/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

663 FINISHING MASON

664

665 A system of mass production and industrilisation by prefabrication of furniture and cabinets MODULAR SYSTEM

666 A type of glass use in constructing vision door which must be shutter proof to be accident free LAMINATED

667 HUE SCALE

668 A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally PLAIN MITER669 Steel window section for muntins Z-BAR

670 Basic parts of stressing anchor

671 POLYMER

672 PLYBOARD

673 What is wrong with the installation of steel scaffold

674 In air condittioning duct, what type of strap is used to insure that there is no air gap is left

675 Woodwork equipment to form the different wood mouldings for balusters and newel posts

676 CONDECK

677 It precludes good construction practice for pipes and conduits embedded in concrete

678 CHROMA SCALE

679 A type of handless lockset key operated to give double security DEAD BOLT LOCK

680 A type of insulation recommended in air conditioning duct warp

681

682 20 mm

683 The purpose of inverted channel shape at bottom edge of metal door

684 Structural member in steel truss framing to counter act compression in roof PURLIN SAG RODS1998 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION

685

686 Concrete hollow block laying ASINTADA

A highly trained labor used to prepare rough to finish plastering, lay concrete hollow blocks, install tiles and pebble washout

A kind of masonry finish which utilise a chamfer wood block out, usually 1"x1" distance at 2" o.c. which serves a s form when removes gives design line texture is added by chisel

CURDOROY or TOOL FINISH

A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principle-SECONDARY COLOR LIKE ORANGE TURN TO BE YELLOW

SHIMS, BEARING PLATE, STRESSING WASHER,

BOTTOM PLATEA hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill up the gap of marble slabs during installation of floor or wall finishesA bi-product of wood where waste wood boards are compressed finish on both sides with a thin layer of wood, glued together

CROSS BRACE MUST BE INSTALL IN OPPOSITE

DIRECTION

75mm WIDE PRESSURE SENSITIVE ALUMINIZED DUCT TAPE STRAP AT

600mm O.C.

WOOD LATHE MACHINE or TORNO

Method recommended by manufacturers to join the steel deck and the rebars Steel deck that can be used for two slab

ALUMINUM PIPES & CONDUITS AT R.C.

SHALL BE SECURED NOT BY TIE WIRES BUT

MUST BE EFFECTIVELLY COVERED

A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principle-HAS A DEGREE OF ITS COLORFULNESS or INTENSITY

INSTALL POLYETHELYNE FOAM

W/ ALUM. FOIL BARRIER. ADHERE BY INDUSTRIAL ADHESIVE

TO GALVANIZED AIR DUCT

To secure the steel purlins properly to the steel cleat considering the axial, torsion and shear stresses present at the joint

REVERSE THE LOCATION OF THE "Z"

PURLINSMinimum concrete cover for 20mm and larger for shell and folded plate members for cast in place

SPACE TO INSTALL CONCEAL DOOR

CLOSER

A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant decorative surface

STUCCO FLOORING FINISH

Page 241: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

241/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

687 TUFTED

688 VELVET

689 AXMINSTER

690 WILTON

691 FUSHION

692 KNITTED

693 SCRATCH COAT

694 Local species of wood used for studding, cabinet and flush door framing TANGUILE

695

696 SANDBLASTING

697 RUSTIC TERRAZO

698 PIVOTED

699 A door hinge at the left and the door leaf swings inside the room to the left LEFT HAND

700

701 PEELING

702 A threaded rod instead of masonry construction for anchoring the sill plate to the foundation ANCHOR BOLT

703 APRON

704 A series of arches supported by a row of columns ARCADE

705 ARCH

706 AREAWAY

707 A facing of squared stones ASHLAR

708 IMPRESSO CRETE

709 INSET or INTERIOR

710 A type of wood end joint where both woods are cut at equal angles diagonally SCARF

711 RUSTIC TERRAZO

712 The most common type; relatively small chip sizes STANDARD TERRAZO713 Larger chips with smaller chip filling the spaces between VENETIAN TERRAZO

714 PALLADIANA TERRAZO

715 PIVOTED

716 To prevent plaster from improper adhesion, the substrate must be rough end

717 and the cement plaster should be.. AS THIN AS POSSIBLE718 It is not a brand of house paint ICI DULUX

CARPETS Is made of inserting face yarns or tufts through premanufactured backing by used of needlesSimplest type of all carpet weaves. Pile is form as loom loops over wires inserted across loom. Pile height is determined by height of wire insertedThe loom is highly specialized and nearly as versatile as hand weaving. Color combinations and designs are limited only by the number of tufts in the carpetThe loom operates like a velvet loom, except that it has a Jacquard mechanism with up to six color framesThis process produces complete carpet by imbedding pile yarns and adhering backing to a viscous vinyl face that hardens after the curing

The process resembles weaving in that the face and back are made simultaneously. Backing and pile yarns are looped togeher with a stitching yarns with three sets of needles

A pretreatment of poured concrete such as wall, beams and column where a thin layer of cement grout mixed with flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon on to the surface to give a tooth for excellent plaster adhesion

A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free to finish and topcoat wood flooring

POLYURETHANE FLOOR COATING

A common and cheap masonry finish wherein dry consistency of mortar mix is spray by mechanical or pneumatic means. It is left to dry to give rustic finishTerrazo floor described by its physical appearance, the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while the cement matrix is depressedA type of window where the sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the header or the sill or sides of the jamb

A water mixed product, mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry surface. Without this mixture will cause the subsequent painting to be defective

MASONRY NEUTRALIZER

Indicates imperfect adhesion of the film to the surface, with the film getting strip off in relatively large pieces due to application on damp or greasy surface

The finish board immediately below a window sill. Also the part of the driveway that leads directly into the garage

A curved structure that will support itself by mutual pressure and the weight above its curved openingA recessed area below grade around foundation to allow light and ventilation into a basement window or doorway

A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant and decorative trextured surface. This is by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give a fast color and imprinted with a patented pattern and texture while the concrete is still plastic to create the look and finish of stone, slate or brickAn installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed and flushed with the cabinet sidings

A type of terrazo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is intenionally exposed while the cement matrix is depressed

Random fractured slab of marble up to approximately 15" greatest dimension 3/8 to 1" thk with smaller chips filling the spaceA type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90deg to 180deg about the header and sill or about the side jambs

KEEP THE CEMENT PLASTER

Page 242: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

242/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

719 Type of joint used to install in the glass of a French window RABBET

720 EDGE STRIP TROWEL

721 SMOKED GLASS

722 GRADING

723 VIGAN TILES

724 Standard distance measure from the center of the drain hole of a water closet to a finish wall 305 mm

725 A beam that supports smaller beams in floor system GIRDER BEAM

726 LINTEL BEAM

727 Pre-construction of components as part of the whole PRE FABRICATION728 Wood defects are heart shakes, cup shakes, star shakes KNOTS729 Lumber that is not squared or finished UNDRESSED LUMBER730 hinges on left; open inward LEFT HAND731 hinges on right; open inward RIGHT HAND732 hinges on left; open outward LEFT HAND REVERSE733 hinges on right; open outward RIGHT HAND REVERSE734 A wall jointly used by two parties under easement agreement Party Wall

735 Spring hinge

736 Varnishes

737 Gypsum

738 Basic ingredient in clay Brick

739 Sandstone

740 Dry Vent

741 Relief Vent

742 Specification

743 Additional information contract documents Bid Bulletin

744 16 inches or .46 m

745 9 inches o .23 m

746 Crawl Space

747 Adhesiveness

748 Cohesiveness

749 Which of the following is not a nonferrous metal? Steel

750 Glass

751 Damproofers

An equipment uniformly distribute tile adhesive at the underside of the ceramic tile during installationA type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow the natural light onlyis the act of excavating or filling an earth or any sound material or combination thereof in preparation for a finishing surface such as pavingsA floor finish commercially size 1"x1"x12" utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner making interesting and attractive rustic clay shade patterns

A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the walls above the opening

Type hinge containing one or more springs, when a door is opened,the hinge returns it to the open position automatically, may act inone direction only, or in both directions.A group of more-or-less transparent liquids which are used toprovide a protective surface coating at the same time they allow theoriginal surface to show but add a lustrous and glossy finish to itA soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from whichgypsum plaster is made (by heating); colorless when pure used as aretarder in Portland cement.

A class of rock composed silica grains. Colors include gray, buff,light brown and redA vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is notexposed to back up waste from drainage pipeA vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of airbetween the drainage and vent system where the drainage systemmight otherwise be air bound.Written or printed description of work to be done describing thequalities of materials and mode of construction.

Given the span of the slab as 5.40 m of 18 ft. The depth of thegirder shall be __________.Given the depth of the girder mentioned above, what shall bethe size of its breadth?Space in a building without a basement, an unfinished accessiblespace below the first floor which is usually less than a full storyheight.The ability of a material to fix itself and cling to an entirelydifferent material.The ability of particles of a material to cling tightly to oneanother.

A hard, brittle inorganic substance, ordinarily transparent ortranslucent; produced by melting a mixture of silica, a flux andstabilizer.Materials used to reduce or stop the penetration of moisturethrough the concrete. Reduces permeability.

Page 243: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

243/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

752 Accelerators

753 Wood

754 Paint

755 Cribbling

756 Bigger than ceiling joist usually placed every 1.20m o.c. Ceiling rafters

757 Load bearing wall tile

758 8 inches

759 Fire Block

760

761 Concrete Additives

762 Insulating Glass

763 Roll-up door

764 The minimum length of splice needed for column. 60 cm765 Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator 35 degree

766 Sheet piles

767 Distribution Line

768 Brace or the Diagonal

769 Identify the miter joint770 Identify which figure is a dado wood joint771 Identify which figure is flemish (double stretcher) brickwork772 Identify which figure is a dado wood joint773 Identify which figure is a blind and sub-mortise and tenon joint774 Identify which letter in the target is a valley jack rafter?775 A roofing tile which has the shape of an “S” laid on its side is a pantile

776 foundation wall

777 control joints

778 balloon framing

779 tryolean finish

An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set ofconcrete. Such a material maybe added to the mix to increase therate of early-strength development for several reasons

A traditional building material, it is easily worked, has durabilityand beauty. It has great ability to absorb shocks from sudden load. Inaddition, has freedom from rust and corrosion, is comparatively light in weight, and is adaptable to countless variety of purpose.

A mixture consisting of vehicles or binders, with or withoutcoloring pigments, adjusted and diluted with correct amounts andtypes of additives and thinners, which when applied on a surface,forms as adherent continuous film which provides protection,decoration, sanitation, identification and other functional properties.

Is a cellular framework of squared steel, concrete, or timbermembers, assembled in layers at right angles, and filled with earthor stones.

Used for bearing walls of light buildings, the height usuallyrestricted to four stories. Structural load bearing wall tile are madein 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 in thickness.What should be the maximum spacing of stirrups applied if thedepth of the girder is 0.40 m?A wall which separates two abutting living units as to resist thespread of fire.Measures the density of granular soils and the consistency ofsome clay.

SPT – Standard Penetration Test

Materials often added to the concrete or applied to the surfaceof freshly placed concrete to produce some special result

Which of the following is not a Sheet Glass?a. Picture Glassb. Window Glassc. Heavy Sheet Glassd. Insulating Glass

A door made up of small horizontal interlocking metal slats whichare guided in a track; the configuration coils about an overhead drumwhich is housed at the head of the opening, either manual or motordriven.

Which are timber, steel, or pre-cast planks driven side by side toretain earth and prevent water from seeping into the exaction?The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branchcircuits are connected.Are wooden sticks used as posts sharpened at once end driveninto the ground to serve as boundaries?

That part of the building foundation which forms the permanentretaining wall of the structure below grade is aJoint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movementof masonry walls are known asA system of framing a building in which the studs are continuousto roof supporting second floor joints is known asRough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with ahand operated machine is

Page 244: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

244/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

780 chord

781 A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is Casein

782 alloy

783 Backset

784 wrought iron

785 The Filipino term for horizontal stud is Pabalagbag786 The Filipino term for riser takip silipan787 The Filipino term for collar plate is sinturon788 The Filipino term for temper (metal work) poleva789 The Filipino term for plumb line is hulog790 A beam that projects beyond one or both its support cantiliver791 A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral parallel to the wallforces shear wall

792 15..

793 gluing/pasting

794 0.90 meters

795 24” x 48” x ½”

796 1,098 bf

797 post-tensioning

798 post-tensioning

799

800 wood

801 A material used to remedy vapor flow

802 lath and plaster

803 furring

804 flashing material

805 grade beam

806 batten

807 The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured is post-tensioning

808 beam blocking

809 western framing

A principal member of the truss which extends from one end tothe other primarily to resist bending is a

a composition of two or more metals fused together usually toobtain a desired propertyThe horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to thecenter of the knob or lock cylinderA commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for itscorrosion resistance and ductility is

Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riserequals 6 ¼ “ how many risers will there be between two floorshaving floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet?A modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on woodenboards sub-flooring is byThe standard height of window sills for office rooms in upperfloors isThe dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum Trunnersused for dropped-ceiling in offices isThe total floor area 16 feet wide by 60 feet deep needs one inch(1”) x 4”(commercial size) T & G flooring. Assuming that theavailable T & G is 1” x 4” x 16” and the effective width is 3.5” , thetotal board feet needed is

In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required,intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting astructural method of construction calledIn the design of a large shopping centers where space is required,intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting astructural method of construction called

Humidification and condensation in exterior walls can beminimized by

providing building paper sheathing and space

filled

Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur intropical region at walls and roofs by conduction. This can beminimized by the use of

glossy surfaced asphalt saturated paper, 50 lbs or

moreDry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture andthey are customarily finished withWallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can alsobe applied over CHB masonry wall by usingTo turn back water whenever joints occur in which dissimilarmaterials come together, it is necessary to provideThe part of a foundation system which supports the exteriorwalls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column footing isA narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edgesof two parallel boards in the same plane is a

The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give theappearance of a larger beam is known asA system of framing a building on which floor joists of eachstorey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the bearingwalls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey is known as

Page 245: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

245/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

810 atmospheric pressure

811 bay window

812 flemish bond

813 cold joint

814 cast iron

815 The Filipino term for plastered course is kusturada816 The Filipino term for bottom chord is estunyo817 The Filipino term for purlin is reostra818 M sopo819 The Filipino term for top chord is tahilan

820

821 adequate insulation

822

823

824 3.69 meters

825 Dry walls are customarily finished with lath and plaster

826 12.2247 inches

827

828

829

830 expansion joints

831 corkboard

832 4.16 meters

833

834

835 ceiling only

Pressure exerted against the underground portion of a buildingcreated by the presence of water in the soil is known asA window which projects outside the main line of a building andthe compartment in which it is located extends to the floor is knownasA form of brick bond in which each course is alternatelycomposed of entirely of headers or of stretchers is known asA joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the nextbatch of concrete is placed against it isAn iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has highcompressive strength but low tensile strength is

The capacity of a wall to hold moisture is important in thedesign of dwelling units. Select the best material which willreduce moisture in a wall when used

1” thick V-cut wood boards

Plaster or plywood ceiling on nailers or joists below aventilated roof space may show “pattern staining” on theceiling. This can be prevented byHeat gain through the walls in buildings exposed toafternoon sun intensifies discomfort of inhabitants because ofconductivity. However, this can be minimized by the use of

combination of wood boards and plywood with

cavity between

Sound or noise between bedrooms may be reduced by usingless expensive materials with the application of constructiontechniques

double wall plywood on horizontal and vertical

studs withabsorbents

The staircase of a house has a total run of 3 meters and atotal rise of 2.16 meters, the tread width is 11 inches and riseris 7 7/8”, therefore, the stringer length is

The riser of a stair is 6 ½ inches. What is the run usingformula R/T = tan (R-3) x 8 degreesOne method of leveling batterboards without the transit isthe use of

¼ Ø plastic hose filled with water

A manual method of squaring the corners of a buildinglines in building layout, is the use of

3-4-5 multiples with the use of steel tape measure

When dry conditions are demanded of asphalt tile floorfinishes on concrete over earth, apply the waterproofing (WP)steps

felt paper below sub-slab then WP on top of the

sub-slab

Due to temperature effects in materials, concrete walls,slabs of long buildings, new buildings adjoining existingbuildings should be provided withA typical block or panel type insulating material used inflat roof of commercial or industrial building

What is the height of the RC curtain wall surrounding awater tank located at the penthouse whose capacity is 5000U.S. gallons. The diameter of the tank is 2.5 meters (I.D.) andfreeboard of 0.30 meters. The wall shall be as high as the watertank.

Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion usedby architects in planning and design of buildings

columns, splices, materials, lot

Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion usedby architects in planning and design of buildings

columns, splices, materials, lot

Narrow, high ceiling spaces where ceiling area is smallcompared to wall area, will normally require acousticaltreatment of the

Page 246: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

246/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

836 nickel steel

837 serpentine

838 flemish bond

839 western framing

840 The Filipino term for rabbet vaciada841 The Filipino term for projection is bolada

842 18 risers

843 soil bearing pressure

844 aluminum foil sheets

845 The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings are

846

847

848 6 ¼ inches

849 7.906 meters

850 The finished frame surrounding a door is a door jamb

851 knob bolt

852 dutch door

853 lap seam

854 lap seam

855 mission tile

856 grade beam

857 The wall of Intramuros is fortification858 The Filipino term for rafter is kilo859 The Filipino term for baseboard is rodapis

860 lightning

A ferrous metal that offers great resistance to abrassion andfinds important use in the cutting edges of heavy digging toolsis aA building stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz,hornblende and mica is aA form of brick bond in which the course consists ofalternate stretchers and headers in known asA system of framing a building on which floor joist of eachstorey rests on the top plates of the storey below and thebearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storeyis known as

Given a riser equals six inches and using the stair treadriserproportion formula 2R + T = 25, how many risers willthere be between two levels having a vertical distance of 9’-0”A geological or ground condition considered in determiningthe size and type of foundation of the buildingThese are materials excellent as vapor barrier in the roofingsystem of residential buildings

reinforced concrete and high grade steel

These are classified as good and less expensive insulatingmaterials used in buildings

porous concrete, glass fibers, guilt materials

This is a material that holds less moisture, is very light, lesswater absorptive capacity and is very good in sidings ofdwelling units

asbestos-cement shingles

The toilet bathroom floor finish is designed to be at leastone inch below the bedroom floor finish. What should be thevertical distance between the bedroom floor finish and the topline of the 2” x 6” yacal floor joists which carry the toilet bathfloor system assuming that ¼” thick mosaic vitrified tiles will be used in the toilet bathroom on 4” RC slab with membranewaterproofing, using standard acceptable measurement ofmaterials for residential houses

A Howe Truss is being considered to support the roofingsystem of a residential building. The pitch of the truss is 1vertical 3 horizontal. What is the total length of the top chord, ifthe span of truss is 12 meters and the eave is 1.5 metershorizontally?

A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or bothknobs and dead bolt controlled by a key is aA door consisting of two separate leaves, one above theother, this leaves may operate independently or together is aA joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet orplated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing is aA joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet orplated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing is aA clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shapelaid in courses with units having their convex side alternatelyup and down is aThe part of a foundation system which supports the exteriorwall of the super structure and bears directly on the column footing is a

A climatic factor that is considered in the structural andarchitectural design of tall buildings

Page 247: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

247/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

861 soil bearing pressure

862 3.513 meters

863

864 G.I. sheets

865

866 going

867

868 pitch or bituminous felt

869

870 Standard size overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing is 2 ½ corr.

871 chase

872 A twisting force is torsion

873 sheet piling

874 The term stone-cut refers to a wood siding875 Wood with metal cladding is called kalamein876 The Filipino term for floor joist is soleras877 The Filipino term for bottom chord is tirante

878 “AA”

879 Chord splice connectors for trusses is split-ring880 A vertical line check uses a plumb bob

881 clamp nail

882 Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall is weathered

883 hip rafter

884 batter boards

885 composite

886 The Filipino term for ceiling joist is kostilyahe887 The Filipino term for concrete beam is biga

888 spirit level

889 construction joint

890 A twisting force is torsion

891 chase

This is a ground condition that determines the size, typeand shape of the building footing/foundationWhat is the height of a curtain wall for a downfeed watertank at the deck roof with 60,000 gallons capacity and diameterof 3 meters, freeboard of 0.30 meters, shall be as high as thewater tank

Select the grouping one subject of which is a generalcriterion used by architects in planning and design of buildings

concrete, steel and wood, type of floor finish

The most common materials used for roofing of urbanresidential houses

For very large roof spans (for auditoria, transport buildings,exhibition halls) of over 150 ft these structures are suggested economical solutions

space frames, light steel skeleton structures

Rise is the vertical distance between the upper surface oftwo consecutive steps. The horizontal distance between thenosing of two consecutive steps is the

Noise inside the building is o two kinds, namely, airbornenoise and impact noise . Insulation must be provided againstboth of these by internal walls and floors. Examples of bettersound insulation are

¼” double wall on 2” x 4” studs

When the soil beneath the building is not exceptionallywell drained and it is necessary to exclude dampness, the bestmaterial to be used which is installed beneath the concrete slabis

This material holds less moisture, is very light with lessabsorptive capacity and is very good in exterior sidings of residentialhouses in tropical regions

asbestos cement shingles

A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts,etc. is called

A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soilto stabilize foundation, etc. is

Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs andcolumns is

A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered jointstogether is

Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to theridgeThe horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and excavation lines are calledColumns in which a concrete core is reinforced with a steel orcast-iron core designed to support a part of load is

Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line checkis calledThe vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete whereconcreting was stopped and continued later is called

A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts,etc. is called

Page 248: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

248/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

892 hybrid girder

893 one-way slab

894 purlins

895 space frame

896 space frame

897 Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance of 15 mm

898 shear wall

899 inflection point

900 What is the appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces? zinc chromate

901 aluminum coating

902 Wood flooring finishing material 7 & 6 wood planks

903 staple wire

904 24 hours

905 Wall partition wooden framing is called studs

906 1 ½

907 What is the appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing? acrylic latex type

908 acrylic paint

909 L hook bolt

910 chalking

911 construction joint

912 bearing wall

913 A type of concrete floor which has no beam is called flat slab

914 A one-way concrete slab are used when

915 Level tool is a

916 Steel square is a

917 The vertical surface on face of a stair step is called riser918 Tin shear is a masonry tool919 Auger bit is part of bearing tool

920 2 years

It is a special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles andmultiple webWhen the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is lessthan 0.50, slab is aLongitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferablyat the joints of the trussA three-dimensional structural system without bearing wallscomposed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function asa complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontaldiaphragms or floor-bracing system

A three-dimensional structural system without bearing wallscomposed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function asa complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontaldiaphragms or floor-bracing system

It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of thewallThe section of which the moment changes from positive tonegative is called

Commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, of gauge 26, havingstandard corrugation are coated both sides with

What hardware/material is needed to fasten an asphalt striproof shingle on wooden sheets/planks?The time required for the removal of a form works of a concretefooting

How many corrugation is required as the minimum side lap of anordinary standard G.I. sheet roofing?

The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofingsheet isWhat hardware/material is needed to fasten corrugatedasbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlinA common paint film defect where progressive powdering fromthe surface inward occurs. It is calledA joint where two successive placement of concrete meet iscalledA wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weightwithout the benefit of a complete vertical load carrying space frameis called

the slab is being supported by two parallel

beams

tool used for guiding and testing the work to a

vertical andhorizontal position

tool for testing and for framing work

The complete records of test conduction (slump, compressiontest, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for inspectionduring the progress of construction and after completion of theprojects for a period of not less than

Page 249: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

249/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

921 Wood board should have a thickness specification of

922 Wood plank is a piece of lumber that is 2” to 5” thick

923 run

924 portable hand router

925 girder

926 Wood defects are heart shake, cup shake, star shake and knots

927 Dressed lumber is referred to

928 The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw is cross-cut

929 load bearing walls

930 live load

931 effective length

932 The amount of space measured in cubic units volume

933 contraction joint

934 height

935 cement

936 A beam that projects beyond one or both its support is called cantilever beam937 Jack rafter is used for hip roof support938 The total of all the tread widths in a stair is called total run939 The face or front elevation of a building façade

940 sump

941 pre-construction of components as a part of a whole refers to Pre fabrication942 An opening in the roof for admitting light is called skylight

943 softwood

944 firebrick

945 balloon framing

946 plaster ground

947 The distance between two structural supports span948 The scientific name for wood is XYLEM

949 risers

950 A kind of roof that has four sloping sides hip roof951 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion rip-rap952 A tough used for carrying off water moat

953 stripping

954 purlin

955 anchor bolt

956 lintel

957 The placing of glass in windows or doors glazing

not less than 1” thick x 4” and up wide

The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight iscalledA high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to makesmooth cutting and curving on solid wood is calledThe major horizontal supporting member of the floor system iscalled

smoothed or planed lumber

Walls that support weight from above as well as their own deadweightIt refers to the occupancy load which either partially or fully inplace or may not be present at all is calledThe distance between inflection point in the column when itbreaks is called

An expansion joints adjacent parts of a structure to permitexpected movements between them is calledTo find the volume of water in a cylindrical tank, multiply thearea of its base by itsThe most important component to determine the strength of aconcrete mix is

A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which apump is placed to pump the liquid to the sewer pipe

Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather thanbroad leaves are called

The building frame construction system that uses one piecestructural stud from the foundation to the roofA nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to beplastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around openingsand near the base of the wall

In designing a stair, to find the height of the riser, divide theheight of the stair by the number of

The process of removing concrete forms from the curedconcreteA structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supportingraftersA threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction forsecuring wood or metal plates to concrete constructionA horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across thetop of door or window opening to bear the weight of the walls abovethe opening

Page 250: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

250/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

958 cult

959 Another word for handmill on a stair construction banister960 A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials lap joint

961 Green lumber is

962 valley

963 facia

964 A large heavy nail is referred to as spike

965 risers

966 caisson

967

968 Lumber specification S4S means smooth on four sides

969 chord

970 Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2” laid over a concrete slab floor wood saddle

971 45

972 A wall that holds back on earth embankment retaining wall973 In structural steel section joints, it is recommended NOT to use oxy/acetyline welding

974 common wall

975 Pertaining to a material description that resembles glass alabaster

976 stabilize

977 escutcheon

978 flashing

979 chase

980 formworks

981 The zig-zag rule is a carpenter measuring tool

982 Keystone is

983 Kalomein door is

984 Lumber that is not squared or finished milled lumber

985

986

A rejected building material because of its below standardgrade is called

lumber that still contains moisture or sap

The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof iscalledA vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is a partof the cornice

In designing a stair, to find the number of riser divide theheight of the stair by the height of eachUnderwater watertight chamber to allow construction work tobe done

Stakes and batter board in a construction layouting procedurerefers to

vertical and horizontal wood sticks and lumber

used todetermine the elevation

and ditances of the reference points of the

proposed building

The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of aroof or bridge truss

Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanentblade set at

A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as partywall

To allow concrete to dry by keeping it moist to attain maximumstrengthThe hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and locksetkeyholeThe material used for the process of making watertight the roofintersection and other exposed areas on the exterior of a buildingvertical space in a building intended for ducts, pipes, wire andcablesThe term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of thebuilding

wedge-shaped stone of an arch

a fireproof door with metal covering

How is a 90 degree bend standard hook for concretereinforcement constructed

90 degree bend plus 12 db extension, at free end

of bar

Good high-strength-bolted connection for steel should have thefollowing physical characteristic for good workmanship. Which of the following listed is NOT ideal?

Surface in contact with the bolt head and nut

shall have aslope of not more than 1:10 with respect to a plane normal to the

bolt axis

Page 251: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

251/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

987 batter piles

988 Which of the following criteria for bundle bars, do NOT apply?

989 grade beam

990 foundation bolts

991 stucco floor finish

992 Vernacular term for Concrete Hollow Block (CHB) laying asintada

993 inset or interior

994 velvet

995 scratch coat

996 mahogany

997

998 sandblast

999

1000 scarf

1001

1002 standard terazzo

1003

What are piles at an inclination to resist forces that are notcritical?

group of parallel reinforcing bars bundled

in contact to act asa unit shall be limited to three in any one bundle

What is a concrete beam placed directly on the ground toprovide foundation for the superstructure?What is a round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonryuse to hold down machinery, steel columns or beams, casting, shoes,beams plates and engine heads?

A concrete flooring and finish which transforms ordinary plainconcrete into an elegant and decorative textured surface. This isdone by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give a fastcolor and imprinted with a patented pattern and texture while theconcrete is still plastic to create the look and finish of stone, slateor brick

An installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed andflushed with the cabinet sidings

Type of carpet weave important for an architect/designer toknow to guide him as to what type of construction and specificationshould he recommend. What simplest type of fiber carpet weavingwhere pile forms as the wrap yarns loop over removable “wires”inserted consecutively across the loom?

A pretreatment of poured concrete such as walls beams andcolumns where a thin layer of lean cement grout mixed with flexiblebase additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon tothe surface to give a “tooth” for excellent plaster adhesion

Local species of wood commonly used for wall studding, cabinetframing, and flush door framing, though scarcely available in themarket now due to forestry ban. This type of species is due tocheaper cost than the other listed below

A special coating system with a high gloss shine whilemaintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used tofinish and topcoat wood flooring

polyurethane floor coating

A common and cheap masonry finish wherein dry consistencymortar mix is sprayed by mechanical or pneumatic means. Thesprayed cement is left to dry and give a rustic finish. Optional paint coat maybe required

What criterion conforms to good construction practice for theearliest time to remove scaffolding for concrete flooring other thanearly-strength concrete if no anticipated load is expected overpoured floor?

25% of scaffoldings can be removed at slab area

after 14 daysand 100% of scaffolds

after 21 days after pouring

A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equalangles diagonallyWhen utilizing “knock-down” modular system of cabinets andfurniture, an end user is constrain of using:

standard sizes, shapes and forms

A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearancewhereby the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while thecement matrix is depressed

Which of the following concrete handling criterion impairs thequality of concrete?

concrete shall be carried on at such a rate that

concrete is atall times plastic and

flows readily into space between reinforcement

Page 252: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

252/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1004 pivoted

1005

1006 left hand

1007 rabbet

1008 notch trowel

1009 masonry neutralizer

1010 peeling

1011 figured wired glass

1012 Vernacular term for rough plastering rebokada

1013

1014

1015 grading

1016 vigan tiles

1017 tendon

1018 An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set of concrete Accelerators

1019 Igneous

1020 Gypsum

1021 Wood

1022 Air Drying

1023 Glue Laminated Timber

1024 Plywood

A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degreesto 180 degrees about the header and sill or about the side jamb

To prevent cement plaster from improper adhesion, thesubstrate must be roughened while observing the following:

keep the cement plaster as thin as possible

A type of “hands of door” where the hinge is at the left and thedoor leaf swings inside the room to the leftWhat type of joint is used to install a glass into a lite of aFrench window?An equipment to uniformly distribute tile adhesive at theunderside of a ________ tile during installationA water-mixed product mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize limeactivity in new masonry surface. Without preparing the surface withthis mixture will cause the subsequent painting to be defectiveA paint defect which indicates imperfect adhesion of paint tothe surface, with the film getting stripped off in a relatively largepieces due to application on damp or greasy surfaceA type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a doorwith glass to allow natural light only

Aggregates should conform to PNS or ASTM standards and mustbe well graded, easy workability and method of consolidated aresuch that the concrete can be poured without honeycomb or voids.What is the nominal maximum size of a course aggregate whenworking spaces between reinforcements for proper bonding>

Course aggregates shall be no larger than ¾ the

minimumclear spacing between individual reinforcing

bars or wires, bundles ofbars, or prestressing

tendons or ducts

What is the minimum concrete cover for primary reinforcementof beams and columns not exposed to earth or weather for precastmanufactured under plant control conditions?

db but not less than 30 mm

What is the act of excavating or filling of earth or any soundmaterial or combination thereof, in preparation for a finishingsurface such as paving?

A floor finish commercially size 1” x 12” x 12” utilizing clay andfired in traditional manner making interesting and attractive rusticclay shade patterns. Because of the rustic effect the floor is finishedrough and simply adhere by cement with some irregularitiesWhat is a steel element such as wire, cable, bar, rod or strand,or a bundle of such elements, used to impart prestress to concrete?

Class of rock changed from their original structure by the action of extreme pressure,heat, or combination of these forces.

A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which gypsum plaster is made; colorless when pure used as a retarder in Portland cement Is a traditional building material, easily worked, has durability and beauty has great ability to absorb shocks from sudden load. It is rust and corrosion proof.

A method of drying lumber where it is strip-piled at a slope on a solid foundation. This allows air to circulate around every place while the sloping allows water to run off quickly.

Term used to describe a wooden member built up of several layers of wood whose grain directions are all substantially parallel

It is made by bonding together thin layers of wood in a way that the grain of each layer is at right angles to the grain of each adjacent layer.

Page 253: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

253/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1025 In masonry, a joint or interstice between stones, to be filled with mortar or cement Joint Filler

1026 Cold joint

1027 A three-pieced rigid structural frame in the shape of the upright capital letter `A’ A-Frame

1028 Galvanize

1029 Squared building stone Ashlar1030 Usually the lowest storey of a building, either partly or entirely below grade. Cellar

1031 Camber

1032 Cement Paste

1033 A brace or any piece of a frame which resists thrusts in the direction of its own length Brace, Diagonal1034 A process for preserving wood by impregnating the cell with creosote under pressure Boliden salt process

1035 Cellar

1036 escutcheon

1037 A type of bolt used to fasten upper and lower door cremone bolt

1038 bullet catch

1039 grab bar

1040 spring door closer

1041 perforated tape

1042 machine bolt

1043 blanket insulation

1044 test boring

1045 Cobble

1046 For Construction tagalong term for Fascia board is senepa

1047 English Bond

1048 Slump test

1049 retaining wall

A joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed against it.

To provide a hard, non-corrosive, electrolytic, oxide film on the surface of a metal, particularly aluminum, by electrolytic action.

A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated deflection so that it will have no sag when under load

A mixture of water and any finely divided insoluble material such as clay or Portland cement and water

That part of the building, the ceiling of which is entirely below or less than 4 ½ feet above grade

What is the protective plate surrounding the keyholeof a door

A type of catches for closing of cabinet doors inplace. A fastener which holds a door in place bymeans of a projecting spring actuated steel hallwhich is depressed when the door is closed

For finishing accessories, what is the term for a handgrip installed in a shower, which may be used insteadying or support one’s self.For finishing accessories, a device attached abovescreen door as automatic door closer.A type of tape used in finishing joints betweengypsum board.A threaded bolt having a straight shank and aconventional head such as square, hexagonal,button or countersank.It is a type of thermal insulation and it is made fromfibrous materials such as mineral wool, wood fiber,cotton fiber, or animal hair.

For the soil method of testing, it is a boring withstandard penetration tests can give indication of thebearing capacity of the soil by the number of blowsof a standard driving hammer required to advance asampling tube into the soil by a fixed amount.

For the soil type classification, if the particle of soiltakes the whole hand to lift it is called.

For brick work construction.what brick work withalternate courses of headers and stretchers.For control of concrete mix. It is prepared whenfreshly mixed concrete and filled in the cone withthree equal layers. Being tamped and rodded 25times with a standard 5/8” bullet nosed rod.

A type of wall in construction that laterally bracedthat bears against an earth or other fill surface andresists lateral and other forces.

Page 254: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

254/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1050 Wood

1051 mortar

1052 bricks

1053 Corporation stop

1054 Aerator

1055 nylon

1056 These lower the freezing point of paint to avoid the posibility of the paint freezing in storage. Stabilizers

1057 Coalesting agents

1058 Anti-flooding Agents

1059 Tagalog term for "Corrugated G.I. sheet"

1060 English term for " Sinturon" Collar plate1061 A roofing tile which has the shape of an “S” laid on its side is a French Tile

1062 Chord

1063 A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is Wrough Iron

1064 Bansalagin

1065 Aerocrete

1066 Granolithic finish

1067 Magnetic Gauge

1068 Figured wired glass

1069 Which caps the end of rafters outside a building, which can be used to hold the rain gutter. Fascia board

1070 Manhole

1071 Masonry

It has been proven in construction that_____________has durability and beauty. It has agreat ability to absorb shocks from sudden load andlight in weight which adaptable in a countless varietyof purposes.

In construction, it is a mixture of cement, sand andwater, used for laying brick or masonry. It is tooweak to be used by itself as a material for building.

In history of masonry,____________were apparentlyfirst used around 3500 B.C. by the people who livedin the flat, low laying plain between Tigris andEupharates rivers in what called now Iraq.A valve controlling the flow of water or gas frommain to a service pipe. Also called corporation cock.A shieve like device for mixing air with the waterflowing from the end of the spigot.Any of a class of thermoplastics characterized byextreme toughness, strength and elasticity andcapable of being extruded into filaments, fibers, andsheets.

These are chemicals which cause the latex particles in water-thinned paints to pack together to form a uniform filmduring the time that the water is evaporating away from the surface.These are silicon oils or fatty acid esters which help to keep the white hiding pigments and color particles from separating from each others.

Liso galvanisado Kanallado

A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending is a

It is a timber that most widely used for wharf and bridge construction, ships, posts, foundation sills, railroad tiles andother construction where strength and durability is required.A Portland cement concrete to which chemical foam is added to generate gases in the process of deposition,resulting in lightweight pre-cast or shop-made unit in both hallow and solid forms.It is consist of a topping with a mixture of 1 part cement, 1 part sand and 1 part finely crushed stone. (Equipment for Measure and Control Instrument for measuring the thickness of paint films and that is calibrated with a nonferrous metal reference gauge, of a thickness close to the film to be measured.A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light only

An opening carried out or fitted in a work allowing the passage of a person in order to be able to reach at some parts of this work. This opening is generally closed by an inspection cover.

A construction carried out by juxtaposition of elementary solid materials such as bricks, quarry stones, ashlars, concrete blocks, etc., constituting a set of given shapes and sizes and mostlybonded between them by a binder,By extension, this word also points to the works made of not reinforced concrete.

Page 255: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

255/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1072 Structural tile

1073 Particle board

1074 Filipino Term for "Ridge Roll" Palupo

1075 Joinery

1076 Filipino Term for "Terrace" Asotea

1077 Vapor barrier

1078 gassing

1079 beetling

1080 is a finish applied to wool fabrics, it is a pre-shrinking process fulling

1081 slip-resistant finish

1082 napping –

1083 antiseptic finish

1084 drip-dry finish

1085 block printing

1086 stencil painting

1087 roller printing

1088 discharge printing

1089 Austrian shades

1090 honeycombed shades

1091 pleated fabric shades

1092 roman shades

1093 What do you call the horizontal bars separating the glass pane? mullions1094 is the wide molding covering the casing and the framing frame1095 are the vertical bars separating the glass pane muntins

1096 Rigid Board Insulation

1097 Outside Door Latch

1098 Panic Bar

1099 Hardwood panel

These are hollow units as opposed to bricks which is solid. They are made from the same Materials as brick, but allare formed by extrusion in the stiff-mud process.

A hard Board made from relatively small materials. The materials are graduated from coarse at the center of theboard to fine at the surface to help produce a product with smooth dense surface. Both faces are sanded. Uses arefloor underlay and selvings common as a base for wood veneers, plastic laminates.

is that part of woodworking that involves joining together pieces of wood, to create furniture, structures, toys, andother items. Some wood joints employ fasteners, bindings, or adhesives, while others use only wood elements.

Two thicknesses of paper laminated together with a film of asphalt. Two kinds of paper is used-one is a kraft paper.The other, a mixture of ground wood pulps. Treated by the sulfate and the kraft methods.

In general finishes, what do you call the finishing process applied to fabrics for the purpose of removing fuzz of protruding fibers?is the process of closing the weave and creating a heavy and compactappearance

In special finishes, what do you call the finish that is given to loosely constructed fabric or fabric with low thread count?is a mechanical finish of subjecting the surface of a fabric to a brushingprocess to raise the fiber endsis a chemical treatment designed to make a fabric bacteriaresistantalso known as wash and wear, it dries smoothly and need a littleor no ironing after washingIn fabric design, it is a kind of applied design in which the block is pressed down firmly by hand on the fabric until the color and design are transferred.is method of fabric painting in which the design is cut on acardboard wood or metal then color is applied, penetrating only the cut portionsis a machine counterpart of block printing, designs are engravedon rollersis another method of fabric design wherein the color isremoved from the fabric using chemicals, thus, creating designIt is a kind of shade that consist of two rows of lightweight fabric seamed to fall into deep scallops.– have smaller pleats and are usually made of a heavypolyester fabricare factory manufactured and can be insulated, also calledaccordion shades– have a flat surface when extended down, drawn upward by a cordand the surface overlaps in horizontal folds

Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat indrywall constructionDuring elevator emergency, to rescue passengers,this part of the elevator is used to open the doors from theoutside.A device which extends across at least 1/2 the widthof each door leaf which will open if subjected to pressure.The following are examples of pre-fabricated acoustical unitsexcept ______.

Page 256: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

256/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1100

1101 Acoustical tile

1102 Bonded acoustical panel

1103 Type x

1104 Carpet

1105

1106 Tetrahedral in shape

1107 carpet

1108 Loose fill insulations

1109 A and b

1110 All of the above

1111 Pantile

1112 Foundation Wall

1113 Control Joints

1114 Baloon Framing

1115 Tyrolean Finish

Which material would effectively reduce reflected noise andreverberation time to produce safe and enjoyable surrounding?

Melamine foam linear wedges

This acoustical material is manufactured from rock wool, glassfibers, wood fibers, hair felt, etc. generally installed on wood ormetal framing system.Acoustical cotton fiber composite board is manufactured usingBAP. What does BAP stand for?A type of gypsum board available in 1 1/2 inches or 5/8 inchthickness and has improved fire resistance through the use of fibersmixed with gypsum core.

Any of a variety of soft floor finishes made of synthetic materialssuch as nylon or natural material such as wool. It is either glueddirectly to the floor or installed over an underlayment of hair felt orfoam rubber. What is it?

Which of the following is a violation of all the provisionsWhich of the following is a violation of all the provisions in themechanical code on elevator design and installation?a. 30mm is the diameter of hoisting and counterweight cablesb. 600mm is the depth of elevator pit measured from the bottom ofpit to the underside of the car platformc. 3 ropes are required for traction type elevatord. 4 ropes are required for drum type elevator

3 ropes are required for traction type elevator

Pyramid is a type of commercially produced acoustical tile.Which of the following is not a characteristic of this material?a. Made of open celled polyurethane acoustical foamb. Available in 2,3, & 4inch thicknessc. Tetrahedral in shaped. Ideal for audio room application

Which material would exhibit the highest sound absorptioncoefficient (SAC) value?These consist of loose fibers or granules and is made fromcellulose, fiberglass, rock wool, cotton or other materials. Thesematerials come in bags and are usually blown into cavities usingspecial equipment. What are these?

Copper as a conductor has the property/properties of being ____.a. Ductileb. Malleable

What are the property(ies) of concrete as an acoustical materialare/is important?a. Aerated concrete is fairly absorptiveb. Concrete provides virtually no absorptionc. Concrete accepts and transmits impact soundd. All of the above

A roofing tile which has the shape of an “S” laid on its side is a

That part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade is a

Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls are known as

A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second floor joints is known as

A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second floor joints is known as

Page 257: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

257/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1116 Chord

1117 Casein

1118 Alloy

1119 Backset

1120 Wrought Iron

1121 Pabalagbag

1122 Takip silipan

1123 Sinturon

1124 Poleva

1125 Hulog

1126 Cantilever

1127 Shear

1128 15

1129 gluing/ pasting

1130 0.90 m.

1131 24"x48"x1/2"

1132 1098 bf

1133 Post tensioning

1134 Wood

1135 lath & plaster

1136 furrings

1137 Flashing material

A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending is a

A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is

a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property

The horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder

A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is

The Filipino term for horizontal stud is

The Filipino term for riser

The Filipino term for collar plate is

The Filipino term for temper (metal work)

The Filipino term for plumb line is

A beam that projects beyond one or both its support

A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall

Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riser equals 6 ¼ “ how many risers will there be between two floors having floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet?

A modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring is by

The standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors is

The dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped-ceiling in offices is

The total floor area 16 feet wide by 60 feet deep needs one inch (1”) x 4”(commercial size) T & G flooring. Assuming that the available T & G is 1” x 4” x 16” and the effective width is 3.5” , the total board feet needed is

In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required, intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting a structural method of construction called

Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur in tropical region at walls and roofs by conduction. This can be minimized by the use of

Dry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture and they are customarily finished with

Wallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can also be applied over CHB masonry wall by using

To turn back water whenever joints occur in which dissimilar materials come together, it is necessary to provide

Page 258: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

258/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1138 Grade Beam

1139 notes

1140

1141

1142

1143

1144

1145

1146

1147

1148

1149

1150

1151

1152

1153

1154

1155

1156

1157

1158

1159

1160

1161

1162

1163

1164

1165

1166

The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column footing is a

** 6” to 8” - distances of nails** Every 4” - distances of rivet at ridge roll for roofing

Page 259: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

259/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1167

1168

1169

1170

1171

1172

1173

1174

1175

1176

1177

1178

1179

1180

1181

1182

1183

1184

1185

1186

1187

1188

1189

1190

1191

1192

1193

1194

1195

1196

Page 260: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

260/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1197

1198

1199

1200

1201

1202

1203

1204

1205

1206

1207

1208

1209

1210

1211

1212

1213

1214

1215

1216

1217

1218

1219

1220

1221

1222

1223

1224

1225

1226

Page 261: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

261/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1227

1228

1229

1230

1231

1232

1233

1234

1235

1236

1237

1238

1239

1240

1241

1242

1243

1244

1245

1246

1247

1248

1249

1250

1251

1252

1253

1254

1255

1256

Page 262: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

262/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1257

1258

1259

1260

1261

1262

1263

1264

1265

1266

1267

1268

1269

1270

1271

1272

1273

1274

1275

1276

1277

1278

1279

1280

1281

1282

1283

1284

1285

1286

Page 263: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

263/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1287

1288

1289

1290

1291

1292

1293

1294

1295

1296

1297

1298

1299

1300

1301

1302

1303

1304

1305

1306

1307

1308

1309

1310

1311

1312

1313

1314

1315

1316

Page 264: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

264/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1317

1318

1319

1320

1321

1322

1323

1324

1325

1326

1327

1328

1329

1330

1331

1332

1333

1334

1335

1336

1337

1338

1339

1340

1341

1342

1343

1344

1345

1346

Page 265: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

OCT. 2010

265/469

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1347

1348

1349

Page 266: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

266/469

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

1Geography

2 Visible architecture is composed of: Volume & Depth

3Volume

4Platonic Solids

5

Face to face contact

6 Golden section

7 Juxtaposition

8Form

9 Is the attribute that most clearly distinguishes a form from its environment. Color

10 It is a comparison showing differences, the opposite of similarity. Contrast

11personal character

12 Most elementary means of organizing forms and spaces in architecture. Balance

13Centralized

14 It means equality Balance

15 It gives a feeling of grandeur, dignity and monumentality. Scale

16 When lines, planes, and surface treatments are repeated in a regular sequence. Rhythm

17Assoc. Character

18proportion

19 balance

20 It bears a certain relation to the same attribute to the life of an individual.personal char.

21 These systems are based on the dimension and proportion of the human body.

22visual scale

23unaccented rhythm

These constituted the barriers to migration since the earliest periods of civilization (mountains; deserts; seas…)

A plane extended in a direction other than its intrinsic direction. Conceptually it has three dimensions: length, width and depth.

Primary shapes that can be extended or rotated to generate volume whose forms are distinct, regular and easily recognizable

One of four basic possibilities for two forms to group together. This requires that the two

forms be relatively close to each other or share a common visual trait.

Defined geometrically as a line that is divided such that the lesser portion is to the greater as the greater is to be the whole.One type of cues used in depth perception where in one object appears to cut off the view of another

Is the primary identifying characteristic of a volume. It is determined by the shapes and interrelationships of the planes that describe the boundaries of volume

The most important kind of character in architecture is that which result from the purpose of the building or reason of erection.

Characterized by an arrangement where all the part radiate from a center like the spikes in a wheel.

A kind of character that came from the influence of ideas and impressions related to or growing out of past experience.

It is evident by a comparison which the eye makes between the size, shape and tone of a various object or part of a competition.

Deals with the relationship between the different parts of the whole to the various parts.

anthropomorphic proportion

The size and proportion of an element appear to have relative to other elements of known or assumed size.

Kind of rhythm where equally spaced windows are introduced on the broken wall, then regular repetition is presented.

Page 267: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

267/469

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

24human scale

25 The art and science of building design and construction. architecture

26 Who said that “The magnificent display of volume put together in the light” Le Corbusier

27 That which the eye identifies, the mind perceives and interprets. form

28 With respect to an observer. visual inertia

29 A series of form arranged in sequence in a row. linear form

30 A set of modular forms related and regulated by 3D grid. grid form

31 Subtracting a portion of a forms volume to create another.

32 articulation of form

33 Who said “The will of the epoch translated into space’ Adolf Hitler

34 A composition of linear forms extending outward from a central form in a radial manner. Radial Form

35 Architecture is generally conceived, designed and realized. design process

36 A number of secondary forms clustered about a dominant, centra-perceive form. . clustered

37 One or more dimension are altered but will retain its identity. dimensional trans.

38 grid form

39 Can be regular or irregular, primary characteristic that identifies. color

40Floor Plan

41 Describes the relationships between elements of a design. Balance

42

Tiangge

43 What do you call the study that deals with human measurements? anthropometrics

44 deals with space planning in relationship with man’s activities ergonometrics

45 human factor engineering ergonomics

46Medieval Organic City

47Unite d’ Habitation

48Letchworth

The size of a building element or space relative to the dimensions and proportion of human body.

subtracting transformation

This refer to the manner in which the surface of a form come together to define its shape and volume.

A collection of forms grouped together by proximity or the sharing of a common visual trait.

is a diagram, usually to scale, of the relationships between rooms, spaces and other physical features at one level of astructure.

Is a commercial building with several small scale entrepreneurs who sell their commodities in a limited space ormodules that provide them low rentals for the buyers to avail cheaper merchandize, both to retail and wholesale.

Early type of settlement in America taken after the “baug”(military town) and “fauborg” (citizen’s town) of the medieval ages.

Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a “superbuilding” that contained 337 dwellings in only acres of land. What isthe structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles?

It is the first Development Garden City where it is a combinationof landscaping, informal street layouts, and main axis focusing ontown center.

Page 268: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

268/469

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

49

50Leon Battista Alberti

51

Homer Hoyt

52 Peter Kropotkin

53

Garden Oasis

54A wide area of parks of undeveloped land surrounding a community. Greenbelt

55Platting

56Azimuths

57Usually the last stage of the final site development process prior to issuance of building permit. Final Plat

58Urban Sprawl

59Advocacy Planning

60

61This code mandates that all Local Government Units shall prepare their comprehensive

62land use plans and enact them through zoning ordinances. R.A. 7160

63Reason for planning. Promote Human Growth

64Sustainable Development

65First Planner and developed the Gridiron. Hippodamus of miletus

66A locale with a sizeable agglomeration of people having characteristics of an urban being. City

67Agricultural Surplus

A British pioneered in regional Planning for the Doncaster area(1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved in greater London Plan; Use ofopen space as structuring element.

Leslie Patrick Abercrombie

He is remembered for his “Ideal Cities” – star shaped plans withstreet radiating from central point, usually proposed for a church,palace or castle

Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in termsof wedge-shaped sectors radial to the city center along establishedlines of transportation.

Published the book called “Fields, Factories and Workshops; orIndustry Combined with Agriculture with manual work”.Often enclosed and secluded the street, whose high density andvariety of planning conveys a garden image. It sometimes includesflower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a variety ofseating possibilities.

The process in which a piece of land, referred to as the parent tract, is subdivided into two or more parcels.

Angles measured clockwise from any meridian, usually north; however, the National Geodetic Survey uses south.

A 20th century problem emanating from rapid urbanization of areas surrounding a city which eats up the remaining adjacent rural open spaces.

A type of planning which emphasizes that the proper role of the planner is not to serve the general public interest but rather to serve the interests of the least fortunate or least well represented groups in society.

In the Philippines, this type of land use planning emphasizes the proper management of land resources to ensure that the present generation can benefit from its continued use without compromising future generations.

Sustainable Land Use Planning

Local Government Code, 1991

Phrase used to characterize development that meets the needs of the present generation without compromising the needs of the future generations.

The main reason why the nomadic existence of early man metamorphosed to village settlement and later to the birth of cities.

Page 269: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

269/469

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

68Insula

69Truebounded City

70A Land Development Decision is also what kind of decision. Traffic.

71The orderly arrangement of urban streets and public spaces. City Planning

72He conceptualized the 'City Beautiful Movement'. Daniel Burnham

73Subdivision Regulations

74Urban Design

75The science of human settlement. Ekistics

76By definition, settlement inhabited by man. Human Settlement

77Capital Facilities Planning

78The container of man, which consists of both the natural and man-made or artificial element. Physical Settlement

79

Concentric Zone Concept

80The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open spaces. Buildable Area

81A habitable room for 1 family only with facilities for living, sleeping, cooking, and eating. Dwelling Unit

82Gabion Wall

83A very steep slope of rock or clay. Cliff

84Meadow

85A long, narrow chain of hills or mountains. Ridge

86A long, deep, narrow valley eroded by running water. Ravine

87On land, an encumbrance limiting its use, usually imposed for community or mutual protection. Restriction

The rough equivalent of the present tenement cities that existed in ancient Rome, which resulted from the population growth of the city and the congestion that existed in streets.

In urban geography, a concept where urban settlement is confined to the area within the legal limits of the city and the congestion and virtually all of this area is occupied by urban residents.

A tool used to control the manner in which raw kind is subdivided and placed on the marker for residential development.

A profession which falls between planning and architecture. It deals with the large-scale organization and design of the city, with the massing and organization and the space between them, but not with the design of the individual buildings.

Planning for roads, bridges, schools, parking structures, pubic buildings, water supply, and waste disposal facilities.

A spatial organization concept a general view of the pattern of land use in a city developed by Ernest W. Burgess. The city is conceived as a series of five concentric zones with the cores as the central business district and fanning out from which are the residential and commuter zones.

This is a type of a retaining wall made of rectangular baskets made of galvanized steel wire or pvc coated wire hexagonal mesh which are filled with stones to form a wall.

A piece of grassy land, especially one used for growing hay or as pasture for grazing animals; low grassy land near a river or stream.

Page 270: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

270/469

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

88Parcel

89A wall that serves 2 dwelling units, known also as party wall. Common Wall

90Niemeyer believed that relating large areas to each other is freedom as in the planned city of___. Brasilia

91Density

92National Shelter Program

93Social Housing

94"Option to Buy"

95Earnest Money

96Amortization

97Written document to transfer the property to one person to another. Deed

98They develop or improve the land as well as construct houses. Developers

99Appraiser

100Helps people find a place to live, specializing and matching wants of buyers with the local supply. Real Estate Broker

101Total System

102Codes that deal with the use, occupancy, and maintenance of existing buildings. Housing Codes

103Zoning

104Construct three-dimensional volumetric units in a plant on a production line then hauled to the site.

105System building is the complete integration of all ___. Subsystems

106The improvement of slum, deteriorated, and underutilized areas of a city. Urban Renewal

107Urban Area

108Two major hindrances to the prefabrication industry.

Of land, a contiguous land area which is considered as a unit, which is subject to a single ownership, and which is legally recorded as a single piece.

In architectural terms, it is the relationship of the number of residential structures and people to a given amount of space.

The government arm responsible for the development and implementation of low cost housing in the Philippines.

Housing provided for low-income groups generally through government intervention and characterized by substantial subsidies and direct assistance.

A written agreement between parties, but it allows a specific period during which the buyer can investigate the property and make a decision.

Sometimes called "subscription money", this is a deposit given to the seller to show that the potential buyer has serious intentions.

A provision made in advance for the gradual liquidation of a future obligation by periodic charges against the capital account.

Determines the value of the house and also is familiar with trends in the local market and in the industry.

Are usually large concrete slabs or otherwise panelized units fabricated in a shop and assembled at the site.

Designed to regulate land use, to ban industry and commerce from residential areas and to separate different types of living units.

Prefabrication Manufacturer

An area which is within the city limits, or closely linked to it by common use of public utilities and services.

Code of Multiplicities and Tradition

Page 271: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

271/469

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

109Three general types of structures.

110A piece of land with an economic use for farming. Productive Use

111Lands for well-being like parks, plazas, and of similar nature. Health and General Use

112Similarly as the cost of the land, neighborhood character have this effect. Social Implications

113Minimum road width in a neighborhood development to ease traffic flow. 6.00 mts.

114Which building component receives priority over the location to have the morning sun. Bedrooms

115Urban Planning is defined briefly as the guidance of ___. Growth and Change

116A lattice structure that serves as a summer house. Gazebo

117In landscaping, ground cover is represented by ___. Grass and Plants

118The art of arranging buildings and other structures in harmony with the landscape. Site Planning

119The study of the dynamic relationship between a community of organisms and its habitat. Ecology

120Preparations of an accurate base map for urban planning starts with ___. Accurate Aerial Mosaic

121Comprehensive Plan

122Also called the blood-stream of a city. Transportation System

123A form of absence of all the principles and organized development of a community. Urban Blight

124The city of Washington conforms to the plan type of ___. Star

125An efficient and rapid transport system for automobiles to circulate across urban to urban areas. Freeways

126Landmark

127A narrow passageway bordered by trees, fences, or other lateral barrier Lane

128The projection of a future pattern of use within an area, as determined by development goals. Land-use Plan

129The part of the surface of the earth not permanently covered by water. Land

Primitive / Vernacular / Grand

Appraisal of adequacy of a city's water and sewer systems needs of future land uses are embodied in the ___.

A monument, fixed object, or marker used to designate the location of a land boundary on the ground.

Page 272: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

272/469

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

130A line of demarcation between adjoining parcels of land. Land Boundary

131A survey of landed property establishing or reestablishing lengths and directions of boundary line. Land Survey

132Land-use Analysis

133A study and recording of the way in which land is being used in an area. Land-use Survey

134In surveying, the North-South component of a traverse course. Latitude

135An open space of ground of some size, covered with grass and kept smoothly mown. Lawn

136Lease

137A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease. Leasehold

138Medieval Organic City

139

140Unite d’ Habitation

141Among the cities in Manila , what is the smallest in terms of land area? Pateros

142Specialists

143Permeability

14410-15 %

145What is the optimum slope requirement for factories? (CDEP IX-4) 2%

146

4

147Landmarks

148Clarence Perry

The study of an existing pattern of use, within an area, to determine the nature and magnitude of deficiencies which might exist and to assess the potential of the pattern relative to development goals.

A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period of time, usually for periodical compensation called 'rent'.

Early type of settlement in America taken after the “baug” (military town) and “fauborg” (citizen’s town) of the medieval ages. (CDEP IX-15)

Under PD 1308, which of the following activities is not a part of the practice of environmental planning? (CDEP IX-45)

d. National Development Planning

Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a “super building” that contained 337 dwellings in only ten acres of land. What is this structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles? (CDEP IX-18)

It is one of the school of thought who believed that the problems of the cities should be tackled one item at a time, beginning with the improvement of health and sanitary system. (CDEP IX-15)

It is the rate at which water within the soil moves through a given volume of material (also measured in cm or inches per hour). (CDEP IX-2)

It is a slope pattern for Elementary and High school campus where slopes are gentle to mild and have moderately difficult terrain. (CDEP IX-3)

The multiple nuclei hypothesis is built around the observation that frequently there are a series of nuclei in the patterning of urban land uses rather than the central single core used in other two theories. Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, which among the zones is the medium class residential? (PTIT 132)

It is a type of point of reference where the observer does not enter within them, they are external. They are usually a rather simply defined physical object, buildings, sign, store or mountain. (PTIT 133)

In the book called “The Neighborhood Unit” he discussed the idea of organized towns into cohesive neighborhoods which was applicable not only to new towns but to large city areas. (PTIT 113)

Page 273: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

273/469

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

149

150Letchworth

151Ebenezer Howard

152Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 7. (PTIT 132)

153Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 6. (PTIT 132) Heavy Manufacturing

154Nodes

155

Garden Oasis

1561916

157Leon Battista Alberti

158Sir Christopher Wren

159b. Jane Jacobs

160ZIP

161Homer Hoyt

162Peter Kropotkin

163c. ekistics

129

95

61

27

A British pioneered in regional planning for the Doncaster area (1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved in greater London Plan; Use of open space as structuring element. (PTIT 109)

Leslie Patrick Abercrombie

t is the first developed Garden City where it is a combination of landscaping, informal street layouts, and main axis focusing on town center. (CDEP IX-16)

first conceptualized the “Garden Cities”; and author of “Tomorrow: A Peaceful Path To Social Reform”. (CDEP IX-16)

Outlying Business Districts

These are points, the strategic spots in a city into which an observer can enter, and which are the intensive foci to and from which he is traveling. (PTIT 133)

Often enclosed and secluded from the street, whose high density and variety of planting conveys a garden image. It sometimes included flower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a variety of seating possibilities. (PTIT 137)

When was the first Land Use zoning in New York initiated particularly the Incentive zoning? (CDEP IX-31)

He is remembered for his “Ideal Cities” – star shaped plans with street radiating from central point, usually proposed for a church, palace or castle. (PTIT 102)

An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., Ct. Peter’s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network of avenues connecting the main features of London. (PTIT 103)

The author of “The Death and Life of Great American Cities” – one of the most influential book in the history of planning. (PTIT 116)

Refers to the program of the NHA of upgrading and improving blighted squatter areas within the cities and municipalities of Metro Manila pursuant to existing statutes and issuances. (R.A. 7279)

Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms of wedge-shaped sectors radial to the city center along established lines of transportation? (PTIT 131)

Published the book called “Fields, Factories and Workshops: or Industry Combined with Agriculture with manual work. (PTIT 128)

Approaches town planning as a science which include planning and design with the contribution of other disciplines, all of those are focused into one science known as____________. (PTIT 130)

Page 274: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

274/469

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

-7

-41

-75

-109

-143

-177

-211

-245

-279

-313

-347

-381

-415

-449

-483

-517

-551

-585

-619

-653

-687

Page 275: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

275/469

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

-721

-755

-789

-823

-857

-891

-925

Page 276: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

276/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1 Minimum exit door width. 0.71 mtr.

2 Minimum floor to ceiling height. 2.30 mts.

3 Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair. 0.19 mtr.

4 Maximum height between landings for class A stair. 2.75 mts.

5 Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs. 2.00 mts.

6 Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms. 0.28 sqm.

7 Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants 4

8 Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system. 46.00 mts.

9 Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system. 61.00 mts.

10 Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building. 0.83 mtr.

11 Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles. 14

12 Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side. 7

13 Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly. 60 cms.

14 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60. 91 cms.

15 Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling. 2.00 mts.

16 Minimum clear width of turnstiles. 56 cms.

17 Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs. 112 cms.

18 Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs. 3

19 Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread. 76 cms.

20 Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall. 38 mm.

21 Minimum height of a guard rail. 91 cms.

22 Maximum height of a guard rail. 106 cms.

23 Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair. 7.50 mts.

24 Minimum width of any balcony or bridge. 112 cms.

25 Minimum width of a class A ramp. 112 cms.

26 Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads. 20.3 cms

27 Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator. 1floor

28 Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.

29 Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.

Page 277: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

277/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

30 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 15.25 cms.

31 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building. 30.5 cms.

32 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.

33 Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.

34 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 2.13 mts.

35 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 1.98 mts.

36 Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants. 3

37 Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly. 50-300

38 Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure. 2

39 30 mts.

40 Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler. 30 mts.

41 31 mts.

42 Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter. 2.5 cms.

43 91 cms.

44 1.00 mtr.

45 76 cms.

46 Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building. 1.80 mts.

47 Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes. 2.44 mts.

48 Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions. 1.83 mts.

49 Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure. 112 cms.

50 Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building. 112 cms.

51 Occupant load per person for laboratories. 4.60 sqm.

52 Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy. Institutional

53 Assembly

54 Assembly

55 Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy. Business

56 Picking rooms.

57 Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height. High rise building

58 Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc. Explosive magazine

Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with sprinkler system for institutional use.

Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with sprinkler.

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a public assembly building.Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a public assembly building.Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly building.

Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy.Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy

Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or groups.

Page 278: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

278/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

59 Plenum

60 A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion. Fulminate

61 Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air. Phyrophoric

62 Oxidizing material

63 A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension. Forging

64 Distillation

65 Dust

66 Temperature rating at flash point. 37.8 oC (100 oF)

67 A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses. Class B

68 The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor. Boiling Point

69 Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall. 4 hrs.

70 A continuous passageway for the transmission of air. Duct System

71 Flash Point

72 Fumigant

73 Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles. 4.50 mts.

74 Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers. 1.80 mts.

75 Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products. 3.70 mts.

76 For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence. 1.50 mts.

77 15.00 mts.

78 Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit. 23.00 mts.

79 3.00 mts.

80 Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail. 9 cms.

81 Minimum door width of a single door in a door way. 71 cms.

82 20.5 cms.

83 Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware. 7 kgs.

84 Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation. 112 cms.

85 Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation. 76 cms.

86 Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition. 20

87 Minimum width of a door for family day care homes. 61 cms.

An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which form part of an air distribution system.

A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion.

The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the result vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance.A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will cause an explosion.

The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air.A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs, rodents or other pests.

Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6 persons.

Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family dwelling.

Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other than a balcony.

Page 279: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

279/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

88 Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50. 91 cms.

89 25 mm

90 Maximum height of a handrail. 86.5 cms.

91 A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above. 37.8 oC (100 oF)

92 Fire resistance rating

93 Cryogenic

94 Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be. 30.50 mts.

95 Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall. Assembly

96 Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall. Institutional

97 Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall. Business

98 Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall. Industrial

99 Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall. Mercantile

100 Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies. 71 cms.

101 Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores. 1

102 Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store. 1.50 mts.

103 Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall. 3.66 mts.

104 Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection. 15 mts.

105 Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies. 763 cms.

106 Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs. 19 cms.

107 Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs. 20 cms.

108 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons. 112 cms.

109 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below. 91 cms.

110 Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair. 38 mm.

111 Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs. 25 mm.

112 Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs. 3.70 mts.

113 Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs. 112 cms.

114 Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp. 112 cms.

115 Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp. 76 cms.

116 Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage. 10-17%

Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread below 25 cms in dimension.

The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard fire test is known as.Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate surrounding.

Page 280: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

280/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

117 Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp. No limit

118 Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp. 3.66 mts.

119 Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height. 1.20 mts.

120 Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.

121 55.9 cms.

122 Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings. 30.5 cms.

123 Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.

124 Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities. 23 mts.

125 Class D

126 Class A

127 Dip Tank

128

129 A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way. Means of Egress

130 Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires. 5.00 mts.

131 Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall? Assembly

132 Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall? Business

133 Maximum width of a single door in a doorway. 1.22 mts.

134 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.

135 Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 30.5 cms.

136 Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 25 cms.

137 60 oC

138 In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back. 0.83 mtr.

139 Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind. 30 cms.

140 Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures. (1:8) 12.5%

141 Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building. 63.5 mm.

142 Occupant load per person for classrooms. 1.8 sqm.

14376.25 mts.

Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire escape.

Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and other similar materials.

Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth, rubber, and plastics.

A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials are immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.

An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a source of extinguishing agents or medium and designed in accordance with fire protection engineering standards which when actuated by its automatic detecting device, suppresses fire within the area protected.

Automatic Fire Suppression System

Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many degrees Celsius?

Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to the

Page 281: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

281/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

144 outside and shall be spaced ___ meters apart. (Educational)76.25 mts.

145 Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies. 55 cms.

146 Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies. 82 cms.

147 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes. 2.44 mts.

148 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care. 1.83 mts.

149 465 sqm.

150 Hotel

151 Apartment Buildings

152 Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system. 3

153 Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system. 12

154 Fuel + Oxidizer used to set off explosives

155 Highly combustible/explosive cmpd. (nitric aid + cellulose)

156 Any plastic substance with cellulose nitate PYROXYLIN

157 Materials easily set on fire

158 Free burning fiber (cotton, oakum, hay, straw, etc.)

159 Liquid w/ flash pt. ^37.8 deg.C (100deg.F)

160 Liquid w/c causes fire when in contact w/ organic matter/chemicals

161

162 Any material w/c produces rapid drop of temperature to its immediate surroundings.

163 Device installed inside an airduct w/c automatically closes to restrict smoke or fire.

164 Raising temperature, cooling & condensing to produce a nearly purified substance

165 Continuous passageway for transmission of air

166 Finely powdered substance when mixed w/ air and ignited will cause explosion.

167 Electrical Arc

168 Hot piece or lump partially burned, still oxidizing w/o the manifestation of flames Ember

169 Active principle of burning Fire

Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum area of how many square meters?Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are more than 15 sleeping accommodations for hire.

Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and bathroom facilities, whether designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, garden apartment, or by any other name.

BLASTING AGENT

CELLULOSE NITRATE/NITRO

CELLULOSE

COMBUSTIBLE, FLAMMABLE OR INFLAMMABLECOMBUSTIBLE

FIBERCOMBUSTIBLE

LIQUID

CORROSIVE LIQUID

Vertical panel of non-combustible/fire-resistive materials attached and extending below the bottom chord of roof trusses; divide the underside of the roof to several compartments so that heat and smoke will be directed upwards to a roof vent.

CURTAIN BOARD

CRYOGENIC

DAMPER

DISTILLATION

DUCT SYSTEM

DUST

Extremely hot, luminous bridge formed by the passage of electric current across a space between 2 conductors due to the incandescence of the conducting vapor

Page 282: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

282/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

170 Building unsafe in case of fire Fire Trap

171 Fire alarm

172 Fire resistive door Fire Door

173

174 Portion of road/publicway kept opened/unobstructed for fire fighting units. Fire Lane

175

176

177 Minimum temperature a material gives off vapor to form ignition Flashpoint

178 Metal is heated prior to changing shape/dimension Forging

179 Stable explosive compund; explodes by percussion Fulminate

180

181

182 Box/cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment ware stored. Hose BOX

183 Cylindrical device where fire hose is wound and connected Hose Reel

184 Rocket or liquid propellant

185

186 Piece of metal or conductor used to bypass a safety in an electrical system JUMPER187 Intended use/purpose of a building

188 OCCUPANT

189 Organic Peroxide

190 Overloading

191 Person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building/property Owner192 Yields oxygen; stimulates/supports combustion

193

194 building/structure; 50 or more people congregate/gather/assemble

195 street, alley, strip of land unobstructed from ground to sky intended for public use Public Way

196 Ignites spontaneously when exposed to air

197 partial distillation & electrolysis; removing impurities/deleterious materials from mixture Refining

Visual/audible signal, device or system; warn the occupants or fire fighting elements of presence/danger of fire

condition/act which increase probability of fire; delay/hinder/interfere fire fighting, safeguarding of life & property.

FIRE HAZARD

Built-in protection system (sprinklers, automatic extinguishing system, heat/smoke detectors, warning system)- Personal protective equipment (fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves)

FIRE PROTECTIVE & FIRE SAFETY

DEVICE

Design & installation of walls, barriers, windows, vents, means of egress; treatment of building components with flame retardant chemicals; to minimize danger of fire and safe evacuation of people.

FIRE SAFETY CONSTRUCTIONS

manufacturing, fabrication, conversion w/c uses/produces materials that cause fires or explosions.

HAZARDOUS OPERATIONS/PROC

ESS

Passageway from one building to another or through or around the wall in approximately same floor level.

HORIZONTAL EXIT

HYPERGOLIC FUEL

Industrial process of heating materials to remove solvents/moisture, and fuse certain salts to form uniform glazing on the surface of treated materials

INDUSTRIAL BAKING & DRYING

OCCUPANCY

Any person occupying/using a building (or portions) by virtue of lease contract/permission with the owner/administrator

Strong oxidizing organic compound w/c causes fire when in contact w/ combustible material under condition of high temperature.

Use of electrical appliances/devices beyond the designed capacity of existing electrical system.

OXIDIZING MATERIAL

Type of burner where pressurized fuel is discharged to combustion chamber which includes fans for introduction of air.

PRESSURIZED/FORCED DRAFT

BURNING EQUIPMENT

PUBLIC ASSEMBLY BUILDING

PYROPHORIC

Page 283: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

283/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

198 Automatic closing doors; confines smoke & heat; delays spread of fire.199 Melting/fusing metal ores; separate impurities from pure metals. Smelting

200 Sprinkler system

201

202 Passage hall/antechamber between outlet doors and interior parts of building

203 Vertical space/passage extending from floor to floor, base to top of the building

204

205 Temperature at which liquid is transformed to vapor Boiling Point206 Combustible materials (wood, cloth, paper, rubber & plastics) Class A Fire207 Flammable liquids and gases Class B Fire208 Electrical Class C Fire209 Combustible metals (magnesium, sodium, potassium, etc.) Class D Fire

210

211 Isolated structure where loose fibers are stored.

212 Dip Tank

213 pipes not filled with water; water is introduced thru Fire Service connections Dry Standpipe

214

215

216

217 Time duration a material can withstand the effect of hundred fire test

218 FireWall

219 Time w/c flame will spread over the surface of a burning material. Flame Spread Rating

220 Compound/mixture w/c improves fire resistant quality of fabrics and other materials FLAME RETARDANT

221

222 Buildings, structures, facilities 15 meters or more in height.

223

224 OccupantLoad

225

SELF-CLOSING DOORS

Integrated network of hydraulically designed piping with outlets w/c automatically discharges water when activated by heat.

Vertical pipes to which firehoses can be attached on each floor; includes system where water is made available to outlets as needed.

STANDPIPE SYSTEM

VESTIBULE

VERTICAL SHAFT

Integrated system of underground or overhead piping connected to extinguishing agent actuated by automatic detecting device to suppress fire.

AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION

SYSTEM

Pipeline system filled with water and connected to a constant water supply for the use of Fire Service and occupants of the building solely for suppression purposes.

COMBINATION STANDPIPE

COMBUSTIBLE FIBER LOOSE

HOUSE

Tank, vat, container of flammable/combustible liquid in which articles or materials are immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating, or similr processes.

Building, structure or facilities used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile and ammunition

EXPLOSIVE MAGAZINE

Fire alarm system transmitted to designated locations instead of sounding a general alarm to prevent panic

FIRE ALERTING SYSTEM

An assembly incorporated in a structure designed to prevent the spread of fire (dampers, curtain board, fire stoppers)

FIRE PROTECTIVE ASSEMBLY

FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

A wall designed to prevent the spread of fire w/ fire resistance rating of not less than 4 hours and structurally stable.

Land covered with dry grass, cogon, reeds, brush and other highly combustible growth that fires are likely to occur and hard to suppress.

HAZARDOUS FIRE AREA

HIGHRISE BUILDING

Continuous unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building, structure or facility to a public way.

MEANS OF EGRESS

Maximum number of persons that may occupy a building, structure or facility or portions thereof.Liquid mixture of binders (alkyd, acrylic…) w/c when spread on surface becomes protective and decorative finish.

ORGANIC COATING

Page 284: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

284/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

226

227

228 plenum

229 density and volume of smoke developed within a certain period of time.

230 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 3 STORIES OR LESS

231 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 4 STORIES OR more

232 15 m

233

234

235 Ceiling Heights

236

237

238

239 at least 10% of floor area (not provided w/ artificial ventilation system) Window Openings

Mechanical device consisting of linkages and a horizontal bar across a door, which when pushed from the inside will cause the door to open and facilitate exit from a building, structure or facility.

PANIC HARDWARE

Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials are segregated into desired sizes or groups.

PICKING ROOMS

Air compartment or chamber w/ one or more ducts are connected to form part of an air distribution system.

SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING

1 HOUR FIRE RESISTANCE

RATING2 HOUR FIRE RESISTANCE

RATINGTRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXITS INDIVIDUAL ROOM (Not more than 6 Occupants) – MAX. ______ from any point of the room to exit door.

Lot Occupancy Corner Lot – 90%Inside Lot – 80%*at least 2m from property lineSanitation At least one (1) sanitary toilet & adequate washing & drainageFoundation Footings – 250mm thick & 600mm below groundFloor Live Load1st Floor – 200 kilograms per sq.m2nd Floor – 150 kilograms per sq.m*minimumRoof Wind Load – 120 min. kilograms per sq.m for vertical projectionsStairs Clear width – 750mmRise – 200mmRun – 200mmEntrance & Exit At least 1 entrance & 1 exit

Minimum Requirements for

Group A Dwellings

min. horizontal dimension – not less than 2.00m / - inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard, or by a passageway – 1.20m min.

Size & Dimensions of Courts

a. Natural Ventilation – min of 2.70mArtificial Ventilation (min.)1st storey 2.70m2nd storey 2.40m3rd storey 2.10mb. Mezzanine – min. of 1.80m

1. Rooms for Human Habitations – 6 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 2m (2x3m)2. Kitchens – 3 sq.m w/ a least dimension of 1.5 (1.5x2m)3. Bath & Toilet – 1.20 sq.m w/ at least of 0.90m (0.90x1.3m)

Size and Dimension of Rooms

1. School Rooms – 3.00 cu.m w/ 1.00 sq.m of floor area per person2. Workshops, Factories, Offices – 12.00 cu.m of air space per person;3. Habitable rooms – 14.00 cu.m of air space per person.

Air Space Requirements in

Determining the Size of Rooms

– eaves over required windows not less than 750mm. minimum over from the side & rear property lines / – sum of areas of openings must not exceed 50 % of sum of areas of walls

Location on Property

Page 285: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

285/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

240 Vent Shafts

241

242

243 Min. of 3.00m above the established sidewalk grade Arcades

244 Canopies (Marquees)

245

246 Doors & windows

247

248 Temporary Walkway

249

250 3o days

251 48 hrs.

252

253

a. Ventilation or vent shafts – horizontal cross-sectional area not < 0.10 sq.m per meter height of shaft b. Air Ducts – 0.30 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 300mm

1. Office, Administrative purposes – not < 3 changes of air per hour2. Bakeries, Hotel, Restaurants, Kitchens – not < 10 changes of air per hour3. Auditoriums, Assembly purposes – not < 0.30 cu.m of air per minute4. Wards, Dormitories of Institutional Bldgs. – not < 0.45 cu.m of air per minute, supplied each person

Minimum Reqt’s in Air Changes

a. Footings – at least 2.40m below grade along national roads, may project not > 300mm beyond Property line.b. Foundations – not < 600mm below the grade, may encroach 500mm into public sidewalk areas

Projection into Alleys or Streets

a. Definition – a permanent roofed structure above a door attached to and supported by the building and projecting over a wall or sidewalkb. Projection & Clearance – outermost edge of the marquee and the curb line shall be not < 300mm, vertical clearance bet pavement or GL & undersurface of marquee shall not < 3.00mc. Construction – incombustible materials not < 2 hrs fire-resistive

a. Definition – a movable shelter supported from an exterior wall of a bldg. w/c can be retracted, folded, collapsed against the face of a supporting bldg.b. ClearanceAwning to curb line – not < 300mmVertical Clearance (undermost surface of the awning or GL) – not < 2.40m

Movable Awnings or Hoods

– not less than 2.40m above pavement or GL shall not, when fully opened, project beyond PL except fire exit doors

a. Public Street or alley less than 3.60m in width shall be truncated at the corner “Chaflan”b. If arcaded bldg, no chaflan reqtd notwithstanding the width of public street, 12.00m

Corner Bldgs. with Chaflans

a. Temporary walkway – 1.20m wide (during constructionb. Capable of supporting a uniform live load of 650 kg per sq.m

a. Railings – street side of the sidewalk – at least 1m in heightb. Fences – not < 2.40m above gradec. Canopies – 2.40m above the railway, live load 600 kg per sq.m.

Pedestrian Protection

a. Removal – protective fence or canopy shall be removed _______ after protection no longer required.

1. Excavation made on public property - restored immediately to its former conditions w/in ______

Escalator – draft curtain – at least 200mm on all sidesAutomatic Sprinklers – provided around perimeter of the opening w/in 600mm of draft curtain. Distance bet sprinklers - max of 1.80 center to center

Enclosure of Vertical Openings

1. Access – not < 600mm sq. or in diameter, min clear headroom of 800mm2. Area Separation – enclosed attic space of combustible construction shall be divided into horizontal area max of 250 sq.m. area, 750 sq.m. in area for attic with Fire-extinguishing system.

Roof Construction and Covering

Page 286: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

286/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

254

255 Skylights

256

1. Number of ExitsAbove 1st storey – 10 occupant – 2 exitsMezzanine – 185 sq.m area or more than 18m in dimension – 2 exits500-999 – 3 exits2. Exits – if only 2 exits required, shall be placed distance apart not < 1/5 of the perimeter area.3. Distance of Exits – w/o sprinkler – 45m from exterior exit door, w/ sprinkler 60m4. Doorsa. Swing – exit door shall swing to exit travel in hazardous areas w/ 50 or more occupant loadb. Double acting doors – view panel of not < 1,300 sq. cm.c. Width and Height – not < 900mm in width, not < 2.00m in height, opening – 90 degrees and exit way clear width not < 700mm5. Door Leaf Width – max of 1.206. Corridors and Exterior Exit Balconiesa. Width – not < 1.10mb. Dead Ends – max 6.00m in length7. Stairwaysa. Width – serving an occupant load of more than 50 shall not be < 1.10m, occupant load of 50 or less may be 90m (900mm) wide, private stairways serving an occupant load of < 10 may be .75m (750mm)b. Rise and Run. Rise – max 0.20m (200mm), Run - 0.25m (250mm)c. Winding Stairways – narrower side of the thread 150mm – 300mm d. Circular Stairways – used as exit w/ min width of run not < 250mme. Landings – straight run – max of 1.20m, verticalf. Distance bet landings – max of 3.60m vertical distance landings.g. Handrails – not < 800mm nor more than 900mm.h. Stairway to Roof – if 4 or more storeys in heighti. Headroom – clearance 2.00m 8. Ramps – width – 1.10m min9. Exit Outlets, Courts, Passagewaysa. Slope – exit courts max of 1:10, exit passageway max of 1:8b. Openings – on exit court not < 3.00m protected by fire assemblies not < ¾ hour fire resistive. Except openings > 3.00m may be unprotectedc. Exit signs illumination – not < 10.7 lux at the floor level10. Aislesa. Width – not < 800mm if serving one side, not < 1m if serving both sides, side aisles shall not < 1.10mb. Exit Distance1. Groups H, I occupancies w/o seats, line of travel to exit door by an aisle is not > 45.00m2. Exit doors clear width 1.70m if 30 seats bet aisles and 1m distance of seat back to backc. Slope – max of 1:8

a. Shall be constructed w/ metal frames Except Group A and J. Glass is set an angle of < 45 degrees, if located above 1st storey, set at least 100mm (0.10m) above the roof.b. Space bet supports- flat wire glass – not exceed 625mm- corrugated wire glass - 1.5m - glass no wired – 2.5m in diameter w/ mesh not larger than 25mmc. Ordinary Glass – if ridge doesn’t exceed 6.00m above the graded. Glass for Transmission of Light – not < 12.5mm thick, glass over 100 sq.cm. area have wire mesh

1. Every storey, basement or cellar w/ 200sq.m or more w/c is used for habitation, etc. w/c has an occupant load of more than 20.2. Dressing, rehearsal rms., workshops or factories w/ occupant load of more than 10 or assembly halls w/ occupant load of more than 500, if the next doors of rooms are more than 30.00m from safe dispersal area.3. Photographic x-ray, nitrocellulose films and inflammable articles

Fire-Extinguishing Systems

Page 287: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

287/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

257

258 c. Wet Standpipes

259

260

261 Signs

1. Construction and Test – shall be wrought iron of GS w/ fittings, connections to withstand 20 kg per sq.cm of water pressure2. Size – 900 liters water per minute3. Number Required – every bldg 4 or more storeys where any floor above 3rd floor is 950m or less, equipped w/ 1 dry standpipe.4. Siamese Connections:2 way 100mm dry standpipe3 way 125mm 4 way 150mmSiamese inlet (located on street front) Not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above grade 5. Outlets – standpipe 63mm outlet not more than 1.20m above each floor level, with 2 way standpipes 63mm outlet above the roof (all with gate valves)

b. Dry Standpipes – for bldgs. w/ 4 or

more storeys

1. Size – Interior wet standpipes deliver 190 liters/water per minute under 2.0 kg per sq.cm water pressure2. Outlets – 38mm valve each storey located not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above the floor.3. Water Supply – street main not < 100mm in diameter4. Pressure and Gravity Tanks – 1500 liters/water per minute for not < 10 minutes5. Fire pumps – capacity not < 1000 liters per minute w/ pressure not < 2 kg per sq.cm connected to street main w/ not < 100mm diameter

1. Sheds, greenhouses, and the like not exceeding 6sq.m. in floor area2. Addition of open terrace/patios not exceeding 20sq.m3. Window Grilles4. Garden pools for water plants/aquarium not exceeding 500mm in depth.5. Erection of garden walls other than walls not exceeding 1.80m

2. Building Permits (Exceptions)

a. Minor Constructions:

1. Structural member, such as replacement of roofing sheets, etc.2. Non load-bearing partition walls.3. Interior portion of a house4. Replacement of windows5. Replacement of flooring6. Perimeter fence & walls7. Replacement of sanitary & plumbing fixtures8. Replacement of faulty & deteriorated wiring devices, fixtures, safety devices

2. Building Permits (Exceptions)

b. Repair

any letter, word, numeral, illustration use to announce or advertiseSpecific Provisions:1. Business Signs – max width 1.20m & length not exceeding the frontage of the bldg.2. Ground Signs – shall not exceed 6.00m in height from the street crown, self supporting outdoor signs 10.00m away from PL3. Projecting Signs - Sign Boards 1m to electric & telephone wires4. Wall Signs – not extend more than 300mm & not < 3m above the sidewalk. W/ combustible materials shall not exceed 4.00sq.m. area5. Temporary Signsa. Steamers – lowest pt. of bottom edge have min clearance 4.30m above the pavement6. Administrative Provisionsa. Exemptions – sign not exceeding 0.20sq.m. of display surface.

Page 288: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

288/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

262 Arcades & Sidewalks

263

264

265

266

267

268 Capacitors

269 Elevators

1. Width1.1 Sidewalks of 2m w/ planting strip of 800mm in width separating curb & sidewalk1.2 Arcades shall be cantilevered from bldg. line, horizontal distance bet the curb line & the outermost face of bldg not < 500mm1.3 Combined open & arcaded sidewalks w/ planting strip not < 800mm in width separating bet arcaded portion and open portion of sidewalk2. Driveways, Entrances and Exits2.1 Entrances and Exits of Building abutting sidewalks shall be made of either ramps or steps2.1.1 Steps shall have treads not < 300mm. Min no. of steps shall be (2), w/ risers not exceeding 100mm

1.1. Primary Lines – min vertical clearance of 10m from the crown of road pavement, 7.5m from the top of the shoulder/sidewalk1.2. Secondary Lines – min vertical clearance of 7.5m from the crown of road pavement

1. Location of Poles and Clearances of Power Lines along

Public Roads.

a. Fire Hydrants – not < 5mb. Curbs – not < 150mm from curb away from the roadway

2. Clearance of Supporting

Structures such as Poles, Towers and

othersa. Clearances Over Roof – Conductors have clearance not< 2.5m from highest pt. of roofs

3. Clearance of Service Drops

4.1 New Building – load demand 200KVA or above provided w/transformer vault4.2 Location – ventilated to outside air4.3 Walls, Roof and Floor. Reinforced concrete not < 150mm, masonry/brick not less than 200mm, 300mm load bearing hollow concrete blocks. Inside wall and roof surface constructed of HCB shall have a coating of cement/gypsum plaster not < 20mm. Concrete floor not < 100mm thick.

Provisions for Transformer Vaults

5.1 Ventilation Openings5.1.1. Size – not < .006sq.mm per KVA of transformer capacity in service, except the net are shall not be < 0.1sqm for any capacity under 50KVA5.1.2. Drainage – vaults w/ more than 100KVA transformer capacity shall be provided w/ drain

Ventilation Openings

6.1 Transformers Used w/ Capacitors – KVA rating shall not be < 135% of capacitor rating

1.1 Hoistway pits clearance of not < 600mm remains bet the underside of car & bottom of pit.1.2 Min number of hoisting ropes shall be 3 for traction elevators and 2 for drumtype elevators.1.3 Min diameter of hoisting & counterweight ropes shall be 30mm1.4 Elevators w/ over-load relay and reverse polarity relay.1.5 In high rise apts. or residential condos of more than 5 stories, at least 1 passenger elevator shall be kept on 24 hour constant service.

Page 289: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

289/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

270 Escalators

271

272

273

274 Pipings

275 erected @ sidewalks/walkways not < 2.40m in height above curb line. Fence

2.1 Angle of inclination shall not exceed 35 degrees from the horizontal2.2 Width bet balustrades shall not be < 558 mm nor more than 1.20m. The width shall not exceed the width of the steps by more than 330mm. 2.3 Rated speed, not more than 38mpm.

3.1 Location3.1.1 Main Bldg. is not made up of fire resistive materials, boilers shall be located outside w/ distance not < 3.00m outside the wall of main bldg. & bldg. housing the boiler3.1.2 No part of the boiler shall be closer than 1m from any wall3.2 Smokestacks - shall able to withstand a wind load of 175km per hour & shall rise at least 5m above the eaves of any bldg. w/in a radius of 50m.3.3 Boilers more than 46sq.m. heating surface shall be provided w/ 2 means of feeding water, 1 steam driven and 1 electrically driven, 1 pump and 1 injector.3.4 2 check valves shall be provided bet any feed pump and boiler3.5 Boilers rms. shall have at least 2 separate exits.3.6 Each boiler shall at least 1 safety valve. Having more than 46.sq.m pressure of water heating surface/generating capacity exceeding 97kg. per hour, 2 or more safety valves are required.

Boilers & pressure Vessels

4.1 68-74 degrees F temperature and humidity for comfortable cooling, 4.57 to 7.60 MPM temperature at an air movement.4.2 Not more than 136kgs of refrigerant shall be stored in a machine rm.4.3 Where ammonia is used into a tank of water at least 1 gallon of water shall be provided for every .04536kg of ammonia in the system.4.4 Refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any bldg. shall not < 2.3m above the floor.4.5 Window type AC (Air Con) shall not be < 2.13m from the ground

Refrigeration and Air Conditioning

5.1 To maintain water pressure in all floors of a bldg./structure, the ff. systems may be used:5.1.1 Overhead tank supply – may be installed above the roof w/ a vent and an overflow pipe leading to a storm drain and be fully covered.5.1.2 Pneumatic Tank – unfired pressure vessel

5. Water pumping for Bldg./Structures

6.1 Piping 100mm in diameter and above shall be flanged. Small diameter pipes – may be screwed6.2 Color coding of Piping:Steam Division High Pressure – White Exhaust System – BuffWater Division Fresh Water, low pressure - Blue Fresh Water, high pressure - Blue Salt water piping – GreenOil Division Delivery – Brass or Bronze Discharge – YellowPneumatic Division All piping GrayGas Division All piping – BlackFuel Oil Division All piping – BlackRefrigerating Division Pipes – Black Fittings - Black

Page 290: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

290/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

276 Canopy

277 G.I wire gauge 16,38mm mesh nylon net; canvas

278

279

280

281 9. Fire Protection

282

283

284 shall be screened/protected on all sides not < 1.80m height 12. Hoist Towers

285

286

4.1 Protective canopy - 2.40m above the walkway4.2 Railings – not < 1m high and solid toe boards not < 300mm placed along the street and ends of the canopy. Canopy safely sustaining a load of 800kg per sq.m.4.3 Underside of canopy properly lighted not < one (1) 100 watt bulb every 6m of its length

5. Protective Nets/Screen

6.1 Temporary walkway adjacent to the street line not more than 1.20m wide (for the use of pedestrians). Where the road right of way is 5m or less, no temporary walkway shall be allowed6.2 Width of walkway shall not < 1.20m but more than 1/3 the width of the sidewalk.6.3 Walkways capable of supporting uniform live load of 650kg per sq.m.6.4 Railings – not < 1m in height

6. Walkways & Railings

7.1 Every Trench, 1.50m or more in depth, provided w/ means of exit at least 7.50 of its length

7. Precautionary Measures

8.1 No materials piled/stacked higher than 1.8m except in yards/sheds. When Piles exceed 1.2m height, material be arranged that the sides & ends of the piles taper back.

8. Storage of Materials

9.1 All buildings – 1 standpipes outlet @ each floor.9.2 In every construction – at least 1 approved handpump, tank or portable chemical or dry fire extinguisher.9.3 No material/construction equipment shall be placed w/in 3m of such hydrant/connection bet it and the center of the street.

10.1 Where more than 200 workers are employed, a properly first-aid room shall be provided w/ a physician/nurse.

10. Sanitation & First Aid

11.1 Passageways, stairways and corridors – average light intensity not < 2 foot candles.11.2 Locations where tools & or machinery are used – 5 foot candles.

11. Temporary Light & Power

13.1 Stairways shall be erected as the bldg. exceeds 18.00m in height13.2 No single ladder shall exceed 6.00m in length. Ladder landings at least 1.20m w/ handrails & toe boards. Ladder rungs shall be spaced uniformly as near to 30mm.13.3 Ladders leading to floors, stagings/platforms shall be at least 900mm above level of such floors13.4 Ladders serving traffic in both directions simultaneously at least 1m wide.13.5 Ladders shall not be painted, inspected at least once every 30 days.13.6 Stairs and Stairways shall be support a load at least 490kq./sq.m13.7 Temporary stairs – (the sum of the 2 risers and width of 1 tread shall not < 160mm nor more than 660mm) 2R+T=160mm-660mm. Not < 915mm wide. Landings not < 762mm long

13. Ladders & Temporary Stairways

14.1 At least (3) three 250mm planks14.2 Slope not steeper than 1:314.3 When riser is steeper than 1:6, or more than 1.8m and steeper than 1:8, runways/ramps shall be provided w/ cleats spaced not more than 200mm apart14.4 Total rise of more than 1.80m passing over/near floor openings

14. Runways & Ramps

Page 291: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

291/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

287 Scaffolds

288 Floor Openings

289

290 18. Chutes

291

292 Courts

15.1 Support at least 4 times the max load.15.2 Planks used in construction shall be not < 50mm nominal thickness, overlap at the end shall not < 150mm15.3 Ropes, cables and blocks used in support shall be sufficient size & strength to sustain @ least 6 times the max load15.4 Platform level of w/c is more than 1.80m above the ground15.5 Substantial overhead protection not more than 3m above the scaffold platform

16.1 Used as hoistways/elevator shaftways be protected all sides, expect the side used for loading & unloading. Protection shall be in barricades not < 1.20m high near the edges of openings, guard rails not < 910mm high placed not < 600mm.16.2 Solid barriers not < 910mm high

17.1 Guard Rails - Top rail not < 910mm high above the platform level. An intermediate rail shall be provided bet the top rail & the platform. Guard rails shall have supports not more than 2.40m apart, shall be constructed to withstand a horizontal force of 30kgs. per meter17.2 Toe Boards – shall extend not < 150mm above the platform level. Toe Boards of Wood shall not < 25mm nominal thickness w/ supports not more than 1.20m apart, Metal shall not < 3.175mm thick w/ supports not more than 1.20m apart.

17. Guard Rails & Toe Boards

18.1 Chutes for removal of materials & debris shall be provided in demolition operations w/ are more than 6m above pt. of material to be removed18.2 Intervals of 7.60m or less w/ substantial stops to prevent descending matl’s18.3 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal be enclosed on all 4 sides18.4 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal may be left open on the upper side18.5 Openings into matl’s/debris are dumped are dumped at the top of a chute shall be protect by a substantial guardrail extending @ least 1.90m above the level of the floor

Private Open Space Requirements % OF OPEN SPACETYPE OF LOT A & B (Residential) All Othera. Interior Lot (accessible from a public street/alley by means of a private access road) 50% 25%b. Inside Lot (non-corner/single frontage lot) 20% 15%c. Corner and/or Through Lot 10% 5%d. Lots bounded on 3 or more sides by public open space (streets, alleys, easement of seashores, etc) 5% 5%

Private Open Space Requirements

unoccupied space bet bldg. lines & lot lines other than yard: free, open and unobstructed from the ground upward.a. Inner court – bounded on all sides/around its periphery by bldg. lines.b. Open court – bounded by 3 sides by bldg. lines w/ 1 side bounded by another open spacec. Through court – bounded on 2 opposite sides by bldg. lines w/ the other opposite sides bounded by other open space.• Every court shall have a width not < 2.00m for 1 and 2 storey bldgs. This may reduced to not < 1.50m in cluster living units (quadruplexes, rowhouses) for 1 or 2 storeys in height w/ adjacent courts w/ area not < 3.00m. Irregularly shaped lots like triangular shall be < 3.00m• Bldgs more than 2 storeys in height, min width of the court shall be increased at the rate of 300mm

Page 292: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

292/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

293

294

295 Average automobile parking size

296 Truck or bus

297

298

299

Yards for Commercial, Industrial, Institutional & Recreational BuildingsROAD RIGHT OF WAY FRONT SIDE REAR30M & above 10m 3m25-29m 8m 3m20-24m 6m 10-19m 4m 2mBelow 10m 2m

2.1 Mixed occupancies, parking requirements shall be the sum of 100% dominant use & 50% of each of the non-dominant2.2 20% of parking requirements may be provided w/in premises

2. Parking Requirement Computation:

2.40x5.00m perpendicular or

diagonal, 2.00x6.00m for

parallel Min of 3.60m by

12.00m

1.2 Low Income Single Detached living units in housing project areas w/ individual lots not more than 100sq.m Pooled parking at 1 slot/10 living units1.3 Multi family units w/ unit floor of: a. Up to 50sq.m 1 slot/8 living units b. Above 50sq.m to 100sq.m 1 slot/4 living units c. More than 100sq.m 1 slot/living unit1.4 Hotels 1 slot/10 rooms1.5 Residential Hotels & Apartels 1 slot/5 rooms1.6 Motels 1 slot/unit1.7 Neighborhood shopping center 1 slot/100 sq.m of shopping floor area1.8 Markets 1 slot/150 sq.m of shopping floor area1.9 Restaurants, fast-food centers, bars and beerhouses 1 slot/30 sq.m of customer area1.10 Nightclubs, supperclubs and theater-restaurants 1 slot/20 sq.m of customer area1.11 Office Bldgs 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area1.12 Pension/Boarding/Lodging houses 1 slot/20 beds1.13 Other Bldgs in Business/Commercial Zones 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area 1.14 Public assembly bldgs such as theaters, cinemas, etc. 1 slot/50 sq.m spectator area1.15 Places of Worship & Funeral Parlors 1 slot/50 sq.m of congregation area1.16 Schools Elementary, Secondary, Vocational & Trade schools 1 slot/10 classrooms College & Univ. 1 slot/5 classrooms1.17 Hospitals 1 slot/25 beds1.18 Recreational Facilities Bowling Alleys 1 slot/4 alleys Amusement Centers 1 slot/50 sq.m of gross floor area Clubhouses, beach houses and the like 1 slot/100 sq.m of gross floor area1.19 Factories, manufacturing establishments, mercantile bldgs, warehouses and storage bins 1 car slot/1,000 sq.m of gloss floor area1.20 Tourist bus parking areas 2 bus slots/hotel or theater restaurant

Parking & Loading Space Requirements

1. A Filipino citizen and Good Moral Character2. Duly registered Architect or Civil Engineer3. Member of Accredited organization of not less than 2 years4. At least 5 years diversified experience in building design and construction

QUALIFICATIONS OF BUILDING OFFICIAL

1. Public Buildings2. Traditional Indigenous FamilyDwellings – native materialsCost doesn’t exceed P15,000

Exemptions of Bldg. Permit

Page 293: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

293/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

300

301 P.D.. 1096

302 Maximum height of a combustible stand. 2.70 mts.

303 Minimum spacing for seats in a chair type measurement from back to back. 0.85 mtr.

304 Maximum line of travel to an exit of an aisle. 45.00 mts.

305 Maximum slope of an aisle. One is to Eight (1:8)

306 In standard seating, the minimum spacing of rows measured from back to back. 0.84 mtr.

307 Minimum width of any seat. 0.45 mtr.

308 Minimum area of a double acting door view panel.

309 Minimum clear width of an exit doorway. 0.70 mtr.

310 Maximum width of an exit door leaf. 1.20 mts.

311 Minimum width of an exit corridor. 1.10 mts.

312 2

313 Number of exit for occupant load of 599-999. 3

314 Minimum downward projection of a draft curtain 0.30 mtr.

315 Maximum floor area for an attic made of combustible materials. 250.00 sqm

316 Maximum center to center spacing of a draft curtain sprinkler. 1.80 mts.

317 Maximum floor area for an attic made of incombustible materials. 750.00 sqm.

318 Standard gauge for metal hoods in barbeques. Ga. 18

319 Minimum height of a Siamese connection above grade. 300 mm

Null & Void – not commenced in a period of 1 year Abandoned work for 120 days Validity of Building

Permits

National Building Code

1,300 sqmm / 1.30 sqm.

Minimum number of exit for floors above the first storey having an occupant load of more than 10

Page 294: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

294/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

320 Standard maximum distance of a standpipe from an opening in a stairway. 300 mm

321 Minimum wall thickness of a fireplace. 200 mm

322 Minimum number of exit for a projection room. 2

323 Minimum extended portion of a chimney above the roof. 600 mm

324 Minimum air space between walls of a masonry chimney above the roof. 2" / 50 mm

325 Minimum thickness of glass used for floors. 12.5 mm

326 Maximum rise of one row of seat to the next. 400 mm / 0.40 mtr.

327 Minimum number of exit for stands within a building serving an occupant load of 300. 3

328 Minimum height of a guard rail located in front of the grandstand. 0.90 mtr

329 Minimum width of a run in a stand stair. 0.28 mtr.

330 Minimum spacing for seats with backrests measured from back to back. 0.75 mtr.

331 Minimum spacing for seats without backrests measured from back to back. 0.60 mtr.

332 Minimum width of an exit door in an aisle. 1.70 mts.

333 Minimum intensity of lights for exits. 10.70 lux

334 Minimum width of side aisles. 1.10 mts.

335 Minimum increase in width of aisles for every linear meter. 30 mm

336 Minimum width of an aisle serving only one side. 800 mm / 0.80 mtr.

337 Open space requirement for an interior lot. 50% of lot area

338 Open space requirement for a corner lot or a through lot. 10% of lot area

339 Bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines. Inner court

340 Minimum stair width for a residence. 750 mm / 0.75 mtr.

Page 295: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

295/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

341 Standard minimum area of a toilet. 1.20 sqm.

342 Minimum dimension of a kitchen. 1.50 mts.

343 Minimum area for vent shafts. 1.00 sqm.

344 Air space requirement for a school room per person. 3.00 cum.

345 Air space requirement for a habitable room per person. 14.00 cum.

346 Minimum area of opening of an air duct. 300 sqmm / 0.30 sqm

347 300 mm

348 Minimum clearance of a canopy or a marquee from the sidewalk. 3.00 mts.

349 Minimum stair width for occupant load of less than 50. 0.90 mtr.

350 Minimum width of a temporary walkway. 1.20 mts.

351 Minimum clearance of an arcade above sidewalk. 3.00 mts.

352 Vacant space left between the building and lot lines less than 2.00 mts in width. Setback

353 Minimum horizontal dimension of a court. 2.00 mts.

354 Minimum width of a passageway connecting a street and a court. 1.20 mts.

355 Standard air space requirement per person for factories. 12.00 cum.

356 Minimum headroom clearance for a mezzanine. 1.80 mts.

357 Air supply per person per minute for auditoriums. 0.30 cum

358 Minimum total area of a window or an opening for a room without artificial ventilation. 10% of flr. Area

359 Minimum dimension for a vent shaft. 0.60 mtr.

360 Minimum horizontal clearance of the curb line to the outermost edge of the marquee. 300 mm

361 Minimum clearance of the lowest portion of an awning to the ground. 2.40 mts.

Maximum projection beyond the property line of a footing along the national road and at least 2.40 mts. In depth.

Page 296: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

296/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

362 Minimum height of a construction fence. 2.40 mts.

363 Minimum live load bearing capacity of a construction canopy. 600 kgs./sqm.

364 Minimum height of a protective railing in a construction. 1.00 mtr.

365 Minimum wind load capacity for roofs for vertical projection. 120 kgs./sqm.

366 Maximum height of a handrail above the stair thread. 0.90 mtr.

367 Minimum ceiling height for naturally ventilated rooms. 2.70 mts.

368 Minimum height of a handrail above the stair thread. 0.80 mtr.

369 Maximum dimension of a stair landing. 1.20 mts.

370 Maximum slope of an exit court. One is to ten (1:10)

371 Minimum width of run for circular stair. 250 mm

372 Minimum headroom clearance for any stair. 2.00 mts.

373 Maximum slope for an exit passageway. One is to Eight (1:8)

374 Maximum height of a Siamese connection above the ground. 1.20 m

375 Maximum distance of any portion of a building from the nozzle of a 23 mts fire hose. 6.00 mts.

376 Minimum number of exit for any stage. 2

377 Minimum extension of a proscenium wall above the roof. 1.20 mts.

378 Minimum width of a stair in a stage egress. 750 mm

379 Minimum thickness of glass for jalousies. 5.60 mm

380 Maximum length of glass for jalousies. 1.20 mts.

381 Minimum width of exit in a stage. 900 mm

382 Minimum lateral spacing for plastic skylights. 2.50 mts.

Page 297: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

297/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

383 A store window in which goods are displayed. Show window

384 Maximum width of a business sign. 1.20 mts.

385 Minimum distance of a sign from any electrical post or telephone wires. 1.00 mtr.

386 Minimum open space requirement for a corner lot. 10% of lot area

387 Minimum size of thread for an entrance or exit step. 300 mm

388 Maximum slope for an entrance or exit ramp. One is to ten (1:10)

389 Minimum number of steps for an entrance or exit stair. 2

390 Standard turn circle of a wheelchair. 1.50 mts.

391 Office building parking ratio.

392 Standard size of a perpendicular parking slot. 2.40 X 5.00 mts.

393 Hotel building parking ratio. 1:10 bedrooms

394 Hospital building parking ratio. 1:25 beds

395 Maximum distance of a handicapped parking from the facility being served. 60.00 mts.

396 Colleges and university parking ratio. 1:5 classrooms

397 Theaters, cinemas, auditoria, and stadia parking ratio.

398 4

399 Minimum width of a dropped curb. 0.90 mtr.

400 Minimum Dimensions of an accessible elevator. 1.10 X 1.40 mts.

401 Maximum distance of an accessible elevator from the entrance of a building. 30.00 mts.

402 Minimum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortable. 1.40 mts.

403 Minimum door width for an accessible elevator. 0.80 mtr.

1:125 sqm. Of gross floor area

1:50 sqm. Of spectators' area

Minimum number of wheelchair seating space for 51-300 seating capacity for auditoriums.

Page 298: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

298/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

404 Minimum dimensions for an accessible water closet stall. 1.70 X 1.80 mts.

405 Maximum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortably. 1.60 mts.

406 Minimum width of a parking slot for the disabled. 3.70 mts.

407 Minimum run of a stair for Group A dwellings (residential) 200 mm

408 Minimum ceiling height from 3rd floor to succeeding floors with artificial ventilation. 2.10 mts.

409 Minimum area of rooms for human habitation. 6.00 sqm.

410 Least dimension of rooms for human habitation. 2.00 mts.

411 Least dimension of an air duct. 300 mm

412 500 mm

413 Minimum width of an exit door. 0.90 mts.

414 Maximum width reduced by handrails and doors fully opened to balconies and corridors 200 mm

415 Minimum width of stairs serving more than 50 occupants. 1.10 mts.

416 Minimum width of stairs serving less than 10 occupants. 750 mm

417 Maximum reduction in width of a stair due to trims and handrails. 100 mm

418 Minimum run of a winding stair. 150 mm

419 Maximum run of a winding stair. 300 mm

420 Allowable tolerance in the rise and run of every step. 5 mm

421 Width of stair requiring an intermediate handrail. 3.00 mts.

422 Minimum width of an aisle serving both sides. 1.00 mts.

423 Maximum number of seats between the wall and the aisle. 7

424 Maximum distance between the back of each seat to the front of the seat behind it. 300 mm

Maximum encroachment into a public sidewalk of a foundation at least 600 mm below the grade line.

Page 299: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

299/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

425 Maximum width of seat in a stand. 480 mm

426 Maximum projection of a penthouse or other projections above the roof. 8.40 mts

427 Maximum ratio of a penthouse area to that of the supporting roof. one third (1/3)

428 Minimum thickness of masonry chimney for residentials. 100 mm

429 Minimum thickness of rubble stone masonry chimney for residentials. 300 mm

430 Minimum firebox wall thickness. 250 mm

431 Minimum thickness of smoke chamber back walls. 150 mm

432 minimum thickness of front and side smoke chamber walls. 200 mm

433 Minimum number of storeys requiring one (1) or more dry standpipes. 4

434 Minimum volume of water a dry standpipe should provide. 900 liters/minute

435 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a two-way Siamese connection. 4" (100mm)

436 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a three-way Siamese connection. 5" (125mm)

437 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a four-way Siamese connection. 6" (150mm)

438 Minimum volume of water an interior wet standpipe should provide. 190 liters/minute

439 Minimum diameter of a wet standpipe. 2" (50mm)

440 Standard diameter of a dry standpipe opening. 2 1/2" (63mm)

441 Standard length of a fire hose. 23.00 mts

442 Maximum distance of a hose nozzle to any portion of a building. 6.00 mts.

443 Standard diameter of a wet standpipe valve. 38 mm (11/2")

444 Maximum projection into a sidewalk of a sign 4.50 mts. above grade. 1.00 mtr.

445 Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to an arcaded sidewalk. 5.00 mts.

Page 300: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

300/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

446 Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to non-arcaded sidewalk. 3.00 mts.

447 Number of days of work abandonment of stoppage for a building permit to expire. 120 days

448 Width of planting strip for sidewalks 2.00 mts in width. 0.80 mtr.

449 Minimum horizontal distance of the curb line to the outermost face of an arcade. 500 mm

450 Maximum vertical clearance of an arcade above grade. 6.00 mts.

451 Slope of ramp of road-way to sidewalk. 1/3 - 1/4

452 Slope of driveway to sidewalk where the height of curb is 200 mm and above. One is to Eight (1:8)

453 10.00 mts.

454 7.5 mts.

455 Vertical clearance of secondary lines from sidewalks along or crossing the street. 7.5 mts.

456 Minimum clearance of conductors from the highest point of a roof. 2.50 mts.

457 Maximum height of a dumbwaiter. 1.20 mts.

458 Maximum area of a dumbwaiter. 3,861 sqcms.

459 3.00 mts.

460 3.00 mts.

461 Vertical clearance of a service drop communication line when crossing a street. 5.50 mts.

462 Maximum capacity of a dumbwaiter. 277 kgs.

463 Minimum width of an access road to a cul-de-sac. 3.00 mts.

464 Unit area per occupant for dwellings. 28.00 sqm.

465 Unit area per occupant for Hotels. 18.6 sqm.

466 Unit area per occupant for offices and garages. 9.30 sqm.

Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from the crown of the pavement when crossing the highway.

Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from top of sidewalk when installed along the side of the highway.

Minimum clearance of conductors from any platform or ground or projection from which they might be reached.

Minimum vertical clearance of service drop of communication lines above ground at its point of attachment to than building or pedestal.

Page 301: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

301/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

467 Unit area per occupant for class rooms. 1.80 sqm.

468 Unit area per occupant for stores - retail sales rooms upper floors. 5.60 sqm.

469 Unit area per occupant for nurseries for children. 3.25 sqm.

470 Unit area for stores -retail sales room for basement and ground floor. 2.80 sqm.

471 Unit area for hospitals and sanitaria. 8.40 sqm.

472 Unit area per occupant for aircraft hangars without repairs. 46.50 sqm.

473 Unit area per occupant for warehouses and mechanical equipment room. 28.00 sqm.

474 Unit area per occupant for theaters and the like. 0.65 sqm.

475 Parking requirement for Hotels. 1 slot/5 rooms

476

477 Parking requirement for multi family living unit of 50 sqm floor area. 1slot/8 units

478 Parking requirement for multi family living unit above 100 sqm floor area. 1 slot/unit

479 Parking requirement for multi family living unit for 50-100 sqm floor area. 1 slot/4 units

480 Parking requirement for clubhouses, beach houses, and the like.

481 Parking requirement for motels. 1 slot/unit

482 Minimum parking requirement for the handicapped.

483 Parking requirement for colleges and universities. 1 slot/5 classrooms

484 Parking requirement for elementary, secondary, and vocational schools. 1 slot/10 classrooms

485 In BP344, the required width of a corridor. 1.20 mts.

486 Maximum slope of a drop curb towards the street. 1:20

487 Maximum slope of a drop curb towards adjoining curb. 1:12

Parking requirement for public assembly buildings such as cinemas, auditoria, theaters, and the like.

1 slot/50 sqm. Of spectators' area

1 slot/100 sqm of gross flr.area

1 slot/50 parking slots

Page 302: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

302/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

488 Maximum spacing for wheelchair turnabouts. 12.00 mts.

489 Maximum slope of a ramp. 1:12

490 Maximum distance of handicapped parking from the structure served. 60.00 mts.

491 Preferred width of corridor for the disabled. 1.50 mts.

492 Maximum height of a water closet from the floor. 0.50 mts.

493 Preferred height of switches from the floor. 1.10 mts.

494 Minimum height of a switch from the floor. 0.90 mts.

495 Maximum height of a switch from the floor. 1.20 mts.

496 Least dimension for a parking slot for the disabled. 3.70 mts.

497 In BP344, the minimum height of a handrail. 0.70 mtr.

498 Maximum length of a ramp for wheelchair. 6.00 mts.

499 Minimum length of a ramp landing for wheelchairs. 1.50 mts.

500 Dwelling unit

501 Footing

502 A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units. Course

503 Apartment

504 Barbecue

505 Balcony

506 The pipe which connects a flue-burning appliance to a chimney. Chimney connector

507 Fireplace

508 Girder

One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are intended or designated to be occupied by one family with facilities for cooking , sleeping, living, and eating.

That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to the ground or soil.

A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended for , or occupied by one family for living, sleeping, eating, and cooking purposes.

A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for food preparation.

A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is raised 1.20 mts or more above the level of the main floor.

A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may be made and which is built in conjunction with a chimney.

A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joists or walls over opening.

Page 303: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

303/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

509 Helistop

510 Suportales

511 Vault

512 A term which may be used synonymously with a partition. Cross wall

513 The unit area per occupant for hotels. 18.60 sqm.

514 The unit area per occupant for dining establishments. 1.40 sqm.

515 The unit area per occupant for theaters. 0.65 sqm.

516 120 days / 4 mos.

517 8.00 mts.

518 Offices shall be provided how many cubic meters of air per person? 12.00 cum.

519 3.00 mts.

520 800 mm / 0.80 mtr.

521 500 mm

522 Printing plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

523 Power plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy. Industrial

524 Convents shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

525 Repair garages shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

526 Reformatories shall be classified under what type of occupancy. Institutional

527 Turnabout should also be provided at or whithin how many meters of dead end. 3.50 mts.

528 In B.P. 344, the maximum slope a ramp is. 1:12

529 Under B.P. 344, a level area of not less than how many meters shall be provided at the

1.80 mts.

Same as heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs, or storage of helicopters is permitted.

The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigenous or traditional type of construction.

Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or any fire-proof construction intended for the storage of valuables.

A building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or suspended at any time after commencement for a period of.

Front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road-right-of-way of 25-29 meters shall have a minimum width of

Multiple living units of up to 6 units built on the same lot shall have an access road directly connecting said building to a public street a width of.

Sidewalks of 2 mts or more in width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of not less than how many millimeters in width?

Arcades shall be cantilevered from the building line over the sidewalk and the horizontal clearance between the curb line and the outermost face of any part of the arcade shall not be less than.

Business and mercantile

Residentials, hotels and apartments.

Storage and hazardous

Page 304: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

304/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

530 top and bottom of any ramp.

1.80 mts.

531 Under what classification of occupancy does Mental Hospitals fall? Institutional

532 Under what classification of occupancy does Monasteries fall?

533 Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft hagars fall?

534 Under what classification of occupancy does cold storage and creameris fall? Industrial

535 Under what classification of occupancy does private garage fall? Accessory

536 Minimum loading slot requirement for Hospitals and hotels. 1 truck loading slot

537 Minimum travel distance from handicapped parking to facility being served. 60 mts.

538 20%

539 Parking requirement for amusement centers.

540 Parking requirement for markets.

541 Parking requirement for neigborhood shopping centers.

542 Parking requirement for multi-family living units of more than 100 sqm of living unit area. 1/living unit

543 Parking requirement for multi-family living units of up to 50 sqm of living unit area. 1/8 living units

544 Parking requirement for places of worhip.

545 0.60 mtr.

546 Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of 10 mts to less than 11 mts in width. 1.00 mtr.

547 Maximum height of 1st the floor for a 2-story wood structure with a height of 7 mts. 4.50 mts.

548 Maximum spacing of posts for 2-story wooden structure with a height of 8 mts. 4.50 mts.

549 Under what classification of occupancy does fences of over 1.80 mts in height fall? Accessory

550 Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft repair hangars fall?

Residentials, hotels and apartments.

Business and mercantile

Percentage required for number of parking if parking garages are available within 200 meters of structure.

1/50 sqm of gross floor area

1/150 sqm of shopping flr area

1/100 sqm of shopping flr area

1/50 sqm of congregation are

Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of over 3 meters but not more than 6 mts.

Storage and hazardous

Page 305: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

305/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

551 Industrial

552 Under what classification of occupancy does wood working establishements fall?

553 Under what classification of occupancy does police and fire stations fall?

554 Standard length of a Wheelchair. 1.10 - 1.30 mts.

555 Standard width of a wheelchair. 0.60 - 0.75 mts.

556 0.70 - 1.20 mts.

557 0.74 mts.

558 Safety

559 Number of wheelchair seating for an assembly seating capacity of 51-300. 4

560 R.A. 7277

561 A long interior passageway providing access to several rooms. Corridor

562 A raised rim of concrete, stone or metal which forms the edge of street, sidewalk, etc. Curb

563 minimum

564 Under the NBC abutment on lot lines are allowed only in . Fire zones

565 1.20 mts

566 Under the NBC, the vertical distance between landings shall not be more than 3.60 mts

567 Under the NBC, open spaces for corners and through lots is a. 10%

568 Under the NBC, open spaces inside lots is 20%

569 Under the NBC, space required for interior lots is 50%

570 2.00 mts

571 5.00 mts

Under what classification of occupancy does factories and workshops using incombustible and non-explosive materials.

Storage and hazardous

Business and mercantile

How many meters above the floor is the comfortable reach of persons confined to a wheelchair.

How many meterd is the comfortable clearance for knee and leg space under tables for wheelchair users.

Accessibility, reachability, usability, orientation, workability and efficiency, and ___ are the basic planning requirements of BP344.

Magna Carta for Disabled Persons

The purpose of the NBC is to provide for all buildings and structures, a framework of standards and requirements which is the

Under the NBC, every corridor and exterior exit balcony servings as a required exit for an occupant load of more than ten width shall not be less than

Under the NBC, the minimum dimension for court or near yard from the property line to the face of the building is

Under the NBC, a building in R-1 zone shall comply with the open space requirement in the form of

Page 306: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

306/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

572 3.00 mts

573 Under the NBC, the interior lots shall have an access road with a minimum width of 3.00 mts

574

575 3.00 mts

576 20%

577 System International

578 Under the NBC, the minimum requirements for a parking space is 750 mm

579 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a clear width of at least 2.50x5.00

580 1.80 mts

581 Under the NBC, hospitals shall have one parking slot for every how many beds? 25

582 2.00 mts

583 80%

584 Under the NBC, prisons shall be classified under what occupancy classification institutional

585 Under the NBC, cold storage shall be classified under what occupancy classification? storage& mercantile

586 industrial

587 10%

588 6.00 mts.

589 1/5.

590 14 cu. mts.

591 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of offices is 9.3 m2

Under the NBC, clearance between established grade of the street and/ or sidewalk and the lowest under surface of any part of the balcony shall not less than

Under the NBC, gasoline filling and service stations shall classified under what occupancy classification? business &

mercantile

Under the NBC, display windows or wall signs within how many meters above the sidewalk

Under the NBC, areas where adequate parking lots/ multi-floor parking garages are available within 200 mts. of the proposed building / structures only what percent of the parking requirements maybe provided within the premises?

Under the NBC, general units of measurement on consonance with the current worldwide practice follow the

Under the NBC, mezzanine floors shall have a clear ceiling height not less than how many?

Under the NBC, all inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard either by a pass with a minimum width of

Under the NBC, a dwelling shall occupy not more than how many percent of an inside non-corner single frontage lot?

Under the NBC, factories using not highly combustible materials shall be classified under occupancy classification?

Under the NBC, window openings shall equal to at least of what percent of the floor area of room?

Under the NBC, parking areas for the physically handicapped shall be within how many meters in length?

Under the NBC, of only two exits are required, they shall be placed a distance apart of not less than what fraction of?

Under the NBC, habitable rooms with natural ventilation shall have a minimum air space per person of

Page 307: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

307/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

592 185 sm.

593 5 units

594 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have 750 mm

595 Under the NBC, rooms for human habitation shall have a minimum size of 6 m2

596 Under the NBC, reformatories shall be classified under what occupancy classification

597 storage & hazardous

598 Under the NBC, convents shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

599 Under the NBC, power plants shall be classified under what occupancy classification? storage & hazardous

600

601 3.00 mts.

602 Under the NBC, offices shall provide how many cubic meters of air space per person? 12 cu. mts.

603 8 mts.

604 120 days

605 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupants of theaters is 65 m2

606 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of dining establishments is 1.4 m2

607 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of hotels is 18.6 m2

608

609 Under the NBC, monasteries shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

610 storage & hazardous

611 50%

612 2.40 mts.

Under the NBC, a mezzanine floor use other than for storage purposes shall have at least two stairways to an adjacent floor is the area greater than?

Under the NBC, residential hotels and apartels shall be provided with one parking slot for every how many units?

business & mercantile

Under the NBC, repair garages shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

residential, hotels and apartments

Under the NBC, printing plants shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

Under the NBC, multiple living units of up to six units built on the same lot shall have an access road directly connecting said building to a public street a width of

Under the NBC, front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road right-of-width of 25-29 m shall be

Under the NBC, a building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or suspended at any time after commencement or a period of

Under the NBC, the fire station shall be classified under what occupancy classification? business &

mercantile

residential, hotels & apartments

Under the NBC, air craft repair hangers shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

Under the NBC, in mixed occupancies the parking requirements shall be the sum of 100% of the dominant use and what percent of the dominant uses?

Under the NBC, habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation for buildings of more than one-storey shall have a minimum ceiling height of the first storey at

Page 308: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

308/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

613 3.00 mts.

614 1/3 to ¼

615 10%

616 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a minimum run of 200 mm.

617 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of laboratories is 4.6 m2

618 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of apartment is 28 sm.

619 occupant load

620 Accessible parking should have a minimum width of _________ 3.70 mts.

621 2.50m x 5.00m

622 Parallel parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum __________ 2.15m x 6.00m

623 Jeepney / shuttle parking slot should have a minimum __________ 3.00m x 9.00m

624 Standard truck / bus parking slot must have a minimum __________ 3.60m x 12.00m

625 An articulated truck slot must be computed at a minimum of __________ 3.60m x 18.00m

626 Parking slot ratio of Bowling Alley 1 car : 4 alley

627 Parking ratio of Private Hospital 1 car : 12 beds

628 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Through Lot? 10% open space

629 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Corner Lot? 10% open space

630 1.80m

631 What is the minimum Kitchen size? 3.00m2

632 What is the least dimension for Room (Human Habitations)? 2.00m

Under the NBC, multiple living units of 16 to 25 units built on the same lot shall have an access road directly connecting said buildings to a public street a width of

Under the NBC, the entry ramp of the driveway connecting the roadway surface to the sidewalk shall have a slope ranging from

Under the NBC, every room intended for any use and not provided with artificial ventilation system shall be provided with a window with a total free area of opening equal to at least how many percent of the floor area of the room?

Under the NBC, the term that shall mean the total number of persons that may occupy a building or a portion thereof at any one time is

Perpendicular and diagonal parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum _________

Mezzanine floor shall have a clear ceiling height not less than ________ above and below it.

Page 309: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

309/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

633 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Inside Lot? 20% open space

634 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for End Lot? 50% open space

635 Least dimension for Toilet and Bath? 0.90m

636 2.40m

637 What is the minimum dimension for Accessible Elevator? 1.10m x 1.40m

638 30 m.

639 Accessible water closet stalls shall have a minimum dimension of __________. 1.70m x 1.80m

640 Passenger train shall have at least __________ designated seats for disabled person. 6

641 How many risers shall be constituted as a stairway? 2 or more

642 Panic hardware

643 Any change, addition, or modification in construction of occupancy. Alter / Alteration

644 Contractor’s License law RA 4566

645 Building Officials

646 A court bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines. Inner court

647 Redevelopment

648 Podium

649 The stone or marker at the head of a grave. Headstone

650 How many storey is considered as High-Rise Building? 16 – up storey

651 How many storey is consider as Low-Rise building? 1 – 5 Storey

652 Courtyard

Habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation shall have ceiling height not less than __________ measured from the floor to ceiling.

Accessible elevator should be located not more than __________ from the entrance and should be easy to locate with the aid of signs.

A bar which extends across at least ½ the width of each door leaf, which will open the door if subjected to pressure.

Who shall be the responsible for carrying out the provision of the Building Code as well as the enforcement of orders?

The physical development within a lot or property that is under-utilized, unfit / unsafe for habitation / use or within other lots / properties that are similarly situated.

The fully enclosed component of the building / structure situated between the establishment grade and the first of a typical floor of the building / structure’s tower component.

A portion of a yard for which the permitted limit of paving / hardscaping shall not exceed 50% of the area of the yard.

Page 310: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

310/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

653 What pipe color is for Hot Water? Yellow

654 What pipe color is for Cold Water? Green

655 30 degree

656 38 m./min.

657 Comfortable cooling shall be maintained at __________ 20 deg C – 24 deg C

658 600 mm.

659 How many storey shall a dry stand pipe be equipped with it? 4 Storey

660 1.50m

661 Water Code of the Philippines PD 1067

662 What is the minimum road right-of-way width to be able to construct a basement? 10.00m

663 Escalators width shall not be less than __________ 560mm

664 200mm

665 800mm

666 What is the minimum radius for Cul-de-sac? 9.15 m.

667 Escalators width shall not exceed the width of the steps by more than __________ 330 mm

668 820mm x 1000mm

669 400mm

670 What is the minimum setback for residential-1? 4.50 x 2.00 x 2.00

671 8.00 x 5.00 x 5.00m

672 What is the minimum width of planting strip (for trees) for each side of the RROW? 300mm

The angle of inclination of an escalator shall not exceed __________ form the horizontal.

The rate and speed, measured along the angle of inclination, shall be not more than __________ meters per minute.

Hoistway pit for elevators shall be of such depth that when the car rest on the fully compressed buffers, a clearance of not less than __________ remains between the underside of the car and the bottom of the pit.

. What is the maximum total projection of balcony if the width of the streets are over 14.00 meters

What is the minimum width of planting strip (for glass and shrubs) for each side of the RROW?

Sidewalks of 2.00 meters or more width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of not less than _________ in width.

What is the minimum clear opening of a window to be able to consider as a mean of egress?

Firewall with a minimum 2 hour fire-resistive rating constructed with a minimum height clearance of __________ above the roof.

What is the minimum setback for Commercial buildings if the RROW is 30.00m and above?

Page 311: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

311/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

673 What is the minimum Total Open Space for Corner-through lot? . 5% open space

674 What is the minimum Total Open Space for Interior Lot? 50% open space

675 Roof – The wind load for roof shall be atleast __________ kg/m2 for vertical projection. 120

676 250mm & 600mm

677 50.00m

678 A store window in which goods are displayed. Show Window

679 12 months

680 30 days

681 What is the Air Space requirement for a Habitable Rooms? 14.00m3

682 Arcade

683 Footing

684 Foundation

685 Girder

686 Helistop

687 A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants within a building. Common Hall

688 Lintel

689 5

690 The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground. Masonry Socalo

691 The underside of a beam, lintel or reveal. Soffit

692 . A wall which supports any load other than its own weight. Bearing Wall

Footing shall be of sufficient size and strength to support the load of the dwelling and shall be at least __________ thick and __________ below the surface of the ground.

What is the required distance of ingress / egress of vehicles for commercial lot near major intersections?

A building permit issued under the provision of the Building Code shall expire and become null and void if the building or work authorized therein is not commenced within a period of _________

A certificate of Occupancy shall be issued by the Building Official within __________ if after final inspection and submittal of a Certificate of Completion.

Any portion of building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk beyond the first-storey wall used as protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.

That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to the soil or the pile.

All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth upon which the structure rests.

A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joist or walls over opening.

The same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs or storage of helicopters is permitted.

The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall construction above.

A Lodging House is any building or portion thereof, containing not more than __________ guest rooms where rent is paid in money, goods, labor, or otherwise.

Page 312: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

312/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

693 Curtain Wall

694 4

695 Pertaining to the measurement of the human body. Anthropometrics

696 An exit, or a means of going out. Egress

697 Ramps should have a minimum clear width of __________ 1.20m

698 All doors should have a minimum clear width of __________ 0.80 m.

699 Corridors should have a minimum clear width of __________ 1.20m

700 The Fire Code of the Philippines PD 1185

701 1:20

702 The minimum width of a curb cut-out should be __________ 0.90m

703 Curb cut-outs should not have a gradient not more than __________ 1:12

704 What is the minimum dimension for Rest Stops on busy or lengthy walkways? 12.00m

705 Minimum walkway headroom should be __________ 2.00 mts

706 0.10 m

707 0.35 m

708 Slum

709 What is the minimum length of a chaflans? 4.00m

710 1.80m

711 6.00m

712 What is the incremental setback per storey above the second floor level? 0.30m

The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing portion of an enclosing wall between piers.

What is the Wheelchair Seating Capacity for an Auditoriums that has 51 -300 seating capacity?

Dropped curbs shall be sloped toward the road with a maximum gradient of __________ to prevent water from collecting at the walkway.

Ramps shall be equipped with curbs on both side with a minimum height of __________

The railing should incorporate a tapping rail to assist the blind; this should not be greater than __________ above the adjacent surface.

Blighted Area; Eyesore; An area where the value of real estate tend to deteriorate because of the dilapidated, obsolescent, and insanitary condition of the building within the area.

Entrance with vestibules shall be provided a level area with at least a __________ depth and a 1.50m width.

The length of ramp should not exceed __________ if the gradient is 1:12, and shall provided with landing not less than 1.50m

Page 313: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

313/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

713 Arcade pedestrian walkways shall have a clear height of __________ 3.00m

714

715 The live load at first floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2 200 kg/m2

716 The live load for the second floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2 150 kg/m2

717 200

718 1 car : 2 units

719 30 cm.

720 25 mm.

721 Which does the building code regulate and control? Construction

722

723 Who is responsible in carrying out the provisions of the National Building Code? Building Officials

724 I & IV

725

726 What document is necessary in order to legally occupy a building?

727 Where is the measurement of site occupancy taken? gross floor area

728 Which is not a determinant in the limitation of maximum site occupancy? Use

729 What is the minimum height of ceilings for spaces that are naturally ventilated 2.7 m.

All pipe materials to be used in buildings/ structures shall conform to the standard specification of the __________ of the Department of Trade and Industry.

Bureau of Product Standards

Multi-floor parking garages may serve the 20% parking requirements of the building / structure within __________ meter radius.

What is the minimum required parking slot for offices, commercial or mixed-use condominium buildings / structures if the unit gross area is 18 – 40 m2?

In BP 344, Handrails that required full grip should have a minimum dimension of __________cm – 50 cm

In BP 344, The lowest point of a dropped curb should not exceed _________ height above the road or gutter.

Which is not part of the general powers and functions of the secretary of the Public Works, Transportation and Communication pertinent to the National Building Code?

formulate guidelines on land-use planning

and zoning

What are the two cases which invalidates the building permit. I - when construction does not commence with in one year from the date of its issue; II - when construction is suspended for more than one year; III - when construction is suspended for six months; IV - when construction is suspended or abandoned for a period of 120 days :::

Which is a reason or ground for non-issuance, suspension or revocation of a building permit?

errors found in plans and specifications

certificate of occupancy

Page 314: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

314/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

730 2.10 m.

731 The minimum window area for a 12 square meter naturally ventilated room. 1.2 m2

732 An off premise sign. advertising sign

733 In order to positively drain a sidewalk, its slope shall be about ___. 1:50

734 When means of exit is insufficient. Fire Hazard

735 Addition

736 Change from residential to commercial use of a building. Concersion

737 Construction of partitions and roofing on the roof deck in order to make it habitable. Addition

738 Comfortable cool temperature is _____ 20-23 centigrade

739 What is the minimum access road that is provided by the National building code? 3 m.

740 Air Trans. Office

741 Which is not required in applying for a building permit? Bussiness Permit

742 Which is the most important basic need of human settlement? Water

743 What is the minimum slope for accessible ramps for disabled? 1:12

744 Building Codes

745 Building official

746 Party Walls

747 Local Ordinances

748 GA 26

What is the minimum head room clearance for the third floor that is artificially ventilated?

Any new construction which increases the height or area of an existing building or structure.

Which office issue certificate of height clearance for buildings located within approach and departure zones of airports?

Is a set of rules that specify the minimum acceptable level of safety for constructed objects such as buildings andnonbuilding structures.

Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the sectary to enforce the provision of the code in the fieldas well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.

This wall is sometimes constructed over the center of the property line dividing two terraced flats or row houses sothat one half of the wall is on each property. They are sometimes two abutting walls built at different times.

Usually gives us architect problems, we have to verify with the barangay or homeowner association for preliminaryapproval to avoid conflict with our design and to avoid delay in our application of permits.

Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used fordownspouts.

Page 315: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

315/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

749 Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof. 15 cms.

750 0.90 mtr.

751 Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35. 3

752 2

753 1

754 4

755 1:30

756 1:25

757 Ratio of urinals for elementary school. 1:75

758 1:75

759 4

760 1:5

761 600 mm

762 30 mm

763 558 mm

764 38 Meters/Min

765 Defining open space in residential subdivision PD 1296

766

Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openablewindow, door opening, air intake, or vent shaft.

Required number of water closets for males for anauditorium serving 16-35.

Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving10-50.

Required number of water closets for females for atheater serving 51-100.

Ratio of water closets for male population for elementaryand secondary school.

Ratio of water closets for female population forelementary and secondary school.

Ratio of water closets for female population for PrincipalWorship Places.

Minimum required number of water closets for female foroffice and public buildings serving 55 occupants for employees.

Where there is exposure to skin contamination due topoisonous materials, what is the ratio of lavatory to number ofoccupants

Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of thecar and the bottom of the pit shall not be less than ___.

Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting andcounterweight rope.

Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in anescalator.

Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalatoralong the angle of travel.

A key house agency that assist private developers to undertakelow and middle income mass housing production

Home Insurance & Guarantee

Corporation (HIGC)

Page 316: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

316/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

767 Firewall; fireblock

768 Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law. PD 957

769 CPD Provider

770 BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is 1 slot/family dwelling

771 100 meters

772 Class B Fire

773 Minimum exit door width. 0.71 mtr.

774 Minimum floor to ceiling height. 2.30 mts.

775 Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair. 0.19 mtr.

776 Maximum height between landings for class A stair. 2.75 mts.

777 Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs. 2.00 mts.

778 Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms. 0.28 sqm.

779 Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants 4

780 Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system. 46.00 mts.

781 Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system. 61.00 mts.

782 Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building. 0.83 mtr.

783 Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles. 14

784 Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side. 7

785 Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly. 60 cms.

786 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60. 91 cms.

A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically fromlowest portion of the wall which adjoins two living units up to aminimum height of 0.30 meters above the highest portion of the roofand extends horizontally 0.30 meters beyond the outermost edge ofthe abutting living units?

This means, an entities, agencies, organization & the like thathave been accredited/registered with the Board of Architecture ofthe Professional Regulation Commission to deliver seminars, lectures,& other continuing Professional Education Modules for Architects,other than the IAPOA which is automatically accredited by the Boardof Architecture?

PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential CondominiumProjects, offsite parking is allowed but must NOT be more how maymeters away from the building it serves?

PD 1185: Which of the following denotes a fire involvingflammable liquids and gasses?

Page 317: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

317/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

787 Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling. 2.00 mts.

788 Minimum clear width of turnstiles. 56 cms.

789 Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs. 112 cms.

790 Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs. 3

791 Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread. 76 cms.

792 Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall. 38 mm.

793 Minimum height of a guard rail. 91 cms.

794 Maximum height of a guard rail. 106 cms.

795 Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair. 7.50 mts.

796 Minimum width of any balcony or bridge. 112 cms.

797 Minimum width of a class A ramp. 112 cms.

798 Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads. 20.3 cms

799 Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator. 1floor

800 Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.

801 Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.

802 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 15.25 cms.

803 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building. 30.5 cms.

804 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.

805 Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.

806 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 2.13 mts.

807 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 1.98 mts.

808 Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants. 3

809 Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly. 50-300

810 Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure. 2

Page 318: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

318/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

811 30 mts.

812 Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler. 30 mts.

813 Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with sprinkler. 31 mts.

814 Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter. 2.5 cms.

815 91 cms.

816 1.00 mtr.

817 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly building. 76 cms.

818 Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building. 1.80 mts.

819 Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes. 2.44 mts.

820 Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions. 1.83 mts.

821 Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure. 112 cms.

822 Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building. 112 cms.

823 Occupant load per person for laboratories. 4.60 sqm.

824 Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy. Institutional

825 Assembly

826 Assembly

827 Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy. Business

828 Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or groups. Picking rooms.

829 Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height. High rise building

830 Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc. Explosive magazine

831 Plenum

832 A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion. Fulminate

833 Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air. Phyrophoric

834 A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion. Oxidizing material

Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with sprinkler system for institutional use.

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a public assembly building.

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a public assembly building.

Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy.

Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy

An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which form part of an air distribution system.

Page 319: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

319/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

835 A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension. Forging

836 Distillation

837 Dust

838 Temperature rating at flash point. 37.8 oC (100 oF)

839 A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses. Class B

840 The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor. Boiling Point

841 Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall. 4 hrs.

842 A continuous passageway for the transmission of air. Duct System

843 Flash Point

844 Fumigant

845 Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles. 4.50 mts.

846 Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers. 1.80 mts.

847 Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products. 3.70 mts.

848 For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence. 1.50 mts.

849 Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6 persons. 15.00 mts.

850 Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit. 23.00 mts.

851 Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family dwelling. 3.00 mts.

852 Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail. 9 cms.

853 Minimum door width of a single door in a door way. 71 cms.

854 20.5 cms.

855 Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware. 7 kgs.

856 Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation. 112 cms.

857 Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation. 76 cms.

858 Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition. 20

The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the result vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance.

A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will cause an explosion.

The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air.

A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs, rodents or other pests.

Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other than a balcony.

Page 320: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

320/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

859 Minimum width of a door for family day care homes. 61 cms.

860 Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50. 91 cms.

861 25 mm

862 Maximum height of a handrail. 86.5 cms.

863 A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above. 37.8 oC (100 oF)

864 Fire resistance rating

865 Cryogenic

866 Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be. 30.50 mts.

867 Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall. Assembly

868 Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall. Institutional

869 Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall. Business

870 Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall. Industrial

871 Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall. Mercantile

872 Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies. 71 cms.

873 Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores. 1

874 Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store. 1.50 mts.

875 Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall. 3.66 mts.

876 Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection. 15 mts.

877 Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies. 763 cms.

878 Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs. 19 cms.

879 Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs. 20 cms.

880 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons. 112 cms.

881 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below. 91 cms.

882 Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair. 38 mm.

Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread below 25 cms in dimension.

The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard fire test is known as.

Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate surrounding.

Page 321: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

321/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

883 Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs. 25 mm.

884 Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs. 3.70 mts.

885 Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs. 112 cms.

886 Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp. 112 cms.

887 Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp. 76 cms.

888 Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage. 10-17%

889 Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp. No limit

890 Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp. 3.66 mts.

891 Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height. 1.20 mts.

892 Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.

893 Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire escape. 55.9 cms.

894 Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings. 30.5 cms.

895 Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.

896 Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities. 23 mts.

897 Class D

898 Class A

899 Dip Tank

900

901 A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way. Means of Egress

902 Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires. 5.00 mts.

903 Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall? Assembly

904 Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall? Business

905 Maximum width of a single door in a doorway. 1.22 mts.

Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and other similar materials.

Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth, rubber, and plastics.

A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials are immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.

An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a source of extinguishing agents or medium and designed in accordance with fire protection engineering standards which when actuated by its automatic detecting device, suppresses fire within the area protected.

Automatic Fire Suppression System

Page 322: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

322/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

906 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.

907 Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 30.5 cms.

908 Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 25 cms.

909 60 oC

910 In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back. 0.83 mtr.

911 Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind. 30 cms.

912 Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures. (1:8) 12.5%

913 Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building. 63.5 mm.

914 Occupant load per person for classrooms. 1.8 sqm.

915 76.25 mts.

916 Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies. 55 cms.

917 Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies. 82 cms.

918 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes. 2.44 mts.

919 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care. 1.83 mts.

920 465 sqm.

921 Hotel

922 Apartment Buildings

923 Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system. 3

924 Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system. 12

925 An Act to Ordain and Institute the Civil Code of the Philippines RA 0386

926 An Act to Regulate the Practice of Civil Engineering in the Phils. RA 0544

927 An Act to Regulate the Practice of Architecture in RP RA 0545

928 Sanitary Engineering Law RA 1364

929 An Act To Regulate the Trade Of Master Plumber RA 1378

Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many degrees Celsius?

Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to the outside and shall be spaced ___ meters apart. (Educational)

Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum area of how many square meters?

Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are more than 15 sleeping accommodations for hire.

Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and bathroom facilities, whether or by any other name.designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, garden apartment,

Page 323: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

323/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

930 Ammended Civil Engineering Law RA 1582

931 Contractor's License Law RA 4566

932 Condominium Act RA 4726

933 Predecessor of PD 1096 (NBC) RA 6541

934 Magna Carta for Disabled Persons RA 7277

935 Urban Development Housing Act of 1992 RA 7279

936 Intellectural Property Code of the Philippines RA 8293

937 Interior Design Law RA 8534

938 PRC Modernization Act of 2000 RA 8981

939 Philippines Landscape Architecture Act of 2000 RA 9053

940 The Architecture Act of 2004 (January 2004) RA 9266

941 Professional Regulation Commission (June 1973) PD 0223

942 Regulating the sale of Subdivision Lots and Condominiums PD 0957

943 National Building Code PD 1096

944 Philippine Environmental Policy (June 1977) PD 1151

945 Fire Code of the Philippines PD 1185

946 Defining Open Spaces in Residential Subdivisions PD 1216

947 Regulating the Practice of Environmental Planning PD 1308

948 Government Infrastructure Contracts PD 1594

949 Architectural Guidelines for Intramuros PD 1616

950 Economic and Socialized Housing BP 220

951 Accessibility Law BP 344

952 set offs explosives BLASTING AGENT

953 explosive compound produced by the reaction of nitric acid w/ cellulose material CELLULOSE NITRATE

Page 324: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

324/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

954 plastic substance having cellulose nitrate as base PYROXYLIN

955 flash point above 37.8 C or 100 F

956 liquid causes fire when contact with organic matter CORROSIVE LIQUID

957 produces a rapid drop of temperature in immediate surroundings CRYOGENIC

958 in air duct system; device to restrict the passage of smoke or fire DAMPER

959 first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less DISTILLATION

960 extremely hot luminous bridge of an electric current ELECTRIC ARC

961 a hot piece or lump after a material is burned EMBER

962 active principle of burning FIRE

963 minimum temperature at which materials give off vapor to form ignitable mixture with air FLASH POINT

964 a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shapes or dimensions FORGING

965 stable explosive compounds which explodes by percussion FULMINATE

966 a rocket or liquid propellant when fuels and oxiders combined HYPERGOLIC FUEL

967 materials that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to support combustion

968 descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air PYROPHORIC

969 impurities or deleterious material remove from a mixture to produce pure element REFINING

970 melting or fusing of metallic ores to separate impurities from pure metals SMELTING

971 interior lot 50%

972 inside lot 20%

973 corner/through lots 10%

974 3 sides public open space 5%

975 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 150 HECTARES BELOW 3.50%

976 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 151 - 225 HECTARES BELOW 7%

977 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 225 HECTARES ABOVE 9%

COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID

OXIDIZING MATERIAL

Page 325: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

325/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

978 minimum open space requirement from density 60-100 30%

979 minimum size of pocket parks 100 sqm

980 potable water supply per capita per day 43 li.

981 if independent from the developer 75 li

982 far away from pollution or source of contamination 25 mts.

983 difference between developed and undeveloped area on circulation TYPE OF PAVEMENT

984 not necessary in suitability of site of economic socialized housing SLOPE

985 minimum lot area- single detached 72 sqm

986 minimum lot area- semi detached corner lot 54 sqm

987 minimum lot area- semi detached rowhouse 36 sqm

988 minimum lot frontage- single detached 8 m

989 minimum lot frontage- semi detached corner lot 6 m

990 minimum lot frontage- semi detached rowhouse 3.5 m

991 maximum block length 250 m

992 provide an alley 250 up to 400 m

993 maximum block length provided by an alley 150 m

994 maximum block length provided by pathwalk 100 m

995 height limitation 2 STOREY

996 minimum horiizontal dimension of courts 2.00 m

997 minimum size of passageway or street 1.20 m

998 floor area requirement for single family dwelling unit 20 sqm

999 minimum ceiling heights 2.00 m

1000 minimum ceiling heights of mezzanine 1.80 m

1001 mezzanine shall not cover the floor area in % 50%

Page 326: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

326/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1002 minimum door clear height 2.00 m

1003 minimum door clear height for mezzanine and bathroom 1.80 m

1004 opening of main door .80 m

1005 service door/bedroom .70 m

1006 bathroom .60 m

1007 window opening and floor area 10 % opening

1008 window opening and floor area of bathroom 1 over 20

1009 stairway clear width .60 m

1010 maximum riser height .25 m

1011 minimum tread width .20 m

1012 headroom clearances 2.00 m

1013 maximum height between landings 3.60 m

1014 maximum number of risers w/o handrail 4 steps

1015 handrail measurement .80 m - 1.20 m

1016 minimum clearance of handrail to wall 38 mm

1017 minimum tread of winding stair from 300 mm side 150 mm

1018 maximim variation in tread and risers 5 mm

1019 maximim distance between landings required of ladder 1.80 m

1020 electrical requirements

1021 2 units abut each other is re required of 4" thk fireblock

1022 non residential shall not exceed from residential 25%

1023 minimum distance between two dwelling units 4.00 m

1024 minimum distance of roof eaves between two dwelling units 1.5

1025 minimum distance between two dwelling units (3-4 storeys) 6.00 m

1 light and 1 conv. outlet

Page 327: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

327/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1026 minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (3-4 storeys) 2.00 m

1027 minimum distance between two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys) 10.00 m

1028 minimum horizontal distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys) 6.00 m

1029 minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys) 1.00 m

1030 minimum parking requirement 1 for every 20 units

1031 minimum floor area for multi family dwellin units 36.00 sqm

1032 exit width w/ occupant load of 50 or less .80 m

1033 for every additional occupant load of 25 plus .15 m

1034 maximum exit of travel 45.00 m

1035 maximum exit of travel if there is fire extinguisher 60.00 m

1036 maximum dead end corridors 12 m

1037 maximum corridor of an interior corridor 25%

1038 maximum allowable slope ramps with 300mm changes in elevation 15%

1039 clear width of stair w/ 2 or more living units .90 m

1040 maximum landing width; equal to run 1.20 m

1041 with 3.00 m width of stair one handrail

1042 with 3.00 m-3.50 m stair width two handrails

1043 above the nosing or tread .80 m - 1.00 m

1044 maximum distance of travel when above one storey 24.00 m

1045 for 4 or more building storey in height w/ roof slope not greater than 1:3 one stairwell

1046 headroom clearances 2.00 m

1047 lifespan of indigeneous materials 25 years

1048 a public way intended to serve for pedestrians and emergency vehicles ALLEY

1049 a parcel of land bounded on the sides by the streets or alleys o pathways BLOCK

Page 328: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

328/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1050 a single family attached dwelling containing 3 or more separate living units CLUSTER HOUSING

1051 a wall w/c seperates two abutting living units as to resist the spread of fire FIREBLOCK

1052 a fireblock which extends vertically from the lowest portion of the wall FIREWALL

1053 a wall jointly used by two parties under easements agreement PARTYWALL

1054 shall cover of each phase 10 hectares

1055 min. lot sizes rowhouse 50 sqm

1056 min. lot sizes duplex 150 sqm

1057 min. lot sizes single detached 100 sqm

1058 Frontage Model A and B 10 m

1059 Frontage Model C 8 m

1060 Frontage irregular lot 6 m

1061 Frontage rowhouse 4 m

1062 Frontage minimum width of alley after 250m block 4.00 m

1063 Frontage maximim length of blocklength 400 m

1064 DESIGN STANDARDS FOR CONDOMINIUM PROJECTS

1065 dwelling unit (household) 40 sqm

1066 occupancy unit (single) 31 sqm

1067 parking slot 1 slot / unit

1068 not more than the building it serves 100 m

1069 parks and playground

1070 4 floors optional

1071 5-6 floors 1 elevator

1072 7 floors and up 2 elevators

1073 required area of playgrounds/parks for every 1,000 sqm 100 sqm

50 sqm/10 units 3 sqm/additional unit

Page 329: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

329/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1074 features that enable the disable person to make use of the primary function ACCESSIBLE

1075 a small recess space in a room or a wall ALCOVE

1076 CURB CUT OUT

1077 the degree of inclination of the sloped surface expressed in ratio GRADIENT OF RAMP

1078 a sloped surface connecting two or more surface at different levels RAMP

1079 a paved footwalk at the side of the street SIDEWALK

1080 THRESHOLD

1081 an exterior passage for walking along WALKWAY

1082 width of walkway to permit a person in wheelchair to traverse it w/ safety 1.20 m

1083 maximum dimension of turn about spaces 1.50 m

1084 maximum distance between restop 3.00 m

1085 width of corridor for person to traverse w/ wheelchair 1.20 m

1086 entrance depth w/ vestibule 3.00 m

1087 structural opening of door entrances 1.00 m

1088 clear opening of door entrances .80 m

1089 minimum dimension of floor area of toilet 1.70 m x 1.80 m

1090 minimum dimension of floor area of elevator 1.10 m x 1.40 m

1091 minimum width of door elevator .80 m

1092 centerline height of topmost buttons of elevator and floor switches .90 m - 1.20 m

1093 maximum gradient of ramp 1:12

1094 maximum length for 1:12 ramp 6.00 m

1095 minimum length of landing for the 1:12 ramp 1.50 m

1096 level area at the top and bottom of any ramp 1.80 m

1097 handrail level on both edges .70 and .90

a break in the sidewalk or traffic island provided w/ an inclined surface to facilitate mobility of wheelchair

a strip fastened to the floor usually required to cover the joint where two types of floor materials meet

Page 330: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

330/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1098 length of extension in a handrail from ramp .30 m

1099 height of curbs in a ramp 50 mm

1100 parking slot width 3.70 m

1101 maximum height of tresholds 2.5 mm

1102 provision of one fountain 1 for 2,000 sqm

1103 height of the rim of the fountain from the floor 0.85 m

1104 unobstructed clear space for public telephones 1.50 m x 1.50 m

1105 height of dialling from floor of a telephone booth 1.10 m

1106 clear opening of telephone booths .80 m

1107 regular buses 5 seats

1108 air conditioned bus 4 seats

1109 passenger trains 6 seats

1110 passenger airplanes 2 seats

1111 4-50 seating capacity 2 seats

1112 51-300 seating capacity 4 seats

1113 301-500 seating capacity 6 seats

1114 BUILDING PERMIT

1115 CONSTRUCTION

1116 any new construction which increases the height or the area of an existing bulding ADDITON

1117 installation of all components of a building or structure ERECTION

1118 ALTERATION

1119 RENOVATION

1120 CONVERSION

1121 REPAIR

a written authorizaton granted by the building official to an applican allowing him to him proceed with the construction

all on site work done from site preparation, excavation, foundation, installation in place of components of a building or structure

construction in a buiding/structure involving, changing in the materials used partitioning, location, size of openings, structural parts, existing utilities and equipment but does not increase its overall area thereofany physical change made on a building to increase its value, utility or to improve its aesthetic quality

a change in the use or occupancy of the building or any portion thereof which has different requirement

remedial work on any damaged or deterirated portion of a building to restore its original condition

Page 331: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

331/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1122 MOVING

1123 sytematic dismantling or destruction of a building in whole or part DEMOLITION

1124

the transfer of any building structure portion thereof from its original location or position to another, either on the same lot or to either one

a secondary building located within the same premises the use of which is incidental to that of the main building

ANCILLARY BUILDING

Page 332: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

332/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

Page 333: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

333/469

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

Page 334: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

334/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

1 PD 1296

2

3 The value of extra work or change in construction plans by the owner

4 Affordable Cost

5 Architectural programming is one of the architect’s services that falls under Pre design

6 Burst node

7 Project Management

8 Cost Records

9 Consulting Architect

10 BA full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in the supervision of the work Project representative

11 98%

12 UAP doc. 202

13 3 months

14 PD 957

15

16 Performance Bond

17 1 slot/ family dwelling

18 100 meters

Defining open space in residential subdivision

A key house agency that assist private developers to undertake low and middle income mass housing production Home Ins. & Guarantee

Corp. (HIGC)

Actual Cost + 10%(profit,overhead & tax)

Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on the needs and financial capability of “program beneficiaries and appropriate financial schemes” (RA 7279).

In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or more activities

When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate the whole range of Comprehensive Architectural Services, it shall constitute?

Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract?

He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically and professionally qualified, & with exceptional or recognized expertise or specialization in any branch of architecture;

After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the project & issue certificate of completion after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during period of making good of all known defect of 60 daysIn methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Manager performs regular architectural services for the same project, he is compensated separately for these services as stipulated in what UAP Documents?

Within how many months shall be the release of Retention from date of Final Payment?

Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law.

This services giver full meaning to what the professional calls comprehensive Architectural Service. It wraps-up the whole range of architectural services. Post Construction

Services

The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as a guarantee of good faith on the part of the contractor to execute the work in accordance with terms of the Contract

BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is

PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential Condominium Projects, offsite parking is allowed but must NOT be more how may meters away from the building it serves?

Page 335: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

335/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

19 City Engineer

20 Architect

21 Special Provisions

22 Contractor / 2

23 Specifications

24 Open Specifications

25 Closed Specifications

26

27 Combines two or more techniques.

28

29

30

Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the secretary to enforce the provision of the code in the field as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto

Contract Documents shall be the property of the

It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, & general conditions of the contract.

The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings for the architect’s approval

are set of requirements for an itemized or generalized construction work, materials, methods, or systems.

shows the general requirements without consideration of a specific type or brand for materials. Open specs may be subject to reasonable changes and equivalencies.

– establishes the exact and specific quantity, types, color, texture, and other properties. Such can not be changed or subjected to equivalencies without prior concent from the specs writter or the architect

specifies the manufacturers and producers or the brands of materials and products be used for each specific work.

Brand Name Specifications

Combination Specifications

Division 01 — General Requirements Division 02 — Site Construction Division 03 — Concrete Division 04 — Masonry Division 05 — Metals Division 06 — Wood and Plastics Division 07 — Thermal and Moisture Protection Division 08 — Doors and Windows Division 09 — Finishes Division 10 — Specialties Division11 — Equipment Division 12 — Furnishings Division 13 — Special Construction Division 14 — Conveying Systems Division 15 — Mechanical Division 16 — Electrical

Division of Master Format Specifications

(1995 - Nov 2004)

an organization that maintains and advances the standardization of construction language as pertains to building specifications.provides structured guidelines for specification writing in their Project Resource Manual, formerly called the Manual of Practice (MOP).

CSI - Construction Specification Institute

The most widely used standard for organising specifications and other written information for commercial and institutional building projects. It provides a master list of divisions, and section numbers and titles within each division, to be followed in organizing information about a facility’s construction requirements and associated activities

Master Format Specifications

Page 336: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

336/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

31 Classes of Fire

32 not normally filled with water (water is introduced by fire service connection when needed) Dry Standpipe

33 air compartment or chamber to which ducts are connected Plenum

34 – neutralize or remove a fire hazard Abatement

35 it is normally open, closes automatically to prevent passage of fire or smoke Damper

36 Flash Point

37 an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device Jumper

38 stairway enclosure so designed that products of combustion is prevented from moving in Smokeproof Tower

39 not allowed as a form of escape Fire escape ladders

40

41 BP 220

42 Sale of Subd Lots / Condo buyers protection PD 957

43 defining open space PD 1216

44 Condominium act RA 4726

ClassesA – wood, cloth, paper, rubber and plasticsB – flammable liquid and gasesC – fire involving energized electrical equipmentD – involving combustible metals (such as magnesium, sodium, potassium)

the lowest temperature at which the material will give sufficient vapor to ignite when exposed to flame

signed on docs. that one has not prepared or supervisedpaid illegal amount in the applicationimpersonationaided an illegal practice

Grounds for suspension and

revocation of license

develop levels of standards and technical requirements for economic and socialized housing projectsfor socialized and economic housinghousing units that are affordable to average and low-income earner (30% of the gross family income)it is a law that relaxes the provisions of the NBC for the purpose of making the dwelling units more affordable without compromising health, safety and enviromental protection

Page 337: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

337/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

45

46

47 Philippine Environmental Code PD 1152

48 Project Manual

49

50

51

52

53

54

comprehensive and continuing urban development and housing program, establish the mechanism for its implementation, and for other purposesa. Uplift the conditions of the underprivileged and homeless citizens in urban areas and in resettlement areas by making available to them decent housing at affordable cost, basic services, and employment opportunities;b. Provide for the rational use and development of urban land in order to bring about the following:

R.A. 7279 - Urban Development and

Housing Act

Environmental Impact Statementprepare, file and include in every action, project or undertaking which significantly affects the quality of the environment a detailed statement on: the environmental impact of the proposed action, any adverse environmental effect which cannot be avoided should the proposal be implemented; alternative to the proposed action; a determination that the short-term uses of the resources of the environment are consistent with the maintenance and enhancement of the long-term productivity of the samewhenever a proposal involves the use of depletable or nonrenewable resources, a finding must be made that such use and commitment are warranted.

P.D. 1151 - Philippine Environmental Policy

a book containing all contract and non-contract documents for a construction project except the drawingsOrganization of the Project Manualbidding requirementsparts of the contract (agreement and bond forms)general and supplementary conditions of the contracttechnical specifications

invitation, prequalification forms, instruction to bidders, information to bidders, bid forms Bidding Requirements

bid security, subcontractor list, substitutions supplements to bid forms

agreement (owner-contractor), performance bond, labor and materials payment bond, certificates of insurance contract forms

general conditionsgeneral and

supplementary conditions

(also called “closed”), specifies brand names, product, proprietary specification – the most restrictive“approved equal” language,

Prescriptive Specification

(also called “open”), specifies results that are to be achieved but gives the contractor the choice on how it will be achieved; used in public projects in order to promote competitiondescriptive – like a “recipe” to be followed, quantities and qualities of ingredientsreference standard – reference to ASTM, AISC, NBC

Performance Secification

Page 338: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

338/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

55 Writing Specifications

56 one general contractor single prime contract

57 multiple prime contract

58 many prime contracts

59 Drawings

60 Specifications

61

62 Agreement

63

64 Modifications

65

66 shop drawings

67 Sample

68 brochure, charts, instructions Product data

69 Change Orders

70 Project Closeout

complete, accurate and unambiguousup to date references (standards)do not specify the results and at the same time the method (this may conflict)use standards than can be measuredavoid exculpatory clauses (broad way of shifting responsibility)avoid “and/or”, etc.,keep it short

major portions are contracted separately (e.g. mechanical, electrical), specialty contractors favor this but make coordination difficult

used for fast track construction, some work can proceed as soon as its drawings and specs are available, other will have to wait, this overlaps the design process

graphic presentation of work to be done

written and verbal description of work

changes in the work, time, protection of persons and property, insurance and bonds, correction of work, termination or suspension of the contract General Conditions

compensation, description of work, date of commencement, completion, liquidated damages, payment

changes before contract execution addenda

changes after contract execution

Architect reviews processes, shop drawings, submittals, observes construction making sure it is consistent with the contract, evaluates contractor accomplishment and request for payments and administers the project closeout procedure

Construction Administration

illustrations showing how the contractor proposes to supply and install the required work, very detailed

physical example of the portion of work, they become standards of appearances and workmanship

authorizing the variation from the original that involves changes in cost and/or time. Architect prepares it, the owner issues it to the contractor. All must approve this.

when the building is made ready for occupancy

Page 339: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

339/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

71 when the building can be used, it is also the termination of the contractors schedule Substantial Completion

72 – a result of architect’s inspection, identifies the work to be completed or corrected punchlist

73 formulates policies and objectives as well as over-all strategies for housinc

74

75 provident savings fund for housing

76

77 undertake housing development and resettlement

78 develop, standardize, and mass produce housing materials

79

Housing and Urban Development

Coordinating Council (HUDCC)

formerly Human Settlements Regulatory Commission; to foster growth and renewal of urban and rural communities, optimum land-use, adequate shelter and environmental protection

Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board

(HLURB)

Home Development Mutual Fund (Pag-ibig

Fund)

generate continuous source of funds for housing through secondary mortgage market system

National Home Mortgage and Finance Corporation (NHMFC)

National Housing Authority (NHA)

National Housing Corporation (NHC)

1902 - Academia de Arquitectura y Agrimensura de Filipinas; 1st President Guillermo Gardiner National Assembly 1921 - 1st Engineers and Architects Law Act No. 2985 (master buildings were registered as architects)1933 - Philippine Architects Society (adopted a code of ethics and standardized fees)1945 Sept. 2 - PAS became PIAP the became Philippine Institute of Architects (PIA)1950 - League of Philippine Architects, AR 545 was enacted1958 - Association of Philippine Government Architects1973 - creation of PRC; APGA, LPA and PIA negotiated1974 - approval of the constitution and by-laws by the 3 organizations1975 - United Architects of the Philippines

History of Archl. Organization in Phils.

Page 340: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

340/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

80

81

82

83

84

85 Pre-Design

86 Design

87

88

responsibilities toward the publicconstructive civic servicepreservation of heritageuphold interest of its professional organizationabide by the code of ethical conductrefrain from paid advertisements of self-laudatory, misleading publicityrefrain from taking part in paid advertisement

architects responsibilities in

relation topeople

introduce oneself by sample (no free design)ascertain nature and scope of project, define chargeshonest advocate (even that would mean loss of project)explain character of estimateconsider needs and stipulation of the clientcharge the clientnot undertake fixed contract sumnot accept payment from other sourcerefrain from business that would discredit oneself

architects responsibilities in

relation toClient

make contractor understand the contract (avoid mistakes)architect’s error should not be absorbed by the contractorpromptly act on non-conformance of the contractornot accept free engineering services or other “freebies” that would make him obligatedpromptly act on request for payments

architects responsibilities in

relation toContractor

no “freebies”avoid commissions, discounts, gifts that places one under reciprocal frame

architects responsibilities in

relation toagents, dealers

no free architect’s services except small civic and charitable projectsnot knowingly compete with other architects on basis of feenot seek commission on a project when another architect is currently negotiatingnot be part of a competition where there is conflict of interestnot invade or conquer another architect’s projectnotify original designers when undertaking renovation worksnot maliciously talk about another architectprotect ones name from being used maliciouslysign only on plans one has preparedtreat well employees and subordinatesshare technical information and experienceserve ones professional association

architects responsibilities in

relation tocolleagues & subordinates

feasibility studies (viability), financing, programming (problem seeking), site selection or analysis, site studies, space studies, promotional services (marketing)

schematic design, design development, contract document, construction

interior design, landscape, physical planning (site planning), comprehensive planning (starts with data base gathering end culminates with master development plan) Specialized Allied

implements constructionhires workers, negotiate with contractors, authorize payment of accounts

Design-Buildby administration

Page 341: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

341/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

89

90 Construction Services

91

92

93 Compensation Method

94 revised RA 6541 PD 1096

95 15 days

96

97 one year / 120 days

98

99 Types of Construction

100

involves the use of a revolving fundsavings and excesses are shared with conditions50/50 split on savings50/50 split on excess up to 110% of the guaranteed costarchitect pays for the excess beyond 110% of the guaranteed cost.

Design Build by guaranteed maximum

cost

full-time supervision (quality control, evaluation of contractor’s work, record keeping)construction management (coordination and supervision, cost and time control, quality control and record keeping)

building and equipment maintenance (trouble free use)building and grounds administration (billing, security, operations)post construction evaluation (have the goals been achieved)

Post Construction Services

all in one Comprehensive Architectural Services

Stipulated sum (fixed fee, lump sum))cost plus fee = actual expense plus reasonable fee for profitmultiple of direct personnel expense = salaries are determined then multiplied by a factor, this is increased by a multiplier for overhead and profitpercentage of construction costunit cost method = based on definable unit (housing unit, square meter, room)per diem plus reimbursable expense

BO issue permit within ______ from the date of payment

fill-up a formlot ownership / possessory right (TCT, sale, lease, contract)drawings, specifications and estimateslot plan

Bldg. permit Requirements

permit becomes null and void if:construction does not commence within _______suspended/ abandoned for ________

no building can be occupied without such certificateno change in occupancy allowedissued within 30 days after final inspection

Certificate of Occupancy

Type I - wood constructionType II - wood with protective fire-resistance and one-hour fire resistive throughoutType III - masonry and wood construction, and one-hour fire resistive throughoutType IV - steel, iron, concrete, masonryType V - fire resistive

time in hours a material or assembly can be expected to withstand exposure to fire without collapsing, develop any openings which permit the passage of flame or hot gases, or exceeding specified temperature on the side away from the fire

fire resistance rating

Page 342: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

342/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

101

102 mixed occupancy

103 10% & 5 %

104 (artificially ventilated)

1052.7m ceiling height

if naturally ventilated

1061.8m Ceiling height

mezzanine

107 6 m2 (least side 2m)

108 Kitchen 3m2 (least side 1.5m)

109 bath/ toilet 1.2 m2 (least side 0.9m)

110 installation in place erection

111 increasing height or area addition

112 alteration

113 physical change to increase value, utility, aesthetics renovation

114 Change in use Conversion

115 remedial work on damaged portion, restore repair

116 transfer of building or part moving

117 systematic dismantling demolition

Category I - residentialCategory II - commercial and industrialCategory III - educational, social and institutionalCategory IV - agriculturalCategory V - ancillary

Classification of Buildings by Use

classified to belong to the most restrictive requirement

size of room relative to window size (____ of floor area and not less than 1 m2; ___ for toilets but not less than 0.24 m2)

ceiling heights (min):2.7m, 2.4m and 2.1m

min. sizes and dimension of roomshuman habitation

changes in materials, partitioning, size of openings, structural parts, utilities without increasing area

Page 343: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

343/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

118 secondary building ancillary

119 permit not required (shed, outhouse, detached from building) minor const.

120 bay or panel

121 the remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open space buildable area

122 area which is equal to the total capacity of the building it serves (0.28sm per person) dispersal area

123 area between bottom of window sill and the ground socalo

124 underside of a beam, lintel soffit

125 an opening through two or more floors that is closed on the top Atrium

126 automatic closing

127 egress system

128 no part of may ignite or burn when subjected to fire non combustible

129 panic hardware

130 Estimates

131 sum of all cost, inherent in converting a design plan into a project ready for operation Construction Cost

132 Direct Cost

of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided by columns, buttresses or division walls

refers to fire assembly, sucha as door, that normally remains in the open position but that closes when subjected to increase in temperature of 165 deg F. or on actuation of a smoke detector.

three parts: exit access (leads to the exit), the exit (between exit access to the discharge, must be fully enclosed and protected, 1 – 2 hour rating) and the exit discharge (outside the building). These must lead to public way.

door latching assembly using an unlatching device that has an activating portion t hat extends across at least ½ of the the width of the door

an evaluation of all the costs of the elements of a specific projectcan be prepared in various phases of the architect’s regular design servicesarea methoddetailedarchitects cannot give guarantee since they are not the ones who will execute the work, they do not have control over the prices

the cost of installed equipment, materials and labor directly involved in the physical construction of the permanent facilitydirectly based on building plans and specificationselevator belongs to the direct costcrane does not

Page 344: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

344/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

133 InDirect Cost

134 under the general contractor, to provide a portion of the work Subcontract

135 Overhead

136 Contingencies

137 Escalation

138 Gross Profit

139 earnings after all operating expenses have been deducted from net operating revenues Net Profit

140 Materials

141 Labor

142 Equipment

143 10 to 20% of the sum of the cost of labor, materials and equipment Overhead

144 usually 5 - 20% of the cost of the job (takes about 15 - 40 percent of the construction cost) Profit

145 bar chart

146

all cost which do not become a final part of the installation, but which is required for the orderly completion of the installation (field administration, direct insurance, taxes)

inherent in the performing on operation which cannot be charged to or identified with a part of the work

specific provision for unforeseeable elements of cost within the defined project scope; events that will increase the cost and will likely occur; expected to be spentmisinterpretationserrors (oversights, take-off, pricing)insufficient information (site, weather, access, peace and order)labor and material (productivity and availability)not RISKs related factors (uncertainties: excessive escalation, excessive changes in conditions, abnormal weather)

the provision in actual or estimated cost for an increase in the cost of equipment, material, labor, etc. over those specified in the contract due to continuing price level changes over time.

earnings from an on-going business after direct cost of goods sold have been deducted from sales of revenues

estimated by quantities and pricing

by labor productivity charts (8man-hours/1 cu.m)as a percentage of the cost of materials

acquisition, depreciation, rental,

indicates the start and end point of activities but does not show sequence and dependencies

graphically depicts all the tasks required to finish the project, the sequence in which they must occur, duration, earliest or latest possible starting time, and the earliest and latest possible finishing time

critical path method (cpm)

Page 345: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

345/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

147 Notes

148 15 % of contract amount Performance Bond

149 Payment Bond

150 Guarantee Bond

151 completion of work, the contractor should present certificate of non financial obligation After 65%

152 After 98%

153

** 5 days – means immediately** 7 days – NTP ‘ notice to proceed’** 10 days – request for materials and drawings – notice (stop, begin or resume)** 15 days – money matters (request for inspection, payments, salary and wages)** 30 days – arbitration** 90 days – government stoppage** 120 days – Building Permit (stoppage)** 365 days – Building Permit (without construction) – 3 consecutive board examination failures – guaranteed bond – reinstatement** 3 years – renewal of license** 15 years – liability of architect to his project

15% of Contract amount- valid until replacement of Guarantee Bond

30% of contract amount- valid up to 1 yr from date of acceptance

substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the project & issue certificate of completion after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during period of making good of all known defects of 60 days.

Doc 201 Pre- design Services

Doc 202 Design services

Doc 203 Specialized Allied Services

Doc 204 Construction Services

Doc 205 Post- Construction Services

Doc 206 Comprehensive Architectural Services Doc 207 Design- Build Services

Doc 208 Selection of Architects & Methods of Compensation

Doc 209 Competition CodeDoc. 210 - Logbook of Diversified Experioence

Page 346: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

346/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

154 Architects Fee

155 Laws in Architecture

156 Types of Specification

157 5 M’s of Construction

158

Simple 6%Moderate 7%Exceptional 8%Residential 10%Monumental MBF + 50%Repetitive 80%, 60%, 40%Housing 60%, 30%Extensive Detailing 15%Alteration and Renovation 150%Consultation P200

PD 1185 Fire CodePD 1096 Building CodePD 957 Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective LawPD 23 Law that Created the PRCPD 49 Intellectual Property Law

RA 545 The Architects Law

BP 344 The Law Enhancing the Mobility of DisabledBP 220 The Socialized Housing Law

1. Performance Specifications - the result of the product, rather than the product itself are specified2. Descriptive Specifications - gives a description of the product3. Brand Name Specification- the desired product is specified by the name given and model number “or an equal approved by the architect”4. Closed Specification-there are two types of closed specifications, the single product and the multi product. Closed specifications are usually brand name specifications. The multi product is the same as a single product except that more than one product is used. “no other brand will be accepted”5. Open Specifications- open because all manufacturers whose product meet performance or description specified may bid. All performance and descriptive specifications are open. Brand name specifications are open if the phrase “or equal”6. Reference Specification- the item desired is referred to by a number corresponding to a number published in a specification.7. Combination Specification-it is possible to have combinations of performance, description and reference specification.

1. M-achines2. M-oney3. M-anpower4. M-aterial5. M-inutes

1. R-eference – Horizontal, Vertical2. E-xcavation – min. depth .60m until stable – w/ signature of the Architect, must have a permit3. R-ebars4. C-oncreting5. F-inishes – Mock up (samples)

Important Milestones of Construction

Page 347: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

347/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

159 Architects Fee for RDS

160 Architects Fee for SAS

161

162

163

164 pays for the Building Permit (cannot be reimbursed, not included in Estimates) Contractor

165 Building Permit

166 affectivity of a Construction contract from receipt of Notice of Final Payment 7 Days

167 Contract

168 limits what things can be taken into account when trying to interpret a contract. parol evidence rule

169 Adjudication

1. Proposal Fee – 5%2. Schematic Design – 15%3. Design Dev’t - 15%4. Contract Docs - 50%5. Retention - 15% = Liability 10%, Supervision 5%

1. Proposal Fee – 5%2. Prelim Drawings - 25%3. Final Drawings - 50%4. Retention - 20% = 3 months after the acceptance of the Architect

1. G-eneral Conditions – Execution, Intent – satisfaction to finish the proj., Correlation 2. A-greement3. S-pecifications4. S-pecial Provisions5. D-rawings

Architectural Contract Documents

UAP – degree of difficulty/complexity of designFCP – risk of occurrence of FireNCP – use and occupancy

PROJECT CLASSIFICATION

1. DBA Design-Build Services by Administration - 7% of Proj. Const. Cost Proj. Const. Cost. in addition to Architects fee for Regular Design Services (UAP 202) 10% (if residential proj.) + 7% = 17% 2. DBGMC Design Build by Guaranteed Maximum Cost a. Lump Sumb. If the cost is exceeded by not more than 10% it is divided = bet. Architect and Client. However if the excess is more than 10% the Architect pays for all extra cost of the 10%

Design Build Services Fee

validity 120 days, valid 12 months if constructed has not commenced; exception government structure; excepted if P15,000 proj. cost

is a "promise" or an "agreement" made of a set of promises. Breach of this contract is recognized by the law and legal remedies can be provided.

is the legal process by which an arbiter or judge reviews evidence and argumentation including legal reasoning set forth by opposing parties or litigants to come to a decision which determines rights and obligations between the parties involved.

Page 348: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

348/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

170 Mutual agreement

171 Bilateral Contract,

172 only one party to the contract makes a promise. Unilateral Contract

173 is one in which the terms are expressed verbally, either orally or in writing Expressed Contract

174 is one in which some of the terms are not expressed in words. Implied Contract

175

176 Quasi-Contract

177

178

179 Term Statement

180 is concerned with knowing the probable total cost of a project. Cost Estimate

181 Quantity Survey

182 Productivity Estimates

183 Bill of Materials

184 Value Engineering

185 Detailed Estimate

There must be an express or implied agreement. The essential requirement is that there be evidence that the parties had each from an objective perspective engaged in conduct manifesting their assent, and a contract will be formed when the parties have met such a requirement.

is an agreement in which each of the parties to the contract makes a promise or promises to the other party.

is one in which the circumstances imply that parties have reached an agreement even though they have not done so expressly.

Implied in fact or implied in law

A contract which is implied in law because it is not in fact a contract; rather, it is a means for the courts to remedy situations in which one party would be unjustly enriched were he or she is not required to compensate the other.

If no reasonable person hearing this statement would take it seriously, it is a puff, and no action in contract is available if the statement proves to be wrong

Puff statement (sales talk):

A representation is a statement of fact made to induce another person to enter into a contract and which does induce them to enter into a contract, but it is one that the maker of the statement does not guarantee its truth. If the statement proves to be incorrect, it cannot be enforced, as it is not a term of the contract, but it may prove to be a misrepresentation, whereupon other remedies are available.

Representation statement

A ___ is similar to a representation, but the truth of the statement is guaranteed by the person who made the statement. The test is an objective test.

is a preliminary estimation technique that aims to establish the quantity of each material for a project, not yet considering their cost.

is concerned with the determination of probable cost of labor by logical assumptions of the productivity of the workers

is a list of materials needed for a project. It usually presents the probable cost for each item.

is a review of the plan and design of a project so as to coordinate with the sizes and specifications of construction materials. It’s aim is to avoid wastage and maximize the use of each material

is an estimate that breaks the subject down into as many items or components possible. Each component are often described with specifications

Page 349: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

349/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

186 Rough Estimate

187 is an assumption of the totality of an item without consideration of its specific components . Lumpsum

188 The amount to be paid for every delay in the contract time Liquidated Damages

189 The ____ ethically can order a “change” during construction anytime Owner

190 ____ is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation Liens

191 An architect is a person who is ____ & technically qualified to practice architecture Legally

192 The General Conditions

193 The ____ contains additional information on Contract Documents: Bid Bulletin

194 Instructions to Bidders

195 There are two ways of undertaking a Design-Build service, one of which is:

196 Salary

197 Building Administrators are compensated on a monthly salary basis or:

198 For non-creative architectural services, compensation is by:

199 Private

200 PD ____ institutionalized the profession of Environmental Planning PD 1308

201 UAP

202 PRC

203 Owner

is an estimate that is computed in general and vague. It is often an assumption by area, volume, or bulk.

The ____ are printed documents stipulating the procedural & administrative aspects of the contract

The ____ is a list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be prepared

By Guaranteed Maximum Cost

Normally, an architect is paid on Percentage of Construction cost method, another method of compensation is:

Percentage of Gross monthly Rentals

Multiple of Direct Personnel Expense

Architects, employed by the government, are not allowed to engage in the ____ practice architecture

____ Mandates government support only to PRC accredited bonafide professional organization.

The ____ shall have the power, upon notice of hearing, to suspend & revoke any certificate of registrations

The _____ pays for the structural, utilities & other tests as may be required for the project.

Page 350: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

350/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

204 Force Majeure

205 If not clearly specified, a material could be installed:

206 UAP Doc. 200

207 one

208 As Project Manager, the architect is compensated on a percentage basis of: 2%-5% of Project cost

209 The entity who can order changes at any time during construction is the: Architect

210 ____ includes labor, materials, & other equipment necessary to construction Work

211 ____ shall mean furnish and install Provide

212 The contract time is computed based from the receipt date of the ____ Notice to Proceed

213 PD 223 specifies the function of the Board of Architecture to Supervise & ____. Regulate

214 The retention is released how many months after the date of final payment: 3 months

215 Close Specifications

216 Charitable

217 Architect

218 Surety

219 The contractor is responsible for the ____ of building permit fees. Payment

220 10 days

221

An act of God such as earthquakes, typhoons, etc. which human prudence cannot foresee or prevent

only after the approval by the architect

The duties & responsibilities of the architect with the regards to his motives, conduct & sense of moral values are formulated under the:

Re-examination (for the Board exam) can be allowed ____ times & shall not be allowed to take another exam after one year has elapsed after the last exam:

A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for substitution is:

The architect shall not render free professional services except for Small Civic & ____ projects

The ____ shall issue certificates of payment after inspection & acceptance of the project

The ____ is the person, firm or corporation who provides the guarantee for the contractor’s bonds.

Within what Period may the Contarctor after giving written notice to owner/architect suspend work/terminatedcontract?

The value of extra work or change in construction plans by theowner.

b. Actual direct cost plus 10 percent for

profit, overhead and tax

Page 351: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

351/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

222 Affordable cost

223 Pre Design

224 Burst node

225 Technical Transfer

226

227 Project Management

228 Cost Records

229 Consulting Architect

230 98%

231

232 UAP Doc 202

233

234 3 months

235

236 Performance Bond

Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based onthe needs and financial capability of “program beneficiaries andappropriate financial schemes” (RA 7279).

Architectural programming is one of the architect’s services thatfalls under:

In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or moreactivities

It refers to contracts or arrangements involving the transfer ofsystematic knowledge for the manufacture if a product

It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921where the maestros de obra or the master builders are required toregister as architects?

Engineers and Architect’s Law Act no.

2986

When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate thewhole range of Comprehensive Architectural Services, it shallconstitute?

Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract?a. Time of Completion and Liquidated Damagesb. Performance & Payment Bondsc. Cost Recordsd. Payments

He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically andprofessionally qualified, & with exceptional or recognized expertiseor specialization in any branch of architecture;

After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, thearchitect shall inspect the project & issue certificate of completionafter certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work duringperiod of making good of all known defect of 60 days.

Which of the following is NOT the architect’s responsibility inrelation to the contractor?

The Architect shall consider the needs and stipulation of

theContractor and the effect of his work upon the life and

well-being ofthe public and community as

a whole

25. In methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Managerperforms regular architectural services for the same project, he iscompensated separately for these services as stipulated in what UAPDocuments?

The Contractor shall submit the following before Final Payment isto be released except for:

Guarantee Bond equivalent to 40% of the Contract Price

coveringa period of one year after the

Final Acceptance of the Work.

Within how many months shall be the release of Retention fromdate of Final Payment?

This services give full meaning to what the professional callscomprehensive Architectural Service. It wraps-up the whole range ofarchitectural services.

Post-Construction Services

The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as aguarantee of good faith on the part of the contractor to execute thework in accordance with terms of the Contract.

Page 352: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

352/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

237 Php 480,000.00

238 City Engineer

239 All of the above

240 Contract Documents shall be the property of the Architect

241 Special Provisions

242 Building Permit

243 Contractor/2

244 Project Representative

245 The third phase of an architect's regular services.

246 Project financing falls under what kind of service of the architect. Pre-design services

247 Comprehensive planning falls under what service of the architect.

248 10%

249 What percentage of an architect's work is liability under the civil code. 10%

250 50%

251 85%

252 PHP 500.00

The architect of a housing project was give Php 300,000.00 forthe first unit he designed. How much will he receive for the tenthhousing unit?

Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by thesecretary to enforce the provision of the code in the field as well asthe enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.

Which of the following situation would trigger the owner tosuspend work?a. Bankruptcy-Declared by BIRb. Insubordinationc. Non-payment of contactors debt/non superintendence ofcontractord. All of the above

It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, &general conditions of the contract.

Boiler Plate is essential to the production of good constructiondocuments as are the drawings or the specifications. All are includedforms excepta. Invitation to Bidb. Wage Scalesc. Bond Formd. Building Permit

The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings forthe architect’s approval

A full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in thesupervision of the work.

Contract documents phase

Specialized allied services

The fee of the architect for design-build services on a guaranteed maximum cost aside from his fee for regular design services.

For interior design services, the architect shall be paid what percentage of the fee upon submission of the final design.

When the owner fails to implement the plans and documents for construction as prepared by the architect, the architect is entitled to receive what percentage of his fee.

The minimum fee per appearance of an architect when rendering service as an expert witness shall be.

Page 353: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

353/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

253 The minimum basic fee for specialized decorative building. 12%

254 The minimum basic fee for industrial buildings with a project cost below 50 million pesos. 6%

255 The minimum basic fee for hospitals with a project cost below 50 million pesos. 8%

256 Architect

257 3 months

258 Printed documents stipulating the procedural and administrative aspect of the contract. General conditions

259 An outline specification enumerating the type and trade names of materials to be used.

260 Quotation

261 Certificate of payment

262 Performance bond

263 An offer to perform the work prescribed in a contract at a specified cost. Bid

264 The fee of the architect for design-build services by administration. 7%

265 A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for substitution. Closed specification

266 A list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be prepared. Instruction to bidders

267 2 months

268 The Guarantee Bond is released how many months after the date of final payment. 12 months / 1 yr

269 30 days

270 Statute of Limitation

In design-build services, the single-point-responsibility of project delivery puts the legal liability for both the design and construction on the.

The release of 10% retention by the owner shall be done after how many months from the date of final payment.

Schedule of material and finishes

A price given by a contractor, sub-contractor, material supplier or vendor to furnish materials, labor or both.

A statement from the architect confirming the amount of money due the contractor for work accomplished.

A bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to execute the work in accordance with the terms of the contract.

The performance and Payment Bonds shall be released by the owner after the expiration of how many months from the final acceptance of the work.

How many days shall the Building Official issue a certificate of occupancy after final inspection of the project.

A statute specifying the period of time within which legal action must be brought for alleged damage or injury.

Page 354: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

354/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

271 A bond, the form or content of which is prescribed by statute. Statutory Bond

272 Statute of Frauds

273 Lease

274 A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease. Leasehold

275 The person receiving a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease. Lessee

276 The person granting a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease. Lessor

277 Range of the multiplier for Multiple of Direct Personnel Expense. 2-2.5

278 This type of compensation is only applied to non-creative work.

279 Supervision Work is a non-creative work, true or false. 1

280 A world-wide used method of compensation for architectural services.

281

282

283 50 kms.

284

285 Architect

286 Submission of shop drawings shall be accompanied by a ___ in duplicate. Letter of transmittal

287 How many sets of shop drawings for approval shall the contractor submit to the Architect? 3

288 Contractor

A rule that certain kinds of contracts are enforceable unless signed and in writing or unless there is a written memorandum of their terms signed by the party to be charged.

A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period of time, usually for periodical compensation called 'rent'.

Multiple of Direct Personnel Expenses

Percentage of Construction Cost

This method of compensation is applied only to pre-design services, supervision work, and other works which the Architect may perform other than the regular and specialized allied services.

Multiple of Direct Personnel Expenses

This type of compensation is similar to the concept being charged by realtors, developers, and lawyers.

Percentage of Construction Cost

For reimbursable expenses, how many kilometers from the Architect's office shall a work be located to allow reimbursable expenses.

This method of compensation is frequently used where there is continuing relationship on a series of projects.

Professional Fee Plus Expenses

The full-time construction inspector shall be under the technical control and supervision of the ___.

Who shall have the responsibility of securing, but not liable for non-issuance, of the final occupancy permit.

Page 355: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

355/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

289 1

290 Owner

291 Contractor

292 Professional Fee for the Architect as a full-time supervisor. 1-1.5%

293 Professional fee for the Construction Manager. 1.5-3%

294 (1/6)

295 2%

296 Civil Code

297

298 What type of bond guarantees payment on all obligations arising from the contract? Payment Bond

299 Lump Sum / Fixed Fee

300 Professional Fee for the Project Manager. 2-5%

301 Project Manager

302 1

303 Project Manager

304 Public / People

305 What PD created the PRC which regulates the practice of various professionals. PD 223

306 People / Public

True or false, can the owner relegate to the contractor the responsibility of establishing the lot lines, boundary lines, easements, and benchmarks provided that the owner pays the contractor for such works?

Who shall have the responsibility for establishing lot lines, boundary lines, easements, and benchmarks?

Who shall pay for the services of a licensed surveyor for confirmation and certification of the location of column centers, piers, walls, pits, trenches, pipe work, culvert work, utility lines, and other similar works required by the contract.

Under PD 1096, what should be the proportion of sidewalk width to that of the road right- of-way?

At what interest rate per month should a client pay the architect should the former fail to pay the latter beyond 30 days from receipt of billing?

What code holds the architect responsible for the building/structure he designed for a certain period of time.

What type of compensation is applied to cases where the architect's personal time is required, such as conferences, joint venture activities, etc.?

Per Diem+Reimb. Expenses

What type of compensation is applied to most of Gov't projects and entails more paper works and is advantageous to both client and architect.

If the Project Manager is hired by the owner, who shall have the responsibility of hiring the Construction Manager?

True or false, based on the Civil Code, the Project Manager has no legal responsibility insofar as design and construction is concerned.

His primary responsibility is the exercise of overall cost control which relieves the owner of many of the anxieties that usually beset , particularly those concerned with forecasting cost and completion dates.

In the architect's code of ethics, to whom does the architect has responsibility to seek opportunities for constructive service in civic and urban affairs?

Architect XYZ uses paid advertisements without sanction by professional consensus and years of experience. His action is unethical with respect to his relation to whom?

Page 356: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

356/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

307 Additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding. Bid Bulletin

308 Proposal

309 Proposal Bond

310 Special Provisions

311 Specifications

312 Written Notice

313 Work

314 Install

315 Means to purchase and/or fabricate and deliver to jobsite. Furnish

316 Means to furnish and install. Provide

317 50%

318 65%

319 The guarantee bond is equal to how many percent of the contract price? 30%

320 30%

321 Standard factor computed for changes and/or revisions made on completed contracts. 2.5

322 12 sqm.

323 50 / Contractor

324 Specifications

The offer of a bidder to perform the work described by the contract documents when made out and submitted on the prescribed proposal form, properly signed and sealed.

The cashier's check or surety bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidder, as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the construction of the work, if the contract is awarded to him.

Instructions which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and/or modify drawings, specifications, and/or general conditions of the contract.

Written or printed description of work to be done describing qualities of material and mode of construction.

Means information, advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered in person or sent by registered mail to the individual, firm or corporation at the last known business address of such individual, firm or corporation.

Includes labor or materials or both as equipment, transportation, or other facilities necessary to commence and complete the construction called for in the contract.

Means to build-in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the intended use.

No further retention shall be made on the balance of the contract when how many percent of the contract has been completed?

No payment shall be made on contracts in excess of how many percent of the contract price.

How many percent of the architect's fee is payable to the architect upon completion of the preparation of the schematic design phase and up to final design development phase?

Approximately, how many square meters of office space for the architect is built by the contractor as temporary facilities for the project.

All trees and other plants that need to be transplanted elsewhere within ___ meters shall be done by the ___ at his own expense.

If there is a variance/discrepancy between the drawings and specifications, what shall be followed?

Page 357: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

357/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

325 15 Days

326 15 Days

327 90 Days

328 False (30 days)

329 False (15 days)

330 Who declares bankruptcy as a valid reason for the termination of a contract? Contractor

331 1

332 1

333 0

334 10 days

335 How many percent of the contract amount is the Performance Bond? 15%

336 How many percent of the contract amount is the Payment Bond? 15%

337 A contract provision setting forth the damages a party must pay in the event of his breach. Penalty Clause

338

339 Predecessor of PD 1096 R.A. 6451

340 What presidential decree institutionalized the profession of environmental planning? PD 1308

341 It is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation. Liens

How many days prior to bidding shall the contractor seek the architect's clarification as to the particular areas of work which requires evaluation of the architect?

How many days upon written notice can a contractor terminate a contract with a valid reason?

Suspension of work for ___ days by order of any court or other public authority through no act or fault of the contractor gives the him the right to terminate contract.

True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to pay the contractor any sum within 15 days after its award by arbitration

True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to act upon any request for payment within 30 days after its certification by the architect.

True or false, upon termination of contract and upon the decision of the architect that materials and equipment left by the contractor which do not belong to him can be used and rent of such shall be borne by the failing contractor.

True or false, in case of suspension of work, all unpaid work executed including expenses incurred during suspension shall be evaluated by the architect and charged to the owner.

True or false, the owner has no right to claim liquidated damages if he takes over the work from the contractor for failure to complete the project.

How many days prior to canceling an insurance be given to the owner stipulating the intention to cancel?

Basic Fee for Physical Planning Type 1 or site such as industrial estates, commercial centers, sports complex, resorts, etc.

5,000 for First 50 Hectares

Page 358: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

358/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

342 Minimum basic fee for simple projects. 6%

343 Minimum basic fee for alterations/renovations. 50%

344 200 / hr

345 When rendering service as an expert witness, the architect is compensated ___/ hr. 500

346 Minimum basic fee for Group 5 Projects (monumental). 12%

347 What is Group 6 Project classification? Repetitive Construction

348 Minimum Basic fee for housing projects.

349 Under what classification of Project does Hospitals and Medical Buildings fall?

350 Under what classification of Project does Stadium fall?

351 Minimum Per diem paid to the architect if work is beyond 50 kms. From office. PHP 750.00

352 On the remaining 15% work fee of the architect, where does the 5% go.

353 5 days

354 10 days

355 Contract time reckoning shall commence on the ___ from receipt of ___.

356 An area of a city where municipal buildings are grouped. Civic Center

357 Chattel

358 Reciprocity

359

When the architect is engaged to render opinion or advise, clarification or explanation on technical matters pertaining to his profession, the minimum basic fee shall be ___.

10% of 1st unit / 60% 2nd-10th Unit / 30%

11th and above

Group 3 (Exceptional Character)

Group 3 (Exceptional Character)

Construction Phase Service

Repairs and corrective works at the expense of the contractor should be done within how many days after written notice by owner?

Failure on the part of the contractor to remove condemned work shall give the owner right to remove said work at contractor's exepense and contractor shall pay the owner the expenses incurred within how many days from removal by the owner of said work?

7th day / Notice to Proceed

Any article of property not consisting of or affixed to land plus any interest in land that is less than a freehold.

No person who is not a citizen of the Philippines may take the board exams or practice the profession unless the country of his relation allows the same ___.

AGREEMENT / GENERAL CONDITIONS / SPECIAL PROVISIONS / SPECIFICATIONS / DRAWINGS

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

Page 359: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

359/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

360 full time construction inspector PROJECT REP.

361 offer of the bidder to perform the work PROPOSAL

362 PROPOSAL BOND (5%)

363 approved form of the contractor and his surety to execute the work

364 approved form of the contractor and his surety to pay all obligations PAYMENT BOND

365 guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed GUARANTEE BOND

366 AGREEMENT

367 invitaton issued to prospective bidders, giving information to the project INVITATION TO BID

368 additional information on contract documents BID BULLETIN

369

370 graphical representation of the work involved in the project DRAWINGS

371 printed materials stipulating the procedural and adminitrative aspects of contract

372 SPECIAL PROVISIONS

373 SPECIFICATIONS

374 outline specification enumerating the type or trade names of materials to be used

375

376 information advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered. WRITTEN NOTICE

377 earthquake, flood, typhoon, catalysmic phenomena of nature

cashier's check or surety bond with proposal submitted by the bidder that he will enter in the contract with the owner

PERFORMANCE BOND (15%)

contract between the owner and the contractor; including all supplemental agreements thereto and all general and special provisions

list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions for the award of contract

INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS

GENERAL CONDITIONS

instruction which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and or modify drawings, specifications and general conditions

written or printed description of work to be done describing the qualities of materials and mode of construction additional information which may be issued as an additon or ammendment to the provisions of specifications

SCHED. OF MATERIALS AND

FINISHES

listing of the different parts of the work indicating in each part the corresponding value in materials and labor; including allowance for profit and overhead

BREAKDOWN OF WORK AND

CORRESPONDING VALUE

ACT OF GOD OR FORCE MAJEURE

Page 360: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

360/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

378 duration of time allowed by the contractor for the completion of the project TIME LIMITS

379 labor or materials or both as well as equipment, transportation or other facilities WORK

380 purchase or fabricate FURNISH

381 INSTALL

382 furnish and install PROVIDE

383 PROPOSAL / BID BOND

384 PERFORMANCE BOND

385 as a guarantee to the quality for all obligations arising from his contract. PAYMENT BOND

386 for life and property INSURANCES

387 GUARANTEE BOND

388 DRAWINGS

389 SPECIFICATIONS

390 AGREEMENT

391 SHOP DRAWINGS

392 precise drawings AS-BUILT DRAWINGS

393 ARBITRATION

394

build in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the intended used

the cashier's check or bidders bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidders as a guaranty that the bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the works if the contract with the owner for the works if the contract is awarded to him.

a bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to the execution of the work in accordance with the terns of the contract

as a guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed and the workmanship performed by the contractor.

are graphical presentations of the work involved in the project. They include all supplementary details and shop drawings.

are written or printed description of work to be done prescribing qualities of materials and modes of construction

is the contract covering the performance of the work described in the contract documents including all supplemental agreements thereto all general and special provisions pertaining to the work materials therefore

drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts and other data prepared by the contractor which illustrates how specific portions of the work shall be fabricated and/or installed.

the binding resolution of disputes by one or more neutral persons as a substitute for judicial proceeding.

the notice published by the owner & the invitations issued to prospective bidders giving information as to the nature of the proposed project condition for the issuance of contract documents & date of bidding

ADVERTISEMENT OR INVITATION TO BID

Page 361: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

361/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

395 is additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding BID BULLETIN

396

397 SPECIAL PROVISION

398 PENALTY CLAUSE

399 the offer of a bidder to kperform the work describbed by the contractc PROPOSAL

400

401

402

403

404

405

406

407

408

409

410

411

412

413

414

415

416

the list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions for the award of contract

INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS

are instructions which maybe issued to supplement draeings & general conditions of the contract

a contract provision setting forth the damagesa party must pay in the eventof a breach of the contract

Page 362: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BYALEXANDER SANDRES

362/469

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

417

418

419

420

421

422

423

424

425

426

427

428

429

430

431

432

433

434

435

436

437

438

439

440

Page 363: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

363/469

ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

1Ammeter

2. The current carrying capacity of a wire or cable, expressed in amperes Amperage

3On a theatre stage, a master switch that distinguishes all stage lights simultaneously. Blackout Switch

4Feeder Line

5Cable Vault

6 The luminous intensity of a light source, expressed in candelas. Candlepower

7 Flow of electricity in a circuit; the unit of measurement is the ampere. Current

8 In an electric circuit, a current that flows in one direction only Direct Current

9Grounding Wire

10 A unit of illumination equal to 1 lumen per square foot. Footcandle

11 A movement or flow of electrically charged particles, typically measured in amperes. Electric current

12 What is a utilization equipment which is generally industrial built in? appliances13 a generator of alternating current alternator14 device used to measure rate of flow of electricity ammeter

15 device for storing electric energy capacitor

16 What is a surface, material, device, or object that scatters light or sound from a source? diffuser

17 device used to transform AC to DC rectifier18 device that indicates light intensity in Footcandle illumeter –

19 What is a flexible armored conduit used to encase electrical wiring? greenfield

20 controls the flow of current to the distribution elements regulator

21 cap that receives the service drop entrance cap22 box used for maintaining light control devices utility box23 What is an electromagnetic force flowing between the positive and negative terminals? flux

24 electromotive force voltage

25 number of AC that flow in a conductor phase

26 rate or measure of power used or consumed watt –27 What is an electric device having a resistance which can be adjusted? rheostat

28 controls the flow of current to the distribution elements regulator

An instrument for measuring the rate of flow of electricity, usually expressed in amperes

The portion of an electric wiring that extends beyond the final over current device protecting the circuit

An underground structure used in pulling or splicing electric cables which are laid underground.

In electric wiring a metal plate, water pipe, or other type of conductor buried in the earth in manner ensuring a good conductive path to the ground.

Page 364: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

364/469

ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

29 instrument used to measure the resistance of a conductor ohmmeter

30 materials that resist the flow of electric current insulator

31 What is the unit for quantity of electricity? coulomb

32 unit of resistance ohm33 unit of electromotive force volts

34 unit of candlepower candela

35 Standard length of an electrical metal conduit. 10 ft.

36 PABX or PBX means.

37 Farad is the unit capacity of a ___. Capacitor

38 Another name for distribution panel. Power Panel

39 Standard size of wire for a circuit line. No. 12

40 Standard size of wire for a switch line. No. 14

41 Rectifier

42 Another name for a Rectifier. D.C. Generator

43 Phase

445.5 sqmm

45 60 Cycles

46

Service Drop

47 The simplest type of building automation system.

48 Resistance in alternating current system. Impedance

49 The reciprocal of conductance. Resistance

50Busway

51Bus

52

Busway

Pvt. Automatic Branch Exchange

A device for converting alternating current to directcurrent.

Interrelationship between value of voltage and currentwith the same frequency.Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branchcircuit with a 30 ampere rating using Type THW strandedcopper conductor in a raceway.Standard frequency of power supplied by the localpower utility company like Meralco.The overhead service conductors from the last pole orother aerial support to and including splices, if any,connecting to the service entrance conductors at thebuilding.

Telecommunication System

A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductorsinsulated from each other and the enclosure, also calledBusduct.

A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copperbar, used for collecting, carrying, and distributing large electriccurrents, also called a busbar.

An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fittingand conductor terminations in completely enclosed ventilatedprotective metal housing where the assembly is designed tocarry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of suchcurrent.

Page 365: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

365/469

ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

53

Pull Box

54

Riser Diagram

55Air Terminal

56 TW in electrical wire specification means.

57 XHHN in wire specification means.

58 Mho as used in electrical systems calculation is defined as _______. the reciprocal of ohm

59 Watt

60

Nikola Tesla

61

62

63

All of these

64 2-s3w and 1-s4w

65 It characterizes short circuit

66 Cable tray

67 Silver

68

All of the above

69 It is also known as electric panel or load center. Panelboard

70 Conduit

71

72 It is analogous to pressure in water flow. Current

A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose ofjoining one different runs of raceways or cables and providedwith sufficient space for connection and branching of theenclosed conductors.

This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders,switches, switchboards, and major components are shown upto, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an electricalversion of a vertical section taken through the building.

In a lightning protection system, the combination of ametal rod and its brace or footing, on the upper part of astructure.

Moisture resistant, in wet and dry locationMoisture and Heat Resistant- Cross-

LinkedThermosetting

A unit of mechanical power is horsepower. What is electricalpower?Who said these prophetic words: “Let the future tell the truthand evaluate each one according to his work and accomplishment.The present is theirs, the future for which I really worked for ismine.”?

A type of raceway specially constructed for the purpose of pullingin or the withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place.

Rigid metal conduit (RMC)

The trade name for an insulated conductor with type letter THHNis ______.

Heat resistant thermoplastic

What is / are the advantage/s of a circuit breaker over a fuse?a. It can act as a switchb. Its position can be easily detected (close/open)c. It can be used again after fault has been correctedd. All of these

What switch combination may be used in order to control a lampor group of lamps in three different locations?

Low resistance, high current

A unit or assembly units or sections and associated fittingsforming a rigid structural system used to support cables.Fusible material in a fuse may be made of any of the followingexcept___.It affects the resistance of a conductor.a. Lengthb. Areac. Temperature

A cylindrical conduit or conductor, the wall thickness is sufficientto receive a standard pipe.A factory assembly of one or more conductors, each individuallyinsulated and enclosed in a metallic sheath of interlocking metaltape, or a smooth corrugated metallic tube.

metal clad cable (type MC)

Page 366: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

366/469

ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

73

All of these

74 Series circuit

75

76 The basic elements of an electric circuit are the following except Switch

77

78Both a and b

79 Gold

80Both a and b

81 Multi-outlet assembly

82 Transfer switch

83 CIRCUIT BREAKER

84 Unit of power WATTS

85The unit used in the measure of the rate of flow of electricity AMPERE

86 This is where an electric service conductor can be installed TOWER OR FLATFORM

87KNIFE SWITCH

88 Provision for building with an expected electric load demand of 200KVA TRANSFORMER VAULT

89 The conversion of alternating current (AC) to direct current (DC) RECTIFIER

90 A kind of flourescent lamp that does not use starter element

91An iron box or casing by which electrical conduit branches are formed JUNCTION BOX

92 A passenger elevator with a constant 24 hour service for residential condominum 5 STOREYS

93 Minimum service drop of connection line above the ground and from the ground 3.00 m

94 Minimum distance of poles and transformer support located from the road right of way 500 mm

95A vertical flow of air used to separate different function of spaces AIR CURTAIN

96 Original name of P-Trap GOOSENECK

97DISTRIBUTION LINE

Alternating current is characterized as having _____.a. Positive and negative polarityb. Average value is zero c. Has frequencyd. All of these

A circuit type where components are electrically connected endto end.The over-all covering of underground feeder and branch circuitcables shall be ____.

a. Fungus resistantb. Corrosion resistant

A factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having anouter sheath of moisture-resistant, flame retardant, non metallicmaterial.

Non metallic sheathed cable (type NM and

NMC)Cables are conductors that are ____.a. Larger than wiresb. Stranded (no.6 AWG and larger)

Which of the following metallic materials is considered as thebest conductor of electricity?Example/s of conductors-on-insulator wiring is are ______.a. Concealed knob and tubeb. Open wiring on insulators

A type of surface flush raceway designed to receive conductorsand receptacles assembled in the field or in the factory.A type of switch used for transferring one or more load conductorconnections from one power source to another.The part of the cut out that is design to open or break an electrical current under an excessive load

A type of electric switch consisting of one or more movable copper blades which are hinged and which make contact with stationary forked contract jaws being forced between them

RAPID START FLOURESCENT LAMP

The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branch circuits are connected

Page 367: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

367/469

ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

98 The minimum width of door in hospital housing unit 1.20m

99Another type of circuit breaker element other than bolt-on PLUG IN TYPE

100 The most practical conductor of electricity COPPER WIRE

101 A channel system in carrying electrical wire RACEWAY

102CABLE WIRE

103Another name for power panel DISTRIBUTION PANEL

104 A device used to convert voltage from higher to lower or vise versa TRANSFORMER

105 Metal containing no iron such as copper, brass and aluminum NON FERROUS METAL

1062.50m

107 To bring down voltage

108 Wiring not concealed by the building sructure OPEN WIRING

109

110One with contacts that separate in air AIR SWITCH

111 The voltage across the welding arc ARC VOLTAGE

112ARMORED CABLE

113ASKAREL

114ASSEMBLY

115 Minimum load over a given period of time BASE LOAD

116BRANCH CIRCUIT

117 BUS

118 BUSWAY

119 CAGE

120 CIRCUIT BREAKER

121 CONDUCTOR

122

CONTROLLER

An electric conductor consisting of a group of smaller diameter conductor strands twisted together

The minimum allowance clearance from the highest point of the roof to the service drop conductor from NBC

STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER

Transferring the power load from the building circuitry to standby generator or during brownout

AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH

Cable provided in wrapping of metal usually steel wires or tapes, primarily for the purpose of mechanical protection

A synthetic non-flammable insulating liquid which, when decomposed by an elctric arc evolves only non-explosive gases

Is combination of all or a portion of component parts included in an electric apparatus, mounted on a supporting frame or panel and properly interwined

That portion of a wiring system extending beyond the final overcurrent device protecting the currentIs a conductor, or group of conductors, in switchgear assemblies which serves as a common connection for two or more circuitApproved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of the currentSystem of conductor forming an essentially continuous conducting network over the object protected and including any conductors necessary for interconnections of the object protected and an adequate groundA device design to open under abnormal conditions a current carrying circuit without injury itselfA wire or combination of wires not insulated from one another suitable for carrying electric current

A device or group of devices which serves to govern in some predetermined manner, the electric power delivered to the apparatus to which it is connected

Page 368: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

368/469

ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

123 CORONA

124 CUT OUT BOX

125DEMAND FACTOR

126 A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy DEVICE

127 A single enclosed runway for conductor cables DUCT

128 Machine which transforms electric power into mechanical power ELECTRIC MOTOR

129FEEDERS

130FOOTCANDLE

131 FUSE

132 Types of lighting that deals with lighting relatively large area covered GENERAL LIGHTING

133Density of the luminous flux on a surface ILLUMINATION

134KNIFE SWITCH

135Artificial source of light LAMP

136 Device for mechanical support of light LAMPHOLDER

137 A radiant energy LIGHT

138 LIGHTNING ARRESTER

139 Is a transient electric disturbance in an electric circuit caused by lightning LIGHTNING SURGE

140 LINE TAP

141 LOAD FACTOR

142 Unit of luminous flux LUMEN

143 A unit of illumination equal to one lumen per square meter LUX

144 Point of the wiring system at which current is taken to supply utilization equipment OUTLET

145 A metal box at an outlet which encloses one or more receptacle OUTLET BOX

146 Maximum load consumed by a unit in a stated period of time PEAK LOAD

147 Device or equipment which is supended from overhead either by means of the flexible cord PENDENT

148 PILOT WIRE

149PULLBOX

A luminous discharge due to ionization of the air surrounding a conductor caused by voltage gradient exceeding a certain critical value

A metal housing that houses the circuit breaker or fuses; surface mounted

Is the ratio of the maximum demand of the system or part of the system to the total connected load of the system

The circuit conductors between the service equipment or the generator switchboard of an isolated plant and the branch circuit overcurrent device

Unit of illumination when the foot is taken as the unit of length. It is the illumination on a surface one square foot in area in which there is uniformly distributed flux of one lumen

An overcurrent protective device with a circuit opening fusible member which is heated and severed by the passage of the overcurrent through it

Is a form of air switch in which the moving element is a hinge blade wedge between stationary contact blades when closed

Protective device for limitting surge voltage on equipment by discharging or by-passing surge current

Is the radial branch connection to a main line

Is the ratio of the average load over a designated period of time to the peak load occuring in that period

Auxillary conductor used in connection with remote measuring devices for operating apparatus at a distant point

Box with a blank cover which is inserted in one or more runs of raceway to facilitate pulling in the conductors and the distributing of the conductors

Page 369: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

369/469

ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

150 Any channel for holding wires, cables or busbars RACEWAY

151 RECEPTACLE

152 RIGID METAL CONDUIT

153ROSETTE

154SERVICE DROP

155 The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors SERVICE RACEWAY

156 Cable designed for service under water SUBMARINE CABLE

157 Is a transient variation in the current potential or power SURGE

158 5.5 mm2

159

160

161

162

163

164

165Y DELTA FOR POWER

166

167OPEN Y DELTA

168

169

170

171 In some localities two phase power is required from three phase system

172

Convinience Outlet; Contact device installed at an oulet for the connection of an attachment plugA raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the pulling in or the conduit is in place and made of metal pipe of standard width and thicknesswithdrawing of wires or cables after theEnclosure of porcelain or other insulating material fitted with terminals and intended for connecting the flexible cord carrying a pendent to permanent wiring

The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including splices if any connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building

Minimum wire size of THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit in a 30 ampere rating

This connetions is used where the load is comparatively small and the length of the secondary circuit is short

SINGLE PHASE TO SUPPLY 120 V LIGHTING

LOAD

This connections is used in most urban distribution circuitsSINGLE PHASE TO

SUPPLY 120/240 3-WIRE LIGHTING AND POWER

LOADThe 120/240 volt winding is connected in series serving 240 volts on a two wire system, this connection is used for small industrial applications

SINGLE PHASE FOR POWER

Consist merely of two single phase transformers operated 90deg out of phase, the common wire must carry /2 times the load current

TWO PHASE CONNECTIONS

This is used to supply a single phase lighting load and three phase power load simultaneously

DELTA-DELTA FOR POWER AND LIGHTING

This connection is used when single phase lighting load is large as compared with the power load

OPEN DELTA FOR LIGHTING AND POWER

Often it is desirable to increase the voltage of a circuit form a 2400 to 4160 volts to increase its potential capacity

This connection is similar to the delta-delta bank with only the primary connection changed The primary neutral should not be grounded or tied into the system neutral, since a single phase ground fault may result in extensive blowing of fuses throughout the system This connection requires special watt-hour metering

Y DELTA FOR LIGHTING AND POWER

When operating Y delta and one service is disabled, service maybe maintained at reduced load

The single phase lighting load is all on one phase resulting in unblanced primary currents in any one bank

DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING AND POWER

The primary voltage was increased from 2400 to 4160 volts to increase the potential capacity of the system

Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND POWER

When the ratio of transformation from the primary to secondary voltage is small, the most economical way of stepping down the voltage

Y-Y AUTO TRANSFORMER

SCOTT CONNECTION 3PHASE TO 2PHASE

If it should be necessary to supply three phase power from a two phase system, the special tap must be provided on the secondary side

SCOTT CONNECTED 2PHASE TO 3PHASE

Page 370: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

370/469

ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

173 Thermoplastic T

174 Moisture Temperature Resistant TW

175 Underground Feeder UF

176 Flourinated Ethylene Propylene Moisture Resistant FEPW

177 Heat Resitant Rubber RH

178 Heat and Moisture Resistant Rubber RHW

179 Heat Resistant Latex Rubber RUH

180 Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic THW

181 Heat and Moisture Resistant Thermoplstic with Nylon THWN

182 Moisture and Heat Resistant Cross Link Polymer XHHW

183 Armored Cable BX

184 THERMOPLASTIC HEAT RESISTANT THHN

185 POLYETHELENE PE

186 SILICON ASBESTOS SA

187 ASBESTOS AND VARNISH CAMBRIC AVA

188FIXED TEMPERATURE

189 135deg-197deg F HEAT DETECTOR

190

191

192

193 chamber to detect fire DETECTOR

194ARMOR CABLE (AC)

195

196

197

Use low melting point solders or metal the expand when exposed to heat to detect fire

Use of the scattering of light by smoke into view of photo cell through incandescent or diode

PHOTO ELECTRIC DETECTOR

It responds to the high-frequency radiant energy from flames. Alarm is only triggered when IR energy flickers at rate which is chracteristics of flame

INFRARED FLAME DETECTOR

Uses the interruption of small current flow between electrodes by smoke in ionized sampling

IONIZATION SMOKE HEAT

Fabricated assembly of insulated conductors enclosed in flexible metal sheath. It is used both on exposed and concealed work

A factory assemble cable of one or more conductors each individualy insulated and enclosed in a mettalic sheath of interlocking tape of smooth or corrugated tube. This type of cable is especially used for service feeders, branch circuit and for indoor, outdoor work

METAL CLAD CABLE (MC)

Is a factory assembly of one or more conductors insulated with highly compressed refractory mineral insulation enclosed in a liquid and gas tight continous copper sheath. This type of cable is used in dry, wet or continously moist location as service feeders or branch circuit

MINERAL INSULATED CABLE (MI)

Is a also a factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having a moisture resistant, flame retardant and non metallic material outer sheath. This type is used specifically for one or two family dwellings not exceeding 3 storey building

NON METALLIC SHEATED CABLE (NM)

Page 371: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

371/469

ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

198

199

200

201

202

203

204

205

206

207Heat Resistant Rubber / 75 degrees RH

208METAL HALIDE

209

210 Moisture Resistant Thermoplastic / 60 degrees TW

211 Type of switch where pilot light inside a lit to guide the person inside ILLUMINATED SWITCH

This type of cable is factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors in an extruded core of moisture resistant and flame retardant material covered within an overlapping spiral metal tape. This type is used in hazardous locations and in cable trays or in raceways

SHIELDED NON METALLIC SHEATED

CABLE (SNM)

Is a moisture resistant cable used for underground connections including direct burial in the ground as feeder or branch circuit This is factory assembled two or more insulated conductors with or without associated bare or covered or grounding under a mettalic sheath, This is used for installation of cable trays, raceways, or it is supported by messenger wire

UNDERGROUND FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUIT

(UF) POWER AND CONTROL TRAY CABLE

(TC)

Is an assembly of parallel conductors formed integrally with insulating material web designed especially for field installation in metal surface or raceways

FLAT CABLE ASSEMBLY (FC)

Consist of three or more flat copper conductor placed edge to edge separated and enclosed with an insulating assembly. This type of cable is used for general purposes such as: appliance branch circuit, and for individual branch circuits, especially in hard smooth continous floor surfaces and the like

FLAT CONDUCTOR CABLE (FCC)

Is a single or multi conductor solid dielectric insulated cable rated at 2,000 volts or higher. This type is used for power system up to 35,000 volts

MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE (MV)

Part of the facility which accept the house cable riser and house the terminal block at each floor and at the highest or end of a feeder riser cable

TELEPHONE TERMINAL CABINET

Is the simplest type of building automation system, which intercoms, PABX, microwave links, analog and digital telephone system, video conferencing, satellite links, structured cabling and similar devices

TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM

Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at three points

SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT START, 3-WAY SWITCH

AT MIDPOINT AND SINGLE POINT SWITCH

AT END

Factory assembled of two or more insulated conductors w/ or w/o associated bare cover ground conductor under a non metallic sheath approved forr installation in cable trays, in raceways or in supported by a messenger wire

POWER AND CONTROL TRAY CABLE TYPE

Light source used in lighting fixtures best specified in areas such as those requiring high illumination levels for detailed work such as needle work

A transformer location required in some localities, where a three phase power is required from a two phase system

SCOTT CONNECTION 2 PHASE TO 3 PHASE

Page 372: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

372/469

ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

21285 amperes

213DRAWINGS

21415 amperes

215

Best suited for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit like PVC for underground installation in buildings

2165.500 mm

217

BUSWAYS

218

RIGID STEEL CONDUIT

219 System of voltage used for computing branch circuits and feeder load 120/240 VOLTS

220WINDMILL

221 PANEL BOARD

222

223

224 Minimum conductor size for for overhead service drop for copper wire or cable 2.2, 30, 8, 14

225 Underground Feeder, 60-75 degrees C UF

226 Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic used for dry and wet locations THW

227 CIRCUIT VENT

228CIRCUIT BREAKER

Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 22 sq.m cross sectional area in size for USE

Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits (drawing)

Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 2.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for TW

PVC IS ALLOWED FOR AS LONG AS BOTH BURIAL

DEPTH OF NO LESS 460mm AND CONCRETE

ENCASEMENT IS PROVIDED

Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground over residential and comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck traffic and over 600 volts to ground

Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current

A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the pulling in or the withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place and made of metal pipe of standard width and thickness

Natural energy source derived from force of wind acting on oblique blades that radiates froma shaft attached to a dynamo to produce electricity

A point in th electrical system where the electrical load of a given area is assumed to concentrate

Alternating current generated by the alternator where its wave rises to the peak, sinks to zero, drops to the negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each second depending on the frequency for which the machine is designed

SINGLE PHASE ALTERNATING CURRENT

Alternating current where the alternator comprises of windings mounted at right angles to each other and provided with separate external connections current waves will be produced and each of which will be at its maximum when the other is zero

TWO PHASE ALTERNATING CURRENT

Vertical vent pipes take in front of the last fixture and connects to its soil stack which acts as a vent

A device designed to open and close a circuit by non automatic means and to open the circuit automatically on predetermined over current without damaged to itself when properly applied within its rating

Page 373: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

373/469

ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

229 The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors SERVICE RACEWAY

230

23124 AMPERE

2325.5 sq.mm

233

3500mm

23430 amperes

2353.5 sq.m

23645 Amperes

237

238A type of water coolant operates at a pressure of about 150 atmospheres

239 A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy DEVICE

240

BUSWAYS

241Standard frequency of water supply by the company like Meralco 60 CYCLES

242 Underground Service Entrance / 75degrees USE

243SERVICE DROP

244

245BALANCE LOADING

246CABLE TRAYS

A transformer connection which is ideal in the event of change of primary voltage from 2400 volts to 4160 volts to increase the potential capacity of the system

Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND POWER

Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a 30 ampere branch circuit for lighting or utilization equipment

Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with 30 ampere rating

Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the electrical service entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes, measure from final grade line or other accesible surface only for service drop cabled together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300 volts to ground

Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit supplied by a 3-wire feeder but not exceed the computed branch circuit load

Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with 20 ampere rating

Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 8 sq.m cross sectional area in size for THW

A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential difference between them, and a grounded conductor having equal potential difference between it

MULTI WIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT

PRESSURIZED WATER REACTOR

Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current

The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including the splices, if any connecting to te service entrance conductors at the building

A type of nuclear reactor where the water coolant is permitted to boil within the core by operating at somewhat low pressure

BOILING WATER REACTOR

In a 240V, a three phase 3-wire service, branch cicuits are loaded and distributed to each of the three phase with this objective to attain

Unit or assembly of unit sections and associated fittings forming a rigid structural system used to support cables

Page 374: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

374/469

ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

247

248

249

250

251Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance 30 amperes

252 Type of sound absorbent best for lower band frequencies POROUS ABSORBENT

253Unit of frequency which is equal to one cycle per second HERTZ

254

255Use to accept the P-trap assembly of the lavatory

256 A parameter in sizing horizontal branch pipe

257Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at

258three points

259 DRAWINGS

260

261

2626000mm to 7600mm

2635500 mm

2643500mm

26524 amperes

A transformer connection where the secondary load is a combination of lighting and power. This connection is used when the single phase lighting is large as compared with the power load

OPEN DELTA FOR LIGHTING AND POWER

A useful transformer connection applied when single phase lighting load is all on one phase resulting into unbalanced primary

DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING AND POWER

Type of flexible cable which is a fabricated assembly of insulated conductors which permit its use at exposed weather or excessive moisture

ARMOR CABLE TYPE ACL

A type of alternating current where the alternator comprises the three armature windings set at 120 degrees to each other, current will be produced in the form of triple wave

THREE PHASE ALTERNATING CURRENT

A type of alternating current generated by alternator, where its wave rises to its peak, sinks to zero, drop to a negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each seconds depending on the frequency of the machine is designed

SINGLE PHASE ALTERNATING CURRENT

2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND COMBINATION

NUMBER OF BRANCH VENTS

SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT START,

3-WAY SWITCH AT MIDPOINT AND

Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits (drawing)A CLEARANCE OF NOT LESS THAN 76mm SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN CONDUCTORS AND NOT LESS THAN 26mm

Pre requisite in use of split knob and tube wiring

A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential difference between them, and a grounded conductor having equal potential difference between it

MULTI WIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT

What is the maximum horizontal range between two or more air terminal for lightning arrest for an effective disaster prevention in building

Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground over residential and comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck traffic and over 600 volts to ground

Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the electrical service entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes, measure from final grade line or other accesible surface only for service drop cabled together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300 volts to ground

Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a 30 ampere branch circuit for lighting or utilization equipment

Page 375: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

375/469

ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

266

30 amperes

267 85 amperes

268 45 amperes

26915 amperes

2705.5 sq.mm

271 3.5 sq.m

272 Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance 30 amperes

273

274TW in electrical wire specification means.

275Specific Lighting

276XHHN in wire specification means.

277Standard length of an electrical metal conduit. 10'

278The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolet type. Infra Red

279PABX or PBX means.

280Farad is the unit capacity of a ___. Capacitor

281Another name for distribution panel. Power Panel

282Standard size of wire for a circuit line. No. 12

283Standard size of wire for a switch line. No. 14

284Interrelationship between value of voltage and current with the same frequency. Phase

Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit supplied by a 3-wire feeder but not exceed the computed branch circuit load

Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 22 sq.m cross sectional area in size for USEAmpacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30 degreesw/a 8.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for THW

Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 2.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for TW

Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with 30 ampere rating

Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with20 ampere rating

A device that is basically a double throw switch of generally 3-pole connection that will automatically transfer the power from the standby generator to the building circuitry during electrical power failure.

Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS)

Moisture resistant, in wet anddry location

A type of lighting that provides illumination to special objects like sculptures, flower arrangements, etc.

Moisture and Heat Resistant- Cross-

Linked Thermosetting

Pvt. Automatic Branch Exchange

Page 376: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

376/469

ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

285Thermosetting

286Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branch circuit with a 30 ampere rating using 5.5 sqmm

287Type THW stranded copper conductor in a raceway. 5.5 sqmm

288Standard frequency of power supplied by the local power utility company like Meralco. 60 Cycles

289Service Drop

290The simplest type of building automation system.

291A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system which uses low melting point solders or Fixed Temperature

292metal that expands when exposed to heat to detect a fire. Heat Detector

293A private telephone system that interconnects with public telephone systems. PABX

294Resistance in alternating current system. Impedance

295The reciprocal of conductance. Resistance

296Busway

297Bus

298Busway

299A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heat range of body temperature. Passive Infrared

300A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption of light beam. Light Beam

301A type of perimeter detector which detects change in sound wave pattern. Ultrasonic

Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resin which hardens when heated or cured, and does not soften when reheated.

The overhead service conductors from the last pole or other aerial support to and including splices, if any, connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building.

Telecommunication System

A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductors insulated from each other and the enclosure, also called Busduct.

A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copper bar, used for collecting, carrying, and distributing large electric currents, also called a busbar.

An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in completely enclosed ventilated protective metal housing where the assembly is designed to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current.

Page 377: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

377/469

ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

302Pull Box

303Microwave

304This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passive infrared and Ultrasonic or Passive Infrared with

305Microwave system.

306Proximity / Capacitance

307Metal Halide Lamp

308Mercury Lamp

309

310A type of lamp generally used for roadways and sidewalks, uses sodium gas.

311Building with fire alarm and suppression system. Intelligent Building

312Air Terminal

313

314

315

316

317

318

319

320

321

322

323

A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose of joining one different runs of raceways or cables and provided with sufficient space for connection and branching of the enclosed conductors.

A type of perimeter detector which is subject to false alarm from aircraft radar and from movement outside building through window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves.

Ultrasonic (or Microwave)

This type of perimeter detector detects a change in capacitance of the area covered, caused by intrusion.

A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light is produced by the radiation from a mixture of a metallic vapor, similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction.

A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors, uses argon gas to ease starting, it produces light by means of an electric discharge in mercury vapor.

A type of lamp which produces light by means of the reaction of halogen additive in the bulb reacts with chemically with tungsten.

Tungsten Halogen Lamp

High-Pressure-Sodium (HPS)

In a lightning protection system, the combination of a metal rod and its brace or footing, on the upper part of a structure.

Page 378: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

378/469

ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

324

325

326

327

328

329

330

331

332

333

334

335

336

337

338

339

340

341

342

343

344

345

346

347

348

349

350

351

352

Page 379: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

379/469

ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

353

354

355

356

357

358

359

360

361

362

363

364

365

366

367

368

369

370

371

372

Page 380: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

380/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

1 PLUMBARIUS

2PLUMBER

3NPCP refers to:

4Its complete RA no: IRA 1378

5 What is the meaning of BOD?

6 WATER SEAL TRAP

7 INSTALLING

8

9

10 PLUMBING APPRENTICE

11 RENAISSANCE PERIOD

12STRUCTURAL MEMBERS

13

14 CARRYING CAPACITY

15 MAN

16 PLUMBING SYSTEM

17HEAT

18 RA 1364

19

20

21

DOMESTIC SEWAGE

2228-Jun-55

23 When was the practice of Plumbing in the Philippines initiated? 17th CENTURY

What ancient roman term refers to an individual who worked inthe sanitary field of ancient Rome?

What is the title given to a person who is a skilled worker in thefield of sanitation?

NATIONAL PLUMBING CODE OF THE PHILS.

BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND

Each fixture directly connected to the drainage system shall beequipped with __________.Plumbing is defined as the art and science of ___________ pipes,fixtures and other apparatus.

What is the general role of Sanitary and EnvironmentalEngineering?

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

This promulgated the design and layout of a plumbing system thatis governed by set of rules

NATIONAL STANDARD PLUMBING CODE (NSPC)

In the 17th century, the English parliamentary passed the first___________ laws.What period was plumbing revived? It is the period when Europewas plagued with epidemics.

Plumbing shall be installed with due regard to presentation of thestrength of ___________ and prevention of damage to walls andother surfaces through fixture usage.

In what civilization did the concept and importance of plumbingbecame more defined and appreciated?

GRECO-ROMAN CIVILIZATION

The ability of an area resource system to support the activities ofa given population.____________ is a part of ecosystem and is the major contributor to pollution of the environment.____________, including fixtures, shall be maintained and properlyusableThis the pollutant that affects the quality of water due to impactof Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) discharges, that rises whentemperature rises.

An act which regulate the Practice of Sanitary Engineering in thePhilippines.

In 1907, a division of plumbing construction and inspection, withthe city of Manila as a model, was headed by whom?

American Master Plumber JOHN F. HASS

This act is known as __________ that was approved on June 18,1955.

SANITARY ENGINEERING LAW

The liquid and water borne waste derived form the ordinary livingprocess, free from industrial wastes, and of such character as topermit satisfactory disposal without special treatment into the publicsewer or by means of private disposal system.

When was the Rep. Act No. 1378, also known as the NationalPlumbing Code of the Philippines approved?

Page 381: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

381/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

24 What is the act for Water Quality Management? ACT 2152

25 0

261

27

28 Solid waste, from water closet SOIL PIPE

29 Liquid only, fixtures other than WC WASTE PIPE

30is the most satisfactory means of water distribution.

31

32SERVICE HEADERS

33 PRIMARY FEEDERS

34 ____________ is used for city water pipes. CAST IRON PIPES

35 STEEL PIPES

36 DUCTILE IRON

37 CORROSION

38 RECIPROCATING PUMP

39 HAND PUMP

40 BOOSTER PUMP

41 LOW LIFT PUMP

42 Pump that discharge treated water into arterial mains. HIGH LIFT PUMP

43 Used to supply or remove water from a building. PIPE LINES

44 DELAVAUD PROCESS

45 INTAKE CONDUIT

46 1/6 to 1/3

47 1.8 x 105 to 2.8 x 105 N/m2

48 LOW-SERVICE SYSTEM

49 1

50 FRESH WATER

TRUE OR FALSE : Sanitation is the field of public health dealingwith environmental degration and prevention and control of diseasesTRUE OR FALSE : The design and layout of plumbing system isgoverned by a set of rules promulgated by the National StandardPlumbing Code (NSPC)

Plumbarius is to individual who worked in the sanitary field, whilePlumbum is to ___________.

LEAD – a metal used by Romans as a plumbing

material

GRAVITATIONAL FLOW METHOD

In this method of distribution, the excess water pumped duringperiods of low consumption is stored in elevated tanks or reservoir.

DISTRIBUTION BY MEANS OF PUMP

In dual main systems, ____________ are added on the south andwest sides of streets and piping is generally placed beneathsidewalks.____________, sometimes called arterial mains, for in theskeleton of the distribution system.

____________ is used for pipelines, truck mains and invertedsiphon where pressures are high and sizes are large.____________ a stronger and more elastic type of cast iron used innewer plumbing installation.A chemical reaction which involves the removal of metallicelectrons from metals and formation of more stable compounds.Consist of a cylinder in which a piston or a plunger movesbackwards and forwards.Used to raise water from shallow depths and used most frequentlyfor individual houses.____________ is a pump that increases the pressure within thedistribution system or raise water to an elevated water storage tank.Pump that lifts surface water and move it to a nearby treatmentplant.

Centrifugal casting on metal moulds is sometimes called____________ .Necessitates a large pipe or conduit so that velocities will be lowbut not low enough to allow sedimentation.Generally, the equalizing volume of a water thank that is about____________ of the total daily demand.In residential areas having houses up to 4 storeys high, thepressure in the pipes should be between _____________.High service system is high lying areas; while _____________ is tolow lying areasTRUE OR FALSE : Water distribution is a network of pumps,pipelines, storage tanks and appurtenances.It is a special type of underground water that is found on islandsor in the coastal regions near the sea.

Page 382: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

382/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

51 PLUMBING FIXTURES

52 BALL COCKS

53CROSS CONNECTION

54What are the 3 main sources of water supply?

55 WATER METER

56_____________ is used to prevent back siphonage.

57 BACKFLOW

58 TURBIDITY

59COLOR

60 ALKALINITY

61IRON

62 OPEN TRENCH WORK

63

64 ________________ is water bearing stratum. AQUIFER

65There are two types of well____________ & ____________.

66 The recommended slope for the house drain. 2%

67SANITARY DRAIN

68SOIL PIPE

69 WASTE PIPE

70 POTABLE WATER

71

72 TURBID

73MCL means

74 COMBINED DRAIN

75 This type of drain is now considered obsolete and not advisable. COMBINED DRAIN

This should be supplied with water in sufficient volume or atadequate pressure to enable them to function properly.Flush tanks which are directly connected to the potable watersupply system should be equipped with approved ___________.

_____________ is a junction between water supply systemsthrough which water from doubtful or unsafe sources may enter anotherwise safe supply.

* RAINWATER* GROUNDWATER

* SURFACE WATER_____________ is required to be installed so as to register theamount of water supplied to a building.

VACUUM BREAKER orBACKFLOW PREVENTER

______________ permits water drawn into a fixture tank or similardevices to flow back into the supply line by gravity or siphonage.______________ is when water contains visible material insuspension

______________ is caused by material in solution or a colloidalstate should be distinguished from turbidity.

The carbonate and bicarbonate of calcium, sodium and magnesiumare the common impurities which cause ______________.

_______________ in water causes hardness, and in small amount itwill cause taste, discoloration of clothes and plumbing fixtures andincrustations in water mains.Excavation for the installation of underground water supply pipingshould be _____________.

The proportional change in length corresponding to 1°F change intemperature is known as the _______________.

COEFFICIENT OF LINEAR EXPANSION

WATER TABLE WELL & ARTESIAN WELL

A type of house drain that receives the discharges of sanitary anddomestic waste only.

A drainage pipe that carries on is designed to carry humanexcretement.

A drainage pipe that carries liquid waste that not include humanexcretement.Water that is safe to drink, pleasant to the taste and usable fordomestic purposes.A communicable disease which may be transmitted by waterinclude bacterial, viral and protozoal infections.

WATERBOURNE DISEASES

A water is _____________ when it contains visible material insuspension.

MAXIMUM CONTAMINANT LEVELS

A type of house drain that receives discharges of sanitary as wellas storm water.

Page 383: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

383/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

76 HOUSE DRAIN

77 FOUNDATION WALL

78 INDUSTRIAL DRAIN

79The house drain should be provided with adequate number of CLEANOUTS

80 The complete PD No. of CODE OF SANITATION OF THE PHILIPPINES. PD 856

81 200m

821

83 0

84 0

85 PRIVY

86 CATCH BASIN

87CESSPOOL or DRYWELL

88 The main sewer is financed and maintained by ____________. GOVERNMENT89 ____________ is the liquid conveyed by a sewer. SEWAGE

90

INFLOW

91A pipe venting acid waste system. ACID VENT

92 A watertight container of sewage. SEPTIC TANK

93 SEWAGE PUMP

94 This bacteria functions in absence of free oxygen. ANAEROBIC BACTERIA

95Considered as the oldest type of sewer.

96 Minimum width for septic tank. 0.90m

97HOUSE SEWER

98 HOUSE DRAIN

992.8 - 3.0 TIMES

100 RA 9003

In large buildings, _____________ are usually suspended from thebasement ceiling.A cleanout shall be provided on the house drain as near aspossible the ______________ of the building.A kind of drain that should terminate into a separate drainagesystem.

Boating, shooting or fishing should not be allowed within____________ of the water intake.

TRUE OR FALSE : In changing house drain directions, the branchshall be run at right angle as a floor drain.

TRUE OR FALSE : A cleanout extended above the floor can also beutilized as floor drain.TRUE OR FALSE : All changes of direction shall be done with shortradius fittings.A concrete vault constructed for the collection of raw sewagesealed with a wooden shelter.A receptacle in which liquids are retained for sufficient period tothe deposit settle able material.

A hole in the ground with stone and bricks laid in such manner asto allow raw contaminated sewage to leach under the surface of theground.

____________ is water which enters sewers from surface sourcessuch as graces in manholes, open cleanouts, perforated manholecovers and roof drains or basement sumps connected to the sewer.

A permanently installed mechanical device for removing sewage orliquid waste from a sump other than ejector.

COMBINATION PUBLIC SEWER

That portion of the horizontal drainage system which starts fromthe outer face of the building and terminate at the main sewer inthe street or septic tank.

Sometimes referred to as “the collection line of a plumbingsystem.”

The septic tank should be double compartment and should becapable of holding how many times of daily waste water flow.

The complete RA No. of ECOLOGICAL SLOID WASTE MANAGEMENTACT 2000.

Page 384: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

384/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

101 50%

102TRUE OR FALSE : The minimum depth for septic tank is 1.20m 1

1031

104 1

105 FIXTURE DRAIN

106WATER

107 ABSORPTION

108 INSIDE STORM DRAIN

109STORM DRAIN

110ROOF LEADER

111 OUTSIDE STORM DRAIN

112

OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN

113INSIDE STORM DRAIN

114STORM DRAIN

115 Rainwater piping should not be used as:

116Roof drains shall not be made of __________. IRON

117 The outside roof leader is located on the _____

118 The inside roof leader is installed ___________

119 FIXTURE DRAIN

120 All storm drains should be graded at least ¼ INCH PER FOOT

121

122

123 Conductor is to vertical; __________ is to horizontal GUTTER

How many percent of the total sewage solids is organic andsubject to rotting.

TRUE OR FALSE : No septic tank shall be installed within under ahouse.

TRUE OR FALSE : Septic tank should be located not less than 15maway from potable water to prevent contamination.What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to thejunction of the drain pipe?

An element composed of an atom of Oxygen and two atoms forHydrogen, otherwise known as H2O.

What is the immersion in a fluid for a definite period of time,usually expressed as a percent of weight of the dry pipe?This type of storm drain is used in buildings located in congestedbusiness areas.

It is that unit of the plumbing system which conveys storm waterto a satisfactory terminal.

It is often referred to as conductor or downspout. It is also theportion of the storm drainage system which extends between storm drain & the roof terminal

This type of storm drain is advisable on buildings where an ampleamount of ground space between buildings is available.

A type of storm drain that is suspended from the basement ceilingby substantial hangers, placed at close intervals, and generally isadapted to buildings where public storm sewer is not sufficientlydeep in the street.

This is the type of storm drain located under the basement floorwithin the walls of the building and is used in buildings located incongested business areas.

What do you call that unit of the plumbing system which conveysstorm water to a satisfactory terminal?

SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPE

OUTSIDE WALL OF THE BUILDING

WITHIN THE BUILDING WALLS

What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to thejunction of the drain pipe?

This type of terminal should be used only where the public sewerdischarges its contents into a terminal other than a disposal plant.

COMBINATION HOUSE SEWER

The roof leader is extended _________ through the floors of thebuilding to a point just below the roof & is then extended _________to reduce the danger of breakage which may result because ofexpansion and contraction of the roof.

VERTICALLY, HORIZONTALLY

Page 385: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

385/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

124 LIQUID

125 1

126 1

127 0

128

1

1291

1301

131 1

1320

133

1

134

1

135

1

1361

137 Do appurtenances need direct connection to water supply? NO

138 What type of plumbing material is a water heater? APPLIANCE

139 BALL COCK

140 What is the most expensive type of all pipes? BRASS PIPE

141 COPPER PIPE

142 What type of plumbing material is a water closet? FIXTURE

143 CAST IRON PIPES

144 What plumbing material receives water-bourn wastes? FIXTURES

145 What type of plumbing material is a soap dispenser? APPURTENANCE

Catch basin is a receptacle in which _________ are retained for a sufficient period of time to allow settle able material to depositTRUE OR FALSE : The discharge capacity of the pipe variesaccording to its length and grade per foot.TRUE OR FALSE : One factor which makes the sizing of storm draindifficult is the matter of grouping rainfall over a given period.TRUE OR FALSE : Another element to consider in determining thesize of the drain is the depth of the building.

TRUE OR FALSE : The storm drain is connected to the sewer atright angles by means of a 45° Y and curve assembled in exactly thesame manner as a sanitary house sewer connection.

TRUE OR FALSE : The change of direction at the highest point ofthe conductor should be made by means of an elbow & 45° fitting.

TRUE OR FALSE : The base of the roof leader must be providedwith a concrete or stone foundation.

TRUE OR FALSE : If the roof leader is constructed of galvanizedsteel, it must be supported at every floor with a pipe rest.

TRUE OR FALSE : Horizontal runs may not be suspended fromband iron hangers or steel ring hangers anchored in the structure

TRUE OR FALSE : The roof leader is extended vertically throughthe floors of the building to a point just below the roof and is thenextended horizontally to reduce the danger of breakage which mayresult because of expansion and contraction of the roof.

TRUE OR FALSE : A cast-iron strainer basket is attached to thedrain to prevent stones, leaves and other materials from entering theconductor.

TRUE OR FALSE : Roof drains are provided with a copper flashing,or in some instances, with a cast-iron clamp so that the jointbetween the roof and the conductor will be water-tight.

TRUE OR FALSE : A roof leader may be terminated by placing ahub of cast-iron soil pipe flush with the roof.

What do you call a faucet opened or closed by the fall or rise of aball floating on the surface of water?

What type of pipe is durable and has extreme resistance tocorrosion?

What type of pipe is the most specified material need for drainageinstallation in buildings?

Page 386: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

386/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

146 CISPI stands for:

147 “U” in UPVC stands for UNPLASTICIZED

148 LESS THAN 25-STORIES

149It is a non-metallic plumbing material?

150 SILICON

151 CLAMP GATE CALVE

152 FLUSHOMETER VALVE

153VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE

154DRUM TRAP

155 A pit for the reception or detention for sewage Cesspool

156Drain

157 The lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or condult that is not vertical Invert

158 An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement Privy

159Sludge

160Vent Pipe

161 A pipe or condult for carrying sewage and liquid waste Sewer Pipe

1622%

163All Changes in direction shall be made by the appropriate use of 45 deg. Bends

164 In plumbing the vent pipe which is connected to the crown Crown weir 165

A pipe fitting to join two straight lengths of pipes. Coupling

166 Level 3 types of water service refers to: artesian well

167 A faucet fitted with nozzle curving downward used as a draw-of trap: lavatory faucet

168 One of the first steps in the selection of a suitable water supply source is: water (potability)

169 The minimum size of a swimming pool drain: 2”dia

170 Fluoride as an addictive in water supply is a chemical for: coagulant

CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE

The use of cast-iron pipes should be limited to buildings______stories in height.

ASBESTOS-CEMENT NON-PRESSURE SEWER PIPE

Acid-resistant pipe usually is an alloy of cast-iron and____________.A gate valve whose body and bonnet are held together by a “u”bolt clamp.A device that discharges a predetermined quantity of water tofixtures for flushing purposes.

Pipes that are used to underground public sewers, house sewerand drains. It is made up of clay and also resistant to acids.

This type of trap is used in many localities where venting is notrequired by local ordinances. This device permits the waste to flowthrough it rapidly.

A sewer or other pipe or condult used for conveying groundwater, surface water, storm water, waste water or sewage

The solid organic materials being more dense than water, tend to settle to the bottom of the tank

A pipe or opening used for ensuring the circulation of air in a plumbing system and for reducing the pressure exerted on trap seal

All horizontal piping shall be run in practical alignment and at a uniform grade of not less than ____ percent

Page 387: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

387/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

171 The quality of Galvanized Iron pipes are rated by: schedule

172 A pipe fitting to change in one single direction (course) the flow of water: elbow

173 Women’s urinal fixture: bidet

174 The minimum distance (in meters) of a well from a septic tank. 15 m.

175 nipple

176 Prevents water hammer: Float Valve

177

178. Water well yield is a factor considered to determine the size of: water pipe

179The reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of the trap:

180 A pipe fitting shape like letter “S”: U-trap

181Back vent pipe

1821 per 35

183The minimum size of trap and waste branch for a bidet: 2" dia.

184 A pipe which conveys only liquid waste, free of fecal matter waste pipe

185A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste, or vent piping: stack

186 The minimum slope of a building drain: 1/16 in./ft.

187 The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal: 2" dia.

188The minimum size of a trap and waste branch for a shower stall: 2" dia.

189 The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a size of foot bath: 2" dia.

190 Black steel pipe with galvanized malleable fitting is ideal for: Gas Pipe

191 1 per 30

192black

193

Turnbackle

194 Water distributing pipe

Apiece of pipe threaded outside all through out to connect short runs of two pipe fittings:

Theater or movie house’s water requirement is determined or estimated at 5 galloons of water per day :

total number of auditorium seat

Crown weir to bottom dip

The part of a vent line which connects directly with an individual trap underneath or behind the fixture and extends to the branch or man pipe at any point higher than the fixture trap:

The minimum number of water closet unit required for the female population of an elementary school:

The minimum number of a urinal fixture required for the male population of both elementary and secondary school:

The prescribe color coding of piping under refrigerating division of all pipes and fittings:

A type of coupling or joining device having internal screw threads or nuts with opposite screws at the end. By turning the internal screws, it is possible to connect two metal rods and regulate the length and tension of this rods:

The first section of water supply piping in abuilding after the water meter.

Page 388: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

388/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

195

Globe valve

196 The receptacle in which liquid is retained for deposition of sediment is called? catch basin

197 lowest portion of a trap dip

198 pipe for wastewater drain pipe

199 liquid waste effluent

200 These are vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets. soil stack

201 vertical pipe used for the storage of water standpipe

202 receptacle for organic discharge septic tank

203accumulated or settled solid waste sludge

204 water hammer

205 a flange used on a pipe to cover a hole escutcheon

206end of a pipe that fits into a bell spigot

207backflow due to negative pressure back siphonage

208 vent stack

209 gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects fumigant

210 vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets soil stack

211 It automatically closes to prevent the flow of fluid in a reverse direction. check valve

212 reservoir for liquid cistern

213 valve for controlling the flushing of fixtures flush valve

214 It is the method of rendering a pipe fitting waterproof by using oakum or lead caulking

215 process of injecting chlorine gas into the water disinfections

216 Minimum width of a septic tank. 90 cms.

217 Minimum length of a septic tank. 1.50 mts.

218 Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank. 70 cms.

219 Maximum liquid depth for septic tank. 1.80 mts.

220 1.50 cum

A valve in which the flow of water is cut off bymeans of a circular disk that fits against thevalve seat. The plane of movement of the diskis parallel to the normal direction of flow ofwater, which is turned through a tortuouspassage to direct the flow normal to the face ofthe disk.

It is a loud thumping noise that results from a sudden stoppage of the flow in water lines.

What do you call a vertical pipe installed primarily for the purpose of providing circulation of air to and from any part of the drainage system?

Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondarycompartment of a septic tank.

Page 389: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

389/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

221 508 mm.

222 1.50 mts.

223 15.20 mts.

224 45.70 mts.

225 30.50 mts.

226 Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 51 mm.

227 Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 102 mm.

228 Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture. 60 cms.

229 Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub 38 mm.

230 Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall. 51 mm

231 Polyethylene

232 Corporation Stop

233 Relief Vent

234 Escutcheon

235 Length along the centerline of the pipe and fitting. Developed Length

236 Flush Valve

237 Sewage

238 Component of fire extinguisher. Carbon Monoxide

239 Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers. Storm Sewer

240 Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor. 1 1/2'”

241 A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent. 1/8 Bend

242 Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet. 1-1/2"

243 3/8"

244 Battery of Fixtures

245 Common Vent

2464"

247 4"

248 6"

249 Plumbarius

Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septictank.Minimum length of the secondary compartment of aseptic tank with a capacity of more than 6 cubic meters.Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septictank.Minimum distance of a water supply well from aseepage pit or cesspool.Minimum distance of a water supply well from adisposal field.

Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride andpolybutylene.A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to theconnection at the water main.A vent with a function to provide circulation if airbetween drainage and vent systemFlange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in afloor or wall which the pipe pass.

A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing offixture.Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetablematter in suspension or solution.

Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank typewater closet.Term applied to the interconnection of the samefixtures in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent.A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the caseof a back to back vent.Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in whichthe highest outlet is 23 meters or less from the fire serviceconnection.Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of morethan 15 meters from the source.Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it isventing.It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitaryfield of ancient Rome.

Page 390: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

390/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

250 In Latin, it means 'lead'. Plumbum

251

252 Sanitary Sewer Main

253Fixture

254 2 1/2"

255 A vent pipe connected to a vent stack. Circuit Vent

256 A vent pipe connected to a stack vent. Loop Vent

257 Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure. Barometer

258 Ionization

259 Bibbcock

260 Top Dip to Crown Weir

261 A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'. Double Bend

262 2"

263 3”

264 3m

2653 days

26615 minutes

267 8%

268300 mm

269300 mm

270 Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals. 4 ft.

271 Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees. 60˚

272 305 mm

273 450 mm

274 6.10 mts.

A specially designed system of waste pipingembodying the horizontal wet venting of one or moresinks or floor drains by means of a common waste andvent pipe adequately sized to provide free movement ofair above the flow line of the drain.

Combination Waste and Vent system

Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be dischargeddirectly to the nearest ___.Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water,water-carried waste into a drainagesystem with which they are connected.Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe locatedat each floor.

Best type of fire detection that can detect fire duringthe incipient stage.A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward usedas a draw-off tap.Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of atrap.

Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a showerstall.Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestalurinal.Minimum head of water, in meters, required for eachsection of plumbing for water test.How many days, at least, shall be given before anyplumbing work inspection is done after written notice forinspection.

Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay inthe system or pipes for a water test without any leaks to satisfysaid testing.Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittingssafe for humans.Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipesto the top of sewer or drain pipe if laid in the same trench ontop of the other.

Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulatingequipment, water heater, conditioning tanks, and similarequipment requiring union fittings.

Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters forpipes 51mm or less in diameter.Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters forpipes larger than 51 mm. Dia.Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from anyaccess door, crawl space, or crawl hole.

Page 391: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

391/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

275 Maximum length of a tailpiece. 600 mm

276 Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting. 4.60 mts.

277 15 cms.

278 300 mm

279 0.90 mtr.

280 2.10 mts.

2813.00 mts.

282 10

283 Pressure Regulating Valve

284 Softening

285 Women's urinal fixture. Washdown

286Washdown

287Reverse Trap

288Blowout

289Siphon Vortex

290 Siphon Jet

291Siphon Vortex

292Siphon Jet

293 Reverse Trap

294 Washdown

295Water Hammer

296 Gate Valve

297 Globe Valve

298 Effluent

Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above theroofMinimum extension of a vent stack through roof aboveany other vertical surface.Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of anyopenable window or opening.Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeckwhere it is protruded.Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from aroofdeck used for other purposes aside from protection fromweather.

Minimum number of stories served by a waste stackrequiring a parallel ventstack.An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuatinginlet water pressure to a lower constant pressure.The process of removing calcium and magnesium depositsin water.

A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject toclogging, noisy, and use a simple washout action through asmall irregular passageway.

This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jetexcept that it has a smaller trap passageway and smaller watersurface area, moderately noisy.

A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient.Strong jet into up leg forces contents out. Use only with flushvalve, requires higher pressure.Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water isdirected through the rim. It scours bowl, folds over into jet;siphon.

A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet.Water enters through the rim and through the down leg.A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having theflushing water directed to the rim to create circular motion orvortex which scours the bowl.

A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters throughthe rim and a siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws thecontents of the bowl through the trapway.A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with asmaller water surface and trapway.This type of water closet is prohibited by some healthcodesThe concussion and banging noise that results when avolume of water moving in a pipe suddenly stops or losesmomentum.

A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gateacross the passage.A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in aninternal wall.Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank orsewage treatment plant.

Page 392: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

392/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

299 The centerline of pipe. Spring Line

300 The interior top surface of a pipe. Crown

301 The interior bottom surface of a pipe. Invert

302 Color code for pipes containing acid. black

303Teflon

304

all true

305

all true

306 House Drain

307 Ball Valve

308 Treats hard water. Zeolite

309 Wye and 1/8 Bend

310 Water distributing pipe

311 A bathroom containing a water closet, a lavatory, and a bathtub. Full bath

312

Globe valve

313fixture

314 Battery of fixtures

315 The abbreviation DWV stands for ______. Drainage, waste and vent

316 Gooseneck

317 An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement. Privy

318 Riser

One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a dupont trade name for the white, soft, waxy, and non-adhesivepolymer of tetrafluoroethylene.

a. Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5meters in length unless such line is serving sinks or urinals.b. no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall beused underground and shall be kept at least 15 cms aboveground.c. 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe forwater supply.

a. number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainagepipe.b. brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as areducer or adapter.c. 60˚ branches or offsets may be used only when installed in atrue vertical position.

Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimesreferred to as.Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatoryfaucets or at shower valves works by the principle of a ___.

What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the baseof a soil stack?The first section of water supply piping in a building after thewater meter.

A valve in which the flow of water is cut off by means of acircular disk that fits against the valve seat. The plane of movementof the disk is parallel to the normal direction of flow of water, whichis turned through a tortuous passage to direct the flow normal to theface of the disk.

A receptacle attached to a plumbing system other than a trap inwhich water or wastes may be collected or obtained for ultimateinto the plumbing system.

Any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures whichdischarge into a common horizontal waste or soil branch.

A p-shaped trap commonly used on most plumbing fixturesexcept for fixture have integral trap.

A water supply pipe that extends vertically one full storey ormore to convey water to fixture branches or group of fixtures.

Page 393: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

393/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

319 Stack

320 Water main

321cesspool

322plumbing

323

Building sewer

324Ball valve

325Branch interval

326

Yoke vent

327

gooseneck

328

Septic tank

329

Drainage fixture unit

330

Roughing-in

331

Trap

332 Backpressure

333 Waste stack

334 Water distributing pipe

A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste or ventpiping.The water supply pipe provided by the water utility companywhere local individual connection is done.A loosely lined excavation in the ground which receives thedischarge of a septic tank and designed to permit the effluent fromthe septic tank to seep through the bottom and sides of the pit.

The art and science of installing in buildings the pipes, fixturesand other apparatus for bringing in water supply and removing waterand waterborne waste.

That part of the drainage system that extends from the end ofthe building drain and conveys its discharge to the public sewer,private sewer, individual sewage disposal system or other appropriatepoint of disposal.

A valve in which the flow of liquid is controlled by a rotatingdrilled ball that fits tightly against a resilient (flexible) seat in thevalve body.

A vertical length of soil or waste stack at least 8 feet in height (astorey high), within which the horizontal branches from one storey orfloor of the building or structure are connected to the stack.

A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack below thefloor and below the horizontal connection to an adjacent vent stackat a point above the floor and higher than the highest spill level offixtures for preventing pressure changes in the stack.

A kind of return bend of small-sized faucet, one end of which isabout one foot long and the other end is about three inches. It iscommonly used as a faucet for pantry sink and drinking fountain. Alsothe lead connection between the service pipe and the water main.Also a p-trap.

A watertight receptacle which the discharge of sanitary plumbingsystem or part thereof, designed and constructed to retain solids,digest organic matter through a period of detention and to allow theliquids to discharge into the soil outside of the tank through a systemof open jointed subsurface piping or seepage pit.

A common measure of the probable discharge into the drainagesystem by various types of plumbing fixtures on the basis of one unitof this being equal to a discarge rate of 7.5 gallons per minute orone cubic foot of water per minute.

The installation of parts of the plumbing system which can becompleted prior to installation of fixtures or finishing. This includesdrainage, water supply and vent piping and necessary fixturesupports.

A fitting or device designed and constructed to provide, whenproperly vented, a liquid seal which prevents backflow and passageof foul air and gases without materially affecting the flow of sewageor wastewater through it.

A suction created by the flow of liquids in pipe, a pressure lessthan the atmospheric pressure.A vertical pipe which conveys only wastewater or liquid wastefree of fecal matter.A pipe which conveys potable water from the building supplypipe to the plumbing fixtures and other outlets.

Page 394: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

394/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

335Soil pipe

336Water supply system

337 BRANCH VENT

338 CIRCUIT VENT

339COMMON VENT

340

341 CONTINOUS VENT

342 DRY VENT

343 See common vent DUAL VENT

344 GROUP VENT

345 INDIVIDUAL VENT

346LOOP or CIRCUIT VENT

347

348 LOCAL VENT

349 MAIN VENT

350RELIEF VENT

351 UNIT VENT

352STACK VENT

353 A vent which also serves as a drain WET VENT

354 YOKE VENT

355BACKFLOW

356 BACK SIPHONAGE

357BATTERY OF FIXTURE

358 A flange that is not drilled BLANK FLANGE

359 A flange that closes the end of a pipe line used to discharge water BLIND FLANGE

360 Is plugging an opening with oakum, lead or other materials CAULKING

Any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closet, urinal orfixtures having similar function, with or without the discharges fromother fixtures to the building drain or building sewer

In a building consists of the water service pipe, water supplyline, water distributing pipes and the essential branch pipes, valvesand all other appurtenances for the supply of potable water.

A vent connecting one or more individual vents with a vent stack or stack vent

A branch vent that serves two or more traps and extends from in front of the last fixture connection of a horizontal branch to the vent stackA vent connecting at the junction of two fixture drains and serving as a vent for both fixtures

A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture

A vertical vent that is the continuation of the drain to which the vents connect

A vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not exposed to back up of waste from a drainage pipe

A branch vents that performs its functions for two or more traps

A pipe installed to vent, a fixture trap and w/c connects with the vent system above the fixture served or terminates in the open air

A circuit vent which loop backs to connect with a stack vent instead of a vent stack

Any vent connecting a horizontal branch or fixture drain with the stack vent of the originating waste or soil stackIs a pipe on the fixture side of the trap through which vapor or foul air is removed from a room fixture

The principal artery of the venting system to which vent branches may be connected

A vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of air between the drainage and vent systems where the drainage systems might otherwise be air bound

An arrangement of venting so installed that that one vent pipe will serve two traps

The extension of a soil or waste stack above the highest horizontal drain connected to the stack horizontal drain, the uppermost end above the roof

A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack to a vent stack for the purpose of preventing pressure changes in the stack

Is the flow of water or other liquids, mixtures or substances into the distributing pipes of a supply of water from any source other than its intended source

Is the backflow of used, contaminated or polluted water from a plumbing fixture due to negative pressure

Refers to any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which discharge into a common horizontal waste or soil branch

Page 395: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

395/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

361 A short internally threaded section of pipe, used to join two pipes of conduits COUPLING

362 Used to connect the two ends of two pipes, neither of which can be turned UNION

363 A short length of pipe with threads at each end; used to join couplings or fittings NIPPLE

364 DEAD END

365 The length along the center of the pipe and fitting DEVELOPED LENGTH

366

DRAINAGE SYSTEM

367 Is a pipe connecting several fixtures FIXTURE BRANCH

368FLOOD LEVEL

369FERRULE

370 Is the lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or conduit that is not vertical INVERT

371PLUMBING SYSTEM

372ROUGH IN

373 SIAMESE CONNECTIONS

374SOIL PIPE

375TRAP SEAL

376WATER RESERVOIR

377 The device being used to eliminate the noise cause by water hammer

378 The location of water well to nearest septic vault 50 FEET OR MORE

379 Slope of house sewer connected from the building to the main sewer 2 PERCENT

380A passage under a road, embankment or canal which allow for the flow of water CULVERT

381 The third kind of water after the storm water and area water BLACK WATER

382 The type of bathtub oher than sunken, square, free standing RECESSED

383 Color coding of high pressure steam WHITE

384 Color coding for fuel oil division BLACK

Is the extended portion of a pipe that is closed at one end to which no connections are made on the extended portion

Includes all piping within public or private which conveys sewage, rain water or often liquid waste to a legal point of disposal but does not include the main of a public sewer system or private or or public sewerage treatment

Is a device located at the bottom of the tank for the purpose of flushing water closets and and similar fixture

A metallic sleeve, join to an opening of pipe, into which a plug is screwed that can be removed for the purpose of cleaning

Includes water supply and distribution pipe; plumbing fixture and traps, soil waste and vent pipes; house drain and house sewers including their respective connections

Installation of all parts of the plumbing system which can be completed prior to the installation of fixtures

A wye connections used on fire lines so that two lines of hose maybe connected to the hydrant or to the same nozzle

Is any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closets of fixture having similar function w/ or w/o the discharge of other fixtures to the building drain

Is the maximum vertical depth of liquid that a trap will retain measure between the crown weir and the top of the dip of the trap

Install to be able to meet the water requirements during peak demands from a low yielding water well

SHOCK RELIEF AND EXPANSION CHAMBER

Page 396: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

396/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

385TRAP OR WATER SEAL

386 Service drop conductor clearance over the roof 2.50 M

387COMPRESSION VALVE

388 An underground tank reservoir to store water CISTERN

389 Another classification of storm drain, besides from inside drain and outside drain OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN

390 PRESSURE COCK

391

392 UNION PATENT

393 FLUSHOMETER

394 Another name for corporation cock CORPORATION STOP

395AIR TRAP

396 ABSORPTION TRENCH

397 The luminous flux density incident on a surface ILLUMINATION

398 CATCH BASIN

399 A type of fitting for yoke bent WYE FITTING

400 Minimum discharge pipe and fitting for bath tub 1 1/2"

401 Minimum size of building sewer; it should not be less than the building drain 150mm DIAMETER

402 BATH FOOT 1 1/2"

403 BATH SHOWER STALL 2"

404 BATH SITZ 1 1/2"

405 BATH TUB 1 1/2"

406 BIDETS 1 1/2"

407 COMBINATION FIXTURE 1 1/2"

408 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1 1/4"

409 FLOOR DRAIN 2"

410 FOUNTAIN CUPSIDERS 1 1/4"

411 LAUNDRY TRAYS 1 1/2"

412 SINKS (DISHWASHER) 1 1/2"

413 SINKS (HOTEL OR PUBLIC) 2'

The water column that seals the escape of unhealthy gases in the sanitary drainage system

A valve which in the water flow is shut off by a flat disk that is screwed down onto its seat

Tap used in high pressure water system with an interval valve to control the flow of waterA valve which maintains uniform pressure on its outlet side regardless of its pressure fluctuations on the inlet side above the pressure level

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

A pipe fitting within the interconnection of pipes for the purpose of easy dismantling of the connection when neededA device that discharge a predetermined volume of water to fixture for flushing purposes and is activated by direct water pressure

A U-shaped pipe filled with water and located beneath the plumbing fixtures to form a seal against the passages of gases and odors

A trench containing course aggregate and a distribution tile pipe through which septic tank effluent may flow covered with earth

An underground structure for drainage into which water from the roof or floor will drain through sewer

Page 397: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

397/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

414 SINKS (KITCHEN OR RESIDENCE) 1 1/2"

415 SINKS (SMALL PANTRY OR BAR) 1 1/4"

416 SLOP SINKS (ORDINARY) 2"

417 SLOP SINKS (WITH COMBINE TRAP) 3"

418 URINAL (PEDESTAL) 3"

419 URINALS (LIP) 1 1/2"

420 URINALS (STALL) 2"

421 URINALS (THROUGH) 2"

422 WASH BASIN (LAVATORIES) 1 1/4"

423 WATER CLOSETS 3"

424SIPHON-VORTEX

425SIPHON-JET

426REVERSE TRAP

427WASH DOWN

428 BLOW OUT

429 BIDET

430 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/4", 1 1/2", 2, 2 1/2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", 12" GI PIPE SIZES

431 No building supply pipe shall be less than WHAT size in diameter 19.05mm or 3/4"

432 Minimum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor 46 cm.

433 Maximum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor 122cm

434 Minimum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line 61 cm.

435 Maximum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line 122 cm

436 Considered extension of bulding drain outside the building wall 5 FEET

437 Fitting for base or soil stack and building drain 1/4" BEND ?

438 Wet standpipe for a riser not more than 15m 51mm or 2"

439 Wet standpipe for riser more than 15m 64mm or 2 1/2"

440 Dry standpipe for a riser below 23m 4"

Quiet, extermely sanitary. Like the siphon jet but having the flushing water directed through the rim to create a vortex that scours the bowl

Sanitary, efficient very quiet. A toilet bowl into which the flushing water enters through the rim and siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl through the trapway

Moderately noisy. Similar to siphon jet except that trap passageway and water surface area are smaller

Minimum cost. Least efficient subject to clogging, noisy. Simple washout and emptying through small irregular passageway, prohibited by some health codes

Noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into leg forces contents out

A basin like fixture design to be struddled for bathing the genitals and posterior parts of the body

Page 398: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

398/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

441 Dry standpipe for a riser more than 23m 6"

442 Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school RATIO OF 1:25

443 Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school RATIO OF 1:30

444 Ratio of urinals for elementary schools RATIO OF 1:75

445 Ratio of water closets for female population for principal worship places RATIO OF 1:75

446 Ratio of lavatory to number of occupants RATIO OF 1:5

447 Minimum number of water closet required for female office and public buildings 4 CLOSETS

448 Minimum head of water required in section of plumbing for water test 3 HEADS

449 It should not be used for steam GALVANIZED PIPING

450 High Pressure WHITE

451 Exhaust Fan BUFF

452 Fresh Water, low pressure BLUE

453 Fresh Water, high pressure BLUE

454 Salt water piping GREEN

455 Oil Delivery BRASS OR BRONZE

456 Oil Discharge YELLOW

457 PNEUMATIC DIVISION GRAY

458 GAS DIVISION BLACK

459 FUEL OIL DIVISION BLACK

460 REFRIGERATING DIVISION BLACK

461ON EVERY HOSE BIBB

462DRY STANDPIPE

463 Term used to main water pipe delivering portable water to a building WATER SERVICE PIPE

464

465 KITCHEN SINK TRAP SIZE 1 ½"

466 LAVATORY TRAP OR BRANCH SIZE 1 ¼"

467 OUTLET OF DRY STANDPIPE 64mm or 2 ½"

468 OUTLET OF WET STANDPIPE for riser of more than 15 mts 64mm or 2 ½"

469 SLOPE OF THE DRAIN PIPE

A full open type valve is used in several locations in a water distribution system, which of the following does NOT require it?

A fireline system without a constant water supply and is equipped with a fire service inlet and outlet connection installed exclusively for the use of Fire Service

Which poor design in the plumbing system causes water supply drop when the fixture is simultaneously opened?

INSUFFICIENCY IN THE SIZE OF THE WATER SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PIPE

Not needed in sizing the vent pipe for individual branch and circuit vent based on the total linear footage of the pipe making up the vent?

Page 399: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

399/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

4703 WAY VALVE DIVERTER

471BALL VALVE

472132 LITERS PER MINUTE

473 ELBOW REDUCER

474 General term used to described the fitting in the drawing FLUSH VALVE FITTINGS

475 GI fitting used to accept the P trap assembly of the lavatory (drawing)

476CIRCUIT VENT

477REVERSE OSMOSIS

478 Fire detector installed in a fire alarm system, which uses low melting point FIXED TEMPERATURE

479solders or metals that expand when exposed to heat to detect a fire, 135deg-197deg F HEAT DETECTOR

480COUPLING

481PRESSURE REGULATOR

482

483SUBMERSIBLE PUMP

484 jet,jack,reciprocating

485 Which is not a standard size of GI pipe for water supply? 2 1/2", 3",4",5" 5"

486

487TAIL PIECE or DEAD END

488 A full open valve located in a supply pipe to every water heater CHECK VALVE

489

490 Exception of fixture to be connected into a single trap THREE FIXTURES

491 The presence of Fire Service Connection DRY STANDPIPE

A hot and cold water supply pipes, where it is mix manually in desired water temperature temperature and direct the mixed water either at the shower head or at the fooe spout

Principle where a single lever valve used in kitchen sink and lavatory, they are beautiful and maintenance free

Minimum water delivery in liters per minute for an outlet of a wet standpipe at a residual pressure or 1.8 kilos per sq.mts

A female GI threaded pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch pipe at an angle

2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND COMBINATION

Type of vent applied on installations with multi branch interval where the vertical vent pipe takes off in front of the first fixture and connects to a main vent stack

Stage in water purification which removes mineral deposits, slats, heavy metal, totally dissolves solids while some useful minerals are retained

GI fitting to join two threaded fittings as close as possible but not exceeding three inches

A device used to control an incoming high water pressure into the water distribution system by mechanical means so as to bring it to a working pressure of 80 psi

A poor venting system caused by a slow draining of water from a fixture down a plumbing system

WRONG CHOICE OF VENT TYPE

A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi where

water of high pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the return pipe

Device in control valve which work by discharging instantaneous volume of water at higher pressure

URINAL FLASH VALVE ASSEMBLY

Term used for pipe extension of not more than 2 feet in length install in any stack or branch of a plumbing rough in for the purpose of future trap

Parking management system for two types of vehicular deterrent either articulated arm type or straight beam type. It can be activated by means of radio frequency remote control, push push button switch, photocell, magnetic loop or acces control

AUTOMATED RETRACTABLE PILLAR SYSTEM

Page 400: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

400/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

492

493 Orange or brown in color with sizes of 4" and 3 meter in lengths of pipes UPVC DWV SANITARY

494 and fittings, ASTM 2729 standards PIPES AND FITTINGS

495 Least popular and not recommended use as potable water distribution pipe ASBESTOS PIPE

496 SINGLE LEVER BATH FAUCET WITH HAND SHOWER-TELEPHONE SHOWER Shower set for bath (drawing)

497 Pipe not used as water service pipe FIBER CEMENT PIPE

498 A cut off valve installed in the service piping system GATE VALVE

499 Minimum size of wet standpipe for a riser more than 15 meters from the source 64mm or 2 1/2"

500 Minimum height of dry standpipe outlet from the floor line 61 cms

501 Device used to prevent water hammering AIR CHAMBER

502 Rule of thumb in sizing an individual vent

503 It ventilates a house drainage system and prevent siphonage and back pressure VENT PIPE

504 It is the size of supply valve tank type for water closet 3/8"

505 6 FEET

506 Combination fitting between the vertical waste branch and the horizontal waste branch

507 A female GI pipe reducer fitting used in straight connection, both are threaded inside COUPLING REDUCER

508 CIRCUIT VENT

509 JET

510 RECIPROCATING

511CENTRIFUGAL

512 Minimum height of Fire Service station from the grade 46 mm

513 BELL REDUCER

514 PE POLYETHELENE PIPE

515 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPES

516 Standard size of wet standpipe outlet for each floor 38 mm (1 1/2")

517 A type of pipe fitting for yoke vent WYE FITTING

518 6"

519 The minimum size or trap of a bidet 1 1/2"

Pipes and fittings which can exclusively be used for cold water lines for potable main distribution water service, sprinkler and irrigation system. It could be ½", ¾", 1", 1 ½", 1 ¼" and 2"

POLTYBUTELENE PIPE AND FITTINGS AND FITTINGS

VENT SIZE IS AT LEAST 1/2 THE DRAIN IT SERVES BUT

NOT LESS THAN THE REQUIRED MINIMUM W/C

EVER IS LARGER

The maximum horizontal developed length between the trap seal and the vertical vent inlet at the trap

2x2" WYE WITH 2" CO AND 2 X 1/8 BEND

A vent use in battery of plumbing fixture where the vent is installed in front of the last fixture of the batteryA water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the surfaceA pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod toactivate a submerge piston

A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a shallow source like cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump.

A female GI pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch from a main water distribution

General term for hot or cold water pipes containing portable water supplying different plumbing fixture

The minimum horizontal clearance of vent branch immediately above the flood level rim of the fixture

Page 401: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

401/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

520 Supply valve tank type for water closet 3/8"

521 COUPLING

522 Location that does not require installation of clean out

523 Interconnection of the same fixture in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent BATTERY OF FIXTURE

524 A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture COMMON VENT

525 A parameter in sizing the drainage pipe NUMBER OF FIXTURE

526 SOIL PIPE

527 102 mm (4")

528UPFEED OR DIRECT METHOD

529PLUMBING SYSTEM

530 Minimum size of wet standpipe for riser of more than 15 mts from source 64 mm (2 1/2")

531 Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting 6"

532 Common term for a two way service connections SIAMESE CONNECTIONS

533 Single level valve used in kichen sink, lavatory faucets or at shower valve BALL

534 A parameter in sizing a horizontal soil branch pipe NUMBER OF BRANCH VENTS

535 Fitting installed at the base of the soil stack and a building drain

536 Guide for initial estimate of Ton of refrigeration 12 TO 14 SQ.MTR/TR

537 A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4" or 6' casing to deliver JET PUMP WITH INJECTOR

538 35gpm against 450 ft. total develop height JACK

539 Passing on it can treat hardwater ZEOLITE

540SUBMERSIBLE PUMP

541RECIPROCATING

542JET

543

CENTRIFUGAL

544JACK

A threaded fitting to join two threaded fittings as closed as possible but not exceeding 3 inches

AT EVERY BRANCH INTERVAL OFA SOIL STACK

Conveys a discharge of solid and liquid wastes closets with or without the discharged from other fixture to the house drainMinimum size of standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 m or less from the Fire service Connection

In water distributon system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe apply only if the main fixture is supply continously with the flow rate and minimum required working pressure

System of building which includes the water supply distribution pipes the fixture and fixture traps, the soil waste and the vent pipes, the house drain and the house sewer, the storm water drainage with their devices

1/4", WYE and 1/8" BEND, LONG SWEEP, 1/8" and 1/8"

COMBINATION

A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi where water of high pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the return pipe

A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod to activate a submerge piston

A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the surface

A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a shallow source like cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump. The motor is placed at the surface with shaft to turn the impellers below

A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4' or 6' casing to deliver 35gpm against 450 ft. total develop height

Page 402: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

402/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

545 Lawn Sprinkler System

546Minimum width of a septic tank. 90 cms.

547Minimum length of a septic tank. 1.50 mts.

548Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank. 60 cms.

549Maximum liquid depth for septic tank. 1.80 mts.

550Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondary compartment of a septic tank. 1 cum.

551Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septic tank. 508 mm.

5521.50 mts.

553Wooden septic tanks are allowed, true or false. 0

554Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septic tank. 15.20 mts.

555Minimum distance of a water supply well from a seepage pit or cesspool. 45.70 mts.

556Minimum distance of a water supply well from a disposal field. 30.50 mts.

557Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used for downspouts. 26

558Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 51 mm.

559Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 102 mm.

560Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture. 60 cms.

561Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof. 15 cms.

5620.90 mtr.

563Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub 38 mm. (11/2")

564Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall. 51 mm. (2")

565Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35. 3

A system of devices, usually installed below ground level, to scatter or spray water droplets over a lawn, golf course, or the like.

Minimum length of the secondary compartment of a septic tank with a capacity of more than 6 cubic meters.

Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openable window, door opening, air intake, or vent shaft.

Page 403: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

403/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

566Required number of water closets for males for an auditorium serving 16-35. 2

567Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving 10-50. 1

568Required number of water closets for females for a theater serving 51-100. 4

569Classifications of copper pipes. Rigid and Flexible

570A rough or sharp edge left on metal by a cutting tool. Burr

571Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimes referred to as. House Drain

572Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and polybutylene. Polyethylene

573A vent with a function to provide circulation if air between drainage and vent system. Relief Vent

574Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a floor or wall which the pipe pass. Escutcheon

575A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of fixture. Flush Valve

576Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable matter in suspension or solution. Sewage

577Component of fire extinguisher. Carbon Monoxide

578Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers. Strom Sewer

579Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor. 1 1/2" (38mm)

580A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent. 1/8 Bend

581Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet. 1 1/2"

582Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type water closet. 3/8"

583True or false, 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply. 1

584True or false, 3" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply. 0

585Battery of Fixtures

586A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case of a back to back vent. Common Vent

Term applied to the interconnection of the same fixtures in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent.

Page 404: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

404/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

5874" (102mm)

588Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more than 15 meters from the source. 4" (102mm)

589Ball Valve

590Treats hard water. Zeolite

591Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting. 6" (150mm)

592It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary field of ancient Rome. Plumbarius

593In Latin, it means 'lead'. Plumbum

594Combination Waste

595sized to provide free movement of air above the flow line of the drain. and Vent system

596Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces. Air curtain

597Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces. Air curtain

598Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged directly to the nearest ___. Sanitary Sewer Main

599Fixture

600Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located at each floor. 2 1/2" (64mm)

601A vent pipe connected to a vent stack. Circuit Vent

602A vent pipe connected to a stack vent. Loop Vent

603Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure. Barometer

604Bets type of fire detection that can detect fire during the incipient stage. Ionization

605Condensing unit is a part of a ___. Refrigeration

606A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used as a draw-off tap. Bibbcock

607Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a trap. Top Dip to Crown Weir

Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 meters or less from the fire service connection.

Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatory faucets or at shower valves works by the principle of a ___.

A specially designed system of waste piping embodying the horizontal wet venting of one or more sinks or floor drains by means of a common waste and vent pipe adequately

Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water, water-carried waste into a drainage system with which they are connected.

Page 405: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

405/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

608A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'. Double Bend

609Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower stall. 2"

610Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal. 3"

611Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school. (1:30)

612Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school. (1:25)

613Ratio of urinals for elementary school. (1:75)

614Ratio of water closets for female population for Principal Worship Places. (1:75)

6154

616(1:5)

617Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each section of plumbing for water test. 3

6183

61915 minutes

620Consist of a body, a checking member, and an atmospheric opening.

621Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings safe for humans. 8%

622300 mm

623300 mm

624Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals. 4'

625Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees. 60˚

6261

6271

6280.305 mtr. / 305 mm

Minimum required number of water closets for female for office and public buildings serving 55 occupants for employees.

Where there is exposure to skin contamination due to poisonous materials, what is the ratio of lavatory to number of occupants.

How many days, at least, shall be given before any plumbing work inspection is done after written notice for inspection.

Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in the system or pipes for a water test without any leaks to satisfy said testing.

Atmospheric Vacuum Breaker

Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes to the top of sewer or drain pipe if laid in the same trench on top of the other.

Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulating equipment, water heater, conditioning tanks, and similar equipment requiring union fittings.

True or false, 60˚ branches or offsets may be used only when installed in a true vertical position.

Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5 meters in length unless such line is serving sinks or urinals, true or false.

Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes 51mm or less in diameter.

Page 406: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

406/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

629Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes larger than 51 mm. Dia. 0.45 mtr. / 450 mm

6306.10 mts.

631Maximum length of a tailpiece. 600 mm

632Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting. 4.60 mts.

6331

634Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the roof. 150 mm / 15 cms.

635Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above any other vertical surface. 300 mm

636Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any openable window or opening. 0.90 mtr.

637Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck where it is protruded. 2.10 mts.

6383.00 mts.

639Minimum number of stories served by a waste stack requiring a parallel ventstack. 10

640The process of removing calcium and magnesium deposits in water. Softening

641True or false, number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainage pipe. 1

642

643What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base of a soil stack? Wye and 1/8 Bend

644

645Women's urinal fixture. Washdown

6461

647Washdown (WD)

648Reverse Trap (RT)

Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from any access door, crawl space, or crawl hole.

True or false, no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall be used underground and shall be kept at least 15 cms above ground.

Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a roofdeck used for other purposes aside from protection from weather.

Water distribution system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe applied only if the highest fixture is supplied continuously with the flow rate and minimum required working pressure.

Upfeed System / Direct Method

What is the rating index of an air-conditioning/refrigeration system which rates the unit for the number of BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical input energy?

Energy Efficiency Rating (EER)

True or false, brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as a reducer or adapter.

A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject to clogging, noisy, and use a simple washout action through a small irregular passageway.

This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jet except that it has a smaller trap passageway and smaller water surface area, moderately noisy.

Page 407: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

407/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

649Blowout (BO)

650Siphon Vortex (SV)

651Siphon Jet (SJ)

652Siphon Vortex (SV)

653Siphon Jet (SJ)

654Reverse Trap (RT)

655This type of water closet is prohibited by some health codes. Washdown (WD)

656Water Hammer

657The length of a pipeline measured along the centerline of the pipe and pipe fittings. Developed Length

658A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gate across the passage. Gate Valve

659A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in an internal wall. Globe Valve

660Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank or sewage treatment plant. Effluent

661The centerline of pipe. Spring Line

662The interior top surface of a pipe. Crown

663The interior bottom surface of a pipe. Invert

664Color code for pipes containing acid. Black

665

Riser Diagram

666Teflon

667

668

A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into up leg forces contents out. Use only with flush valve, requires higher pressure.

Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water is directed through the rim. It scours bowl, folds over into jet; siphon.

A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet. Water enters through the rim and through the down leg.

A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having the flushing water directed to the rim to create circular motion or vortex which scours the bowl.

A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters through the rim and a siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl through the trapway.

A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with a smaller water surface and trapway.

The concussion and banging noise that results when a volume of water moving in a pipe suddenly stops or loses momentum.

This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders, switches, switchboards, and major components are shown up to, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an electrical version of a vertical section taken through the building.

One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a du pont trade name for the white, soft, waxy, and non-adhesive polymer of tetrafluoroethylene.

Page 408: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

408/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

669

670

671

672

673

674

675

676

677

678

679

680

681

682

683

684

685

686

687

688

689

690

691

692

693

694

695

696

697

Page 409: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

409/469

PLUMBING REVIEWER

698

699

700

701

702

703

704

Page 410: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

410/469

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

1Air Curtain

2AHU (Air Handling Unit)

3Bumper

4Elevator Landing

5610 mm.

6660 mm

7Dumbwaiters total inside height shall not exceed ____ 1220 mm

8Is the achievement of a temperature below that of the immediate surroundings. Air-conditioning

9elevator

10 Device for heating water or generating steam above atmospheric pressure. boiler

11 A system for transporting materials from one site to another, especially in a factory conveyor

12compressor

13air-conditioning

14 Device that convert electrical energy into mechanical energy, by electromagnetic means. alternator

15 A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy called generator

16cooling tower

17dumbwaiters

18 Gives stability to governor ropes. counter weight

19Are vertical tracks that guide the car and counterweight? guide rails

20counterweight

21Is the vertical passageway for the car and counterweight? shaft

A stream of high-velocity temperature-controlled air which is directed downward, across an opening

A package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of air it is distributed to an air conditioned space.

A device designed to stop an elevator car or counterweight from descending beyond its normal limit of travel

The portion of the hoist way extending from the threshold level of the lowest landing door to the floor at the bottom of the hoist way.

When the elevator car rest on its fully compressed buffer, there shall be a vertical clearance of not less than between the pit floor and the lowest structural or mechanical part.

There shall be installed in the pit of each elevator where the pit extend more than ___ below the sill of the pit access door

Consist of a platform or car traveling in vertical guides in a shaft or hoist way, with related hoisting and lowering mechanisms.

Machine that decreases the volume and increases the pressure of a quantity of air by mechanical means.

A device that maintains, control of the indoor environment—its desirable temperature, humidity, air circulation, and purity for the occupants of that space or for the industrial materials that are handled or stored there.

Device for reducing the temperature of a liquid, usually water, by bringing it into contact with an airstreams where a small portion of the liquid is evaporated and the major portion is cooled.

A machine often provides the most convenient and economical means of transporting relatively small articles between levels.

Are rectangular blocks of cast-iron stacked in a frame, which is supported at the opposite ends of the cables to car is fastened.

Page 411: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

411/469

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

22 Are fastened to car frame and counterweight at top and bottom. governor

23 Is a device to absorb the impact of car or counterweight at the lower limit of travel? buffer

24 A device use for moistening the air at the desired degree? humidifier

25

centralized air con

26Its function is to dispose the heat carried away from the condenser compressor

27hydraulic elevator

28 it is a device to control the temperature. thermostat

29 Truss

30In electric elevator machine room is located at the pent house

31 Is mechanical device for transporting persons between two levels. escalator

32demand factor

33 governor

34 Tesla is the unit of____. Magnetic flux

35 counterweight

36 Full bath

37 Method of cooling

38

All of the above

39 Conduction

40 Dampers

41 What is also known as a synthetic chemical refrigerant? freon

42 gas used as refrigerant with water ammonia

43 an air compartment or chamber plenum

44 liquid which is discharged as a waste effluent

45 A material which stops the transfer of heat is also known as? insulation

An air-conditioning system in which the air is treated by equipment at one or more central locations outside the spaces served and conveyed to and from these spaces by means of fans and pumps through duct and pipes.

Type of elevator that is raised or lowered quite simply by means of movable rod or plunger?

It is a three – section built up welded steel trussed framework, which supports the moving stairway component

The ratio of the maximum demand of a system, or part of a system, to the total connected of a system or the part of a system under consideration is called –

The following are basic component parts of anescalator except____.

Which of the following is not a component of ahydraulic elevator?A bathroom containing a water closet, alavatory, and a bathtub.The following are elements of centralizedairconditioning system except _______.

Acoustics is a science that concerns with______.a. Transmission of soundb. Effect of sound wavesc. Generation of sound

It is the flow of heat through a material by transfer from warmer to cooler molecules in contact with each other.Is a valve or plate that stops or regulates the flow of air inside a duct, chimney, air handler, or other air handling equipment.

Page 412: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

412/469

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

46 device used only to add humidity in the air hunidifier

47 heat is transferred through materials Conduction

48 a process which refrigerant from liquid to gas evaporator

49 What is a cooling or heating element which is made of pipe or tubing? coil

50 device to control the thermostat relay

51 device used to vary the volume of air passing a duct Dampers

52 It is a platform or car for hoisting or lowering passenger or freight. elevator

53 stops car and grips counterweight in case of emergency governor54 sprocket assembly

55 What is a closed vessel in which liquid is heated or vaporized? boiler

56 pipe fitting with outside threads use for connecting pipes Closed nipple57 vessel where vapor is liquefied by removal of heat condenser

58 gearless traction

59 the art and practice of heating and cooling with water hydronics

60 steel wires used to compensate cars and counterweights hoistropes –

61 Two types of passenger elevator. Electric and Hydraulic

62 0.60 mtr

63

64 2.0 mts.

65 Maximum height of a dumbwaiter. 1.20 mts.

66 Humidistat

67 Another name for Humidistat. Hygrostat

68 Thermosetting

69Thermostat

70 Alternator

71 Heat

72 Thermostat

73 Air curtain

where the endless belt of steps pass around during operationof an escalator

It consists of DC motors and the shaft of which is connected directly to the brake wheel and driving sheave.

Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevatorfor small commercial or residential building.A device that is basically a double throw switch ofgenerally 3-pole connection that will automatically transferthe power from the standby generator to the buildingcircuitry during electrical power failure.

Automatic Transfer Switch

The minimum face to face distance between elevatorsin three and four car grouping.

A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in theair

Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resinwhich hardens when heated or cured, and does not softenwhen reheated.An Instrument which responds to changes intemperature, and directly or indirectly controlstemperature.A machine that converts mechanical energy intoelectrical energy, a generator of alternating current.Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied inorder to absorb ___.A device installed on an electric water heater used todetect the working temperature to activate a switch.Vertical flow of air used to separate different functionsof spaces.

Page 413: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

413/469

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

74

75 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector. 135-197˚F

76 Air Motor

77 The effective room temperature in air-conditioning. 68-74 ˚F /20-23 deg C

78 Psychrometric Chart

79 Heat that raises air temperature. Sensible Heat

80 Convection

81

82Fan Coil Unit

83Safety Shoe

84Fascia Plate

85Weighing Device

86 In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current. Circuit Breaker

87 Limit Switches

88

89Disconnect Switch

90

91

92 Knife Switch

93 Ton of Refrigeration

94 Sheave

95 Governor

96 Counterweight

A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system whichuses low melting point solders or metal that expandswhen exposed to heat to detect a fire.

Fixed Temperature Heat Detector

An air-operated device used to open or close a damper orvalve

A graph used in air-conditioning and showing theproperties of air-system mixtures.

The transmission of heat energy from one place to anotherby circulatory movement of a mass of fluid.What is the rating index of an airconditioning/refrigeration system which rates the unit for thenumber of BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical inputenergy? (EER)

Energy Efficiency Rating

What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central airconditioningsystem, is used to to dehumidify and cool the airstream injected to a conditioned space.

In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing,and reopens the door if there is something. Photocell can beused together with this.

It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway whenthey try to get out of the car which is stopped between thefloors.In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car isoverloaded and the door remains open until overloading iseliminated.

In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at thehighest and lowest floor.In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign objectbecomes wedged at the guard.

Handrail Guard Switches

In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and off positions to stop orprevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.

This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unitlocation to protect against accidental movement of the escalatorduring inspection of the drives or during general maintenance.

Mechanical Maintenance Locking

DeviceThis device, in escalators, stops the escalator automaticallyif an abnormal current is supplied to the motor.

Current Overload Safety Switch

This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator forinspection, maintenance, or repairs.The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0oC) melts to water at the same tmeperature in 24 hrs.An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates,shaft, and bearings over which a cable or roped is passed.Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stopan elevator.In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sandused to balance suspended scenery, or the like.

Page 414: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

414/469

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

97Winding-Drum Machine

98 Winding-Drum Machine

99

100 governor

101 Which of the following is not a component of a hydraulic elevator? counterweight

102 Method of cooling

103 A transformer is ______.

104 Thermal load

105 Polarization

106 3 section truss

107

All of these

108

109R-22

110

111 Endless belt

112 558mm

113

Both a and b

114 What is the refrigerant name of R-12? Dichlorodifluormethane

115 The recommended speed for escalators ranges from____. 90-120fpm

116 LATENT HEAT

117 An apparatus that can heat, cool, clean and circulate air AIR CONDITIONER

118 They were deter to the intrusion alarm system in residential signal system

119 An air passage usually formed in sheet metal with insulation for ventilating on a building AIR DUCT

120 The current of air or gases DRAUGHT OR DRAFT

On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum towhich the wire ropes that hoist the car are fastened, and onwhich they wind.

Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and thecounterweight.In boilers, they function only when it exceeds prescribedunsafe operating conditions.

Limit Controls and Interlocks

The following are basic component parts of an escalatorexcept____.

The following are elements of centralized airconditioning systemexcept _______.

A mechanical device used to step up or step down voltage

in ac

A factor used in calculating cooling load that includes heattransferred from walls, doors, ceilings, etc. is known as _____.

The following are ways in which heat may be transferredexcept____.The typical truss configuration used in the installation of anescalator.Which is the following characterizes centrallized airconditioning a. It uses ductsb. Has cooling towerc. Provided with air handling unitd. All of these

The total cooling output of an airconditioner during its annualusage, in BTU/hr divided by the energy input during the same period,in watt-hours is known as_____.

Seasonal energy efficiency ratio

Which type of refrigerant is recommended for residential,commercial, and industrial application using split type airconditioningsystem?The term impedance is used in transformers and other devices inac is a combination of _______.

Resistance and reactance

A continuous belt (chain) attached to the handrail and directlyconnected to the steps is known as _____.What is the minimum distance between the handrails ofescalators?What aspect/s of environment or surroundings is/are consideredin air-conditioning system for human comfort?a. Temperature of the surrounding airb. Motion of air

The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved inchanging the state of a substancewithout changing its temperature.

BUGLARS AND PROWLERS

Page 415: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

415/469

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

121 Requirement for a dry standpipe 4 STOREY

122Color coding of piping for fuel oil division BLACK

123 DUMBWAITER

124 The device for maintaining desirable humidity conditons in the air supplied HUMIDIFIER

125The average consumption of water per capita 50 GALS.

126 THERMOSTAT

127 BULLDOZER

128The acoustical ceiling board design to be laid in an exposed grid suspension system

129 The total sound units provided by a given material DECIBEL

130Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector 135-197 F

131 REAR OR TOP

132 The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat SOUND ABSORPTION

133SOUND INSULATION

134LUX

135Level of subterrenean water WATER TABLE

136AIR HANDLING UNIT

137 This is the criteria in selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time TRAVEL TIME

138 Protection of PVC pipe underground CONCRETE CASING

139 Reflection of sound from curve surface CREEP

140 The criteria in the selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time TRAVEL TIME

141 Type of conveyor that transport packages equipment crates FREIGHT ELEVATOR

142 BUFFER

143 PIT

144 WINDING DRUM MACHINE

145 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight GUIDE RAILS

146 Car pit clearance depth from the bottom of the car 600mm

147

A hoisting and lowering mechanism with a building equipped with relatively small car excusively for carrying materials

An automatic control of the operation of heating or cooling device responding to changes of temperature of the spaceA tractor equipped with the blade attached by arms and bolted to its end, used in piling earth

ACOUSTICAL LAY IN PANEL

Fire tube boliers shall be provide with sufficient room for removal or replacement of tube either from these places

The system of deadening sound materials to wall, ceiling, floors to prevent sound from passing through the members into adjoining room

The illuminance produce by luminous flux of the one lumen distributed uniformly over a one square meter surface

Package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of the air before it is distributed to an air conditioned space

Important element of an elevator below the first level floor line that absorbs and minimize building shocks to the carThat portion of the hoistway in the elevator extending from the threshold level of the lowest landing floor of the hoistwayA geared drive machine in which the suspension ropes are fastened to and wind on a drum

When machine room or penthouse is provided at the top of the hoistway, it shall have a sufficient room for this

FOR REPAIR AND INSPECTION

Page 416: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

416/469

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

148 When 4 or more elevator serve all or the same portion of the bulding 2 HOISTWAYS

149 Shalll be located in any one hoistway 4 ELEVATORS

150 Minimum number of hoisting ropes for traction elevators 3 HOISTWAYS

151 Minimum number of hoisting ropes for drum type elevators 2 HOISTWAYS

152 Minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight ropes 30mm

153Provision for all elevators

154BUFFER

155

156CIRCUIT BREAKER

157 OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH

158 SAFETY SHOE

159 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed WAIT INTERVAL

160DOOR LOCK SWITCH

161MAGNETIC BREAK

162 Main purpose of shafts overhead space FOR CAR OVERRUN

163GOVERNOR

164 OTIS-U.S.

165BUFFER

166

167CIRCUIT BREAKER

168OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH

169SAFETY SHOE

170 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed WAIT INTERVAL

OVER LOAD RELAY AND REVERSE POLARITY

RELAY

A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or counterweight safely

Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality

MONITORING CONTACTS ON STEP CHAIN

A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from over current

During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to open the door from the outside

The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens the door

Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open only when the car stops at the floor

Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the rope to operate the safety gear

Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its rated speed by grasping the guide rail to stop the car safely

A European brand of elevator

A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or counterweight safely

Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality

MONITORING CONTACTS ON STEP CHAIN

A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and electrical parts from over current

During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to open the door from the outside

The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens the door

Page 417: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

417/469

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

171DOOR LOCK SWITCH

172MAGNETIC BREAK

173 Main purpose of shafts overhead space FOR CAR OVERRUN

174LIMIT SWITCH

175 Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator 35 degrees

176 Minimum width of balustrade 558 mm

177 Maximum width of balustrade 1.20 m

178 Maximum width of the steps 330 mm

179 Kind of glass required in an escalator's balustrade TEMPERED TYPE GLASS

180 Maximum rated speed measured along the angle of inclination 38 mpm

181Provision for boiler rooms inside the building

182Minimum distance if the building is not made of fire resistive materials

183No part of the boiler shall be closer to this from the wall 1 meter

184 Distance of the smokestacks above the building within 50 mts. radius 5.00 mts

185 2 CHECK VALVES

186 Provision when two or more boilers are connected in parallel

187 Provision of every boiler ONE SAFETY VALVE

188Provision for boilers having generating capacity exceeding 907 kg/hr TWO SAFETY VALVE

189 Notification in writing in advance for boiler's inspection 15 DAYS

190 Temperature and humidity of the air to be used for comfortable cooling 68deg-74deg F

191 Minimum for refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any building

192Provision of installation for refrigerant system containing more than 9 kgs. STOP VALVES

193 Minimum for window type AC installed on ground floors 2.13 meters

194FAN COIL UNIT

195 Spacing provided for elevator with single bank in a non residential building

Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open only when the car stops at the floor

Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off,and grasp the rope to operate the safety gear

Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has reached the designated end of travel course

R.C CONCRETE OR MASONRY

3.00 mts. FROM OUTSIDE WALL

Provision between any feed pump and the boiler in addition to the regular shut-off valve

NON RETURN OR SHUT OFF VALVE

2.30 meters ABOVE THE FLOOR

Mechanical equipment coupled with a central air conditioning system used to dehumidify and cool the airstream injected to the conditioned space

1.5 TIMES MORE THAN THE ELEVATOR CAR

DEPTH

Page 418: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

418/469

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

196

197

198

199 main drive chain, step chain, handrail, drive chain, bottom sprocket ESCALATOR'S PART

200

201 Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's width like those in Japanese brand 1120;980;800;760

202 Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's step like those in Japanese brand 1150;1100;1000;900

203

204Location of Control System or computer brain of the escalator

205

206

207

208 Safety device caused by insufficient water flow on heater when brown out

209 Vital part of Solar Water heater to keep the heat in and cold out

210 Packaging and assembly of elevator as it arrives on the site

211 Cool the condenser unit in a central conditioning system COOLING TOWER

212

213Standard unit rating to describe the capacity of the cooling tower

214 THERMOSTAT

215BUFFER

Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the highest and so on while descending

DOWN COLLECTIVE CONTROL

Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the lowest and so on while ascending

UP COLLECTIVE CONTROL

Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its rated speed by grasping the guide rail to stop the car safely

GOVERNOR - safety gear, safety shoe, magnetic

break

When planning a multiple system of elevator layout where four or more elevator are arrange in banks

ONE IN FRONT OF THE OTHER

Type of dampers installed at supply ducts, which are electro-mechanically activated by building automation system to close in case of fire within the area

ADJUSTABLE LOCKING DAMPERS

AT THE ESCALATOR MACHINE ROOM

This is a guide for the initial estimate per Ton of Refrigeration per sq.mts. of a standard room of normal condition without external solar heat gain and excessive internal heat gain

12 to 14 SQ.MT PER TON OF REFRIGERATION

PIPING OR DUCT BELONGING TO OTHER SYSTEM SHOULD NOT RUN THROUGH THE MACHINE ROOM

International Standard and EN 81.1 Code in designing

a machine room

THE TOP CHORD OF THE TRUSS IS WITH A STEEL ANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE BUILDING'S STRUCTURAL BEAM

STANDARD INSTALLATION OF ESCALATOR NOT

EXCEEDING 4.50 MTS./ TRUSS

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

EXPANDED POLYTHELYNE FOAM

INSULATIONKNOCKDOWN BY MAJOR

COMPONENT PART

Rating index of an air conditioning system which rate the number for the unit of BTU heat moved per watt of electrical input energy

SEASONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TONS OF REFRIGERATION

A device installed on electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to to activate a switch

A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It It stops the car or counterweight safely

Page 419: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

419/469

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

216

217CIRCUIT BREAKER

218 SAFETY SHOE

219 Mechanical equipment install on top of the main doors used to retain cold in the interiors AIR CURTAIN

220 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed WAIT INTERVAL

221

222DOOR LOCK SWITCH

223Opening of door for passenger in case of power failure in the elevator OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH

224MAGNETIC BREAK

225 Main purpose of shafts overhead space FOR CAR OVERRUN

226 Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has reached the LIMIT SWITCH

227 designated end of travel course EMERGENCY SWITCH

228FAN COIL UNIT

229 Latent Heat

230 Two types of passenger elevator. Electric and Hydraulic

231 0.60 mtr.

232 Another name for passenger elevator. Lift

233 The minimum face to face distance between elevators in three and four car grouping. 2 mts.

234 Maximum height of a dumbwaiter. 1.20 mts.

235 Sheave

236 A device for converting alternating current to direct current. Rectifier

237 Another name for a Rectifier. D.C. Generator

238 A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in the air. Humidistat

239 Another name for Humidistat. Hygrostat

240 Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stop an elevator. Governor

Rating index of an air conditioning system which rates the unit for the number for BTU of heat moved per watt of electrical input energy Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality

MONITORING CONTACTS ON STEP CHAIN

A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from over current

The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens the door

Major physical restriction does a split type air conditioner system have which restricts its efficiency and performance

EVAPORATORS CANNOT BE LOCATED AT CEILING

Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open only when the car stops at the floor

Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the rope to operate the safety gear

Coupled with central air conditioning system, used to dehumidify and cool the air stream injected into the conditioned space

The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved in changing the state of a substance without changing its temperature.

Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevator for small commercial or residential building.

An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates, shaft, and bearings over which a cable or roped is passed.

Page 420: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

420/469

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

241 A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the connection at the water main. Corporation Stop

242 Thermostat

243 Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in drywall construction. Rigid Board Insulation

244 Alternator

245 Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied in order to absorb ___. Heat

246 Thermostat

247 Outside Door Latch

248 Panic Bar

249 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector. 135-197˚F

250

251 An air-operated device used to open or close a damper or valve. Air Motor

252 Counterweight

253 Winding-Drum Machine

254 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight. Guiderails

255 600 mm

256 Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight rope. 30 mm

257 Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in an escalator. 558 mm

258 Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalator along the angle of travel. 38 Meters/Min

259 The effective room temperature in air-conditioning. 68-74 ˚F

260 Microphone

261 A rate of rise type detector. Thermal Detector

262 A graph used in air-conditioning and showing the properties of air-system mixtures. Psychrometric Chart

263 Heat that raises air temperature. Sensible Heat

264 Convection

265 In boilers, they function only when exceeds prescribed unsafe operating conditions.

266Fan Coil Unit

267Safety Shoe

268 Fascia Plate

An Instrument which responds to changes in temperature, and directly or indirectly controls temperature.

A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy, a generator of alternating current.

A device installed on an electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to activate a switch.During elevator emergency, to rescue passengers, this part of the elevator is used to open the doors from the outside.A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width of each door leaf which will open if subjected to pressure.

An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuating inlet water pressure to a lower constant pressure.

Pressure Regulating Valve

In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand used to balance suspended scenery, or the like.On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum to which the wire ropes that hoist the car are fastened, and on which they wind.

Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of the car and the bottom of the pit shall not be less than ___.

Sound system input device that reacts to and converts variable sound pressure into variable electrical current.

The transmission of heat energy from one place to another by circulatory movement of a mass of fluid.

Limit Controls and Interlocks

What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central air-conditioning system, is used to to dehumidify and cool the air stream injected to a conditioned space.

In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing, and reopens the door if there is something. Photocell can be used together with this.

It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway when they try to get out of the car which is stopped between the floors.

Page 421: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

421/469

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

269 Weighing Device

270 In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current. Circuit Breaker

271 In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the highest and lowest floor. Limit Switches

272 In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object becomes wedged at the guard.

273Disconnect Switch

274Mechanical

275

276 Knife Switch

277Ton of Refrigeration

278

279

280

281

282

283

284

285

286

287

288

289

290

291

292

293

In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car is overloaded and the door remains open until overloading is eliminated.

Handrail Guard Switches

In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and off positions to stop or prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.

This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit location to protect against accidental movement of the escalator during inspection of the drives or during general maintenance.

This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically if an abnormal current is supplied to the motor.

Current Overload Safety Switch

This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for inspection, maintenance, or repairs.

The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0 oC) melts to water at the same tmeperature in 24 hrs. (equivalent to 12,000 Btu/hr)

Page 422: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

422/469

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

294

295

296

297

298

299

300

301

302

303

304

305

306

307

308

309

310

311

Page 423: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

423/469

ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

1Sound

2A healthy pair of human ear has a detection range of. 20 to 20000 HZ

3Sound travels in air, at sea level, in ____ m/sec. 344 m/ sec.

4Frequency

5Reverberation

6Echo

7Flutter

8 A device used for sound absorption Fibrous Materials

9This describe the reflection of sound along a curved surface near the surface Creep

10 Sound travels only about ___________m/sec. 344 m/sec

11 It is the measurement of the intensity of sound. decibel

12 It is the limit for comfortable hearing. 40 db

13Reverberation time

14 omnidirectional mic

15 incandescent

16 photometry

17

candle power

18

Diffusion

19Lumen

Is a physical wave, a mechanical vibration, a series of pressure variations, in an elastic medium

The number of times the cycle of compression and rarefaction of air makes in a given unit of time.

Is the persistence of sound after the cause of sound has stopped-a result of repeated reflections.

Is caused when reflected sound at sufficient intensity reaches a listener approximately 70 m/ sec. after hear the direct sound.

Is perceived as a buzzing or clicking sound, and it is comprised of repeated echoes traversing back and forth between two non-absorbing parallel surfaces.

It is the time in seconds that a reflected sounddiminishes for the case by 60db after the originalsound has stopped.It is a type of microphone which equally sensitivesound arriving at it from any directionIt has a stimulating effect, conducive to drinking,induces sleep, best for bars and night club.In theory and fundamentals of lighting. It is thescience that deals with measurement of light.

It refers to the unit of intensity of light of onestandard candle whose light is concentrated at apoint and the light source is assumed to be placed atthe center of a hollow sphere of one foot radius.

In physical principles of light, it is the light raysleaving the source strike through, opaque surfacewhich spreads the light in various directions, inaddition light is broken up while in reflection, thelight bounces back at a different direction.

It is the unit of luminous flux, amount f light fallingon a surface from the source.

Page 424: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

424/469

ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

20the reciprocal of ohm

21Watt

22 1 lumen per sq.m.

23Varies inversely with

24Decibel

25

droppler effect

26 What is a repetitious reflective sound due to parallel walls? flutter27

– delayed sound heard a fraction of a second after the direction of sound isheard Echo

28 unpleasant or unwanted sound Noise

29 What is the study of reactions of humans to audible sound? psycho acoustics

30study of effects on environment upon audible sound

31 study of sound generated by equipment electro acoustics

32wavelength

33 rate of repetition of a periodic phenomenon frequency –

34 sound –

35 What is the amount of sound energy produced by the source? magnitude

36 unit of loudness of sound decibel

37 at speed of sound normal temperature and pressure velocity –

38 What is the reflected sound that gathers in a central portion of the room? sound foci

39 one characterized by large amounts of absorption dead room

40 characterized by very small amounts of absorption Live room

41 What is the persistence of sound after the source of sound has stopped? reverberation

42 state existing in a system which is set into oscillation resonance

43 pure tone –

44 Specific Lighting

Mho as used in electrical systems calculation isdefined as _______.

A unit of mechanical power is horsepower.What is electrical power?

In lighting and illumination calculation, what isthe unit for lux?

In Inverse Square Law, it states that: “soundintensity ______ the square of the distancefrom the source.”

Is a logarithmic unit of measurement that expresses the magnitude of a physical quantity (usually power or intensity)relative to a specified or implied reference level.

An apparent shift in the frequency occurring when an acoustic source and listener are in motion relative to eachother, the frequency increasing when the source and the listener approach each other and decreasing when they move apart

environmental acoustics –

What is the distance between two similar points in succession waves traveling in one cycle?

a sensation felt by the brain resulting from the distance of molecules inthe air

simplest kind of sound composed entirely of sound waves of a singlefrequencyA type of lighting that provides illumination to specialobjects like sculptures, flower arrangements, etc.

Page 425: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

425/469

ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

45 Unit of loudness level. Phon

46 Sound Absorption

47 Distance sound travels during each cycle of vibration. Wavelength

48Sound Attenuation

49 Sabin

50 Sound Diffraction

51 Threshold of Audibility

52 Sound

53 Sound sensation in a single frequency. Pure Tone

54 Wave produced by a pure tone. Sine Wave

55 Synonymous with a lighting fixture. Luminaire

56 The luminous intensity of light is expressed in ___. Candela

57 General Lighting

58 The rate of flow of light through a surface. Luminous Flux

59 Luminance

60 Foot-Candle

61 Lux

62 Indirect Lighting

63 The equivalent of filament in a fluorescent lamp. Cathode

64 The rate of flow of sound energy Sound Intensity

65 Accent Lighting

66 A means of producing light from gaseous discharge. Fluorescense

67 A type of High-Intensity-Discharge lamp (HID). High-Pressure-Sodium

68 Microphone

69 Cross Light

70 A lighting unit consisting of one or more electrical lamps. Luminaire

71 Eggcrate

72 Floodlight

The process of dissipating sound energy by convertingit to heat.

The reduction in the intensity or in the sound pressurelevel of sound which is transmitted from one point toanother.

Unit of sound absorption equivalent to 1 square foot ofperfectly absorptive material.Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave tobe bent or scattered aroundMinimum sound pressure level that is capable of beingdetected by the human earFluctuation in pressure, a particle displacement in anelastic medium.

Type of lighting dealing with relatively large arealighting.

The luminous intensity of any surface in a given directionper unit of projected area.A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per squarefoot.A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per squaremeterType of lighting system where 90-100% of light output isdirected to the ceiling and upperwalls of the room

Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particularpoints of interest.

Sound system input device that reacts to and convertsvariable sound pressure into variable electrical current.Light originating from sources not facing each other, asfrom windows in adjacent walls.

A louvered construction divided into cell-like areas andused for redirecting the light emitted by an overhead source.A lamp designed to project and diffuse a uniform level ofillumination over a large area.

Page 426: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

426/469

ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

73 Passive Infrared

74 Passive Infrared

75 Ultrasonic

76Microwave

77

78Proximity / Capacitance

79Metal Halide Lamp

80Mercury Lamp

81

82

83 Frequency

84

Transmission Loss

85 Infra Red

86 Porous Absorbents

87 Refraction

88 In lighting and illumination calculation, what is the unit for lux? 1 lumen per sq.m.

89 Tesla is the unit of____. Magnetic flux

90 Varies inversely with

91 Acoustics is a science that concerns with ______.

92 Creep is the phenomenon whereby sound travels in a ______. Curve surface

A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heatrange of body temperature.A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption oflight beam.A type of perimeter detector which detects change insound wave pattern.A type of perimeter detector which is subject to falsealarm from aircraft radar and from movement outside buildingthrough window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves.

This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passiveinfrared and Ultrasonic or Microwave system.

Passive Infrared with Ultrasonic (or Microwave)

This type of perimeter detector detects a change incapacitance of the area covered, caused by intrusion.Proximity / Capacitance a. Microwave

A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light isproduced by the radiation from a mixture of a metallic vapor,similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction.

A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors,uses argon gas to ease starting, it produces light by means of anelectric discharge in mercury vapor.

A type of lamp which produces light by means of thereaction of halogen additive in the bulb reacts with chemicallywith tungsten.

Tungsten Halogen Lamp

A type of lamp generally used for roadways andsidewalks, uses sodium gas.

High-Pressure-Sodium (HPS)

The number of cycles per unit time of a wave oroscillations expressed in hertz of cycles per second.Of a partition, the number of decibels by which sound isreduced in transmission through it; a measure of the sound insulation value of the partition, the higher the number, thegreater the insulation value.

212. The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolettype.What type of sound absorbent is best for lower bandfrequencies.The bending of sound wave when traveling forwardchanges direction as it passes through different densities.

In Inverse Square Law, it states that: “sound intensity ______ thesquare of the distance from the source.”

a. Transmission of soundb. Effect of sound wavesc. Generation of sound

Page 427: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

427/469

ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

93

All of the above

94

All of the above

95 Nadir

96 Sound absorption

97 Architectural acoustics

98 Structureborne sound

99

100

Hermholtz resonator

101 Individual resonator

102 The rustling of leaves in breeze is said to be within the ____. Threshold of hearing

103 Unit of capacitance is _____. Farad

104

105

All of the above

106 10% opening

107

108 Unit of frequency equal to one cycle per seconds HERTZ

109 Unit of loudness of level PHON

110Prolongation of sound as a result of succesive reflection REVERBERATION

Sound Transmission Loss (STL) is/are affected by the following____.a. Intensity of sound from sourceb. Material densityc. Mediumd. All of the above

Which of the following factors affect/s room acoustics?a. Shape and proportion of roomb. Room cavityc. Seating and other furnishingsd. All of the above

A condition characterized as vertically downward directly belowthe luminaire. What is that term?It is the product of surface area (sq.ft.) and sound absorptioncoefficient (SAC). It has the unit sabin.Wallace Clement Sabine, an American physicist who pioneeredwork on sound is said to be the father of ____?When sound impinges on a surface such as walls, floor, ceiling,etc. It is referred to as _____.A branch of acoustics that involves the control of noise pollution,environmental noise, which include motor vehicles, aircraft noise,etc.

Environmental acoustics

This material is so named in honor of a German physicist,consista of a holllow material with a small hole on one side. This isused to detect individual frequency of complex acoustic waveconfiguration.

A type of resonator made from empty clay vessels of differentsizes. Their absorption ranges from 100-400 hertz.

The following statements are true with regards to sound except___.a. That sound is an aural sensationb. That sound is caused by oscillation in an elastic mediumc. That sound travels in a vacuumd. That sound is caused by the vibration of particles which move inan infinitesimal amount causing particles to impart motion andenergy to them___.

That sound travels in a vacuum

The velocity of sound is affected by _____.a. Temperatureb. Kind of mediumc. Material densityd. All of the above

Transondent facings are those transparent facings with holes.Which facing will reflect more sound?Which of the following sources of sound produces the highestsound pressure level (SPL)?

Cafeteria with people in it

Page 428: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

428/469

ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

111 Distance sounds travels during each cycles of vibration WAVELENGTH

112Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to bend or scattered around SOUND DIFFRACTION

113 Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displaceent in elastic medium SOUND

114 Sound sensation in a single frequency PURE TONE

115 A luminous intensity of light expressed in candela; Unit of luminous intensity CANDELA

116 A lighting fixture LUMINAIRE

117 Unit of luminance equal to 1 candela per square meter LAMBERT

118 Unit of illmination equal to one lumen per square meter LUX

119 Unit of illumination equal to one square foot FOOT CANDLE

120 Rate of flow of light through a surface LUMINOUS FLUX

121 Resistance in AC system IMPEDANCE

122 Reciprocal of resistance CONDUCTANCE

123 Rate of flow of sound energy SOUND INTENSITY

124 Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular point of interests ACCENT LIGHTING

125A type of HID lamp HPS LAMP

126 Higher than 20,000 Hertz ULTRASONIC

127 SABINS

128

129

130Sound with a wavelength of 1.50 m at Frequency 1,500 Hz 7,380 fps

131INTENSITY

132REFRACTION

133Unit of loudness level. Phon

134The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat. Sound Absorption

Unit of acoustic absorption equivalent ot absorption by one square root of a perfect absorber

First defense method from external noise by site selection and site planning for quiet internal acoustic environment

AVOIDING ZONES OF DIRECT SOUND

The effective method can be employed to reduce direct noise, which is transmitted airborne, for noise reduction within a space

INSTALL ABSORBENT MATERIALS WITHIN THE

WALL OF THE ENCLOSURE

Perceptual characteristic of sound which is the average rate of flow of energy per unit area perpendicular to the direction of propagation

The physical behavior of sound when travelling forward in a straight path changes in direction as it passes through different densities and causes the sound waves to bend

Page 429: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

429/469

ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

135Distance sound travels during each cycle of vibration. Wavelength

136Sound Attenuation

137Unit of sound absorption equivalent to 1 square foot of perfectly absorptive material. Sabin

138Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to be bent or scattered around. Sound Diffraction

139Minimum sound pressure level that is capable of being detected by the human ear. Threshold of Audibility

140Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displacement in an elastic medium. Sound

141Sound sensation in a single frequency. Pure Tone

142Wave produced by a pure tone. Sine Wave

143Synonymous with a lighting fixture. Luminaire

144The luminous intensity of light is expressed in ___. Candela

145Type of lighting dealing with relatively large area lighting. General Lighting

146The rate of flow of light through a surface. Luminous Flux

147The luminous intensity of any surface in a given direction per unit of projected area. Luminance

148A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square foot. Foot-Candle

149A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square meter. Lux

150Indirect Lighting

151The material used for filament in an incandescent bulb. Tungsten

152The equivalent of filament in a fluorescent lamp. Cathode

153The rate of flow of sound energy Sound Intensity

154Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular points of interest. Accent Lighting

The reduction in the intensity or in the sound pressure level of sound which is transmitted from one point to another.

Type of lighting system where 90-100% of light output is directed to the ceiling and upper walls of the room.

Page 430: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

430/469

ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

155A means of producing light from gaseous discharge. Fluorescense

156A type of High-Intensity-Discharge lamp (HID).

157Light originating from sources not facing each other, as from windows in adjacent walls. Cross Light

158A lighting unit consisting of one or more electrical lamps. Luminaire

159Eggcrate

160A lamp designed to project and diffuse a uniform level of illumination over a large area. Floodlight

161What type of sound absorbent is best for lower band frequencies. Porous Absorbents

162Refraction

163Frequency

164

Transmission Loss

165

166

167

168

169

170

171

172

173

174

175

High-Pressure-Sodium (HPS)

A louvered construction divided into cell-like areas and used for redirecting the light emitted by an overhead source.

The bending of sound wave when traveling forward changes direction as it passes through different densities.

The number of cycles per unit time of a wave or oscillations expressed in hertz of cycles per second.

Of a partition, the number of decibels by which sound is reduced in transmission through it; a measure of the sound insulation value of the partition, the higher the number, the greater the insulation value.

Page 431: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

431/469

ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

176

177

178

179

180

181

182

183

184

185

186

187

188

189

190

191

192

193

194

195

196

197

198

199

Page 432: Alex Reviewer 2010

PREPARED BY:ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

432/469

ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

200

201

202

203

204

205

206

207

208

209

210

211

Page 433: Alex Reviewer 2010

433/469

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

1 Which Philippine furniture is specifically designed for giving birth? BUTACA

2 is an exquisite chest drawers comoda

3 is a modified church pew kapiya

4 is a wooden sofa that features a cabinet compartment below the seat gallinera5 Which Philippine furniture is usually used to store pillows and mats? al mario6 refers to a wardrobe with mirror attached to the door aparador

7 is used to store food and utensils pamingalan

8 is a daybed diban9 What is escritoire? a writing desk

10 is called bergere

11 is called the etagere

12 is called finial

13 Who designed the “Barcelona Chair”?

14 designed the adjustable chaise lounge Le Corbusier –

15 designed the cantilevered chair Alvar Aalto

16 designed the cesca cantilevered chair Marcel Bruer

17 It is a chair made of molded fiberglass rest on a cast aluminum pedestal tulip chair

18 is made of nylon stretch fabric over urethane foam chaise

19 ribbon chair

20 is made of reinforced molded fiberglass gyro chair –

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

arm chair with closed arms

hanging or standing shelves

crowning ornament on furniture

Ludwig Mies van de Rohe

is made of tubular steel frame cobered with rubber webbing andpre-foamed latex foam

Page 434: Alex Reviewer 2010

434/469

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

Page 435: Alex Reviewer 2010

435/469

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

6566

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

Page 436: Alex Reviewer 2010

436/469

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

Page 437: Alex Reviewer 2010

437/469

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

109

110111

112

113

114

115

Page 438: Alex Reviewer 2010

438/469

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

131

132

133

134

135

Page 439: Alex Reviewer 2010

439/469

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

136

137

138

139

140

141

142

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

151

152

153

154

155

156

157

158

159

160

161

Page 440: Alex Reviewer 2010

440/469

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

162

163

129

130

131

132

133

134

135136

137

138

139

140

141

142

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

Page 441: Alex Reviewer 2010

441/469

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

151

152

153

154

155

156

157

158

159

160

161

162

163

164

165

166

167

168

169

170

171

172

173

174

175

176

Page 442: Alex Reviewer 2010

442/469

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

177

178

179

180

181

182

183

184

185

186

Page 443: Alex Reviewer 2010

BAHAY KUBO

Kitchen GilirToilet & Bath BatalanRice Storage KamaligLow Table DulangCloset TampipiRoom SilidRoom for Entertaining Guest Bulwagan

BAHAY NA BATO

Ground FloorFor caroza storage ZaguanHorse Stable QuadraStore room Bodega

Second FloorWater Cistern AljibeOverhanging 2nd floor VoladaFood Storage DispensaAnte room for stairs CaidaLiving room SalaDining room ComedorKitchen CocinaPantry DispensaToilet Letrina / ComunBath BanoOpen terrace AzoteaRoom Cuarto / Alcoba / DormitorioVault EntresueloBalcony BalconCourtyard Patio

Page 444: Alex Reviewer 2010

distinctive features1. PERSIANA – large windows with slats covered with capiz to filter light; unique in Southeast Asia2. VENTANILLA – small windows usually at lower portion of the wall3. CALLADO – open woodwork or tracery; fixed over a window or placed as space dividers4. BARANDILLAS – wrought iron traceries on the wall5. BANGGERA – where the dishes are kept

Page 445: Alex Reviewer 2010

NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECTEGYPTIAN ARCHITECTURETemple of Luxor Luxor, EgyptAbu SimbelPyramid of King Zoser ImhotepThe Great PyramidGREEK ARCHITECTUREPartheon Athens, Greece Itchinus, Callicarates

with PhidiasErechtheum Athens, Greece MnesiclesEpidaurus Theater Epidaurus, Greece PolykleitosROMAN ARCHITECTUREThe Pantheon Rome, Italy AcrippaTrajan's Forum Rome, Italy Apollodorus of DamascusColosseum Rome, Italy Vespacian and DomitianAMERICAN ARCHITECTUREWhite House Washington, D.C. James HobanCapitol of the United States Washington, D.C. Thorton, Latrobe, BulfinchNational Gallery Of Art John Russel PopeWashington Monument Washington, D.C. Robert MillsUniversity of Virginia Charlottesville, Virginia Thomas JeffersonMassachusetts State House Charles BulfinchSaint Patrick's Cathedral New York James RenwickConnecticut State Capitol Richard UpjohnMonticallo Charlottesville, Virginia Thomas JeffersonNew York City Hall New York Pierre L'enfant

Fallingwater Ohiopyle, Pennsylvania Frank Lloyd WrightGuggenheim Museum New York, New York Frank Lloyd WrightCoonley House Riverside, Illonois Frank Lloyd WrightEnnis House Los Angeles, California Frank Lloyd WrightJohnson Wax Building Racine, Winconsin Frank Lloyd WrightLarkin Building Buffalo, New York Frank Lloyd WrightWingspread Wind Point Frank Lloyd WrightGolden Gate Bridge San Francisco,California Joseph Strauss

FRENCH ARCHITECTUREThe Louvre Paris, France Peirre LescotTuileries Paris, FrancePalais RoyalSacre-coeur Hill of Montmatre, Paris Paul Abadie, Lucien MagneHotel de Ville Domencio de CortonaArc de TriomphePompidou Centre Paris, France Richrad Rogers, Renzo PianNotre Dame de Paris Paris, France Maurice de SullyParisOpera House Paris, France Charles GarnierElysee Palace Claude MolletHotel de InvalidesLa Madelaine Napoleon ISorbonne Paris, FranceCharles Cathedral Chartes, FranceAmien's CathedralRheims Cathedral

Page 446: Alex Reviewer 2010

Eiffel Tower Paris, France Gustave Eiffel

Notre Dame du Haut Ronchamp, France Le CorbusierVilla Savoye Poissy, France Le Corbusier

NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECTGERMAN ARCHITECTUREBurgtheater Gottfried Semper with

Karl Von HasenaverBerlin Opera House Georg Wenzeslaus Von

KnobelsdorfWurzburg Residenz Balthazar NeumannEinstein Tower Potsdam, Germany Erich MendelsohnENGLISH ARCHITECTUREBritish Moseum London, England Sir Robert Smirke

Salisbury Cathedral Salisbury, EnglandQueen's House Greenwich, England Inigo Jones

Somerset House London, England William ChambersSt. Paul's Cathedral London, England Sir Christopher WrenChiswick House Chiswick, England Lord BurlingtonWestminster Palace London, England Sir Charles BarryGlasgow School of Art Galsgow,England Charles Rennie MackintoshDurham cathedral Durham, EnglandBuckingham Palace Sir George GoringCHINA, TURKEY, ITALY, INDIA AND SPAIN ARCHITECTURETemple of Heaven ChinaHagia Sofia Istanbul, Turkey Isidoros and AnthemiosCathedral of Siena Southern ItalyPisa Cathedral Pisa, ItalyFlorence Cathedral Florence, Italy Arnolfo di CambioKrak des Chevaliers SyriaAlhambra Granada, SpainCasa Batllo Barcelona, Spain Antonio GaudiCasa Mila Barcelona, Spain Antonio GaudiSagrada Familia Barcelona, Spain Antonio GaudiTaj Mahal Agra, India Emperor Shah JahanPHILIPPINE CHURCHESPaoay Church Ilocos Norte Antonio EstavilloVigan Church Ilocos SurSanta Maria Church Ilocos Sur Benigno FernandezTumauini Church IsabelaAngat Church BulacanBarasoain Church BulacanSan Sebastian Church Manila Genaro PalaciosSan Augustine Church Manila Juan MaciasTaal Church Batangas Fray Marcos Anton

Don Luciano OliverDaraga Church AlbayMiagao Church IloiloSanto Nino de Cebu Basilica Cebu Fray Juan de Albarran

Page 447: Alex Reviewer 2010

PHILIPPINE SKYSCRAPERSPBCom Tower Makati Skidmore, Owings, MerillPetron Mega Plaza Makati Skidmore, Owings, MerillBSA Twin Tower MandaluyongG.T. International Tower Makati Kohn Pedersen Fox

Recio CasasRobinson's Equitable Tower Pasig HOKICEC (LKG) Tower Makati Kohn Pedersen Fox

Recio CasasPacific Plaza Tower 1& 2 Makati ArquitectonicaRoxas Triangle 1 & 2 Makati Skidmore, Owings, Merill

NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECTSKYSCRAPERS AROUND THE WORLDPetronas Tower Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Cesar Pelli & AssociatesSears Tower Chicago, USA Skidmore, Owings and MerilJin Mao Building Shnaghai, China Skidmore, Owings and MerilPlaza Rakyat Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Skidmore, Owings and MerilEmpire State Building New Yrok City, USA Shreve Lamb & Harmon

AssociatesCentral Plaza Hong Kong, China Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man

and AssociatesBank of China Hong Kong, China I.M. Pei & PartnersEmirates Tower I Dubai, UAE NORR Group Consultants

Intenational, Ltd.The Center Hong Kong, ChinaT & C Tower Kaohsiung, Taiwan Hellmuth, Obata &

Kassabuam/Cy LeeAON Center Chicago, USA Edward D. Stone &

AssociatesJohn Hancock Center Chicago, USA Skidmore, Owings and MerilShun Hing Square Shenzhen, China K.Y. Cheung Design

AssociatesCitic Plaza (Sky Center Plaza) Guangzhou, China Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man

& AssociatesBurj Al-Arab Hotel Dubai, UAE Tom Wright of WS Atkins

& PartnersBaiyoke Tower 2 Bangkok, Thailand Plan Architect Co.Chrysler Building New Yrok City, USA William Van AllenBank of American Palza Atlanta, USA Johnson/Burgee ArchitectsLibrary Tower Los Angeles, USA Pei Cobb Freed and PartnersMalaysia Telecom HQ Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Hijjas Kasturi Associates

Daewoo and PartnersAT & T Corporate Center Chicago, USA Peter Ellis, SOMChase Tower Houston, USA Pei Cobb Freed and PartnersRyugyong Hotel Pyongyoang, North Korea Baikdoosan Architects &

Engineers

Page 448: Alex Reviewer 2010

STYLE

Ancient Greek, Doric

Ancient Greek, IonicAncient Greek

Ancient RomanRomanAncient Roman

Georgian NeoclassicalNeoclassical

Neo-EgyptianClassical, Neo-Palladian

Colonial GeorgianFrench Renaissance -Georgian StyleExpressionist ModernModernPrairie StyleDeco ModernModernEarly ModernNeo-VernacularStructural Modernwith some Art Deco details

French Renaissance

High-Tech ModernEarly GothicNeo-Baroque

Gothic exemplerFrench Gothic

Page 449: Alex Reviewer 2010

Victorian Structural ExpressionistExpressionist ModernModern

STYLE

Expressionist Early Modern

Victorian Ionic façadeClassical RevivalEnglish GothicPalladian, Late EnglishRenaissanceNeoclassicalLate Renaissance to BaroquePalladianEnglish Gothic RevivalArt NouveauRomanesque

ByzantineGothic and MediterraneanRomanesqueItalian RomanesqueMedievalMoorish(Islamic)Expressionist or Art NouveauArt NouveauExpressionistIslamic

Baroque

ultra-baroqueBaroque

Gothic StyleBaroque or Neo Classic

Romanesque and Neo Classic

Page 450: Alex Reviewer 2010

NO. OF FLRS/HEIGHT

88 / 452 meters110 / 443 meters88 / 420.60 meters79 / 382 meters102 / 381 meters

78 / 374 meters

70 / 369 meters56 / 358 meters

73 / 350 meters85/ 347 meters

83 / 346 meters

100 / 344 meters81 / 325 meters

80 / 322 meters

60 / 321 meters

90 / 320 meters77 / 319.40 meters55 / 312 meters73 / 310.30 meters77 / 310 meters

61 / 307 meters75 / 305.40 meters

105 / 300 meters

Page 451: Alex Reviewer 2010

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY ( National Building Code )

ABATEMENT Any act that would remove or neutralize a fire hazard.Accessoria or Row House A house of not more than two storeys, composed of a row or dwelling units entirely separated from one another by party wall or walls and with an independent entrance for each dwelling units.

Accessory Building A building subordinate to the main building on the same lot and used for purposes customarily incidental to those of the main building such as servants quarters, garage, pump house, laundry, etc.

ADMINISTRATOR Any person who acts as agent of the owner and manages the use of a building for him.

Agricultural Building A building designated and constructed to house farm implements, hay, grain, poultry, livestock or other horticultural products. This structure shall not be a place of human habitation or a place of employment where agricultural products are processed, treated or packaged; nor shall it be place used by the public.

Alley Any building space or thoroughfare which has been dedicated or deeded to the public or for public use as a passageway with a width of not more than three meters.

Alter or Alteration Any change, addition, or modification in construction of occupancy.

Apartment A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended for, or occupied by one family for living, sleeping, and cooking purposes.

Apartment House Any building or portion thereof, which is designed, built, rented, leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or which is occupied as the home or residence of three or more families living independently of each other and doing their own cooking in the building, and shall include flats and apartments.

Arcade Any portion of a building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk beyond the first storey wall used as protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.

Page 452: Alex Reviewer 2010

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

Assembly Building or Hall A building or a portion of a building used for the gathering together of fifty or more persons for such purposes as deliberation, workshop, entertainment, amusement, or awaiting transportation or of a hundred or more persons in drinking and dining establishments.

Attic Storey Any storey situated wholly or partly in a roof, so designed, arranged, or built as to be used for business, storage, or habitation.

Awning A movable shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of a building and of a type which can be retracted, folded, or collapsed against the face of a supporting building.

Backing The surface or assembly to which veneer is attached.Balcony A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is raise 1.20 meters or more above the level of the main floor.

Balcony Exterior Exit A landing or porch projecting from the wall of a building, and which serves as a required means of egress. The long size shall be at least fifty percent open, and the open area above the guardrail shall be so distributed as to prevent the accumulation of smoke or toxic gases.

Barbecue A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for food preparation.

Basement A portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is partly below and partly above grade but so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor is less than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling.

Bay or Panel One of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided by columns, buttresses, or division walls.

BLASTING AGENT Any material or mixture consisting of a fuel and oxidizer used to set off explosives.

Boarding House A house with five or more sleeping rooms where boarders are provided with lodging, and meals for fixed sum paid by the month, or week, in accordance with previous arrangement.

Boiler Room Any room containing a stream or hot-water boiler.Buildable Area The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open spaces.

Page 453: Alex Reviewer 2010

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

Chimney Classifications:

Building Any structure built for the support, shelter, or enclosure of persons, animals, chattels, or property of any kind.

Building Height The vertical distance from the established grade elevation to the highest point of the coping of a flat roof; to the average height of the highest gable or a pitch or hip roof, or to the top of the parapet if the roof is provided with a parapet. In case of sloping ground, the average ground level of the buildable area shall be considered the established grade elevation.

Building Length Its general lineal dimensions usually measured in the direction of the bearing wall for girders.

Building Width Its shortest linear dimensions usually measured in the direction of the floor, beams or joints.

Cellar The portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is wholly or partly below grade and so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor below is equal to or greater than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling.

CELLULOSE NITRATE OR NITRO CELLULOSE A highly combustible and explosive compound produced by the reaction of nitric acid with a cellulose material.

CELLULOSE NITRATE PLASTIC (PYROXYLIN) Any plastic substance, materials or compound having cellulose nitrate (nitro cellulose) as base.

chimney a. Residential Appliance Type. A factory-built or masonry chimney suitable for removing products of combustion from residential type appliance producing combustion gases not in excess of 538°C measured at the appliance flue outlet.

chimney b. Low-Heat Appliance Type. A factory-built masonry or metal chimney suitable for removing the product with combustion from full-burning low-heat appliances producing combustion gases not in excess of 538°C under normal operating conditions but capable of producing combustible gases of 760°C during intermittent forced firing for periods up to one hour. All temperatures are measured at the appliance flue outlet.

Page 454: Alex Reviewer 2010

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

chimney c. Low-Heat Appliance Type. A factory-built masonry or metal chimney suitable for removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning medium-heat appliances producing combustion gases not in excess of 1093°C measured at the appliance flue outlet.

Chimney Connector The pipe which connects a flue burning appliance to a chimney.

Chimney Linear The lining materials of fire clay or other approved material.Chimney Masonry The chimney of solid masonry units bricks, stones, listed hollow unit masonry units, or reinforced concrete.

COMBUSTIBLE FIBER Any readily ignitable and free burning fiber such as cotton, oakum, rags, waste cloth, waste paper, kapok, hay, straw, Spanish moss, excelsior and other similar materials commonly used in commerce.

COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID Any liquid having a flash point at or above 37.8_C (100_F).

COMBUSTIBLE, FLAMMABLE OR INFLAMMABLE Descriptive of materials that are easily set on fire.

Concrete Block A hollow or solid concrete masonry unit made from portland cement and suitable aggregates such as sand, gravel, crushed stone, bituminous or anthracite cinders, burned clay, pumice, volcanic scoria, air cooled or expanded blast furnace slags.

Coping The material or units used to form a cap of finish on top of a wall, pier, or pilaster.

Corrosion-Resistant Material Materials that are inherently rust-resistant or materials to which an approved rust-resistive coating has been applied either before or after forming or fabrication.

Corrosion-Resistant The non-ferrous metal, or any metal having an unbroken surface on non-ferrous metal, or steel with not less than 10 percent chromium or with less than 0.20 percent copper.

CORROSIVE LIQUID Any liquid which causes fire when in contact with organic matter or with certain chemicals.

Course A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units.

Page 455: Alex Reviewer 2010

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

DUCT SYSTEM A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.

Court An occupied space between building lines and lot lines other than a yard; free, open, and unobstructed by appendages from the ground upward.

CRYOGENIC Descriptive of any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate surroundings.

CURTAIN BOARD A vertical panel of non-combustible or fire resistive materials attached to and extending below the bottom chord of the roof trusses, to divide the underside of the roof into separate compartments so that heat and smoke will be directed upwards to a roof vent.

DAMPER A normally open device installed inside an air duct system which automatically closes to restrict the passage of smoke or fire.

Dispersal Area (Safe) An area which will accommodate a number of persons equal to the total capacity of the stand and building it serves, in such a manner that no person within the area need be closer than 15.00 meters from the stand or building. Dispersal areas shall be based upon an area of not less than 0.28 square-meter per person.

DISTILLATION The process of first raising the temperature in separate the more volatile from the less volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the resulting vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance.

DUST A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will cause an explosion.

Dwelling Any building or any portion thereof which is not an "apartment house", "lodging house", or a "hotel" as defined in this Code which contained one or two "dwelling units" or "guest rooms", used, intended or designed to be built, used, rented, leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or which are occupied for living purposes.

Dwelling Unit One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are intended or designated to be occupied by one family with facilities for living, sleeping, cooking, and eating.

Page 456: Alex Reviewer 2010

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

Dwelling, Indigenous Family A dwelling intended for the use and occupancy by the family of the owner only. It is one constructed of native materials such as bamboo, nipa, logs, or lumber, the total cost of which does not exceed fifteen thousand pesos.

Dwelling, Multiple A building used as a home or residence of three or more families living independently from one another, each occupying one or more rooms as a single housekeeping unit.

Dwelling, One-Family A detached building designated for, or occupied exclusively by one family.

ELECTRICAL ARC An extremely hot luminous bridge formed by passage of an electric current across a space between two conductors or terminals due to the incandescence of the conducting vapor.

EMBER A hot piece or lump that remains after a material has partially burned, and is still oxidizing without the manifestation of flames.

Exit A continuous and unobstructed means of egress to a public way, and shall include intervening doors, doorways, corridors, exterior exit balconies, ramps, stairways, smoke-proof enclosures, horizontal exits, exit passageway, exit courts, and yards. An exit shall be deemed to be that point which opens directly into a safe dispersal area or public way. All measurement are to be made to that point when determining the permissible distance of travel.

Exit Courts A yard or court providing egress to a public way for one or more required exits.Exit Horizontal A means of passage from one building into another building occupied by the same tenant through a separation wall having a minimum fire resistance of one-hour.

Exit Passageway An enclosed means of egress connecting a required exit of exit court with a public way.

Facing Any masonry, forming an integral part of a wall used as a finished surface (as contrasted to veneer, see definition).

FINISHES Materials used as final coating of a surface for ornamental or protective purposes.

Page 457: Alex Reviewer 2010

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

FIRE ALARM Any visual or audible signal produced by a device or system to warm the occupants of the building or fire fighting elements of the presence or danger of fire to enable them to undertake immediate action to save life and property and to suppress the fire.

FIRE DOOR A fire resistive door prescribed for openings in fire separation walls or partitions.

FIRE HAZARD Any condition or act which increases or may cause an increase in the probability of the occurrence of fire, or which may obstruct, delay, hinder or interfere with fire fighting operations and the safeguarding of life and property.

FIRE LANE The portion of a roadway or publicway that should be kept opened and unobstructed at all times for the expedient operation of fire fighting units.

FIRE PROTECTIVE AND FIRE SAFETY DEVICE Any device intended for the protection of buildings or persons to include but not limited to built-in protection system such as sprinklers and other automatic extinguishing system, detectors for heat, smoke and combustion products and other warning system components, personal protective equipment such as fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves and other garments that may be put on or worn by persons to protect themselves during fire.

Fire Retardant Treated Wood Lumber of plywood impregnated with chemicals and when tested in accordance with accepted fire standards for a period of 30 minutes shall have a flame spread of not over 25 and show no evidence of progressive combustion. The Fire-retardant properties shall not be considered permanent when exposed to the weather.

Page 458: Alex Reviewer 2010

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

FIRE SAFETY CONSTRUCTIONS Refers to design and installation of walls, barriers, doors, windows, vents, means of egress, etc. integral to and incorporated into a building or structure in order to minimize danger to life from fire, smoke, fumes or panic before the building is evacuated. These features are also designed to achieve, among others, safe and rapid evacuation of people through means of egress sealed from smoke or fire, the confinement of fire or smoke in the room or floor of origin and delay their spread to other parts of the building by means of smoke sealed and fire resistant doors, walls and floors. It shall also mean to include the treatment of buildings components or contents with flame retardant chemicals.

FIRE The active principle of burning, characterized by the heat and light of combustion.

FIRE TRAP A building unsafe in case of fire because it will burn easily or because it lacks adequate exits or fire escapes.

Firebrick A finely ground clay used as a plasticizer for masonry mortars; varies widely in physical properties.

Fireplace A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may be made and which is built in conjunction with a chimney.

First Storey The storey the floor of which is at or above the level of the sidewalk or adjoining ground, the remaining storeys being numbered in regular succession upward.

FLASH POINT The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air.

Floor Area An area included within the surrounding exterior walls of a building or portion thereof, exclusive of vent shafts and courts. The floor area of a building or portion thereof not provided with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable area under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above.

Footing That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to the soil or the pile.

FORCING A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or dimensions.

Page 459: Alex Reviewer 2010

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

FULMINATE A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.

Foundation All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth upon which the structure rests.

Garage A building or portion thereof in which a motor vehicle containing gasoline, distillate, or other violative, flammable liquid in its tank, is stored, repaired, or kept.

Garage Commercial A garage where automobiles and other motor vehicles are housed, cared for, equipped, repaired or kept for remuneration, hire, or sale.

Garage Private A building or a portion of a building in which only motor vehicles used by the tenants of the building or buildings on the premises are stored or kept.

Garage, Open Parking A structure of one or more tiers in height which is at least 50 percent open on two or more sides and is used exclusively for the parking or storage of passenger motor vehicles having a capacity of not more than nine persons per vehicle. Open parking garages are further classified as either ramp-access or mechanical-access. Ramp-access, open parking garages are those employing a series of continuously rising floors permitting the movement of vehicles under their own power from and to the street level.

Girder A horizontal structural piece which supports in end of the floor beams or joists or walls over opening.

Grade (Adjacent Ground Elevation) The lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the ground between the exterior wall of a building and a point 1.50 meters distant from said wall, or the lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the ground between the exterior wall of a building and a property line if it is less than 1.50 meters distant from sidewall. In case walls are parallel to and within 1.50 meters of a public sidewalk, alley, or other public way, the grade shall be the elevation of the sidewalk, alley, or public way.

Ground Floor The storey at or near the level of the grade, the other storeys, beginning with second, for the first next above, shall be designated by the successive floor number counting upward.

Page 460: Alex Reviewer 2010

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

Guest Room Any room or rooms used, or intended to be used by a guest for sleeping purposes. Every 9.30 square meters of superficial floor area in a dormitory shall be considered to be guest room.

Habitable Room Any room meeting the requirements of this Code for sleeping, living, cooking or dining purposes, excluding such enclosed spaces as closets, pantries, bath or toilet room, service rooms, connecting corridors, laundries, unfinished attics, storages, space cellars, utility rooms, and similar spaces.

Hall, Common A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants within a building.

Hall, Stair A hall which includes the stair, stair landings, and those portions of the common hall through which it is necessary to pass in going between the entrance floor and the room.

HAZARDOUS OPERATION/PROCESS Any act of manufacturing, fabrication, conversion, etc., that uses or produces materials which are likely to cause fires or explosions.

Heliport An area of land or water or a structural surface which is used, or intended for use, the landing and take off helicopters and any appurtenant areas which are used, or intended for use, for heliport buildings and other heliport facilities.

Helistop The same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance repairs, or storage of helicopters is permitted.

HORIZONTAL EXIT Passageway from one building to another or through or around a wall in approximately the same floor level.

HOSE BOX A box or cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment are stored and arranged for fire fighting.

HOSE REEL A cylindrical device turning on an axis around which a fire hose is wound and connected.

Hotel A building or a part thereof with rooms occupied or intended to be occupied for hire as temporary boarding place of individuals with a general kitchen and public dining room service, but no provision for cooking in any individual suite or room.

Page 461: Alex Reviewer 2010

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

Hotel Apartment An apartment house which may furnish dining room service and other services for the exclusive use of its tenants.

HYPERGOLIC FUEL A rocket or liquid propellant which consist of combinations of fuels and oxidizers which ignite spontaneously on contact with each other.

Incombustible As applied to building construction material, as material which, in the form it is used, is either one of the following:

Incombustible Material When referred to as structural material, means brick, stone, terracotta, concrete, iron, steel, sheet, metal, or tiles, used either singly or in combination.

Incombustible Stud Partition A partition plastered on both sides upon metal lath or wire cloth for the full height, and fire-topped between the studs with incombustible material 20 centimeters above the floor and at the ceiling.

Incumbustible a. Material having an structural base of incombustible material as defined in item (2), above, with a surfacing material not over 3.2 millimeter s thick which has a flame-spread rating of 50 or less.

Incumbustible b. "Incombustible" does not apply to surface finish materials. Material required to be incombustible for reduced clearance to flues, heating appliances, or other materials shall refer to material conforming to the provisions of this Code. No material shall be classed as incombustible which is subject to increase in combustibility or flame-spread rating beyond the limits herein established, through the effects of age, moisture, or other atmospheric condition.

INDUSTRIAL BAKING AND DRYING The industrial process of subjecting materials to heat for the purpose of removing solvents or moisture from the same, and/or to fuse certain chemical salts to form a uniform glazing the surface of materials being treated.

JUMPER A piece of metal or an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device in an electrical system.

Line, Building The line formed by the intersection of the outer surface of the enclosing wall of the building and the surface of the ground.

Lintel The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall construction above.

Page 462: Alex Reviewer 2010

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

Load, Dead The weight of the permanent portions of a building or structure; it includes the weight of the walls permanent partitions, framing floors, roofs, and all other permanent and stationary fixtures mechanism, and other construction entering into the becoming a part of a building or structure.

Load, Lateral That load cased by winds, earthquakes, or other dynamic forces.Load, Live The weight of the contents of a building or structure; it includes all except dead and lateral, and weight of temporary partitions, cases, counters, and similar equipment, and all loads imposed due to the occupancy of the building or structure.

Load, Occupant The total number of persons that may occupy a building or portion thereof at any one time.

Lodging House Any building or portion thereof, containing not more than five guest rooms which are used by not more than five guests where rent is paid in money, goods, labor or otherwise.

Lot A parcel of land on which a principal building and its accessories are placed or may be placed together with the required open spaces. A lot may or may not be the land designated as lot or recorded plot.

Lot Line The line of demarcation between either public or private property.Lot, Corner A lot situated at the junction of two or more streets forming an angle of not more than one hundred thirty-five degrees (135°C).

Lot, Depth of The average horizontal distance between the front and the rear lot lines.

Lot, Front The front boundary line of a lot bordering on the street and in the case of a corner lot, it may be either frontage.

Lot, Inside A lot fronting on but one street of public alley and the remaining sides bounded by lot lines.

Lot, Open A lot bounded on all sides by street lines.Lot, Width of The average horizontal distance between the side lot lines.Masonry A form of construction composed of stone, brick, concrete, gypsum, hollow clay tile, concrete block or tile, or other similar building units of material or combination of these material laid up unit and set in mortar.

Masonry Solid Masonry of solid units built without hollow spaces.

Page 463: Alex Reviewer 2010

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

Masonry Unit Brick, block, tile, stone, or other similar building unit or combination thereof, made to be bounded together by a cementation agent.

Mechanical access parking garages are those employing parking machines, lifts, elevators, or other mechanical services for vehicles moving from and to street level and in which public occupancy is prohibited above the street level.

Mezzanine or Mezzanine Floor A partial intermediate floor in any storey or room of a building having an area not more than one-half of the area of the room or space in which it is constructed.

Non-Conforming Building A building which does not conform with the regulations of the district where it is situated as to height, yard requirement, lot area, and percentage of occupancy.

Non-Conforming Use The use of a building or land or any portion of such building or land which does not conform with the use and regulation of the zone where it is situated.

Occupancy The purpose for which a building is used or intended to be used. The term shall also include the building or room housing such use. Change of occupancy is not intended to include change of tenants or proprietors.

OCCUPANCY The purpose for which a building or portion thereof is used or intended to be used.

OCCUPANT Any person actually occupying and using a building or portions thereof by virtue of a lease contract with the owner or administrator or by permission or sufferance of the latter.

ORGANIC PEROXIDE A strong oxidizing organic compound which releases oxygen readily. It causes fire when in contact with combustible materials especially under conditions of high temperature.

OVERLOADING The use of one or more electrical appliances or devices which draw or consume electrical current beyond the designed capacity of the existing electrical system.

Owner Any person, company, or corporation owning the property or properties under consideration or the receiver or trustee thereof.

OWNER The person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building or real property.

Page 464: Alex Reviewer 2010

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

OXIDIZING MATERIAL A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion.

Panic Hardware A bar which extends across at least one-half the width of each door leaf, which will open the door if subjected to pressure.

Partition An interior subdividing walls.Pier An insolated mass of masonry forming support for arches, columns, girders, lintels, trusses, and similar structural parts.

Plaster A portion of the wall which projects on one or both sides and acts as a vertical beam, a column, or both.

Plaster, Portland, Cement A mixture of portland cement, or portland cement and lime, and aggregate and other approved material as specified in this Code.

Plastics, Approved Plastic materials which have a flame spread rating of 225 or less.

Platform, Enclosed A partially enclosed portion of an assembly room the ceiling of which is not more than 1.50 meters above the proscenium opening and which is designed or used for the presentation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment wherein scenery, props, decorations, of the effects may be installed or used.

PRESSURIZED OR FORCED DRAFT BURNING EQUIPMENT Type or burner where the fuel is subjected to pressure prior to discharge into the combustion chamber and/or which includes fans or other provisions for the introduction of air at above normal atmosphere pressure into the same combustion chamber.

PUBLIC ASSEMBLY BUILDING Any building or structure where fifty (50) or more people congregate, gather, or assemble for any purpose.

Public Way A parcel of land unobstructed from the ground to the sky, more than 3.00 meters in width, appropriate d to the free passage of the general public.

PUBLIC WAY Any street, alley or other strip of land unobstructed from the ground to the sky, deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated for public use.

PYROPHORIC Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air.

Page 465: Alex Reviewer 2010

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

REFINING A process where impurities and/or deleterious materials are removed from a mixture in order to produce a pure element of compound. It shall also refer to partial distillation and electrolysis.

Repair The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing building for the purpose of its maintenance. The word "repair" shall not apply to any change of construction.

SELF-CLOSING DOORS Automatic closing doors that are designed to confine smoke and heat and delay the spread of fire.

Shaft A vertical opening through a building for elevators, dumbwaiters, mechanical equipment, or similar purposes.

Show Window A store window in which goods are display.Slum Blighted Area: Eyesore; An area where the values of real estate tend to deteriorate because of the dilapidated, obsolescent, and unsanitary condition of the building within the area. Any eyesore is a building or area which is markedly unpleasant to look at.

SMELTING Melting or fusing of metallic ores or compounds so as to separate impurities from pure metals.

Socalo, Masonry The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground.

Soffit The underside of a beam, lintel, or reveal.SPRINKLER SYSTEM An integrated network of hydraulically designed piping installed in a building, structure or area with outlets arranged in a systematic pattern which automatically discharges water when activated by heat or combustion products from a fire.

Stable Any structure designed and intended for the enclosure, shelter, or protection of any horse, carabao, or other cattle.

Stable, Commercial A stable wherein the animals kept are for business, racing or breeding purposes.

Page 466: Alex Reviewer 2010

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

Stage A partially enclosed portion of an assembly building which is designed or used for the representation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment wherein scenery, props or other effects may be installed or used, and where the distance between the top of the proscenium openings and the ceiling above the stage is more than 1.50 meters.

Stairway Two or more risers shall constitute a stairway.Stairway, Private A stairway serving one tenant only.STANDPIPE SYSTEM A system of vertical pipes in a building to which fire hoses can be attached on each floor, including a system by which water is made available to the outlets as needed.

Storey That portion of a building included between the upper surface of any floor and the upper surface of the floor next above, except that the topmost storey shall be that portion of a building included between the upper surface of the topmost floor and the ceiling or roof above. If the finished floor level directly above a basement, cellar or unused underfloor space is more than 3.60 meters above grade as defined herein at any point. Such basement, cellar or unused underfloor space shall be considered as a storey.

Storey, Height of The perpendicular distance from top to top of two successive floors, floor beams, or joists. The clear height of a storey or a room is the distance from the floor to the ceiling. The clear height of balconies is measured from the highest point of the sidewall grade to the underside of the balcony floor joists. If these joists are sealed, this clear height is measured to the underside of the ceiling.

Street Any thoroughfare of public space which has been dedicated or deeded to the public for public use.

Structural Frame The framing system including the columns and the girders, beams, trusses, and spandrels having direct connections to the columns an all other members which are essential to the stability of the building as a whole. The members of floor or roof which have no connection to the column shall be considered secondary and not a part of the structural frame.

Page 467: Alex Reviewer 2010

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

Structure That which is built or constructed, an edifice or building of any kind or any piece of work artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner.

Suportales The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigenous or traditional type of construction. These may be freestanding as stilts or integrated into the wall structure. In the case of former, pie de gallos (knee braces) or crosettas (cross bracings) are sometimes used.

Surface, Exterior Weather-exposed surface.Surface, Interior Surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.Surface, Weather-Exposed All surfaces of walls, ceilings, floors, roofs, soffits, and similar surfaces exposed to the weather except the following:

surfacea a. Ceiling and roof soffits enclosed by walls, or by beams extend a minimum of 300 millimeter s below such ceiling or roof soffits;

surfacea b. Walls or portions of walls within an unenclosed roof area, when located a horizontal distance from an exterior opening equal to twice the height of the opening; and

surfacea c. Ceiling and roof soffits beyond a horizontal distance of 3.00 meters from the outer edge of the ceilings or roof soffits.

Value of Valuation of a Building The estimated cost to replace the building in kind, based on current replacement costs.

Vault Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or nay fireproof construction intended for the storage of valuables.

Veneer Adhered Veneer secured and supported by approved mechanical fasteners attached to an approved backing supported through adhesion to an approved bonding material applied over an approved backing.

Veneer, Exterior Veneer applied to weather-exposed surfaces.Veneer, Interior Veneer applied to surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.

VERTICAL SHAFT An enclosed vertical space of passage that extends from floor to floor, as well as from the base to the top of the building.

VESTIBULE A passage hall or antechamber between the outer doors and the interior parts of a house or building.

Page 468: Alex Reviewer 2010

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

Wall Bearing A wall which supports any load other than its own weight.Wall, Cross A term which may be used synonymously with a partition.Wall, Curtain The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing portion of an enclosing wall between piers.

Wall, Dead A wall without openings.Wall, Exterior Any wall or element of a wall or any number or group of members, which defines the exterior boundary or courts of a building.

Wall, Faced A wall in which the facing and backing are so bonded together that they act as a composite element, and exert a common action under load.

Wall, Fire Any wall which subdivided a building so as to resist the spread of fire, by starting at the foundation and extending continuously through all storeys to, or above the roof. Extension above the roof is 1.00 meter.

Wall, Foundation That portion of an enclosing wall below the first tier of floor-joists.

Wall, Height of The perpendicular distance measured from its base line either at the grade or at the top of the girder to the top of the coping thereof. Foundation and retaining walls are measured from the grade downward to the base of the footing.

Wall, Nonbearing A wall which supports no load other than its own weight.Wall, Parapet That part of any wall entirely above the roof line.Wall, Party A wall separating two or more buildings, and used in common by the said buildings.

Wall, Retaining Any wall used to resist the lateral displacement of any material; a subsurface wall built to resist the lateral pressure of internal loads.

Wall, Thickness of The minimum thickness measured on the bed.Window An opening through a wall of a building to the outside air for the purpose of admitting natural light and air.

Window, Oriel A projecting window similar to a bay window, cut curried on brackets or corbels. The term "bay window" may also be applied to an oriel window projecting over the street line.

Page 469: Alex Reviewer 2010

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

Wire Backing Horizontal strands of tautened wire attached to surfaces of vertical wood supports which, when covered with building paper, provide a backing for portland cement plaster.

Yard or Patio The vacant space left in a lot between the building and the property line.

Yard, Rear The yard lying between the side lot line and the nearest lot line and the nearest building line.

Yard, Side The yard lying between the side line and the nearest building and between the front and the rear yards.